Fixation

Catalogue
Fixing Systems
International Catalogue
Contacts Your dealer
fischerwerke GmbH & Co. KG Phone: +49 7443 12 - 0

Klaus-Fischer-Straße 1 Fax: +49 7443 12 - 4222
72178 Waldachtal E-mail: info@fischer.de
Germany www.fischer.de
fischer fixings UK Ltd. Phone: +44 1491 827900

Whitely Road Fax: +44 1491 827953
Oxon OX10 9AT Wallingford E-mail: info@fischer.co.uk
Great Britain www.fischer.co.uk
fischer Systems Asia Pte. Ltd. Phone: +65 62 85 22 07

150 Kampong Ampat Fax: +65 62 85 83 10
#04-03 KA Centre E-mail: sales@fischer.sg
Singapore 368324
00088220 · 03/2018 · V-MKS/CPI · Printed in Germany
www.fischer.de 4 006209 882207

The information in this catalogue is intended for general guidance only
and is given without engagement. Additional information and advice
on specific applications is available from our Technical Support Team.
For this however, we require a precise description of your particular
application.
All the data in this catalogue concerning work with our fixing elements
must be adapted to suit local conditions and the type of materials in use.
If no detailed performance specifications are given for certain articles
and types, please contact our Technical Service Department for advice.
fischerwerke GmbH & Co. KG

72178 Waldachtal
Germany
We cannot be responsible for any errors, and we reserve the right to make
technical and range modifications without notice.
No liability is accepted for printing errors and omissions.
Dear partner,
There are many trends affecting the fixings industry: the growing number of
construction materials, the joining of different materials, increasing requirements for
design and execution, and digitalisation. As one of the world’s leading specialists in
fixing systems, we set the direction and shape the market. In the process, we provide
you with the best and most cost-effective solution for your fixings project quickly and
flexibly. We are also a reliable partner for you when it comes to individual requests and
customised solutions.
Our product portfolio includes chemical systems, steel anchors and plastic fixings. We
also provide a wide range of screws, drill bits, adhesives, sealants, foams and product
ranges tailored to specific applications, such as façade and thermal insulation systems,
or the installation of sanitary, heating, ventilation and electrical systems. We attach
high value to quality, safety and easy installation.
Our goal is to be the best in our respective industries with regard to both our products
and our services. With our own national subsidiaries, sales partners, qualified sales
representatives and engineers providing technical advice, we have a particularly dense
network for providing individual consultation and support throughout the world. We
are also amongst the pioneers in the industry in the digital environment and provide
modern software tools, such as the design and construction software FIXPERIENCE
and the Product Finder apps for end users and pros.
Our comprehensive range of training courses enables us to keep you up to date with
regard to fixings solutions and regulations – at the fischer AKADEMIE, in more than 70
competence centres throughout Germany, on site at the user’s premises, and in various
locations in Germany and Europe with the help of the fischer TourTruck.
We hope you enjoy discovering and using our products.
Florian Birkenmayer
3
Good reasons to choose fischer
A brand and its

promise to perform
„ Whoever chooses fischer receives more
than a range of safe products. The aim
is to always develop the best solutions for
our customers across the globe.“
Besides the innovative products, this predominantly concerns

support that is focused on the customer, and services
designed to improve customer benefit.
Continious improvement Always with its finger on the pulse of the times
With the fischer ProcessSystem (fPS), we ensure that we are At fischer, innovation is more than just a sum of the patents. We
adapting and optimising our processes in line with customer are open to new things and are prepared for change – always with
requirements in a flexible manner and on a continuous basis. the aim of offering our customers the greatest possible benefits.
Thus we are glad having been awarded with the 1. place Over the years, our own development and production sites have
“Excellence in Operations” within the challenging contest been developing numerous fixing solutions for the most wide-
“Factory of the Year”. ranging applications.
Be it new production procedures or materials, such as renewable

raw materials: We are carrying out the research for your safety
and will continue to do so in the future. This gives us such great
Award 2016 flexibility that we can even develop tailor-made customer solu-
Exellence in Operations tions. This power to innovate has seen fischer become market
leader in anchor technology and the fixing industry.
Safety that connects – Decisive quality
We don’t make any compromises when it comes to the safety

of our products. A whole host of our products are distinguished
by comprehensive, up-to-date and international approvals.
The fischer product range is well-positioned in all sectors of
fixing technology – Steel, Nylon and Chemical fixings. In award-
winning quality which continues to impress both professional
clients and private customers with equal measure.
See ICC-ES
Evaluation Report
at www.icc-es.org
ESR-1990
International approvals
characterise many of our
products
4
We take responsibility
Our active environment management policy means that we are

helping to maintain an intact environment for our generation and
for those that follow. The environment management policy at the
Tumlingen site has been certified in line with DIN EN ISO 14001.
We are a member of the German Sustainable Building Council

(DGNB), and our products have been successively certified in
line with the guidelines provided by the Institute for Construction
and the Environment (IBU). With our greenline products, we have UX GREEN based on over 50 %
introduced the first fixing assortment in the market, based on over of regrowing raw materials
50% of regrowing raw materials.
Our service to you
We are a reliable partner, one that will stand at your

side and address your individual requirements with
advice and action:
▪ Our products range from chemical systems to steel

anchors through to plastic anchors.
▪ Competence and innovation through own research,
development and production.
▪ Global presence and active sales service in over 100
countries.
▪ Qualified technical consulting for economical and
compliant fastening solutions. Also on-site at the
construction site requested.
▪ Training sessions, some with accreditation, at your fischer 360°- Service
premises or at the fischer academy. More information on page 600
▪ Design and construction software for demanding
applications.
5
Innovations to inspire professionals
01 02 03 04 05 06
01 fischer DUO-Line assortment 02fischer RM II 03fischer frame fixing SXRL

Clever combinations for more power The bonded anchor for cracked The versatile with multiple
and intelligence. concrete without drill hole cleaning. anchorage depth.
Page 373 Page 420 Page 123 Page 315
04 fischer bolt anchor FAZ II 05 fischer ULTRACUT FBS II 06fischer greenline assortment
For highest demands. Powerful and The powerful concrete screw for The first range of fixing products
flexible. top installation comfort. made with renewable resources.
Page 232 Page 260 Page 26
6
Content
Selection guide of products and applications 8 1

greenline 23 2
Chemical fixings 47 3
High performance steel anchors 229 4
Frame fixings / Stand-off installation 313 5
General fixings 371 6
Cavity fixings 419 7
Electrical fixings 439 8
Sanitary fixings 469 9
Scaffold and eye screw fixings 479 10
Insulation fixings / Façade fixings 489 11
Foams and sealants 511 12
Adhesives 551 13
Drills and bits 559 14
Basic knowledge 580 15
Services 600 16
7
Products - Quick overview
1 2 greenline
Page Page
Selection guide
Universal plug UX GREEN 26 Resin anchor RM II with RG M 123
Expansion plug SX GREEN 28 Resin anchor RM II with RG MI 129
Plasterboard fixing GK GREEN 30

APPLICATIONS IN CONCRETE OR/AND MASONRY
Hammerfix N GREEN 32 Injection mortar FIS V 113
Aircrete anchor GB GREEN 34 Injection mortar FIS VL 119
Insulation fixing FID GREEN 36 Injection mortar FIS GREEN 133
Injection mortar FIS GREEN 38 Injection mortar FIS P Plus 136
Injection mortar FIS P 138
3 Chemical fixings Accessories concrete: FIS A 142
Page
Accessories concrete: RG MI 160
APPLICATIONS IN CRACKED CONCRETE
Highbond-System FHB II 51 Accessories for solid brick masonry 164
Accessories for perforated brick

Powerbond-System FPB 60 174
masonry
Superbond-System FSB 67 Accessories for push-through installation 182
Superbond resin anchor RSB 68
Accessories for aerated concrete 186

Superbond mortar FIS SB with FIS A /
79
RG M I
Epoxy mortar FIS EM with FIS A 92

SPECIAL APPLICATIONS
Epoxy mortar FIS EM with RG M I 103 Highbond anchor dynamic FHB dyn 192
Epoxy mortar FIS EB 109 Dynamic-Anchor FDA 197
8
High performance
Page
4 steel anchors Page
1
Selection guide
UMV multicone dynamic bonded anchor 199 Bolt anchor FAZ II 232
Rebar connections 202 High performance anchor FH II 239
Concrete-Concrete Shear Connector FCC 212 High performance anchor FH II-I 245
ZYKON undercut anchor FZA 248

Stand-off installation Thermax 12 / 16 214
ZYKON hammerset anchor FZEA II 256

Remedial wall tie VBS 8 220
Concrete screw ULTRACUT FBS II 8-14 260

Weather facing reconstruction system
222
FWS II
Concrete screw FBS 8-12 A4 267
Can System FCS 224 Concrete screw FBS 6 270
Hammerset anchor EA II 273
Fill & Fix injection fixing 226

Nail anchor FNA II 278
Nail anchor FNA II RB 282
Ceiling nail FDN 285
Bolt anchor FBN II 287
Heavy-duty anchor TA M 291
Heavy-duty anchor TA M-T 295
Sleeve anchor FSA 297
Fixing set for Diamond Drills FDBB 300
Wall screw MR 302
Hollow-ceiling anchor FHY 304
Aircrete anchor FPX-I 307
9
Frame fixings /
1 5 Stand-off installation
6 General fixings
Page Page
Selection guide
Frame fixing SXRL 315 DUOPOWER 373
Frame fixing SXR 320 Universal plug UX 376
Frame fixing SXS 326 Universal plug UX GREEN 381
Frame fixing FUR 330 Expansion plug SX 383
Anti-corrosion spray FTC-CP 334 Expansion plug SX GREEN 386
Hammerfix N 335 Expansion plug S 388
Hammerfix N GREEN 339 Threaded rod plug RODFORCE FGD 391
Nail sleeve FNH 341 Metal expansion anchor FMD 393
Window frame fixing F-S 343 Expansion plug M-S 395
Metal frame fixing F-M 345 Anchor M 397
Window frame screws FFSZ and FFS 348 Brass fixing MS 399
Wall tie VB 352 Aircrete anchor GB 401
Adjustable fixing S10J 353 Aircrete anchor GB GREEN 403
Adjustable screw JUSS 355 Turbo aircrete anchor FTP K 405
Spacing screw ASL 356 Turbo aircrete anchor FTP M 407
Stand-off installation Thermax 8 / 10 358 Brass fixing PA 4 409
Stand-off installation Thermax 12 / 16 361 Balcony cladding fixing P 9 K 411
Remedial wall tie mechanical VBS-M 367 Stair-tread fixing TB / TBB 413
Repair pad FIX.it 414
Doorstop TS 415
10
7 Cavity fixings 1
Selection guide
Page Page
Nylon toggle DUOTEC 420 Conduit clip BSM 460
Metal cavity fixing HM 423 Impact nail ED 462
Gravity- and spring-toggle K, KD, KDH, Cable tie BN / UBN

426 464
KM
Board fixing PD 430 Wireclip 466
Plasterboard fixing GK 432

9 Sanitary fixings
Page
Plasterboard fixing metal GKM 436
Sanitary fixings for board materials 470
Ceramic fixings 472
8 Electrical fixings
Wash basin and urinal fixings 474
Page
ClipFix plus LS/ES/ZS 440
ClipFix plus SD 442 Scaffold and

Cable clasp KB 444
10 eye screw fixings
Page
Cable harness SHA 446 Scaffold anchoring GS 12 + plug 480
Pipe clip RC 448 Scaffold anchoring FI G 482
Pipe clip FC 450 Eye screw GS 484
Saddle clip SCH 452 Ring nut RI 486
Nail clip NS / MNS 454
Nail disc NSB 456
Spacer pipe clamp AM 458
11
Insulation fixings /
1 11 Façade fixings
Selection guide
Page Page
One-component premium B1 gun foam

Insulation support DHK 490 518
PUP B1 750
One-component premium adhesive foam

Insulation support DHM 492 519
PUP ETICS 750
One-component premium perimeter adhe-

Render fixing DIPK 494 520
sive foam PUP P 750
One-component rapid installation foam

Render fixing FIF-K 496 521
PU S 500/750
One-component premium rapid installa-

Render fixing FIF-S 498 522
tion foam PU 500/750
2-component premium rapid foam 2K

Insulation discs 500 523
PU 400
Retaining disc with screw DHT S 502 Accessories 524
Insulation fixing FID 504 Premium sanitary silicone DSSA 526
Insulation fixing FID GREEN 506 Sanitary silicone DSSI 527
Holding clamp DVN 508 Multi-silicone DMS 528
Fibre cement panel screw FAFZ H 509 Premium high temperature silicone DHS 529
Premium construction silicone DBSA 530
Roof and wall silicone DBSI 531
12 Foams, sealants Page

Premium silicone for natural stone DNS 532
One-component gun foam PUP S 750 512 Premium B1 silicone DFS 533
One-component premium gun foam

513 Construction sealant Premium DKM 534
PUP 750
One-component maxi gun foam

514 Façade acrylic Premium DFA 535
PUP S 500
One-component premium gun foam com-

515 Premium painting acrylic DMA 536
pact PUP 500

516 Acrylic sealant DA 537
PUP 750 B3

517 Premium structured acrylic DSA 538
PUP BS 750
12
14 Drills and bits 1

Page
Selection guide
Page
Repair mortar DEC 539 Hammer drill Quattric II 560
Premium all-weather sealant DDK 540 Hammer drill bit SDS Plus II Pointer 563
Hammer drill bit SDS Max II / SDS

Roof sealing compound DD 541 567
Max IV
Accessories for sealants 542 Stone drill bit D-S 570
Sealant selection matrix 544 Chisel 571
Zinc Spray FTC-ZS 546 Profi-bit FPB 572
Zinc Spray Bright Grade FTC-ZB 547 Diamond-bit FDB 574
Zinc-Alu Spray FTC-ZA 548 Maxx-bit FMB 575
Bit holder FBH 576
Bit-Set 577
Accessories for impact driver 578
13 Adhesives
Page
Assembly adhesive MK 552
Power Adhesive Express KK 553
All-round adhesive gluing and sealing KD 554
All-round Adhesive Gluing and Sealing

555
KD transparent
Flexible power adhesive Premium HTM 556
13
Product overview by materials
Non-cracked concrete
1
Single fixings for non-cracked concrete
Chemical systems
Product Epoxi mortar-system Superbond-System Injection mortar
Type
FIS EM FSB FIS V
Page 92 67 113
Image
Connection thread or Anchor rod or anchor size M8 – M30 M8 – M30 M6 – M30

Screw diameter
Internal thread M8 – M20 M8 – M20
Reinforcing bar Ø 8 – 40 mm Ø 8 – 32 mm Ø 8 – 28 mm
Screw diameter
Steel/material gvz ▯ ▯ ▯
A4 ▯ ▯ ▯
C ▯ ▯ ▯
Nylon
Usable length up to ∞ ∞ ∞
Approvals / Certificates Approvals ETA ▯ ▯ ▯

ICC ▯ ▯ ▯
DiBt
Seismic ▯ ▯ ▯
Dynamic
Certificates Shock
Fire resistance
▯ ▯ ▯
reports
Type of installation Pre-positioned installation ▯ ▯ ▯

Push-through installation ▯ ▯ ▯
Stand-off installation ▯ ▯ ▯
Drilling method Hammer drilling ▯ ▯ ▯

Hollow drilling ▯ ▯ ▯
Diamod-drilling ▯ ▯
Waiting time until loading at none

20 °C
short < 5 Minutes
middle ≤ 20 Minutes ▯ ▯
long > 20 Minutes ▯
Substrate +5 °C –30 °C –10 °C
Special features approved without borehole cleaning

Installation in concrete < C20/25 acc. certificate
Installation in concrete > C50/60 acc. certificate
approved in water-filled drill holes ▯ ▯
Installation in steel fibre concrete possible ▯ ▯ ▯
Installation possible in narrow members ≤ 120 mm ▯ ▯ ▯
flush with the
removable ▯* ▯*
surface
completely
* With internal threaded anchor
14
1
Single fixings for non-cracked concrete Redundant fixtures (multiple fixtures)

Steel anchors Steel anchors Frame fixings
Bolt anchor Bolt anchor Concrete Screw High performance Nail anchor Drop-in anchor
SXR / SXRL
FAZ II FBN II FBS / FBS II anchor FH II FNA II EA II
232 287 260 239 278 273 320
M8 – M24 M8 – M20 Ø 8 – 14 mm Ø 10 – 32 mm Ø 6 mm M6 – M8 Ø 8 – 14
▯ M6 – M12
Ø 5 – 10 mm
▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯
▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯
▯ ▯
▯
300 mm 200 mm 175 mm 100 mm 120 mm ∞ 290 mm
▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯1) ▯ ▯1)
▯ ▯
▯ ▯ ▯
▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯
▯ ▯ ▯* ▯
▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯
▯ ▯ ▯* ▯
▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯
▯ ▯ ▯ ▯
▯ ▯
▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯
–40 °C –40 °C –40 °C –40 °C –40 °C –40 °C –40 °C
▯
▯
▯
▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯
▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯
▯ ▯* ▯ ▯
▯ ▯

1)
Redundant fixing = multiple fixing allowing load transfer.
15
Cracked concrete
1
Single fixings for cracked concrete
Chemical systems
Product
Highbond-System Superbond-System Injection mortar
Type
FHB II FSB FIS V
Page 51 67 113
Image
Connection thread or Anchor rod or anchor size M8 – M24 M8 – M30 M10 – M30
Screw diameter
Internal thread M 8 – M 20
Reinforcing bar Ø 8 – 32 mm Ø 10 – 28
Screw diameter
A4 ▯ ▯ ▯
C ▯ ▯ ▯
Nylon
Usable length up to 165 mm ∞ ∞
Approvals / Certificates Approvals ETA ▯ ▯ ▯

ICC ▯ ▯
DiBt
Seismic ▯ ▯
Dynamic
Certificates Shock ▯
Fire resistance
▯ ▯ ▯
reports

Drilling method Hammer drilling ▯ ▯ ▯

Hollow drilling ▯ ▯ ▯
Diamond-drilling ▯ ▯ ▯
Waiting time until loading at none

20 °C
short < 5 Minutes ▯
middle ≤ 20 Minutes ▯ ▯ ▯
long > 20 Minutes
Substrate +5 °C -30 °C –10 °C
Special features approved without drill-hole cleaning ▯

Installation in concrete < C20/25 acc. certificate ▯ ▯ ▯
Installation in concrete > C50/60 acc. certificate ▯ ▯ ▯
approved in water-filled drill holes ▯ ▯
Installation in steel fibre concrete possible ▯ ▯ ▯
Installation possible in narrow members ≤ 120 mm ▯ ▯ ▯
flush with the
removable ▯*
surface
completely
* Mit Internal threadanker

16
1
Single fixings for cracked concrete Redundant fixtures (multiple fixtures)

Steel anchors Frame fixings Steel anchors Frame fixings
High performance
Bolt anchor Concrete Screw Nail anchor Drop-in anchor
anchor SXS 10 SXR / SXRL
FAZ II FBS / FBS II FNA II EA II
FH II
232 260 239 326 278 273 320
M8 – M24 Ø 8 – 14 mm Ø 10 – 32 mm Ø 10 mm Ø 6 mm M6 – M8 Ø 8 – 14
M6 – M12
7 mm Ø 5 – 10 mm
▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯
▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯
▯ ▯
▯ ▯
300 mm 175 mm 100 mm 130 mm 120 mm ∞ 290 mm
▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ 1) ▯ 1) ▯ 1)
▯ ▯
▯
▯ ▯ ▯
▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯
▯ ▯* ▯
▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯
▯ ▯* ▯
▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯
▯ ▯
▯ ▯
▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯
–40 °C –40 °C –40 °C –40 °C –40 °C –40 °C –40 °C
▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯
▯
▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯
▯ ▯
▯ ▯* ▯ ▯ ▯
▯ ▯ ▯

1)
Redundant fixing = multiple fixing allowing load transfer. 17
Aircrete concrete
1
Chemical Steel- Frame General
systems anchor fixings fixings
Product Type Turbo aircrete

Injection mortar Aircrete anchor Aircrete anchor
SXRL DUOPOWER anchor
FIS V FPX-I GB
FTP K/M
Page 113 307 315 401 373 405
Image
Connection thread or Anchor rod or anchor size FTP K 4,5,6,8,10

Screw diameter M6 - M16 Ø 8,10 und 14 mm GB 10 Ø 5,6,8 und 10 FTP M M6, M8,
M10
Internal thread M6 – M12 M6 – M12
Screw diameter Ø 5 – 10 mm Ø 3 – 8 mm Ø 5 – 10 mm
Steel/material gvz ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯
A4 ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯
Nylon ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯
Usable length up to ∞ ∞ 360 mm 173 mm ∞ ∞
Approvals / Approvals ETA ▯ ▯ ▯

Certificates
DiBt ▯ ▯
Certificates Fire resistance
▯ ▯
reports
Type of installation Pre-positioned installation ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯

Stand-off installation ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯
Drilling method Hammer drilling ▯ ▯

Rotary drilling ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯
Waiting time until none ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯

loading at 20 °C
short < 5 Minutes
middle ≤ 20 Minutes
Minimum component
-10 °C –40 °C –40 °C –20 °C –40 °C –40 °C
temperature
Special features approved without borehole

cleaning
applicable in aircrete concrete
▯
ceilings
removable flush with the
▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯
surface
completely ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯
18
Solid- & perforated brick

1
Chemical Frame fixings General
systems fixings

Product Type Injection mortar
SXR SXRL FUR Nail plug N DUOPOWER
FIS V
Page 113 320 315 330 335 373
Image
Connection thread or Anchor rod or anchor size M6 – M16 Ø 6,8,10 Ø 8,10 und 14 Ø 10 Ø 5–10 mm Ø 5,6,8 und 10
Screw diameter
Internal thread M6 – M12
Screw diameter Ø 6 – 7 mm Ø 6 - 10 mm Ø 7 mm 3,5 – 7 mm Ø 3 – 10 mm
A4 ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ in A2 ▯
Nylon ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯
Usable length up to ∞ 210 mm 290 mm 160 mm 180 mm ∞
Approvals / Certi- Approvals ETA ▯ ▯ 1) ▯ 1) ▯ 1)

ficates
DiBt ▯
Certificates Fire resistance
▯
reports
Type of installation Pre-positioned installation ▯

Push-through installation ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯
Stand-off installation ▯
Drilling method Hammer drilling ▯

Rotary drilling ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯
Waiting time until none ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯

loading at 20 °C
short < 5 Minutes
Minimum component
–10 °C –40 °C –40 °C –40 °C –40 °C –40 °C
temperature
Special features approved without borehole

cleaning
removable flush with the
▯ ▯
surface
completely ▯ ▯
1)
Redundant fixing = multiple fixing allowing load transfer.
19
Panel building materials

1
General
Cavity fixings
fixings
Product Type Metal cavity Gravity toggle/ DUOTEC Board fixing Plasterboard DUOPOWER
fixing spring toggle fixing
HM KD PD GK/GKM
Page 423 426 420 430 436 373
Image
Connection thread or anchor size M4 – M8 M3 – M10 Ø 10 andØ 12 Ø 8–12 Ø 5,6,8 and10

diameter of the screw
Screw diameter Metric Screw Metric thread Metric thread Chipboard screw Chipboard screw Chipboard screw
M4 – M6; M3 – M10; M5
Hexagon-headed Round hook Chipboard screws 4,0–6,0 mm 4,0–5,0 mm 3,0–8,0 mm
screw M8; M3 – M8
Angle hook 4,5–5 mm
M4 and M5
A4 ▯ ▯ ▯
Nylon ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯
Panel thickness 3–50 mm 25–90 mm 9,5–55 mm min. 6 mm min. 9,5 mm min. 9,5 mm
Usable length up to 30 mm 63 mm ∞ ∞ ∞ ∞
required cavity depth
by 12,5 mm board min. 19 mm min. 27 mm min. 40 mm min. 23 mm min. 13 mm min. 18 mm
thickness
Type of installation Pre-positioned installation ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯

Push-through installation ▯ ▯
Stand-off installation ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯
Drilling method Rotary drilling ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯
Waiting time until none

▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯ ▯
loading
Special features removable flush with the

▯ ▯ ▯ ▯
surface
completely
20
Insulated building materials (e.g. ETICS)

1
Stand-off installation system Insulation fixing FID

Product Type Thermax 12 and 16 Thermax 8 and 10 FID 50 and 90
Page 361 358 504
Image
Connection thread or Anchor rod or anchor size M12 and M16 M8 and M10
Screw diameter
Screw diameter 4,5–6 mm
A4 ▯ ▯ ▯
Nylon ▯
Usable length up to ∞ ∞ ∞
Approvals / Certificates Approvals ETA ▯

DiBt ▯

Push-through installation
Drilling method Hammer drilling ▯ ▯

Hollow drilling ▯
Waiting time until loading at 20°C none ▯ ▯

short < 5 Minutes
Minimum component temperature –10 °C –40 °C –40 °C
Special features removable flush with the

▯ ▯ ▯
surface
completely ▯
21
2 greenline
Page
2
Universal plug UX GREEN 26
greenline
Expansion plug SX GREEN 28
Hammerfix N GREEN 32
Aircrete anchor GB GREEN 34
Insulation fixing FID GREEN 36
Injection mortar FIS GREEN 38
23
greenline
Environmentally friendly and secure
2
Sustainable building
greenline
With the introduction of its greenline products, fischer is the first manufacturer
worldwide to offer a range of bio-based fixing systems.
We are adapting to the demands of processors and builders who greatly value
sustainability when building and renovating, even when it comes to installation.
Grown naturally
All greenline products are produced with at least 50 % renewable raw materials.
These do not compete with food and feed products or with corresponding
cultivation areas. The regenerative material percentage is always confirmed by
independent testing and certification by the DIN CERTCO / TÜV Rheinland.
All products are in the „BIOBASED 50 - 85 %“ class.
Durably secure
With the introduction of its greenline products, fischer is the first manufacturer
worldwide to offer a range of bio-based fixing systems.
We are adapting to the demands of processors and builders who greatly value
sustainability when building and renovating, even when it comes to installation.
Ecological proof of performance

The FIS GREEN has an Environmental Product Declaration from the Institute of
Building and Environment (IBU) and thereby a data basis for ecological building
rating.
Furthermore, it has been classified in the best possible emission class: A+ „very
low emission“ for volatile substances as per the French VOC directive. Ecological
advantages that also pay dividends in competition. * Information sur le niveau d’émission de
substances volatiles dans l’air intérieur, pré-
sentant un risque de toxicité par inhalation,
sur une échelle de classe allant de A+ (très
faibles émissions) à C (fortes émissions).
We take responsibility
For decades fischer has been actively practising environmental protection
and taking on responsibility so that the environment remains intact for future
generations.
We have an environmental management system certified according to DIN ISO
14001 and are a member of the German Sustainable Building Council (DGNB).
24
greenline
The first range of fixing products with renewable resources
2
General fixings Special fixings
greenline
Universal plug UX GREEN Expansion plug SX GREEN
The nylon plug for all construction materials The powerful nylon plug with 4-way expansion
Page 26 Page 28
Plasterboard fixing GK GREEN

The fastest installation in gypsum plasterboard
Chemical fixings Page 30
Injection mortar FIS GREEN 300 T

Injection mortar for high loads Hammerfix N GREEN
Page 38 The hammer-in plug for simple, fast and economic
installation
Page 32
Aircrete anchor GB GREEN

Secure in aerated concrete
Page 34
Insulation fixing FID GREEN

Thermal bridgefree installation in insulation materials
greenline
safe and durable like the eenvironmentally
nnvv friendly
Page 36
grey-coloured originals ddue

u to renewable resources
The fischer greenline product line has a green solution for

every building material.
Panel building Gypsum

Concrete Solid brick Perforated brick Aerated concrete Natural stone materials plasterboard Insulation panels
UX GREEN
      
SX GREEN
    
GK GREEN

N GREEN
    
GB GREEN

FID GREEN

FIS GREEN
    
25
Universal plug UX GREEN
The nylon plug for all building materials
2
greenline
Mirror fixings Pictures
BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

▪ Concrete
▪ Gypsum plasterboard and gypsum
fibreboards
▪ Vertically perforated brick
▪ Hollow blocks made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Cavity floor slabs made from bricks
and concrete
▪ Perforated sand-lime brick
▪ Solid sand-lime brick
▪ Natural stone
▪ Aerated concrete
▪ Chipboard
▪ Solid panel made from gypsum
▪ Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Solid brick
ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONING

▪ Produced with at least 50% renew- ▪ Pictures ▪ The Universal plug UX with rim is
able raw materials and therefore ▪ Lighting suitable for pre-positioned installation;
particularly environmentally friendly. ▪ Skirting the UX without rim is suitable for
▪ Just as effective, secure and durable ▪ Light cabinets push-through installation.
as regular UX plugs. ▪ Towel rails ▪ When screwing in the screw, the
▪ The universal operating principle ▪ Mirror cabinets UX GREEN expands in solid building
(knotting or expanding) allows for use ▪ Curtain rails materials and knots itself into cavities.
in all solid, hollow and board building ▪ Wash basin fixings ▪ Suitable for wood and chipboard
materials. Thus the UX GREEN is the ▪ TV consoles screws, as well as stud screws.
correct choice for unknown base ▪ Plumbing and heating fixings ▪ The required screw length is given by:
materials. the plug length + fixture thickness +
▪ Plug collar for anti-slip safety and saw 1 x screw diameter.
tooth sides as turning lock ensure the ▪ In the case of board building materials,
highest installation safety. the threadless part of the screw must
not be longer than the fixture.
▪ The edge distance must be at least
one plug length.
26
TECHNICAL DATA
lS ≥ hef + tfix + ds
greenline
d0 ds
l = hef tfix
h1
Universal plug UX GREEN R - with rim
With rim Without rim Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Min. panel Anchor length Wood and chip- Sales unit
depth thickness board screws
d0 h1 dp l ds / ds x ls
Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item UX R UX
UX GREEN 6 x 35 518885 — 6 45 9,5 35 4-5 40
UX GREEN 6 x 50 524855 — 6 60 9,5 50 4-5 40
UX GREEN 8 x 50 518886 — 8 60 9,5 50 4,5 - 6 40
UX GREEN 10 x 60 518887 — 10 75 12,5 60 6-8 20
UX GREEN 12 x 70 — 524858 12 85 — 70 8 - 10 18
LOADS
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor.
The given loads are valid for wood screws with the specified diameter.
Type UX GREEN 6 x 35 UX GREEN 6 x 50 UX GREEN 8 x 50 UX GREEN 10 x 60 UX GREEN 12 x 70
Screw diameter Ø [mm] 5 5 6 8 10

Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2)
Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,40 0,60 0,60 1,00 1,50
Solid brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 0,20 0,30 0,30 0,50 0,70
Perforated sand-lime brick ≥ KSL 12 [kN] 0,40 0,40 0,50 0,60 0,80
Vertically perforated brick ≥ Hlz 12 [kN] 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,30
Aerated concrete ≥ AAC 4 [kN] 0,20 0,20 0,30 0,40 0,60
Gypsum plasterboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,10 0,10 0,10 0,10 -
Gypsum plasterboard 25 mm [kN] 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,15 -
Gypsum fibreboard (Fermacell) [kN] 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,25 -
Gypsum block  ≥ 0,9 kg/dm³ [kN] - - 0,15 0,35 0,45
1)
Required safety factors are considered.
2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle.
27
Expansion plug SX GREEN
The powerful nylon plug with 4-way expansion
2
greenline
Mirror fixings Wall consoles

▪ Concrete
concrete
and concrete
▪ Natural stone with dense structure
concrete
▪ Solid brick

▪ Produced with at least 50% renew- ▪ Lighting ▪ The SX GREEN is suitable for pre-posi-
able raw materials and therefore ▪ Wardrobes tioned and push-through installation.
particularly environmentally friendly. ▪ Motion detectors ▪ When screwing in the screw, the
▪ Just as effective, secure and durable ▪ Skirting SX GREEN expands in four directions,
as regular SX plugs. ▪ Light shelves thus providing a secure anchoring in
▪ The powerful 4-way expansion pro- ▪ Mirror cabinets the building material.
vides optimum force transmission in ▪ Letter boxes ▪ The required screw length is given by
the building material, thus enabling ▪ TV consoles the plug length + fixture thickness +
high load values and security. ▪ Trellis 1 x screw diameter.
▪ The anti-rotation lock prevents the ▪ Folding shutters ▪ Suitable for wood, chipboard and
plug from spinning in the drill hole. ▪ Bath and toilet installations spacing screws.
▪ The expansion-free plug neck pre-
vents the creation of expansion forces
on the material whilst screwing in the
screw. This helps to prevent dam-
age to tiles and plaster.
▪ Fast and easy push-through installa-
tion reduces installation time.
28
TECHNICAL DATA
lS ≥ hef + tfix+ ds
Plug SX GREEN - with rim

2
d0 ds
greenline
Plug SX GREEN - with greater anchorage
depth, without rim
l = hef tfix
h1
Plug SX GREEN S - with rim and screw
With rim Without rim With rim and Drill hole Min. drill hole Anchor length Max. fixture Wood and chip- Sales unit
and large screw diameter depth thickness board screws
anchorage d0 h1 l t fix ds / ds x ls
depth
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item SX SX SX-S
SX GREEN 5 x 25 524859 — — 5 35 25 — 3-4 90
SX GREEN 6 x 30 524860 — — 6 40 30 — 4-5 90
SX GREEN 6 x 30 — — 524866 6 40 30 5 4,5 x 40 45
SX GREEN 6 x 50 — 524861 — 6 60 50 — 4-5 90
SX GREEN 8 x 40 524862 — — 8 50 40 — 4,5 - 6 90
SX GREEN 8 x 40 — — 524867 8 60 40 15 5 x 60 45
SX GREEN 8 x 65 — 524863 — 8 75 65 — 4,5 - 6 45
SX GREEN 10 x 50 524864 — — 10 70 50 — 6-8 45
SX GREEN 12 x 60 524865 — — 12 80 60 — 8 - 10 20
LOADS
Type SX GREEN 5 x 25 SX GREEN 6 x 30 SX GREEN 8 x 40 SX GREEN 10 x 50 SX GREEN 12 x 60
SX GREEN 6 x 50 SX GREEN 8 x 65
Wood screw diameter Ø [mm] 4 5 6 8 10
Min. edge distance concrete cmin [mm] 25 35 40 50 65
Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,30 0,65 0,70 1,20 1,70
Solid brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 0,25 0,30 0,60 0,65 0,70
Solid sand-lime brick ≥ KS 12 [kN] 0,30 0,50 0,60 1,20 1,70
Vertically perforated brick ≥ Hlz 12 ( ≥ 1.0 kg/dm³) [kN] 0,07 0,07 0,17 0,17 0,26
Gypsum block [kN] - - 0,26 0,37 1,00
1)
2)
29
2
greenline
Wall lamps Pictures

▪ Gypsum plasterboard, single and
double-planked

▪ Produced with at least 50% renewable ▪ Pictures ▪ The gypsum plasterboard fixing GK
raw materials and therefore particu- ▪ Lighting GREEN is suitable for pre-positioned
larly environmentally friendly. ▪ Electrical installations installation.
▪ Just as effective, secure and durable ▪ Fitting accessories ▪ The GK GREEN is screwed flush into
as regular GK plugs. ▪ Series installations the gypsum plasterboard using the
▪ The included setting tool combine the setting tool provided. Avoid manual
functions of drilling and setting fixings and machine-aided overtightening.
for direct and easy installation. ▪ For board thicknesses greater than
▪ Sharp, self-tapping thread for a 15 mm, drill a hole first by using the
positive-fit connection with a high setting tool.
load-bearing capacity. ▪ Adapted for wood, sheet metal and
▪ The cross-drive recess in the head of chipboard screws with a diameter of
the fixing means that the GK GREEN 4.0 to 5.0 mm.
can also easily be screwed out like a ▪ Not suitable for gypsum fibreboard
screw. and tiled plasterboard.
▪ The GK GREEN can be used with
various screws, hooks and eye screws,
making it very versatile in its applica-
tions.
30
TECHNICAL DATA

2
greenline
Plasterboard fixing GK GREEN S
Anchor length Min. thickness to Max. fixture Screw Drive Sales unit
first supporting layer thickness
l t t fix ds x ls
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
GK GREEN 524868 1) 2) 22 25 — 4,0 - 5,0 x Ls — 90
GK GREEN S 524869 1) 3) 22 25 13 4,5 x 35 PZ2 45
1) Including installation tool GKW.
2) Min. screw length = length of plug 22 mm + thickness of building component.
3) Supplied with plasterboard screw.
LOADS
The given loads are valid for chipboard screws with the specified diameter.
Type GK GREEN
Chipboard screw Ø [mm] 4,0 - 5,0

Gypsum plasterboard 9,5 mm [kN] 0,07
Gypsum plasterboard 2 x 12,5 mm [kN] 0,11
1)
2)
31
Hammerfix N GREEN
The hammer-in plug for simple, fast and economic installation
2
greenline
Timber substructures Cable fixing

▪ Concrete
▪ Building brick
▪ Natural stone
concrete
concrete

▪ Produced with at least 50% renewable ▪ Substructures made of wood and ▪ The hammerfix N GREEN is suitable
raw materials and therefore particu- metal for push-through installation.
larly environmentally friendly. ▪ Wall connection or plaster profiles ▪ The easiest installation: drill, knock in
▪ Just as effective, secure and durable ▪ Slides and you’re done.
as regular hammerfix N plugs. ▪ Sheets ▪ When being hammered in, the nail
▪ The rapid push-through and ham- ▪ Cable and pipe clips screw causes the plug to expand in
mer-set installation reduces the ▪ Perforated tapes two directions, thus providing a secure
amount of work required and allows anchoring in the building material.
for economic series installation.
▪ The integrated hammer-in stop
prevents the plug from expanding pre-
maturely, thus enabling problem-free
installation.
▪ Together with the cross-slot recess,
the thread of the nail screw allows the
screw to be removed, thus allowing for
subsequent dismantling.
32
Hammerfix N GREEN
TECHNICAL DATA
Hammerfix N GREEN S with countersunk 2

head and zinc-plated nail, pre-assembled
greenline
Drill hole diameter Effect. anchorage Anchor length Min. drill hole depth Max. fixture thick- Sales unit
depth for through fixings ness
d0 hef l h2 t fix
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
N GREEN 6 x 40/10 S 524845 6 30 40 55 10 45
N GREEN 6 x 60/30 S 524847 6 30 60 75 30 45
N GREEN 6 x 80/50 S 524848 6 30 80 95 50 45
N GREEN 8 x 80/40 S 524849 8 40 80 95 40 45
N GREEN 8 x 100/60 S 524850 8 40 100 115 60 45
LOADS
Hammerfix N GREEN S
The given loads are valid for screw nails with the specified diameter.
Type N GREEN 6 N GREEN 8
Screw nail diameter Ø [mm] 4 5

Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,25 0,27
Solid brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 0,18 0,24
Solid sand-lime brick ≥ KS 12 [kN] 0,22 0,24
Solid brick of lightweight aggregate concrete ≥ V 4 [kN] 0,12 0,15
Aerated concrete ≥ AAC 2 [kN] 0,04 0,05
1)
2)
33
2
greenline
Radiators Suspended ceilings

Suitable for:
▪ Aerated concrete ≥ AAC 2
▪ Aerated concrete and ceiling panels of
compressive strength ≥ 3.3

▪ Produced with at least 50% renewable ▪ Suspended ceilings ▪ The aircrete anchor GB GREEN is sui-
raw materials and therefore particu- ▪ Cable trays table for pre-positioned installation.
larly environmentally friendly. ▪ Pipelines ▪ The spiral-shaped outer ribs cut a
▪ The spiral-shaped outer ribs cut a ▪ Guard rails positive fit into the soft building mate-
positive fit in the soft building material, ▪ Façade and roof constructions made rial when knocked in, thus ensuring
thus ensuring best pressure distribu- of wood and metal optimal pressure distribution and load-
tion and load-bearing capacity. ▪ Anopy brackets bearing capacity.
▪ Can be applied with a hammer – ▪ Letter boxes ▪ The required screw length is given by
there is no need for special tools, ▪ Trellis the plug length + fixture thickness + 1
thus saving time and money for the x screw diameter.
installation. ▪ Rotary drilling of the hole is required.
▪ Can be used in unplastered aerated
concrete.
34
TECHNICAL DATA
2
greenline
Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Plug length = min. fischer safety screw Sales unit
depth anchorage depth
d0 h1 l = hef ds x ls
GB GREEN 8 524870 8 60 50 5 20
GB GREEN 10 524871 10 65 55 7 18
LOADS
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor in aerated concrete.
The given loads are valid for fischer safety screws4) acc. attached table.
Type GB GREEN 8 GB GREEN 10
Diameter fischer safety screw Ø [mm] 5 7

Min. spacing6) smin [mm] 150 (100)7) 100
Min. edge distance2) cmin [mm] 100 (75)7) 100
Minimum member thickness hmin [mm] 75 120
Anchorage depth hef (hv) [mm] 50 55
Recommended load in the respective base material Frec3)
Aerated concrete AAC 2 [kN] 0,20 0,21
Aerated concrete AAC 3 [kN] 0,30 0,32 (0,43)5)
1)
2)
Minimum possible edge distance.
3)
4)
Galvanised steel (gvz) and stainless steel A4.
5)
The values in brackets are decisive for member thickness ≥ 150 mm.
6)
Minimum possible axial spacing while r educing the recommended load.
7)
Values in brackets apply to AAC 2.
35
Thermal bridge-free installation in insulation materials
2
greenline
Fixings in ETICS Fixings in ETICS

▪ Non-plastered, pressure-resistant insu-
lating boards
▪ Plastered, pressure-resistant insulating
boards
▪ ETICS insulating boards

▪ Produced with at least 50% renewable To fix lightweight fixtures in plas- ▪ The FID GREEN can be set in pre-po-
raw materials and therefore particu- tered and non-plastered insulating sitioned installation with a cordless
larly environmentally friendly. boards. screwdriver or by hand.
▪ Just as effective, secure and durable The areas of application are: ▪ With its strong drill tip, the insulation
as regular FID plugs. To fix lightweight ▪ Façade construction (ETICS) fixing FID GREEN breaks through
fixtures in plastered and non-plastered ▪ Insulating construction thin plaster layers and cuts a positive
insulating boards. ▪ Electric construction fit into the insulation panel with its
▪ Thermal bridge-free mounting when ▪ Refrigerated and climate construction specially shaped spiral thread.
exclusively set in insulation material. ▪ Acoustic construction ▪ From a plaster thickness of 5 mm, we
▪ Installation without pre-drilling even recommend to create a 6 mm hole.
through thin plaster layers, thus saving This serves for better guidance of the
a work step. fastener in the setting process.
▪ Easy to set using a standard bit. ▪ Water ingress in the insulation mate-
rial can be prevented by sealing the
plug collar after successful installation.
▪ Attachment parts can be easily
attached with screws.
▪ We recommend to predrill an 6 mm
hole in ETICs rendering.
36
TECHNICAL DATA
Insulation fixing FID GREEN 50

Ø 25 mm
2
greenline
l
Anchor length Min. bolt pene- Wood and chip- Drive Sales unit
tration board screws
l ds
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
FID GREEN 50 524851 50 50 4,5 - 5 T40 45
FID GREEN 90 524852 90 90 6 Inbus 6 mm 20
LOADS
The given loads are valid for chipboard screws with maximum diameter.
Type FID GREEN 50 FID GREEN 90
Screw diameter Ø [mm] 4,5 - 5,0 6,0

Recommended loads in the respective base material Nrec2)
Polystyrene PS 15 [kN] 0,07 0,17
1)
2)
Valid for tensile load.
37
Injection mortar FIS GREEN
The first approved injection mortar made with renewable raw

materials
2
greenline
Building renovation Staircase

Approved for anchorings in:
▪ Concrete
▪ Solid brick
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete

▪ The worldwide first injection mortar Injection mortar for use with: ▪ FIS GREEN is a 2-component injection
with renewable raw materials. The ▪ Threaded rods FIS A, see page 142 mortar.
share of renewable raw materials ▪ Internal threaded anchor RG MI, see ▪ Resin and hardener are stored in two
is certified by DIN CERTCO / TÜV page 160 separate chambers and are not mixed
Rheinland. ▪ Rebar anchor FRA, see page 202 and activated until extrusion trough
▪ Because of the European Technical ▪ Concrete steel bars, see page 212 the static mixer.
Assessment it is possible to use the ▪ Injection anchor sleeves FIS H, see ▪ The injection cartridges are quick and
injection system in the area of public page 177 easy to use with the fischer dispens-
buildings. ▪ NSF certificate verifies its suitability for ers.
▪ The low content of volatile organic applications in drinking water ▪ Partially used cartridges can be reused
compounds (VOC) has a positive effect by changing the static mixer.
for the evaluation of fixings in “Green ▪ Related accessories for the vari-
Building”-projects. ous applications can be found on
▪ Biobased raw materials increase the pages “non-cracked concrete” and
residential and workplace quality and “masonry”.
preserve valuable resources for future
generations.
▪ The injection system is not mandatory
for indication and thus reduces risks
for installers and the environment.
▪ FIS GREEN is suitable for the use with
the complete fischer injection accesso-
ries.
38
TECHNICAL DATA

2
Languages on the Scale unit Contents Sales unit
Approval
greenline
cartridge
Item Art.-No. ETA [pcs]

FIS GREEN 300 T 522223 ■ D 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x FIS MR 12
1 Cartidge 300 ml,
FIS GREEN 300 T K 523244 ■ D 150 4
2 x Static mixer (incl. clip with europerforation)
1 cartridge 300 ml,
FIS GREEN 300 T 522989 ■ F 150 4
2 x FIS MR with transparent Clip
1 cartridge 300 ml,
FIS GREEN 300 T 523245 ■ I 150 12
FIS GREEN 300 T 538219 ■ CZ, SK 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x FIS MR 12
1 cartridge 300 ml,
FIS GREEN 300 T 532972 ■ DK, SE, NO, FIN 150 12
FIS MR 096448 — — — 10 static mixer 10
LOADS
Injection system FIS GREEN: Injection mortar FIS GREEN with Threaded rod FIS A 1)
zinc plated steel / stainless steel / high corrosion resistant steel
Minimum spacings while
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 2) 3) 4) 5)
reducing the load
Type Material Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
fixing member anchorage torque tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
element thickness depth moment
Max. tension Max. shear
load load Max. Load
hmin hef6) Tmax Nperm 7) Vperm 7) c c scr smin 8) 9) cmin 8) 9)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
100 60 5,7 180
90 70
5.8 110 80 7,6 5,1 240
190 160 9,0 40 60 480
100 60 5,7 130 180
90
8.8 110 80 7,6 8,6 115 240
190 160 14,3 85 90 480
M8 10 40 40
100 60 5,7 85 180
90
A4-70 110 80 7,6 6,0 75 240
190 160 9,9 50 70 480
100 60 5,7 110 180
90
C-70 110 80 7,6 7,4 100 240
190 160 12,4 70 80 480
100 60 6,7 90 125 180
5.8 120 90 10,1 8,6 110 105 270
230 200 13,8 55 85 600
100 60 6,7 90 200 180
8.8 120 90 10,1 13,1 170 270
110
230 200 22,4 115 600
M10 20 45 45
100 60 6,7 90 135 180
A4-70 120 90 10,1 9,2 110 110 270
230 200 15,7 65 90 600
100 60 6,7 90 170 180
C-70 120 90 10,1 11,4 110 145 270
230 200 19,5 95 105 600
39
LOADS
2 Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 2) 3) 4) 5)
reducing the load
greenline
load load Max. Load
100 70 8,9 105 175 210
5.8 140 110 14,0 12,0 130 130 330
270 240 20,5 70 100 720
100 70 8,9 105 295 210
8.8 140 110 14,0 19,4 230 330
130
270 240 30,5 150 720
M12 40 55 55
100 70 8,9 105 200 210
A4-70 140 110 14,0 13,7 130 155 330
270 240 22,5 85 115 720
100 70 8,9 105 260 210
C-70 140 110 14,0 17,1 130 200 330
270 240 28,1 115 135 720
120 80 12,0 125 305 240
5.8 170 125 18,7 22,3 160 235 375
360 320 37,6 115 150 960
120 80 12,0 28,7 125 240
405
8.8 170 125 18,7 375
36,0 160
360 320 47,9 220 960
M16 60 65 65
120 80 12,0 125 350 240
A4-70 170 125 18,7 25,2 160 270 375
360 320 42,0 135 165 960
120 80 12,0 28,7 125 405 240
C-70 170 125 18,7 350 375
31,4 160
360 320 47,9 195 960
140 90 14,6 135 435 270
5.8 220 170 27,6 34,9 190 300 510
450 400 58,6 165 195 1200
140 90 14,6 35,0 135 440 270
8.8 220 170 27,6 525 510
56,0 190
450 400 64,8 290 1200
M20 120 85 85
140 90 14,6 35,0 135 440 270
A4-70 220 170 27,6 350 510
39,4 190
450 400 64,8 215 1200
140 90 14,6 35,0 135 440 270
C-70 220 170 27,6 455 510
49,1 190
450 400 64,8 260 1200
10)
For the design the complete assessment ETA-14/0408 has to be considered.
1)
Also valid for anchor rod RGM in the same property class.
2)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-14/0408 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-14/0408.
3)
The given loads are valid for injection mortar FIS GREEN for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate up to 50 °C (resp. short term up to 80 °C. For drill hole cleaning see
ETA-14/0408.
4)
For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible.
5)
Drill method hammer drilling.
6)
For the sizes M8 - M20 the min. anchorage depth and the max. anchorage depth are given. The anchorage depth can be chosen freely between these borders.
7)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see ETA-14/0408.
8)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load.
9)
Minimum possible spacing resp. edge distance while reducing the permissible load for the required minimum member thickness. The combination of minimum edge distance and minimum spacing is not
possible. One of both values has to be increased acc. ETA-14/0408.
10)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-14/0408, issue date 19/12/2014. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Technical Report TR 029 (for static resp. quasi-static loads).
40
LOADS
Injection system FIS GREEN with threaded rod FIS A4)
Highest permissible loads1) 5) for a single anchor in solid brick masonry (without injection anchor sleeve) for pre-positioned or push-
through installation.
For the design the complete assessment ETA-14/0471 has to be considered. 2
Type Compres- Brick raw Minimum Min. Min. Maximum Permissible Permissible Characte-ri- Characte- Min. Characte-
greenline
sive- density brick effective member torque tensile shear load3) stic spacing ristic spa- spacing 2) ristic resp.
brick- dimensions 6) anchorage thickness load3) parallel to cing perpen- min. edge
strength depth bed joint dicular to distance2)
bed joint
smin║ /
fb ρ (L x W x H) hef hmin Tinst,max Nperm Vperm scr║ scr┴ ccr = cmin
smin┴
[N/mm²] [kg/dm³] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
Solid brick Mz, NF acc. to EN 771-1
M8 50 80 0,71 0,71 150 150 150 100
M10 50 80 0,86 1,14 150 150 150 100
M10 80 110 1,29 1,14 240 240 240 100
M10 ≥10 200 230 3,14 2,43 300 300 300 150
M12 50 80 0,86 1,14 150 150 150 100
M12 80 110 1,43 1,14 240 240 240 100
M12 240x115x71 200 230 2,00 3,29 300 300 300 150
≥1,8 10
M8 (NF) 50 80 0,71 1,14 150 150 150 100
M10 50 80 1,29 1,71 150 150 150 100
M10 80 110 1,71 1,71 240 240 240 100
M10 ≥20 200 230 3,43 3,43 300 300 300 150
M12 50 80 1,14 1,57 150 150 150 100
M12 80 110 2,00 1,57 240 240 240 100
M12 200 230 2,86 3,43 300 300 300 150
Solid sand-lime brick KS acc. to EN 771
M8 50 80 0,71 1,14 150 150 150 100
M10 50 80 0,71 1,14 150 150 150 100
M10 80 110 0,86 1,14 240 240 240 100
M10 ≥10 200 230 2,57 1,14 300 300 300 150
M12 50 80 0,57 1,43 150 150 150 100
M12 80 110 0,86 1,43 240 240 240 100
M12 240x115x71 200 230 2,57 1,43 300 300 300 150
≥1,8 10
M8 (NF) 50 80 0,71 1,57 150 150 150 100
M10 50 80 0,86 1,57 150 150 150 100
M10 80 110 1,14 1,57 240 240 240 100
M10 ≥20 200 230 3,43 1,57 300 300 300 150
M12 50 80 0,86 2,00 150 150 150 100
M12 80 110 1,29 2,00 240 240 240 100
M12 200 230 3,43 2,00 300 300 300 150
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered.
2)
Minimum feasible spacings resp. edge distance. Details as well as to the distances to joints see assessment.
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see assessment.
4)
Zinc-plated, stainless steel A4 and high corrosion-resistant steel C.
5)
The given loads are valid for installation and use of fixations in dry masonry - use category d/d - for temperatures in the substrate up to +50 °C (resp. short term up to 80 °C) and drill hole cleaning
according to assessment. The given brick types in combination with the permissible loads are an extract of the assessment.
6)
Hole patterns see assessment.
41
LOADS
Injection system FIS GREEN with threaded rod FIS A5) and anchor sleeve FIS H..K
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor in solid brick masonry (with injection anchor sleeve) for pre-positioned installation.
2 Type Compres- Brick raw Minimum Min. Min. Maximum Permissible Permissible Characteris- Characteris- Min. Characte-
of anchor sleeve with sive- density brick effective member torque tensile shear load3) tic spacing tic spacing spacing 2) ristic resp.
greenline
anchor rod brick- dimensions 6) anchorage thickness load3) parallel to perpendicu- min. edge
strength depth4) bed joint lar to bed distance2)
joint
smin║ /
smin┴
12x85 M8 2 0,86 0,86
16x85 M10 ≥ 10 85 115 4 0,57 1,00
20x85 M12 4 1,57 1,00
≥ 1,8 240x115x113 255 255 255 100
12x85 M8 2 1,29 1,29
16x85 M10 ≥ 20 85 115 4 0,86 1,57
20x85 M12 4 2,29 1,57
1)
2)
3)
4)
The maximum anchorage depth is corresponding with the relevant anchor sleeves FIS H..K (see technical data).
5)
6)
7)
LOADS
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor in perforated brick masonry (with injection anchor sleeve) for pre-positioned installation.
Type Compres- Brick raw Minimum brick- Min. Min. Maximum Permissible Permissible Characte- Characte- Min. Characte-
of anchor sleeve with sive- density dimensions 7) effevtive- member torque tensile shear load3) ristic ristic spacing 2) ristic resp.
anchor rod brick- anchorage thickness load3) spacing spacing per- min. edge
strength depth4) parallel to pendicular to distance2)
bed joint bed joint
smin║ /
smin┴
Vertically perforated brick Hlz, acc. to EN 771-1
12x85 M6/M8
16x85 M8/M10 ≥8 ≥ 1,4 230x108x55 85 115 2,0 0,57 0,71 230 55 230 / 55 100
20x85 M12/M16
12x85 M6/M8 0,57 1,14
16x85 M8/M10 ≥ 10 ≥ 0,9 240x175x113 85 175 2,0 0,57 1,57 240 115 240 / 115 120
20x85 M12/M16 0,71 1,71
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL acc. to EN 771-2
12x85 M6/M8 0,34 0,71
16x85 M8/M10 ≥ 12 0,57 1,57
20x85 M12/M16 0,57 1,29
≥ 1,4 240x175x113 85 175 2,0 240 115 240 / 115 100
12x85 M6/M8 0,57 1,29
16x85 M8/M10 ≥ 20 1,00 2,29
20x85 M12/M16 1,00 2,14
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
42
LOADS
Injection system FIS GREEN with threaded rod FIS A5) and push-through anchor sleeve FIS H..K
Highest permissible loads1) 6) for a single anchor in perforated brick masonry (with push-through anchor sleeve) for push-through instal-
lation.
For the design the complete assessment ETA-14/0471 has to be considered. 2
Type Compres- Brick raw Minimum brick- Min. Min. Maximum Permissi- Permissi- Characte- Characte- Min. Characte-
greenline
of anchor sleeve with sive- density dimensions 7) effevtive- member torque ble tensile ble shear ristic spa- ristic spacing 2) ristic resp.
anchor rod brick- anchorage thickness load3) load3) cing parallel spacing per- min. edge
strength depth4) to bed joint pendicular to distance2)
bed joint
smin║ /
smin┴
Vertically perforated brick Hlz acc. to EN 771-1
18x130/200 M10/M12 ≥8 130 0,43 0,86
≥ 0,6 250x370x245 370 4 250 240 250 / 240 120
22x130/200 M16 ≥8 110 0,34 0,43
18x130/200 M10/M12 ≥ 10 130 0,71 1,57
≥ 0,9 240x175x113 175 4 240 115 240 / 115 120
22x130/200 M16 ≥ 10 110 0,57 1,71
18x130/200 M10/M12 ≥ 12 0,57 1,57
22x130/200 M16 ≥ 12 0,43 1,29
≥ 1,4 240x175x113 110 175 4 240 115 240 / 115 100
18x130/200 M10/M12 ≥ 20 1,00 2,29
22x130/200 M16 ≥ 20 0,71 2,14
1)
2)
3)
4)
The maximum anchorage depth is corresponding with the relevant push-through anchor sleeves FIS H18.. K and FIS H22.. K (see technical data).
5)
6)
7)
LOADS
Highest permissible loads1) 5) for a single anchor in aerated concrete.
Type Compres- Brick raw Minimum Min. Min. Maximum Permissible Permissible Characte- Characte- Min. Characte-
anchor rod sive- density brick dimensions effective- member torque tensile shear load3) ristic spa- ristic spacing 2) ristic resp.
brick- anchorage thickness load3) cing parallel spacing per- min. edge
strength depth to bed joint pendicular to distance2)
bed joint
smin║ /
smin┴
Aerated concrete acc. to EN 771-4
M8 1 0,71 0,32
M10 2 0,71 0,32
≥2 ≥ 0,35
M12 2 0,89 0,32
M16 2 0,89 0,43
M8 1 0,89 0,54
M10 2 1,07 0,54
≥4 ≥ 0,50 - 100 130 240 115 240 / 115 80
M12 2 1,07 0,54
M16 2 1,07 0,54
M8 1 1,25 0,89
M10 2 1,43 0,89
≥6 ≥ 0,65
M12 2 1,43 0,89
M16 2 1,43 0,71
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
43
ACCESSORIES DRILL HOLE CLEANING
Cleaning brush BS
2
greenline
SDS-Adapter M8 Brush extension
Length L1 Length L2 Brush diameter For drill diameter Sales unit

BS ø 8 078177 120 50 9 8 1
BS ø 10 078178 120 50 11 10 1
BS ø 12 078179 150 80 13 12 1
BS ø 14 078180 250 80 16 14 1
BS ø 16/18 078181 250 80 20 16/18 1
BS ø 20/22 052277 180 80 25 20/22 1
BS ø 24 078182 300 100 26 24 1
BS ø 25 097806 300 100 27 25 1
FIS brush extension 508791 410 - - - 1
Compressed air nozzle D16-D19 511957 - - - - 2
Compressed air nozzle D20-D25 511958 1) - - - - 2
1) Delivery time on request.
Compressed-air cleaning tool ABP Blow-out pump AB G

Match Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Compressed-air cleaning tool ABP 059456 FIS A M 16 - M 30 1
Blow-out pump AB G 089300 - 1
DISPENSER
Dispenser FIS DM S Cordless dispenser FIS DC S Dispenser FIS AM

Performance data Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS DM S 511118 — 1
Feed speed can be set from 120 - 240 mm/min
Content: 1 dispenser
FIS DC S 513423 1
1 battery pack 10,8 V // 1,5 Ah // Li-ION
1 charger 10,8 V // 230 V with Euro plug
Battery Pack 513425 Battery pack 10,8 V // 1,5 Ah // Li-ION 1
FIS AM 058000 — 1
44
DISPENSER
greenline
Pneumatic dispenser FIS AP
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Recommended pressure 6 bar
FIS AP 058027 1
air consumption max. 40 l/min
45
3 Chemical fixings
Page Page
APPLICATIONS IN CRACKED CONCRETE 3
Chemical fixings
Highbond-System FHB II 51 Accessories for solid brick masonry 164
Accessories for perforated brick

Powerbond-System FPB 60 174
masonry
Superbond-System FSB 67 Accessories for push-through installation 182
Superbond resin anchor RSB 68
Accessories for aerated concrete 186

Superbond mortar FIS SB with FIS A /
79
RG M I
Epoxy mortar FIS EM with FIS A 92

SPECIAL APPLICATIONS
Epoxy mortar FIS EM with RG M I 103 Highbond anchor dynamic FHB dyn 192
Epoxy mortar FIS EB 109 Dynamic-Anchor FDA 197
Resin anchor RM II with RG M 123 UMV multicone dynamic bonded anchor 199
Resin anchor RM II with RG MI 129 Rebar connections 202
Concrete-Concrete Shear Connector FCC 212

APPLICATIONS IN CONCRETE OR/AND MASONRY
Injection mortar FIS V 113 Stand-off installation Thermax 12 / 16 214
Injection mortar FIS VL 119 Remedial wall tie VBS 8 220

Injection mortar FIS GREEN 133 222
FWS II
Injection mortar FIS P Plus 136
Can System FCS 224
Injection mortar FIS P 138
Accessories concrete: FIS A 142 Fill & Fix injection fixing 226
Accessories concrete: RG MI 160
47
Range of Chemical fixings
For fixings in cracked concrete

Highbond-System FHB II Superbond-System FSB
The best performance in cracked concrete The concrete all-rounder Page 67
FIS HB mortar Page 51
3
Chemical fixings
FHB II-P
standard version
Epoxy mortar FIS EM
The powerful injection mortar for rebar Page 92
connections and concrete
Powerbond-System FPB
The injection system for variable and Page 60
efficient fixings
Epoxy mortar FIS EB

The basic epoxy mortar for applications in Page 109
concrete
Resin anchor RM II
Page 123
Injection system FIS V,

with threaded rod RG M FIS VS LOW SPEED and FIS VW HIGH SPEED
The bonded anchor for cracked concrete Page 123 The versatile injection system for Page 113
with threaded rod RG M without drill hole anchorings in concrete and masonry
cleaning
with internal threaded anchor RG MI Injection mortar FIS VL

The bonded anchor for cracked concrete Page 129 The solid injection mortar for standard Page 119
with internal threaded anchor RG MI wit- applications in cracked concrete and
hout drill hole cleaning masonry
For fixings in non-cracked concrete

Injection mortar FIS GREEN with internal threaded anchor RG MI
The first approved injection mortar made Page 133 The fixing system with internal threaded Page 160
from renewable resources anchor for non-cracked concrete
with threaded rod FIS A

The fixing system for non-cracked concrete Page 142
48
For fixings in masonry
Injection system FIS V, FIS VS LOW Injection mortar FIS P
Speed and FIS VW High Speed The reliable injection mortar for anchorings in Page 138
The versatile injection system for Page 113 masonry
anchorings in concrete and masonry 3
Chemical fixings
Injection mortar FIS VL with threaded rod FIS A and
The solid injection mortar for standard Page 119 internal threaded anchor FIS E
applications in cracked concrete and The versatile fixing system for solid brick Page 142
masonry masonry
Injection mortar FIS GREEN for perforated brick masonry with

The first approved injection mortar made Page 133 injection anchor sleeves
from renewable resources The versatile fixing system with injection Page 174
anchor sleeves
Injection mortar FIS P Plus for push-through installation with FIS H K

The approved injection mortar for ancho- Page 136 Simple push-through installation in Page 182
rings in masonry masonry
For fixings in aerated concrete

Injection system FIS V, FIS VS LOW with threaded rod FIS A and
SPEED and FIS VW HIGH SPEED internal threaded anchor FIS E
The versatile injection system for Page 113 Secure hold in aerated concrete using Page 142
anchorings in concrete and masonry undercut technology
Injection mortar FIS VL

The solid injection mortar for standard Page 119
applications in cracked concrete and
masonry
The first approved injection mortar made Page 133
from renewable resources
Injection mortar FIS P Plus

The approved injection mortar Page 136 Injection mortar FIS P
for anchorings in masonry
The reliable injection mortar Page 138
for anchorings in masonry
4949
Range of Chemical fixings
Rebar connections Dynamic

with fischer injection mortars FIS EM, FIS V, FIS VS with Highbond anchor dynamic FHB dyn
LOW SPEED and FIS SB The performance class amongst dynamic Page 192
Professional rebar connections anchors
3 Page 92
Chemical fixings
Page 109
with Dynamic-Anchor FDA

Page 79 The dynamic push-through anchor for an Page 197
economical serial installation at medium
load level
Page 202
with UMV multicone dynamic

The capsule system for the anchoring of Page 199
dynamic loads
Special Applications
Concrete-concrete shear connector FCC Weather facing reconstruction system FWS
The approved system for building Page 212 The economical solution for the repair of Page 222
renovation triple-skin outer wall panels
Stand-off installation Thermax 12 and 16 fischer Can System FCS

The approved stand-off installation with Page 214 The epoxy resin for repair work Page 224
thermal barrier in external thermal insula-
tion composite systems (ETICS)
Remedial wall tie VBS 8

The professional façade repair for two-leaf Page 220
cavity walls Fill & Fix Injection fixing
The versatile injection fixing Page 226
50
Highbond-System FHB II
The best performance in cracked concrete
Chemical fixings
Banisters Steel girders
VERSIONS CERTIFICATES
▪ Zinc-plated steel
▪ Stainless steel
▪ Highly corrosion-resistant steel
BUILDING MATERIALS Shock-tested; BZS approval for

shockproof fixings in civilian shelters.
Approved for:
▪ Concrete C20/25 to C50/60,
cracked and non-cracked
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15

▪ The Highbond system FHB II achieves ▪ Guard rails ▪ The FHB II is a bonded anchor with
the highest load values in cracked ▪ Façades torque-controlled expansion for pre-po-
concrete. Thus fewer fixing points and ▪ Staircases sitioned and push-through installation.
smaller anchor plates are required. ▪ Steel brackets ▪ The anchor rod can be set either with
▪ The injection mortar FIS HB and the ▪ Machines injection mortar FIS HB or with the
capsules FHB II-P/PF offer the same ▪ Silo installations capsule FHB II-P / FHB II-PF HIGH
performance and can be used with the ▪ Masts SPEED, and is fully bonded in the drill
FHB II-A S (short version) or L (long ▪ Rash protection hole.
version) anchor rods. Thus, you can ▪ Steelwork constructions ▪ When tightening the hexagon nut, the
select the most economical solution ▪ Timber constructions anchor rod cones are pulled into the
based on requirements. mortar shell, which expands against
▪ The large cartridge size of the injection the drill hole wall.
mortar FIS HB is ideally suited for ▪ The styrene-free vinyl ester mortar fully
serial installation. seals the drill hole.
▪ The pre-portioned resin capsule FHB ▪ When using the resin capsule, set the
II-P / PF HIGH SPEED is the econom- anchor rod through rotating and hit-
ical solution for single applications or ting motions with a hammer drill. The
under water. A cleaning of the bore- RA-SDS setting tool, item no. 62420
hole during processing with capsule is is used.
not required.
▪ The special formulation used in
the capsule FHB II-PF HIGH SPEED
ensures especially fast curing and
allows installation without waiting
times.
51
INSTALLATION WITH CAPSULE
3
Chemical fixings
INSTALLATION WITH INJECTION MORTAR
TECHNICAL DATA
Resin capsule FHB II-P (standard)
Drill hole Drill hole depth Anchorage depth Match Sales unit
Approval
diameter
d0 h0 hef
Item Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
FHB II-P 8 x 60 096824 ■ 10 75 60 FHB II-A L M 8 x 60 10
FHB II-P 10 x 60 096847 ■ 10 75 60 FHB II-S M 10 x 60 10
FHB II-P 10 x 75 508016 ■ 10 90 75 FHB II-A S M 10 x 75 10
52
TECHNICAL DATA
Resin capsule FHB II-PF HIGH SPEED
(quick version)
Drill hole Drill hole depth Anchorage depth Match Sales unit
Approval
diameter
d0 h0 hef 3
Item Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Chemical fixings
FHB II-PF 8 x 60 500542 ■ 10 75 60 FHB II-A L M 8 x 60 10
FHB II-PF 10 x 60 500547 ■ 10 75 60 FHB II-S M 10 x 60 10
FHB II-PF 10 X 75 507999 ■ 10 90 75 FHB II-A S M 10 x 75 10
FHB II-PF 12 x 75 500548 ■ 12 90 75 FHB II-A S M 12 x 75 10
TECHNICAL DATA
Injection mortar FIS HB 345 S

Injection mortar FIS HB 150 C
+ FIS MR
Approval
Languages on the cartridge Scale unit Contents Sales unit

FIS HB 345 S 033211 ■ D, GB, F, E, NL, CZ 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS HB 150 C 519665 ■ D, F, NL 70 1 cartridge 145 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
CURING TIME - FIS HB

Cartridge temperature Gelling time Temperature Curing time
FIS HB FIS HB at anchoring base
(minimum + 5°C) FIS HB
‒ 5°C – ± 0°C 360 min.
± 0°C – + 5°C 180 min.
+ 5°C – +20°C 15 min. + 5°C – +20°C 90 min.
+20°C – +30°C 6 min. +20°C – +30°C 35 min.
+30°C – +40°C 4 min. +30°C – +40°C 20 min.
> +40°C 2 min. > +40°C 12 min.
Please note: The curing times apply for dry anchoring bases, in damp anchoring bases they should be doubled. Remove water from drill hole.
CURING TIME - FHB II P / FHB II-PF HIGH SPEED

Temperature Curing time
at anchoring base
FHB II-P FHB II-PF HIGH SPEED
‒ 5°C – ± 0°C 240 min. 8 min.
± 0°C – +10°C 45 min. 6 min.
+10°C – + 20°C 20 min. 4 min.
≧ + 20°C 10 min. 2 min.
Please note: The curing times apply for dry anchoring bases, in damp anchoring bases they should be doubled.
53
TECHNICAL DATA
Highbond anchor FHB II-A S (short version)
3
zinc-plated stainless highly corro- Drill hole Drill hole Anchorage Usable Thread Width Sales unit
Approval
Chemical fixings
steel steel sion resistant diameter depth depth length across nut
steel d0 h0 hef tfix M  SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 C
FHB II-A S M10 x 60/10 097072 097630 097704 1) ■ 10 75 60 10 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A S M10 x 60/20 097073 097631 — ■ 10 75 60 20 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A S M10 x 60/40 — 097632 — ■ 10 75 60 40 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A S M10 x 60/60 097074 097633 — ■ 10 75 60 60 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A S M10 x 60/100 097206 097634 — ■ 10 75 60 100 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A S M10 x 75/10 506884 506888 — ■ 10 90 75 10 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A S M10 x 75/20 506885 506889 — ■ 10 90 75 20 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A S M10 x 75/40 — 506890 — ■ 10 90 75 40 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A S M10 x 75/60 506886 506891 — ■ 10 90 75 60 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A S M10 x 75/100 506887 506892 — ■ 10 90 75 100 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A S M12 x 75/10 097257 097635 — ■ 12 90 75 10 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A S M12 x 75/25 097268 097636 097706 1) ■ 12 90 75 25 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A S M12 x 75/40 — 097637 — ■ 12 90 75 40 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A S M12 x 75/60 097274 097638 — ■ 12 90 75 60 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A S M12 x 75/100 097275 097639 — ■ 12 90 75 100 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A S M12 x 75/165 097280 097640 — ■ 12 90 75 165 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A S M16 x 95/30 097281 097641 097708 1) ■ 16 110 95 30 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A S M16 x 95/60 097286 097642 — ■ 16 110 95 60 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A S M16 x 95/100 097295 097643 — ■ 16 110 95 100 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A S M16 x 95/165 097296 097644 — ■ 16 110 95 165 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A S M20 x 170/50 506917 506919 — ■ 25 190 170 50 M 20 30 4
FHB II-A S M24 x 170/50 097297 097645 — ■ 25 190 170 50 M 24 36 4
TECHNICAL DATA
Highbond anchor FHB II-A L (long version)
Approval
Item gvz A4 C
FHB II-A L M8 x 60/10 097032 097298 097696 1) ■ 10 75 60 10 M8 13 10
FHB II-A L M8 x 60/30 097033 097299 — ■ 10 75 60 30 M8 13 10
FHB II-A L M8 x 60/50 097034 097440 — ■ 10 75 60 50 M8 13 10
FHB II-A L M10 x 95/10 096907 097616 — ■ 12 110 95 10 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A L M10 x 95/20 096940 097617 097699 1) ■ 12 110 95 20 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A L M10 x 95/40 — 097618 — ■ 12 110 95 40 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A L M10 x 95/60 096941 097619 — ■ 12 110 95 60 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A L M10 x 95/100 096942 097620 — ■ 12 110 95 100 M 10 17 10
FHB II-A L M12 x 100/10 506893 506897 — ■ 14 115 100 10 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A L M12 x 100/25 506894 506898 — ■ 14 115 100 25 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A L M12 x 100/40 — 506899 — ■ 14 115 100 40 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A L M12 x 100/50 GS A4 — 537065 — ■ 14 115 100 50 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A L M12 x 100/60 506895 506901 — ■ 14 115 100 60 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A L M12 x 100/100 506896 506902 — ■ 14 115 100 100 M 12 19 10
54
TECHNICAL DATA
Highbond anchor FHB II-A L (long version)
3
Approval
Chemical fixings
Item gvz A4 C
FHB II-A L M12 x 120/10 096943 097621 — ■ 14 135 120 10 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A L M12 x 120/25 096944 097622 097700 1) ■ 14 135 120 25 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A L M12 x 120/40 — 097623 — ■ 14 135 120 40 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A L M12 x 120/60 097014 097624 — ■ 14 135 120 60 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A L M12 x 120/100 097031 097625 — ■ 14 135 120 100 M 12 19 10
FHB II-A L M16 x 125/30 506903 506906 — ■ 18 140 125 30 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A L M16 x 125/60 506904 506909 — ■ 18 140 125 60 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A L M16 x 125/100 506905 506910 — ■ 18 140 125 100 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A L M16 x 145/30 506911 506914 — ■ 18 160 145 30 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A L M16 x 145/60 506912 506915 — ■ 18 160 145 60 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A L M16 x 145/100 506913 506916 — ■ 18 160 145 100 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A L M16 x 160/30 097035 097626 097702 1) ■ 18 175 160 30 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A L M16 x 160/60 097038 097627 — ■ 18 175 160 60 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A L M16 x 160/100 097070 097628 — ■ 18 175 160 100 M 16 24 10
FHB II-A L M20 x 210/50 097071 097629 097703 1) ■ 25 235 210 50 M 20 30 4
FHB II-A L M20 x 210/150 052370 — — ■ 25 235 210 150 M 20 30 8
FHB II-A L M24 x 210/50 506920 506921 — ■ 25 235 210 50 M 24 36 4
FILLING QUANTITIES
Type Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole depth Mortar volume in scale units Anchor
shown on the cartridge labels‘ per cartridge FIS HB 345 S *)
corresponding scala
[mm] [mm]
FHB II-A S M10 x 60 10 75 3 56
FHB II-A S M10 x 75 10 90 4 42
FHB II-A S M12 x 75 12 90 4 42
FHB II-A S M16 x 95 16 110 8 21
FHB II-A S M20 x 170 25 190 26 6
FHB II-A S M24 x 170 25 190 26 6
*) max. number with one static mixer
FILLING QUANTITIES
Type Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole depth Mortar volume in scale units Anchor
shown on the cartridge labels‘ per cartridge FIS HB 345 S *)
corresponding scala
[mm] [mm]
FHB II-A L M8 x 60 10 75 3 56
FHB II-A L M10 x 95 12 110 5 34
FHB II-A L M12 x 100 14 115 7 24
FHB II-A L M12 x 120 14 135 7 24
FHB II-A L M16 x 125 18 140 11 15
FHB II-A L M16 x 145 18 160 13 13
FHB II-A L M16 x 160 18 175 13 13
FHB II-A L M20 x 210 25 235 33 5
FHB II-A L M24 x 210 25 235 33 5
55
ACCESSORIES
Centring wedge Machine setting tool RA-SDS

Match Sales unit
3 Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Centring wedge 093076 for overhead installations 10
Chemical fixings
RA-SDS 062420 Adapter suitable fits set screw 1
Cleaning brush BS
Length L1 Length L2 Brush For drill Match Sales unit

diameter diameter

BS ø 10 078178 120 50 11 10 FHB II-A L M 8 x 60, FHB II-A S M 10 x 60, FHB II-A S M 10 x 75 1
BS ø 12 078179 150 80 13 12 FHB II-A L M 10 x 95, FHB II-A S M 12 x 75 1
BS ø 14 078180 250 80 16 14 FHB II-A L M 12 x 100, FHB II-A L M 12 x 120 1
FHB II-A S M 16 x 95, FHB II-A L M 16 x 125, FHB II-A L M 16 x 145,
BS ø 16/18 078181 250 80 20 16/18 1
FHB II-A L M 16 x 160
FHB II-A S M 20 x 170, FHB II-A L M 20 x 210, FHB II-A S M 24 x 175,
BS ø 25 097806 300 100 27 25 1
FHB II-A L M 24 x 210

Match Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Compressed-air cleaning tool ABP 059456 FHB II-A M20 - M24 1
Blow-out pump AB G 089300 — 1
56
DISPENSER
Chemical fixings
Dispenser FIS DM S Pneumatic dispenser FIS AP Cordless dispenser FIS DC S
Adapted for Performance data Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C,
FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C,
FIS DM S 511118 — 1
FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T, FIS SB 390 S,
FIS PM 360 S, FIS VL 300 T and 1K-cartridges
FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C, FIS VW 360 S, Recommended pressure 6 bar
FIS AP 058027 1
FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T, FIS SB 390 S, air consumption max. 40 l/min
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS EM 390 S,
FIS DC S 513423 FIS VS 300 T, FIS P 300 T, FIS SB 390 S, 1
Battery Pack 513425 FIS DC S Battery pack 10,8 V // 1,5 Ah // Li-ION 1
Dispenser KP M2 Dispenser FIS AM

Adapted for Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS VS 150 C, FIS HB 150 C, FIS VS 300 T, FIS VW 300 T, FIS P 300 T, FIS P Plus 380 C, FIS V 410 C, FIS VL 300 T
KP M2 053117 1
and 1K-cartridges
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C, FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C,FIS VW 360 S, FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T,
FIS AM 058000 1
FIS SB 390 S, FIS PM 360 S, FIS VL 300 T and 1K-cartridges
57
LOADS
Highbond anchor FHB II 1)
Permissible loads of a single anchor in cracked normal concrete (concrete tension zone) of strength class C20/25 2) 3) 4)
reducing the load
Type Material Min. Effective Installation Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
3 fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance

Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load

hmin hef Tinst Nperm 5) Vperm 5) c c s smin 6) cmin 6)
gvz 7,8 163
FHB II-A L
A4-70 100 60 15 8,01) 150 180 40 40
M8 x 60 8,7 183
C-70
gvz 11,3 245
FHB II-A S
A4-70 100 60 15 8,01) 150 180 40 40
M10 x 60 13,8 306
C-70
FHB II-A S gvz 11,3 215
120 75 15 11,1 150 225 40 40
M10 x 75 A4-70 13,8 269
gvz 11,9 197
FHB II-A L
A4-70 140 95 20 15,9 238 285 40 40
M10 x 95 13,3 224
C-70
gvz 15,6 304
FHB II-A S
A4-70 120 75 30 11,1 150 225 40 40
M12 x 75 19,3 384
C-70
FHB II-A L gvz 17,3 296
140 100 40 17,1 190 300 50 50
M12 x 100 A4-70 19,3 334
gvz 17,3 259
FHB II-A L
A4-70 170 120 40 22,5 300 360 50 50
M12 x 120 19,3 292
C-70
gvz 29,0 506
FHB II-A S
A4-70 150 95 50 15,9 170 285 50 50
M16 x 95 31,7 559
C-70
170 125 60 24,0 188 375 55 55
M16 x 125 A4-70 35,8 570
190 145 60 29,9 250 435 60 60
M16 x 145 A4-70 35,8 525
gvz 32,2 423
FHB II-A L
A4-70 220 160 60 34,7 290 480 70 70
M16 x 160 35,8 479
C-70
240 170 100 38,0 255 510 80 80
M20 x 170 A4-70 55,9 719
gvz 50,2 563
FHB II-A L
A4-70 280 210 100 52,2 315 630 90 90
M20 x 210 55,9 639
C-70
gvz 65,3 857
FHB II-A S
A4-70 240 170 100 38,0 71,1 255 946 510 80 80
M24 x 170
C-70 76,0 1019
280 210 100 52,2 315 630 90 90
M24 x 210 A4-70 80,6 974
For the design the complete assessment ETA-05/0164 has to be considered. 7)
1)
Valid for injection mortar FIS HB. For using the glass capsule FHB II-P or FHB II-PF see ETA-05/0164.
2)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-05/0164 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1.4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1.5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-05/0164.
3)
4)
Drill method Hammer drilling.
5)
6)
7)
The given loads refer to the assessment ETA-05/0164, issue date 14/12/2017. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Annex C, Method A (for static resp. quasi-static loads).
58
LOADS
Highbond anchor FHB II 1)
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 2) 3) 4)
reducing the load
fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance 3
Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load
gvz 7,8 110
FHB II-A L
A4-70 100 60 15 11,21) 150 180 40 40
M8 x 60 8,7 124
C-70
gvz 11,3 166
FHB II-A S
A4-70 100 60 15 11,21) 150 180 40 40
M10 x 60 13,8 209
C-70
120 75 15 12,0 103 225 40 40
M10 x 75 A4-70 13,8 183
gvz 11,9 131
FHB II-A L
A4-70 140 95 20 16,4 139 285 40 40
M10 x 95 13,3 150
C-70
gvz 15,6 206
FHB II-A S
A4-70 120 75 30 15,6 150 225 40 40
M12 x 75 19,3 261
C-70
140 100 40 23,7 187 300 50 50
M12 x 100 A4-70 19,3 225
gvz 17,3 172
FHB II-A L
A4-70 170 120 40 23,7 179 360 50 50
M12 x 120 19,3 195
C-70
gvz 29,0 343
FHB II-A S
A4-70 150 95 50 22,3 170 285 50 50
M16 x 95 35,8 435
C-70
170 125 60 33,6 188 375 55 55
M16 x 125 A4-70 35,8 384
190 145 60 42,0 250 435 60 60
M16 x 145 A4-70 35,8 352
gvz 32,2 282
FHB II-A L
A4-70 220 160 60 46,0 270 480 70 70
M16 x 160 35,8 321
C-70
240 170 100 53,3 255 510 80 80
M20 x 170 A4-70 55,9 481
gvz 50,2 372
FHB II-A L
A4-70 280 210 100 65,5 273 630 90 90
M20 x 210 55,9 424
C-70
gvz 65,3 576
FHB II-A S
A4-70 240 170 100 53,3 71,1 255 637 510 80 80
M24 x 170
C-70 80,6 735
280 210 100 65,5 273 630 90 90
M24 x 210 A4-70 80,6 654
1)
Valid for injection mortar FIS HB. For using the glass capsule FHB II-P or FHB II-PF see ETA-05/0164.
2)
3)
4)
Drill method Hammer drilling.
5)
6)
7)
The given loads refer to the assessment ETA-05/0164, issue date 14/12/2017. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Annex C, Method A (for static resp. quasi-static loads).
59
The injection system for variable and efficient fixing
3
Chemical fixings
Load bearing system Steel girders
▪ Stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Also suitable for:

▪ The variability in the anchorage depth ▪ Guard rails ▪ The Powerbond-System consists of
and building component thickness ▪ Consoles the injection mortars FIS PM or FIS HB
enables optimal dimensioning for ▪ Steel constructions based on styrene-free vinyl ester, the
economic anchorage. ▪ Timber constructions stainless steel sleeve Power Sleeve
▪ Approved in hammer- and dia- ▪ High-bay warehouse FIS PS and the threaded rod FIS A.
mond-drilled drill holes for maximum ▪ Silos ▪ Powerbond is suitable for pre-posi-
safety in planning and processing. ▪ Conveyor belts tioned and push-through installation.
▪ With just five power sleeve dimen- ▪ Signs and signal installations ▪ The sleeve FIS PS is placed in the drill
sions and the fischer FIS A threaded ▪ Machines hole and filled bubble-free with injec-
rods, an entire M10/M12/M16/ tion mortar FIS PM or FIS HB from the
M20/M24 assortment can be cov- drill hole base.
ered with the lowest inventory cost. ▪ The threaded rod is set manually, by
▪ Savings in assembly time through the lightly rotating it until it reaches the
special mortar which is permitted for drill hole base.
water-filled drill holes. ▪ The mortar fully bonds the sleeve and
threaded rod with the drill hole wall
and seals the drill hole.
60
PRE-POSITIONED INSTALLATION
Chemical fixings
PUSH-THROUGH INSTALLATION
TECHNICAL DATA

Injection mortar FIS PM
+ FIS MR
Static mixer FIS MR

Approval

FIS PM 360 S 518600 ■ D, F, NL 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS HB 345 S 033211 ■ D, GB, F, E, NL, CZ 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS HB 150 C 519665 ■ D, F, NL 70 1 cartridge 145 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
TECHNICAL DATA
Power Sleeve FIS PS

Approval
Drill hole diameter Effect. anchorage depth Match Sales unit

d0 hef
Item Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [pcs]
FIS PS M10 517871 ■ 14 60 FIS A M10 10
FIS PS M12 517872 ■ 16 72 FIS A M12 10
FIS PS M16 517873 ■ 20 96 FIS A M16 10
FIS PS M20 538639 ■ 25 120 FIS A M 20 10
FIS PS M24 538640 ■ 28 144 FIS A M 24 8
CURING TIME - FIS PM

FIS PM / FIS HB FIS PM / FIS HB at anchoring base FIS PM / FIS HB
(minimum + 5°C)
‒ 5°C – ± 0°C 360 min.
± 0°C – + 5°C 180 min.
+ 5°C – +20°C 15 min. + 5°C – +20°C 90 min.
+20°C – +30°C 6 min. +20°C – +30°C 35 min.
+30°C – +40°C 4 min. +30°C – +40°C 20 min.
> +40°C 2 min. > +40°C 12 min.
Please note: The curing times apply for dry anchoring bases, in damp anchoring bases they should be doubled.
61
DISPENSER
3
Chemical fixings

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS DM S 511118 — 1
FIS AP 058027 1
Dispenser FIS AM
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS AM 058000 1
Cleaning brush BS SDS-Adapter M8
Length L1 Length L2 Brush diameter For drill diameter Match Sales unit

BS ø 14 078180 250 80 16 14 FIS PS M10 1
BS ø 16/18 078181 250 80 20 16/18 FIS PS M16 1
BS ø 20/22 052277 180 80 25 20/22 FIS PS M12 1
BS ø 25 097806 300 100 27 25 FIS PS M20 1
BS ø 28 078183 350 100 30 28 FIS PS M24 1
SDS Chuck 530332 - - - - - 1
62
3
Compressed-air cleaning tool Blow-out pump AB G
Chemical fixings
Dimension Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Compressed-air cleaning tool 093286 373 x 140 x 18 1
Blow-out pump AB G 089300 330 x 100 x 80 1
LOADS
Powerbond FPB: Injection mortar FIS PM or FIS HB with Threaded rod FIS A and Powersleeve FIS PS
zinc plated steel 5.8 / zinc plated steel 8.8 / stainless steel A4-70 / high corrosion resistant steel C-70
Permissible loads of a single anchor in cracked normal concrete (concrete tension zone) of strength class C20/25 1) 2) 3) 9)
reducing the load
load load Max. Load
hmin hef4) Tmax Nperm 6) Vperm 6) c c s smin 7) cmin 7)
100 60 8,0 90 185 180
5.8 120 90 13,5 8,6 135 155 270
150 120 13,8 95 130 360
100 60 8,0 90 295 180
8.8 120 90 13,5 13,1 250 270
135
FIS A M 10 150 120 18,0 210 360
20 50 50
(+FIS PS) 100 60 8,0 90 195 180
A4-70 120 90 13,5 9,2 135 165 270
150 120 15,7 110 140 360
100 60 8,0 90 250 180
C-70 120 90 13,5 11,4 215 270
135
150 120 18,0 180 360
110 72 10,5 110 250 220
5.8 150 110 19,7 12,0 165 195 330
180 144 20,5 130 165 435
110 72 10,5 110 425 220
8.8 150 110 19,7 19,4 165 340 330
FIS A M 12 180 144 25,9 185 285 435
40 55 55
(+FIS PS) 110 72 10,5 110 290 220
A4-70 150 110 19,7 13,7 165 230 330
180 144 22,5 150 190 435
110 72 10,5 110 370 220
C-70 150 110 19,7 17,1 165 295 330
180 144 25,9 185 250 435
140 96 16,1 145 400 290
5.8 170 125 24,0 22,3 190 345 375
240 192 37,6 225 260 580
140 96 16,1 32,2 145 600 290
8.8 170 125 24,0 190 590 375
36,0
FIS A M 16 240 192 45,6 290 460 580
60 60 60
(+FIS PS) 140 96 16,1 145 455 290
A4-70 170 125 24,0 25,2 190 395 375
240 192 42,0 260 300 580
140 96 16,1 145 585 290
C-70 170 125 24,0 31,4 190 510 375
240 192 45,6 290 390 580
63
LOADS
Powerbond FPB: Injection mortar FIS PM or FIS HB with Threaded rod FIS A and Powersleeve FIS PS
Permissible loads of a single anchor in cracked normal concrete (concrete tension zone) of strength class C20/25 1) 2) 3) 9)
reducing the load
3 fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance

Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load

hmin hef4) Tmax Nperm 6) Vperm 6) c c s smin 7) cmin 7)
170 120 22,5 180 550 360
5.8 220 170 38,0 34,9 255 450 510
290 240 58,6 325 360 720
170 120 22,5 45,1 180 735 360
FIS A M 20
8.8 220 170 100 38,0 255 780 510 80 80
(+FIS PS) 5) 56,0
290 240 63,7 360 630 720
170 120 22,5 180 635 360
A4-70 220 170 38,0 39,4 255 520 510
290 240 63,7 360 415 720
200 144 29,6 220 740 435
5.8 270 210 52,2 50,9 315 590 630
350 288 82,7 425 475 865
200 144 29,6 59,2 220 875 435
FIS A M 24
8.8 270 210 120 52,2 315 1005 630 100 100
(+FIS PS) 5) 80,6
350 288 82,7 425 825 865
200 144 29,6 220 835 435
A4-70 270 210 52,2 56,8 315 670 630
350 288 82,7 425 545 865
1)
2)
3)
Drill method Hammer drilling. For further allowable drill methods and application conditions see ETA-12/0160.
4)
For the sizes M8-16 the min. anchorage depth and the max. anchorage depth are given. The anchorage depth can be chosen freely between these borders.
5)
Diamond drilling not permitted.
6)
For combinations of tensile loads and shear loads or for shear loads with lever arm (bending moments) as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) we recommend to use our anchor
design software C-FIX.
7)
8)
9)
A reinforcement in the concrete to prevent splitting is required. The width of the cracks has to be limited under consideration of the splitting forces at wk ∼ 0,3 mm.
64
LOADS
Powerbond FPB: Injektion mortar FIS PM or FIS HB with Threaded rod FIS A and Powersleeve FIS PS
reducing the load
fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance 3
Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load
hmin hef4) Tmax Nperm 6) Vperm 6) c c scr smin 7) cmin 7)
100 60 11,2 105 125 180
5.8 120 90 8,6 95 105 270
13,8
150 120 60 90 360
100 60 11,2 105 200 180
8.8 120 90 17,5 13,1 135 170 270
FIS A M 10 150 120 22,4 125 140 360
20 55 55
(+FIS PS) 100 60 11,2 105 135 180
A4-70 120 90 9,2 115 110 270
15,7
150 120 75 95 360
100 60 11,2 105 170 180
C-70 120 90 17,5 11,4 135 145 270
150 120 19,5 105 120 360
110 72 14,7 135 170 220
5.8 150 110 12,0 120 130 330
20,5
180 144 75 110 435
110 72 14,7 135 290 220
8.8 150 110 25,7 19,4 160 230 330
FIS A M 12 180 144 32,4 155 190 435
40 55 55
(+FIS PS) 110 72 14,7 195 220
135
A4-70 150 110 13,7 150 330
22,5
180 144 90 125 435
110 72 14,7 135 250 220
C-70 150 110 25,7 17,1 160 200 330
180 144 28,1 125 165 435
140 96 22,6 190 270 290
5.8 170 125 33,6 22,3 245 230 375
240 192 37,6 125 170 580
140 96 22,6 190 465 290
8.8 170 125 33,6 36,0 245 400 375
FIS A M 16 240 192 59,7 265 305 580
60 65 65
(+FIS PS) 140 96 22,6 190 310 290
A4-70 170 125 33,6 25,2 245 265 375
240 192 42,0 155 200 580
140 96 22,6 190 400 290
C-70 170 125 33,6 31,4 245 345 375
240 192 52,4 220 260 580
170 120 31,6 240 370 360
5.8 220 170 53,3 34,9 255 300 510
290 240 58,6 190 235 720
170 120 31,6 240 640 360
FIS A M 20
8.8 220 170 100 53,3 56,0 255 525 510 80 80
(+FIS PS) 5)
290 240 82,6 325 420 720
170 120 31,6 240 430 360
A4-70 220 170 53,3 39,4 255 345 510
290 240 65,7 235 270 720
65
LOADS
Powerbond FPB: Injektion mortar FIS PM or FIS HB with Threaded rod FIS A and Powersleeve FIS PS
reducing the load
3 fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment

Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load

200 144 41,6 290 495 435
5.8 270 210 73,2 50,9 315 390 630
350 288 84,3 270 310 865
200 144 41,6 290 840 435
FIS A M 24
8.8 270 210 120 73,2 80,6 315 675 630 100 100
(+FIS PS) 5)
350 288 113,7 415 550 865
200 144 41,6 290 565 435
A4-70 270 210 73,2 56,8 315 445 630
350 288 94,3 320 355 865
1)
2)
3)
Drill method Hammer drilling. For further allowable drill methods and application conditions see ETA-12/0160.
4)
For the sizes M8-16 the min. anchorage depth and the max. anchorage depth are given. The anchorage depth can be chosen freely between these borders.
5)
6)
7)
8)
66
Superbond-System FSB
The concrete all-rounder
Chemical fixings
Bridges for traffic signs Steel girders

Also suitable for:

▪ The Superbond system is a combined ▪ Heavy steel constructions ▪ Superbond is a bonded anchor system
capsule and injection system for ▪ Silo installations based on a vinyl ester hybrid with
cracked and non-cracked concrete. ▪ Tall shelving silane technology.
The injection mortar FIS SB and resin ▪ Sound barriers ▪ The anchor rod FIS A can only be set
capsule RSB perform the same as ▪ Guard rails with injection mortar FIS SB (Stand-
each other at the same anchorage ▪ Staircases ard and HIGH SPEED); the anchor
depth. This gives the installer maxi- ▪ Reinforcing steel (only FIS SB) rod RG M with oblique edge can be
mum flexibility. ▪ Overhead installations optionally set with injection mortar
▪ Variable anchorage depths from 4 x ds ▪ Water-filled drill holes FIS SB (Standard and HIGH SPEED) or
to 20 x ds enable ideal adaptation ▪ Diamond drilled holes resin capsule RSB.
to the load to be applied, and thus ▪ Resin and hardener are stored in two
ensure an optimised installation time separate chambers and are not mixed
and use of materials. and activated until extrusion through
▪ Maximum application temperatures of the injection cartridge in the static
up to +150 °C open up new areas of mixer or destruction of the capsule
use for bonded anchors. during the setting procedure.
▪ Superbond is even approved for instal- ▪ The mortar bonds the entire surface
lation at frosty temperatures of -30 °C. of the fastening element with the drill
▪ The approval-compliant use for seismic hole wall and seals the drill hole.
applications (performance category
C1, C2) as well as in waterfilled and
diamond drill holes ensures safety
even in extreme conditions.
67
Superbond resin anchor RSB: RG M / RG M I
3
Chemical fixings
Steel constructions Underwater applications
▪ Stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Also suitable for:

▪ The Superbond resin capsule RSB is ▪ Heavy steel constructions ▪ The 2-component resin capsules
approved for cracked and non-cracked ▪ Silo installations RSB and RSB mini contain vinyl ester
concrete. ▪ Tall shelving hybrid mortar with silane technology.
▪ In combination with the resin capsule ▪ Sound barriers ▪ During setting, the oblique edge of the
RSB mini, the RG M anchor rod can be ▪ Guard rails RG M destroys the capsule, and mixes
set in three different anchorage depths ▪ Staircases and activates the mortar.
each diameter. This opens a higher Ideal for: ▪ The glass particles of the capsule body
load level and maximum flexibility to ▪ Overhead installations roughen up the inside of the drill hole.
the installer. ▪ Water-filled drill holes This minimalizes the cleaning effort to
▪ The pre-portioned resin capsule RSB ▪ Diamond-drilled drill holes 4 times blowing out.
is especially economical for individual ▪ The mortar bonds the entire surface of
application and overhead installations. the anchor rod with the drill hole wall
▪ The resin capsule RSB is fast curing. and seals the drill hole.
This enables an installation without
waiting times and approved process-
ing at frosty temperatures of –30 °C.
▪ The approval for seismic applications,
water filled and diamond drilled
holes ensures safety under extreme
conditions.
▪ The extensive range of the anchor rod
RGM M8 up to M30 allows a wide
range of application.
68
INSTALLATION WITH CAPSULE: RG M
Chemical fixings
INSTALLATION WITH CAPSULE: RG M I
TECHNICAL DATA
Resin capsule RSB
Drill hole diameter Drill hole depth Anchorage depth Match Sales unit
Approval
d0 h0 hef
Art.-No. ETA ICC [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item
RSB 8 518807 ■ ▲ 10 80 80 RG M 8 10
RSB 10 mini 518820 1) ■ ▲ 12 75 / 150 75 / 150 RG M 10 10
RSB 10 518821 2) ■ ▲ 12 / 14 90 90 RG M 10 / RG M 8 I 10
RSB 12 mini 518822 1) ■ ▲ 14 75 / 150 75 / 150 RG M 12 10
RSB 12 518823 2) ■ ▲ 14 / 18 110 110 RG M 12 / RG M 10 I 10
RSB 16 mini 518824 1) ■ ▲ 18 95 / 190 95 / 190 RG M 16 10
RSB 16 518825 2) ■ ▲ 18 / 20 125 125 RG M 16 / RG M 12 I 10
RSB 16 E 518826 ■ — 24 160 160 RG M 16 I 10
RSB 20 518827 ■ ▲ 25 170 170 RG M 20 10
RSB 20 E/24 518828 ■ ▲ 25 / 28 / 32 210 210 RG M 20 / RG M 24 / RG M 20 I 5
RSB 30 518829 ■ ▲ 35 280 280 RG M 30 5
1) use 2 x RSB mini in a row for larger anchoring depth
2) / second value "Drill hole diameter" in conjunction with Internal threaded anchor RG MI
69
CURING TIME
Temperature Curing time
in anchoring base RSB
- 30°C − - 20°C 120 hrs.

- 19°C − - 15°C 48 hrs.
3 - 14°C − - 10°C 30 hrs.
- 9°C − - 5°C 16 hrs.
Chemical fixings
- 4°C − ± 0°C 10 hrs.

+ 1°C − + 5°C 45 min.
+ 6°C − +10°C 30 min.
+ 11°C − +20°C 20 min.
+ 21°C − +30°C 5 min.
+ 31°C − +40°C 3 min.
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded rod RG M
zinc plated, zinc plated, stainless Drill hole Anchorage depth Usable length Fits capsule RSB Sales unit
Approval
steel grade steel grade steel diameter (short/standard/ (short/standard/

5.8 8.8 large) large)
d0 hef tfix
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA ICC [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz gvz A4
RG M 8 x 110 050256 — 050263 ■ — 10 - / 80 / - - / 14 / - 1 x RSB 8 10
RG M 8 x 150 095698 519443 050293 ■ — 10 - / 80 / - - / 54 / - 1 x RSB 8 10
RG M 10 x 110 535007 — 535009 ■ — 12 75 / - / - 15 / - / - 1 x RSB 10 Mini 10
1 x RSB 10 mini
RG M 10 x 130 050257 — 050264 ■ — 12 75 / 90 / - 35 / 20 / - 10
1 x RSB 10
1 x RSB 10 mini
RG M 10 x 165 050280 — 050294 ■ — 12 75 / 90 / - 70 / 55 / - 10
1 x RSB 10
1 x RSB 10 mini
RG M 10 x 190 050281 — 050296 ■ — 12 75 / 90 / 150 95 / 80 / 20 1 x RSB 10 10
2 x RSB 10 mini
1 x RSB 10 mini
RG M 10 x 220 — 519444 — ■ — 12 75 / 90 / 150 125 / 110 / 50 1 x RSB 10 10
2 x RSB 10 mini
1 x RSB 10 mini
RG M 10 x 250 095703 — 095701 ■ — 12 75 / 90 / 150 155 / 140 / 80 1 x RSB 10 10
2 x RSB 10 mini
1 x RSB 10 mini
RG M 10 x 350 095718 — 095709 ■ — 12 75 / 90 / 150 255 / 240 / 180 1 x RSB 10 10
2 x RSB 10 mini
RG M 12 x 120 535010 — 535011 ■ — 14 75 / - / - 21 / - / - 1 x RSB 12 mini 10
1 x RSB 12 mini
RG M 12 x 160 050258 — 050265 ■ — 14 75 / 110 / - 61 / 26 / - 10
1 x RSB 12
1 x RSB 12 mini
RG M 12 x 180 512248 — 512249 ■ — 14 75 / 110 / 150 81 / 46 / 6 1 x RSB 12 10
2 x RSB 12 mini
1 x RSB 12 mini
RG M 12 x 200 — — 050576 ■ — 14 75 / 110 / 150 101 / 66 / 26 1 x RSB 12 10
2 x RSB 12 mini
1 x RSB 12 mini
RG M 12 x 220 050283 519445 050297 ■ — 14 75 / 110 / 150 121 / 86 / 46 1 x RSB 12 10
2 x RSB 12 mini
1) Straight cut, additional setting tool required
2) Straight cut, setting tool is enclosed.
70
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded rod RG M
Chemical fixings
zinc plated, zinc plated, stainless Drill hole Anchorage depth Usable length Fits capsule RSB Sales unit
Approval
steel grade steel grade steel diameter (short/standard/ (short/standard/
5.8 8.8 large) large)
d0 hef tfix
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA ICC [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz gvz A4
1 x RSB 12 mini
RG M 12 x 250 050284 — 095702 ■ — 14 75 / 110 / 150 151 / 116 / 76 1 x RSB 12 10
2 x RSB 12 mini
1 x RSB 12 mini
RG M 12 x 300 050285 — 095705 ■ — 14 75 / 110 / 150 201 / 166 / 126 1 x RSB 12 10
2 x RSB 12 mini
1 x RSB 12 mini
RG M 12 x 380 095720 2) — 095710 1) ■ — 14 75 / 110 / 150 281 / 246 / 206 1 x RSB 12 10
2 x RSB 12 mini
1 x RSB 16 mini
RG M 16 x 165 050287 — 095704 ■ — 18 95 / 125 / - 38 / 8 / - 10
1 x RSB 16
1 x RSB 16 mini
RG M 16 x 140 542407 — — ■ — 18 95 / - / - 13 / - / - 10
1 x RSB 16
1 x RSB 16 mini
RG M 16 x 190 050259 — 050266 ■ — 18 95 / 125 / - 63 / 33 / - 10
1 x RSB 16
1 x RSB 16 mini
RG M 16 x 250 050288 — 050298 ■ — 18 95 / 125 / 190 123 / 93 / 28 1 x RSB 16 10
2 x RSB 16 mini
1 x RSB 16 mini
RG M 16 x 270 — 519446 — ■ — 18 95 / 125 / 190 143 / 113 / 48 1 x RSB 16 10
2 x RSB 16 mini
1 x RSB 16 mini
RG M 16 x 300 050289 — 050299 ■ — 18 95 / 125 / 190 173 / 143 / 78 1 x RSB 16 10
2 x RSB 16 mini
1 x RSB 16 mini
RG M 16 x 380 095722 2) — 095712 1) ■ — 18 95 / 125 / 190 253 / 223 / 158 1 x RSB 16 10
2 x RSB 16 mini
1 x RSB 16 mini
RG M 16 x 500 095723 2) — 095713 1) ■ — 18 95 / 125 / 190 373 / 343 / 278 1 x RSB 16 10
2 x RSB 16 mini
RG M 20 x 220 512251 — — ■ — 25 - / 170 / - - / 14 / - 1 x RSB 20 10
1 x RSB 20
RG M 20 x 260 050260 — 050267 ■ — 25 - / 170 / 210 - / 54 / 14 10
1 x RSB 20 E / 24
1 x RSB 20
RG M 20 x 290 — 519447 — ■ — 25 - / 170 / 210 - / 84 / 44 10
1 x RSB 20 E / 24
1 x RSB 20
RG M 20 x 350 095707 — 095706 ■ — 25 - / 170 / 210 - / 144 / 104 10
1 x RSB 20 E / 24
1 x RSB 20
RG M 20 x 500 095725 1) — — ■ — 25 - / 170 / 210 - / 294 / 254 10
1 x RSB 20 E / 24
RG M 24 x 295 — 519448 1) — ■ — 28 - / 210 / - - / 56 / - 1 x RSB 20 E / 24 10
RG M 24 x 300 050261 1) — 050268 1) ■ — 28 - / 210 / - - / 61 / - 1 x RSB 20 E / 24 10
RG M 24 x 400 095727 1) — 095715 1) ■ — 28 - / 210 / - - / 161 / - 1 x RSB 20 E / 24 10
RG M 24 x 600 095728 — — ■ — 28 - / 210 / - - / 361 / - 1 x RSB 20 E / 24 5
RG M 30 x 380 050262 1) — 090726 1) ■ — 35 - / 280 / - - / 65 / - 1 x RSB 30 5
RG M 30 x 500 095730 1) — — ■ — 35 - / 280 / - - / 185 / - 1 x RSB 30 5
71
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded rod RG M
3
Chemical fixings
highly corro- Drill hole diameter Anchorage depth Usable length Fits capsule RSB Sales unit
Approval
sion resistant (short/standard/ (short/standard/
steel large) large)
d0 hef tfix
Art.-No. ETA ICC [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item C
1 x RSB 10 mini
RG M 10 x 130 096217 1) ■ ▲ 12 75 / 90 / - 35 / 20 / - 10
1 x RSB 10
1 x RSB 12 mini
RG M 12 x 160 096218 1) ■ ▲ 14 75 / 110 / - 61 / 26 / - 10
1 x RSB 12
1 x RSB 16 mini
RG M 16 x 190 096219 1) ■ ▲ 18 95 / 125 / - 63 / 33 / - 10
1 x RSB 16
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded rod RG M
hot-dip galva- Drill hole diameter Anchorage depth Usable length (short/ Fits capsule RSB Sales unit
Approval
nised steel (short/standard/large) standard/large)

d0 hef tfix
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item fvz
1 x RSB 12 mini
RG M 12 x 160 512247 ■ 14 75 / 110 / - 61 / 26 / - 10
1 x RSB 12
1 x RSB 16 mini
RG M 16 x 165 537062 ■ 18 95 / 125 / - 38 / 8 / - 10
1 x RSB 16
1 x RSB 16 mini
RG M 16 x 190 512250 ■ 18 95 / 125 / - 63 / 33 / - 10
1 x RSB 16
TECHNICAL DATA
Internal threaded anchor RG M I
zinc-plated stainless Drill hole diameter Thread Effect. anchorage Min. / max. bolt Sales unit
Approval
steel steel depth penetration
ETA d0 A hef
Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
RG 12 x 90 M8 I 050552 1) 050565 1) ■ 14 M8 90 8 / 18 10
RG 16 x 90 M10 I 050553 1) 050566 1) ■ 18 M 10 90 10 / 23 10
RG 18 x 125 M12 I 050562 1) 050567 1) ■ 20 M 12 125 12 / 26 10
1) Setting tool is included in each package.
72
TECHNICAL DATA

3
Chemical fixings
zinc-plated stainless Drill hole diameter Thread Effect. anchorage Min. / max. bolt Sales unit
Approval
steel steel depth penetration
ETA d0 A hef
Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
RG 22 x 160 M16 I 050563 1) 050568 1) ■ 24 M 16 160 16 / 35 5
RG 28 x 200 M20 I 050564 1) 050569 1) ■ 32 M 20 200 20 / 45 5
ACCESSORIES
Compressed-air cleaning tool Blow-out pump AB G
Total length Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs]
Compressed-air cleaning tool 093286 — 1
Blow-out pump AB G 089300 370 1
SETTING TOOLS
Setting tool with SDS adapter
For simple installation of bonded anchors for example Resin anchor RM II, Highbond anchor FHB II, Superbond resin capsule RSB.
← +
→
RA-SDS
included with each package
Adapter for installing anchor rods

Threaded rods without external hex-drive (special lengths).
+ SDS max 1/2“ VK
+
← SDS max 3/4“ VK
Important: use counter nut!

+
SDS plus 1/2“ VK
+
SK SW 8 1/2“ VK
73
ACCESSORIES
Machine setting tool RA-SDS Adapter SDS plus 1/2" VK
Adapter SDS max 1/2" VK Adapter SK SW 8 1/2" VK
Adapter SDS max 3/4" VK

3
Match Sales unit
Chemical fixings
Item Art.-No. [pcs]

SK SW 8 1/2 001536 Adapter suitable fits threaded rods M8 - M22 1
SDS plus 1/2 001537 Adapter suitable fits threaded rods M8 - M16 1
SDS max 1/2 001538 Adapter suitable fits threaded rods M16 - M20 1
LOADS
Superbond-System: Resin capsule RSB with Threaded rod RG M 1)
Permissible loads of a single anchor in cracked normal concrete (concrete tension zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼ B25) 2) 3) 4) 9)
reducing the load
load load Max. Load
hmin hef Tmax Nperm 6) Vperm 6) c c scr smin 7) cmin 7)
5.8 5,1 95
8.8 8,6 170
RG M 8 5) 110 80 10 5,7 105 240 40 40
A4-70 6,0 115
C-70 7,4 145
5.8 8,6 170
8.8 13,1 280
110 75 7,3 115 225
A4-70 9,2 185
C-70 11,4 240
5.8 8,6 155
RG M 10 5) 8.8 20 13,1 250 45 45
120 90 8,8 130 270
A4-70 9,2 165
C-70 11,4 215
5.8 13,8 8,6 120 115
8.8 180 150 13,1 185 450
14,6 130
A4-70 9,2 120
5.8 12,0 245
8.8 19,4 420
110 75 10,1 115 225
A4-70 13,7 285
C-70 17,1 365
5.8 12,0 195
RG M 12 5) 8.8 40 19,4 340 55 55
140 110 14,8 330
A4-70 13,7 230
C-70 17,1 155 295
5.8 12,0 160
8.8 180 150 20,2 19,4 280 450
A4-70 13,7 185
5.8 22,3 410
8.8 31,7 605
140 95 15,9 145 285
A4-70 25,2 470
C-70 31,4 600
5.8 22,3 350
RG M 16 8.8 60 36,0 600 65 65
170 125 22,4 190 375
A4-70 25,2 400
C-70 31,4 515
5.8 22,3 265
8.8 230 190 34,1 36,0 210 465 570
A4-70 25,2 305
74
LOADS
reducing the load
fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load
5.8 34,9 450
8.8 220 170 38,0 56,0 255 780 510
A4-70 39,4 520
RG M 20 120 85 85
5.8 34,9 395
8.8 260 210 47,1 56,0 280 685 630
A4-70 39,4 455
5.8 50,9 590
RG M 24 8.8 270 210 150 52,2 80,6 315 1005 630 105 105
A4-70 56,8 670
5.8 80,6 795
RG M 30 350 280 300 80,3 420 840 140 140
A4-70 90,2 910
8)
1)
Valid for glass capsule RSB. For using the injection mortar FIS SB see separate table resp. ETA-12/0258.
2)
3)
4)
Drill method hammer drilling. For further allowable drill methods and application conditions see ETA-12/0258.
5)
6)
7)
8)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-12/0258, issue date 19.05.2016. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Technical Report TR 029 (for static resp. quasi-static loads).
9)
LOADS
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼ B25) 2) 3) 4) 9)
reducing the load
load load Max. Load
5.8 9,0 5,1 75 70
8.8 11,5 8,6 105 115
RG M 8 110 80 10 240 40 40
A4-70 9,9 6,0 85 75
C-70 11,5 7,4 105 100
5.8 8,6 115
8.8 13,1 190
110 75 13,5 130 225
A4-70 9,2 125
C-70 11,4 160
5.8 13,8 8,6 110 105
RG M 10 8.8 20 16,2 13,1 145 170 45 45
120 90 270
A4-70 15,7 9,2 140 110
C-70 16,2 11,4 145 145
5.8 13,8 8,6 45 90
8.8 180 150 22,4 13,1 100 120 450
A4-70 15,7 9,2 55 95
75
LOADS
reducing the load
3 fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment

Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load

5.8 12,0 165
8.8 19,4 285
110 75 15,6 160 225
A4-70 13,7 195
C-70 17,1 250
5.8 20,5 12,0 165 130
RG M 12 8.8 40 23,7 19,4 205 230 55 55
140 110 330
A4-70 22,5 13,7 190 155
C-70 23,7 17,1 205 200
5.8 20,5 12,0 75 110
8.8 180 150 32,3 19,4 220 190 450
A4-70 22,5 13,7 100 125
5.8 22,3 275
8.8 36,0 475
140 95 22,3 205 285
A4-70 25,2 315
C-70 31,4 405
5.8 22,3 235
RG M 16 8.8 60 36,0 405 65 65
170 125 33,6 285 375
A4-70 25,2 270
C-70 31,4 350
5.8 37,6 22,3 190 175
8.8 230 190 59,1 36,0 400 310 570
A4-70 42,0 25,2 235 200
5.8 34,9 300
8.8 220 170 53,3 56,0 385 525 510
A4-70 39,4 345
RG M 20 120 85 85
5.8 58,6 34,9 350 260
8.8 260 210 73,2 56,0 475 460 630
A4-70 65,7 39,4 415 300
5.8 50,9 390
RG M 24 8.8 270 210 150 73,2 80,6 475 675 630 105 105
A4-70 56,8 445
5.8 80,6 525
RG M 30 350 280 300 112,7 635 840 140 140
A4-70 90,2 605
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
76
LOADS
Superbond-System: Resin capsule RSB with Internal threaded anchor RG M I 1)
zinc plated steel / stainless steel A4
reducing the load
Type Screw steel Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
property/ member
surface thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load
5.8 5,3 85
RG M8 I 5) 8.8 120 90 10 8,1 8,3 135 145 270 55 55
A4-70 5,9 95
5.8 8,3 135
RG M10 I 8.8 130 90 20 10,8 13,3 135 235 270 65 65
A4-70 9,3 155
5.8 12,1 165
RG M12 I 8.8 170 125 40 16,8 19,3 190 285 375 75 75
A4-70 13,5 185
5.8 22,4 275
RG M16 I 8.8 210 160 80 26,3 30,9 240 405 480 95 95
A4-70 25,1 315
5.8 39,4 435
RG M20 I 8.8 270 200 120 41,9 51,4 300 595 600 125 125
A4-70 39,4
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
7)
9)
77
LOADS
Superbond-System: Resin capsule RSB with Internal threaded anchor RG M I 1)
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼ B25) 2) 3) 4)
reducing the load
3 property/ member
surface thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment

Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load

5.8 9,0 5,3 55 65
RG M8 I 8.8 120 90 10 13,8 8,3 110 95 270 55 55
A4-70 9,9 5,9 55 70
5.8 13,8 8,3 105 90
RG M10 I 8.8 130 90 20 20,5 13,3 190 155 270 65 65
A4-70 15,7 9,3 130 100
5.8 20,5 12,1 130 110
RG M12 I 8.8 170 125 40 32,4 19,3 265 190 375 75 75
A4-70 22,5 13,5 155 125
5.8 37,6 22,4 255 180
RG M16 I 8.8 210 160 80 48,7 30,9 365 265 480 95 95
A4-70 42,0 25,1 300 205
5.8 58,6 39,4 365 285
RG M20 I 8.8 270 200 120 68,0 51,4 445 395 600 125 125
A4-70 65,7 39,4 430 285
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
78
Superbond mortar FIS SB with FIS A / RG M I
Chemical fixings
Steel constructions Bridge railings
▪ Stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, crak-
ked and non-cracked
Also suitable for:

▪ Thanks to its high bond strength, ▪ Heavy steel constructions ▪ The injection system, which compri-
Superbond mortar FIS SB achieves ▪ Silo installations ses the Superbond mortar FIS SB, an
a very high load level for safe use in ▪ Tall shelving injection mortar based on a vinyl ester
cracked and non-cracked concrete. ▪ Sound barriers hybrid with hydrosilicon technology,
▪ Beside the standard version the ▪ Guard rails is suitable, in conjunction with the
Superbond mortar is also available as ▪ Staircases anchor rod FIS A or RG M, for pre-posi-
fast curing FIS SB HIGH SPEED e.g. for ▪ Suspensions of pipes, cable trays and tioned and push-through installation.
installations at extreme minus tempe- suspended ceilings ▪ Resin and hardener are stored in two
ratures (from –20 °C). ▪ Temporary fixings, e.g. for machines separate chambers and are not mixed
▪ Variable anchorage depths from 4x ▪ Scaffold anchoring and activated until extrusion through
to 20x anchor rod diameter allow the injection capsule in the static
for ideal adaptation to the load to mixer.
be applied, and ensure an optimised ▪ The mortar is injected bubble-free
installation time and use of materials. from the drill hole base.
▪ The Superbond mortar can even be ▪ FIS SB HIGH SPEED is a fast curing
used at extremely high temperatures version.
of up to +150 °C. This opens up new ▪ The mortar bonds the entire surface of
application fields, where no chemical the anchor rod with the drill hole wall
anchor could be used so far. and seals off the drill hole.
▪ The Superbond mortar FIS SB is ▪ The anchor rod is set manually by
approved for seismic applications, lightly rotating it until it reaches the
which ensures safety even under drill hole base.
extreme conditions. ▪ During push-through installation, the
annular gap between the anchor rod
and attachment is filled with Super-
bond mortar FIS SB.
79
INSTALLATION FIS SB: FIS A
3
Chemical fixings
INSTALLATION FIS SB: RG M I
TECHNICAL DATA
Superbond mortar Static mixer

FIS SB 390 S FIS MR
Approval
Languages Scale unit Contents Sales unit

on the cartridge
Item Art.-No. ETA ICC [pcs]

FIS SB 390 S 519451 ■ ▲ D, F, NL 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS SB 390 S 520557 ■ ▲ D, SLO, SRB, BG 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS SB 390 S 518831 ■ ▲ GB, E, P 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS SB 390 S 519450 ■ ▲ I, GB, D 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS SB 390 S 520559 ■ ▲ DK, SE, NO, FIN 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS SB 390 S 520555 ■ ▲ CZ, SK, RO 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS SB 390 S 520595 ■ ▲ PL, RUS, H 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS SB 585 S 519452 ■ ▲ GB, E, P 270 1 cartridge 585 ml + 2 x FIS UMR 6
FIS SB 585 S 520526 ■ ▲ I, GB, D 270 1 cartridge 585 ml + 2 x FIS UMR 6
FIS SB 1500 S 519453 ■ ▲ D, GB, F, NL, E, P 700 1 cartridge 1500 ml, 2 x FIS UMR 4
FIS SB 1500 S 520528 ■ ▲ I, PL, RUS, CZ, SK, GB 700 1 cartridge 1500 ml, 2 x FIS UMR 4
FIS SB HIGH SPEED 390 S 523303 ■ — PL, RUS, HU 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS MR 096448 — — — — 10 static mixer 10
10 static mixer FIS UMR for 585 ml
FIS UMR 520593 — — — — 10
and 1500 ml cartridges
80
Chemical fixings
FIS SB 390 S HWK big FIS SB 390 S in bucket
Languages on the cartridge Contents Sales unit
Approval

FIS SB 390 S HWK big 540252 ■ ▲ GB, E, P 20 cartridges 390 ml, 40 x FIS MR 1
FIS SB 390 S HWK big 520573 ■ ▲ I, GB, D 20 cartridges 390 ml, 20 x FIS MR 1
FIS SB 390 S in bucket 540750 ■ ▲ GB, E, P 18 cartridges 390 ml, 36 x FIS MR 1
GELLING AND CURING TIME

Temperature Gelling time Curing time
at anchoring base
FIS SB Standard FIS SB HIGH SPEED FIS SB Standard FIS SB HIGH SPEED
> - 20°C − - 15°C − 60 min. − 24 hrs.
> - 15°C − - 10°C 60 min. 30 min. 36 hrs. 8 hrs.
> - 10°C − - 5°C 30 min. 15 min. 24 hrs. 180 min.
> - 5°C − ± 0°C 20 min. 10 min. 8 hrs. 120 min.
> ± 0°C − + 5°C 13 min. 5 min. 4 hrs. 60 min.
> + 5°C − +10°C 9 min. 3 min. 120 min. 45 min.
> + 10°C − +20°C 5 min. 2 min. 60 min. 30 min.
> + 20°C − +30°C 4 min. 1 min. 45 min. 15 min.
> + 30°C − +40°C 2 min. − 30 min. −
DISPENSER

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS DM S 511118 — 1
FIS AP 058027 1
81
3
Dispenser FIS AM Pneumatic dispenser FIS DP S-XL
Chemical fixings

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS AM 058000 1
FIS DP S-XL 512401 FIS SB 1500 S, FIS EM 1500 S 1
Dispenser FIS DM S-L Dispenser FIS DP S-L

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS DM S-L 510992 FIS EM 585 S / FIS SB 585 S — 1
FIS DP S-L 511125 FIS EM 585 S / FIS SB 585 S Recommended pressure 6 bar 1
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded rod FIS A
zinc plated, zinc plated, stainless Drill hole Min. / max. Min. / max. Min. / max. filling Sales unit
Approval
steel grade steel grade steel diameter anchorage depth usable length quantity FIS SB
5.8 8.8 d0
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA ICC [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item gvz gvz A4
FIS A M 8 x 90 090274 519390 090440 ■ ▲ 10 60 / 78 1 / 19 2/3 10
FIS A M 8 x 110 090275 519391 090441 ■ ▲ 10 60 / 98 1 / 39 2/3 10
FIS A M 8 x 130 090276 519392 090442 ■ ▲ 10 60 / 118 1 / 59 2/4 10
FIS A M 8 x 175 090277 519393 090443 ■ ▲ 10 60 / 160 4 / 104 2/5 10
FIS A M 8 x 1000 509214 1) — 509230 1) ■ ▲ 10 60 / 160 — 2/5 10
FIS A M 10 x 110 090278 — 090444 ■ ▲ 12 60 / 96 1 / 37 3/4 10
FIS A M 10 x 130 090279 — 090447 ■ ▲ 12 60 / 116 1 / 57 3/5 10
FIS A M 10 x 130 — 524170 — ■ ▲ 12 60 / 116 1 / 57 3/5 10
FIS A M 10 x 150 090281 517935 090448 ■ ▲ 12 60 / 136 1 / 77 3/5 10
FIS A M 10 x 170 044969 519395 044973 ■ ▲ 12 60 / 156 1 / 97 3/6 10
FIS A M 10 x 190 — 517936 — ■ ▲ 12 60 / 176 1 / 117 3/7 10
FIS A M 10 x 200 090282 519396 090449 ■ ▲ 12 60 / 186 1 / 127 3/7 10
FIS A M 10 x 1000 509215 1) 509223 1) 509231 1) ■ ▲ 12 60 / 200 — 3/7 10
FIS A M 12 x 120 044971 519397 044974 ■ ▲ 14 70 / 103 1 / 34 3/5 10
FIS A M 12 x 140 090283 519398 090450 ■ ▲ 14 70 / 123 1 / 54 3/6 10
FIS A M 12 x 160 090284 517937 090451 ■ ▲ 14 70 / 143 1 / 74 3/7 10
FIS A M 12 x 180 090285 519399 090452 ■ ▲ 14 70 / 163 1 / 94 3/7 10
FIS A M 12 x 200 — 517938 519421 ■ ▲ 14 70 / 183 1 / 114 3/8 10
FIS A M 12 x 210 090286 — 090453 ■ ▲ 14 70 / 193 1 / 124 3/9 10
FIS A M 12 x 260 090287 — 090454 ■ ▲ 14 70 / 240 4 / 174 3 / 10 10
FIS A M 12 x 1000 509216 1) 509224 1) 509232 1) ■ ▲ 14 70 / 240 — 3 / 10 10
FIS A M 16 x 130 044972 519400 044975 ■ ▲ 18 80 / 109 1 / 30 5/7 10
FIS A M 16 x 175 090288 519401 090455 ■ ▲ 18 80 / 154 1 / 75 5 / 10 10
FIS A M 16 x 200 090289 517939 090456 ■ ▲ 18 80 / 179 1 / 100 5 / 11 10
FIS A M 16 x 250 090290 517940 090457 ■ ▲ 18 80 / 229 1 / 150 5 / 14 10
1) Order washer and nut separately.
82
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded rod FIS A
Approval
steel grade steel grade steel diameter anchorage depth usable length quantity FIS SB
5.8 8.8 d0
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA ICC [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs] 3
Item gvz gvz A4
Chemical fixings
FIS A M 16 x 300 090291 519402 090458 ■ ▲ 18 80 / 279 1 / 200 5 / 17 10
FIS A M 16 x 1000 509217 1) 509225 1) 509233 1) ■ ▲ 18 80 / 320 — 5 / 19 10
FIS A M 20 x 245 090292 519404 090459 ■ ▲ 24 90 / 220 1 / 131 11 / 28 10
FIS A M 20 x 290 090293 519406 090460 ■ ▲ 24 90 / 265 1 / 176 11 / 32 10
FIS A M 20 x 1000 — 519410 1) 519427 1) ■ ▲ 24 90 / 400 — 11 / 48 10
FIS A M 24 x 290 090294 — 090461 ■ ▲ 28 96 / 260 1 / 165 15 / 39 5
FIS A M 24 x 380 090295 — 090462 ■ ▲ 28 96 / 350 1 / 255 15 / 52 5
FIS A M 24 x 1000 533881 — — ■ ▲ 28 96 / 480 — 15 / 69 10
FIS A M 30 x 430 090297 — 090464 ■ ▲ 35 120 / 394 1 / 275 27 / 88 5
TECHNICAL DATA
Hexagonal nut and washer
zinc plated, stainless Width across nut Washer (outer diameter x Match Sales unit
steel grade steel thickness)
8.8  SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
Nut & washer M8 510509 510513 13 16 x 1,6 FIS A M8 50
Nut & washer M10 510510 510514 17 20 x 2 FIS A M10 50
Nut & washer M20 519737 519738 30 37 x 3 FIS A M 20 10
TECHNICAL DATA
zinc-plated stainless Drill hole dia- Thread Effect. anchorage Min. / max. bolt Fill quantity Sales unit
Approval
steel steel meter depth penetration
ETA d0 A hef
Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
RG 12 x 90 M8 I 050552 1) 050565 1) ■ 14 M8 90 8 / 18 3 10
RG 16 x 90 M10 I 050553 1) 050566 1) ■ 18 M 10 90 10 / 23 4 10
RG 18 x 125 M12 I 050562 1) 050567 1) ■ 20 M 12 125 12 / 26 6 10
RG 22 x 160 M16 I 050563 1) 050568 1) ■ 24 M 16 160 16 / 35 8 5
RG 28 x 200 M20 I 050564 1) 050569 1) ■ 32 M 20 200 20 / 45 24 5
83
3 Length L1 Length L2 Brush

diameter
For drill
diameter
Match Sales unit
Chemical fixings

BS ø 10 078178 120 50 11 10 FIS A M 8 / RG M5 I 1
BS ø 12 078179 150 80 13 12 FIS A M 10 / RG M6 I 1
BS ø 14 078180 250 80 16 14 FIS A M 12 / RG M8 I 1
BS ø 16/18 078181 250 80 20 16/18 FIS A M 16 / RG M10 I 1
BS ø 24 078182 300 100 26 24 FIS A M 20 / RG M 16 I 1
BS ø 28 078183 350 100 30 28 FIS A M 24 1
BS ø 35 078184 400 100 40 30/32/35 FIS A M 30 / RG M 20 I 1
SDS Chuck 530332 - - - - - 1
FIS brush extension 508791 410 - - - - 1
Compressed-air cleaning tool Blow-out pump AB G Centring wedge

Contents Total length
Item Art.-No. [mm]
Compressed-air cleaning tool 093286 — —
Blow-out pump AB G 089300 — 370
Centring wedge 093076 10 wedges for overhead installation, from M16 —
ACCESSORIES
Injection adapter Injection adapter

for drill Ø 12 - 25 mm for drill Ø 30 - 55 mm
Extension tube
Colour Length Sales unit
Injection-adapter (Ø 9) for drill-Ø 12 mm 001497 ecru - 10
Injection-adapter (Ø 9 for drill-Ø 14 mm 001498 blue - 10
Injection-adapter (Ø 9) for drill-Ø 18 mm 001483 yellow - 10
Injection-adapter (Ø 9) for drill-Ø 24 mm 520944 transparent - 10
Injection-adapter (Ø 9) for drill-Ø 30 mm 090689 grey - 10
Injection-adapter (Ø 9) for drill-Ø 35 mm 090699 brown - 10
FIS Extension tube 048983 - 1000 10
FIS EXT Ø 15 530800 transparent 10000 1
84
LOADS
Superbond-System: Injection mortar FIS SB with Threaded rod FIS A 1) 2)
Permissible loads of a single anchor in cracked normal concrete (concrete tension zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 3) 4) 5) 6) 11)
reducing the load
fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load
100 60 4,3 90 105 180
5.8 110 80 5,7 5,1 105 95 240
190 160 9,0 75 80 480
100 60 4,3 90 185 180
8.8 110 80 5,7 8,6 170 240
105
190 160 11,5 115 480
FIS A M 8 10 40 40
100 60 4,3 90 125 180
A4-70 110 80 5,7 6,0 105 115 240
190 160 9,9 85 90 480
100 60 4,3 90 160 180
C-70 110 80 5,7 7,4 145 240
105
190 160 11,5 105 480
100 60 5,8 90 185 180
5.8 120 90 8,8 8,6 130 155 270
230 200 13,8 80 110 600
100 60 5,8 11,7 90 255 180
8.8 120 90 8,8 250 270
13,1 130
230 200 19,4 150 600
FIS A M 10 20 45 45
100 60 5,8 90 195 180
A4-70 120 90 8,8 9,2 130 165 270
230 200 15,7 95 115 600
100 60 5,8 90 250 180
C-70 120 90 8,8 11,4 215 270
130
230 200 19,4 135 600
100 70 9,4 105 255 210
5.8 140 110 14,8 12,0 155 195 330
270 240 20,5 75 135 720
100 70 9,4 18,8 105 420 210
8.8 140 110 14,8 340 330
19,4 155
270 240 32,3 200 720
FIS A M 12 40 55 55
100 70 9,4 105 295 210
A4-70 140 110 14,8 13,7 155 230 330
270 240 22,5 90 150 720
100 70 9,4 105 380 210
C-70 140 110 14,8 17,1 155 295 330
270 240 28,1 130 175 720
120 80 12,3 120 445 240
5.8 170 125 22,4 22,3 190 350 375
360 320 37,6 115 195 960
120 80 12,3 24,5 120 495 240
8.8 170 125 22,4 190 600 375
36,0
360 320 57,4 210 320 960
FIS A M 16 60 65 65
120 80 12,3 24,5 120 495 240
A4-70 170 125 22,4 190 400 375
25,2
360 320 42,0 135 215 960
120 80 12,3 24,5 120 495 240
C-70 170 125 22,4 515 375
31,4 190
360 320 52,4 270 960
85
LOADS
reducing the load
3 fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment

Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load

140 90 14,6 29,3 135 530 270
5.8 220 170 38,0 255 455 510
34,9
450 400 58,6 140 260 1200
140 90 14,6 29,3 135 530 270
8.8 220 170 38,0 255 780 510
56,0
450 400 89,8 320 435 1200
FIS A M 20 120 85 85
140 90 14,6 29,3 135 530 270
A4-70 220 170 38,0 255 520 510
39,4
450 400 65,7 170 285 1200
140 90 14,6 29,3 135 530 270
C-70 220 170 38,0 255 675 510
49,1
450 400 81,9 265 370 1200
160 96 16,1 32,2 145 545 290
5.8 270 210 52,2 315 590 630
50,9
540 480 84,3 160 330 1440
160 96 16,1 32,2 145 545 290
8.8 270 210 52,2 315 1005 630
80,6
540 480 129,3 450 570 1440
FIS A M 24 150 105 105
160 96 16,1 32,2 145 545 290
A4-70 270 210 52,2 315 670 630
56,8
540 480 94,3 230 360 1440
160 96 16,1 32,2 145 545 290
C-70 270 210 52,2 315 870 630
70,9
540 480 117,6 380 480 1440
170 108 19,2 38,5 165 610 325
5.8 310 250 67,8 375 695 750
65,7
600 540 109,5 240 390 1620
170 108 19,2 38,5 165 610 325
8.8 310 250 67,8 375 1200 750
105,1
600 540 152,7 495 700 1620
FIS A M 27 200 120 120
170 108 19,2 38,5 165 610 325
A4-70 310 250 67,8 375 795 750
73,7
600 540 123,0 325 445 1620
170 108 19,2 38,5 165 610 325
C-70 310 250 67,8 375 1030 750
92,0
600 540 152,7 495 595 1620
86
LOADS
reducing the load
fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load
190 120 22,5 45,1 180 665 360
5.8 350 280 80,3 420 795 840
80,6
670 600 133,8 300 440 1800
190 120 22,5 45,1 180 665 360
8.8 350 280 80,3 420 1375 840
128,6
670 600 188,5 600 805 1800
FIS A M 30 300 140 140
190 120 22,5 45,1 180 665 360
A4-70 350 280 80,3 420 910 840
90,2
670 600 150,1 395 510 1800
190 120 22,5 45,1 180 665 360
C-70 350 280 80,3 420 1180 840
112,6
670 600 187,1 595 680 1800
10)
1)
2)
Valid for injection mortar FIS SB. For using the glass capsule RSB see separate table resp. ETA-12/0258.
2)
4)
The given loads are valid for injection mortar FIS SB for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate up to 50 °C (resp. short term up to 80 °C. For drill hole cleaning see
ETA-12/0258.
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
11)
LOADS
reducing the load
load load Max. Load
100 60 8,6 90 180
70
5.8 110 80 5,1 75 240
9,0
190 160 40 60 480
100 60 8,6 90 130 180
8.8 110 80 11,5 8,6 105 115 240
190 160 14,3 50 90 480
FIS A M 8 10 40 40
100 60 8,6 90 85 180
A4-70 110 80 6,0 85 75 240
9,9
190 160 40 70 480
100 60 8,6 90 110 180
C-70 110 80 11,5 7,4 105 100 240
190 160 12,4 40 80 480
87
LOADS
reducing the load
3 fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment

Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load

100 60 10,8 95 125 180
5.8 120 90 8,6 110 105 270
13,8
230 200 45 85 600
100 60 10,8 95 200 180
8.8 120 90 16,2 13,1 145 170 270
230 200 22,4 60 115 600
FIS A M 10 20 45 45
100 60 10,8 95 135 180
A4-70 120 90 9,2 140 110 270
15,7
230 200 45 90 600
100 60 10,8 95 170 180
C-70 120 90 16,2 11,4 145 145 270
230 200 19,5 45 105 600
100 70 14,1 145 175 210
5.8 140 110 12,0 165 130 330
20,5
270 240 55 100 720
100 70 14,1 145 295 210
8.8 140 110 23,7 19,4 205 230 330
270 240 32,4 75 150 720
FIS A M 12 40 55 55
100 70 14,1 145 200 210
A4-70 140 110 13,7 190 155 330
22,5
270 240 55 115 720
100 70 14,1 145 260 210
C-70 140 110 23,7 17,1 205 200 330
270 240 28,1 55 135 720
120 80 17,2 160 305 240
5.8 170 125 33,6 22,3 285 235 375
360 320 37,6 65 150 960
120 80 17,2 34,4 160 495 240
8.8 170 125 33,6 285 405 375
36,0
360 320 60,0 120 220 960
FIS A M 16 60 65 65
120 80 17,2 160 350 240
A4-70 170 125 33,6 25,2 285 270 375
360 320 42,0 65 165 960
120 80 17,2 160 445 240
C-70 170 125 33,6 31,4 285 350 375
360 320 52,4 70 195 960
140 90 20,5 170 435 270
5.8 220 170 53,3 34,9 385 300 510
450 400 58,6 85 195 1200
140 90 20,5 41,1 170 270
525
8.8 220 170 53,3 385 510
56,0
450 400 93,3 230 290 1200
FIS A M 20 120 85 85
140 90 20,5 170 500 270
A4-70 220 170 53,3 39,4 385 350 510
450 400 65,7 85 215 1200
140 90 20,5 41,1 170 525 270
C-70 220 170 53,3 385 455 510
49,1
450 400 81,9 135 260 1200
88
LOADS
reducing the load
fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load
160 96 22,6 45,2 170 540 290
5.8 270 210 73,2 475 390 630
50,9
540 480 84,3 105 250 1440
160 96 22,6 45,2 170 540 290
8.8 270 210 73,2 475 675 630
80,6
540 480 134,3 360 365 1440
FIS A M 24 150 105 105
160 96 22,6 45,2 170 540 290
A4-70 270 210 73,2 475 445 630
56,8
540 480 94,3 105 270 1440
160 96 22,6 45,2 170 540 290
C-70 270 210 73,2 475 580 630
70,9
540 480 117,6 235 325 1440
170 108 27,0 54,0 195 605 325
5.8 310 250 95,1 565 460 750
65,7
600 540 109,5 120 295 1620
170 108 27,0 54,0 195 605 325
8.8 310 250 95,1 565 805 750
105,1
600 540 175,2 505 450 1620
FIS A M 27 200 120 120
170 108 27,0 54,0 195 605 325
A4-70 310 250 95,1 565 530 750
73,7
600 540 123,0 140 320 1620
170 108 27,0 54,0 195 605 325
C-70 310 250 95,1 565 690 750
92,0
600 540 153,3 355 385 1620
190 120 31,6 63,2 210 660 360
5.8 350 280 112,7 635 525 840
80,6
670 600 133,8 140 330 1800
190 120 31,6 63,2 210 660 360
8.8 350 280 112,7 635 920 840
128,6
670 600 213,8 610 515 1800
FIS A M 30 300 140 140
190 120 31,6 63,2 210 660 360
A4-70 350 280 112,7 635 605 840
90,2
670 600 150,1 195 365 1800
190 120 31,6 63,2 210 660 360
C-70 350 280 112,7 635 785 840
112,6
670 600 187,1 445 435 1800
10)
1)
2)
Valid for injection mortar FIS SB. For using the glass capsule RSB see separate table resp. ETA-12/0258.
3)
4)
ETA-12/0258.
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
89
LOADS
Superbond-System: Injection mortar FIS SB with Internal threaded anchor RG M I 1)
Permissible loads of a single anchor in cracked normal concrete (concrete tension zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼ B25) 2) 3) 4) 5) 9)
reducing the load
3 property/ member
surface thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment

Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load

5.8 5,3 85
RG M8 I 8.8 120 90 10 8,1 8,3 135 145 270 55 55
A4-70 5,9 95
5.8 8,3 135
RG M10 I 8.8 130 90 20 10,8 13,3 135 235 270 65 65
A4-70 9,3 155
5.8 12,1 165
RG M12 I 8.8 170 125 40 16,8 19,3 190 285 375 75 75
A4-70 13,5 185
5.8 22,4 275
RG M16 I 8.8 210 160 80 26,3 30,9 240 405 480 95 95
A4-70 25,1 315
5.8 39,4 435
RG M20 I 8.8 270 200 120 41,9 51,4 300 595 600 125 125
A4-70 39,4 430
1)
Valid for injection mor tar FIS SB. F or using the glass capsule RSB see separate table resp. ETA-12/0258.
2)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-12/0258 as well as a par tial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
3)
ETA-12/0258.
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
A reinforcement in the concrete to prevent splitting is required. The width of the cracks has to be limited under consideration of the splitting forces at wk ∼ 0,3.
90
LOADS
Superbond-System: Injection mortar FIS SB with Internal threaded anchor RG M I 1)
reducing the load
property/ member
surface thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load
5.8 9,0 5,3 55 65
RG M8 I 8.8 120 90 10 13,8 8,3 110 95 270 55 55
A4-70 9,9 5,9 55 70
5.8 13,8 8,3 105 90
RG M10 I 8.8 130 90 20 20,5 13,3 190 155 270 65 65
A4-70 15,7 9,3 130 100
5.8 20,5 12,1 130 110
RG M12 I 8.8 170 125 40 32,4 19,3 265 190 375 75 75
A4-70 22,5 13,5 155 125
5.8 37,6 22,4 255 180
RG M16 I 8.8 210 160 80 48,7 30,9 365 265 480 95 95
A4-70 42,0 25,1 300 205
5.8 58,6 39,4 365 285
RG M20 I 8.8 270 200 120 68,0 51,4 445 395 600 125 125
A4-70 65,7 39,4 430 285
1)
Valid for injection mor tar FIS SB. F or using the glass capsule RSB see separate table resp. ETA-12/0258.
2)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-12/0258 as well as a par tial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
3)
ETA-12/0258.
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
91
Epoxy mortar FIS EM with FIS A
The powerful injection mortar for rebar connections and

cracked concrete
3
Chemical fixings
Rail fastenings Underwater applications

Also suitable for:

▪ High bond strengths and minor mortar ▪ Heavy steel constructions ▪ The injection system, comprising the
shrinkage allow maximum load appli- ▪ Silo installations epoxy resin mortar FIS EM combined
cation in cracked and non-cracked ▪ Tall shelving with the FIS A or RG M threaded rod,
concrete, even with large threaded rod ▪ Sound barriers is suitable for pre-positioned and push-
diameters of up to M30. ▪ Jointers for concrete layers through installation.
▪ Variable anchorage depths from 4x to ▪ Rim beam anchorings ▪ Resin and hardener are stored in two
20x the threaded rod diameter allow ▪ Anchorings in diamond-drilled drill separate chambers and are not mixed
for ideal adaptation to the load to holes and activated until extrusion through
be applied, and ensure an optimised ▪ Fixings in waterfilled drill holes the injection capsule in the static
installation time and use of materials. ▪ Seismic applications mixer.
▪ FIS EM is also approved for dia- ▪ The mortar is injected bubble-free
mond-drilled and water-filled drill from the drill hole base.
holes, thus ensuring more flexibility on ▪ The mortar bonds the entire surface of
the construction site. the anchor rod with the drill hole wall
▪ The Epoxy mortar FIS EM is approved and seals off the drill hole.
for seismic applications C1, C2, which ▪ The anchor rod is set manually by
ensures safety even under extreme lightly rotating it until it reaches the
conditions. drill hole base.
▪ During push-through installation, the
annular gap between the anchor rod
and attachment is filled with FIS EM.
92
Chemical fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
Epoxy mortar FIS EM 390 S Epoxy mortar FIS EM 390 S
Epoxy mortar FIS EM 1500 S Static mixer FIS MR

Approval

FIS EM 390 S 093048 ■ ▲ D, GB, F, NL, E, P 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS EM 390 S 093049 ■ ▲ GB, CZ, PL, GR, PRC, ROK 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS EM 390 S 502289 ■ ▲ LT, LV, EE, UA, RUS, KZ 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS EM 390 S 533268 ■ ▲ CZ, SK, RO, UAE, F, GB 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS EM 585 S 508831 ■ ▲ D, GB, F, NL, E, P 270 1 cartridge 585 ml + 2 x FIS UMR 6
FIS EM 585 S 509266 ■ ▲ GB, PRC, RU, ROK, CZ, PL 270 1 cartridge 585 ml + 2 x FIS UMR 6
1 cartridge 585 ml, 1 x FIS UMR,
FIS EM 585 S 535514 ■ ▲ GB, PRC, RU, ROK, CZ, PL 270 6
1 x extension tube Ø 9x250 mm
FIS EM 1500 S 512080 ■ ▲ D, NL, I, F, CZ, SK 700 1 cartridge 1500 ml, 2 x FIS UMR 4
FIS EM 1500 S 523941 ■ ▲ GB, E, P, PRC, RU, PL 700 1 cartridge 1500 ml, 2 x FIS UMR 4
10 static mixer FIS UMR for 585 ml and
FIS UMR 520593 — — — — 10
1500 ml cartridges
93
3
Chemical fixings
FIS EM 390 S HWK big FIS EM 390 S in bucket

Approval

FIS EM 390 S HWK big 040038 ■ ▲ GB, CZ, PL, GR, PRC, ROK 20 cartridges 390 ml, 20 x FIS MR 1
FIS EM 390 S in bucket 521246 ■ ▲ D, GB, F, NL, E, P 20 cartridges 390 ml, 20 x FIS MR 1
FIS EM 585 S HWK big 518854 ■ ▲ GB, E, P 12 cartridge 585 ml, 12 x FIS UMR 1
CURING TIME
at anchoring base
(mortar)
+ 5°C – +10°C 2 hrs. + 5°C – +10°C 40 hrs.
+10°C – +20°C 30 min. +10°C – +20°C 18 hrs.
+20°C – +30°C 14 min. +20°C – +30°C 10 hrs.
+30°C – +40°C 7 min. +30°C – +40°C 5 hrs.
The above times apply from the moment of contact between resin and hardener in the static mixer.
For installation, the cartridge temperature must be at least +5 °C. For longer installation times, i.e. when interruptions occur in work, the mixer should be replaced.
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded rod FIS A
zinc plated, zinc plated, stainless Drill hole diame- Min. / max. Min. / max. Min. / max. filling Sales unit
Approval
steel grade steel grade steel ter FIS EM anchorage depth usable length quantity FIS EM
5.8 8.8 do
Item gvz gvz A4
FIS A M 8 x 90 090274 519390 090440 ■ ▲ 12 60 / 78 1 / 19 2/3 10
FIS A M 8 x 110 090275 519391 090441 ■ ▲ 12 60 / 98 1 / 39 2/3 10
FIS A M 8 x 130 090276 519392 090442 ■ ▲ 12 60 / 118 1 / 59 2/4 10
FIS A M 8 x 175 090277 519393 090443 ■ ▲ 12 60 / 160 4 / 104 2/5 10
FIS A M 8 x 1000 509214 1) — 509230 1) ■ ▲ 12 60 / 160 — 2/5 10
FIS A M 10 x 110 090278 — 090444 ■ ▲ 14 60 / 96 1 / 37 3/4 10
FIS A M 10 x 130 090279 — 090447 ■ ▲ 14 60 / 116 1 / 57 3/5 10
FIS A M 10 x 130 — 524170 — ■ ▲ 14 60 / 116 1 / 57 3/5 10
FIS A M 10 x 150 090281 517935 090448 ■ ▲ 14 60 / 136 1 / 77 3/5 10
FIS A M 10 x 170 044969 519395 044973 ■ ▲ 14 60 / 156 1 / 97 3/6 10
FIS A M 10 x 190 — 517936 — ■ ▲ 14 60 / 176 1 / 117 3/7 10
FIS A M 10 x 200 090282 519396 090449 ■ ▲ 14 60 / 186 1 / 127 3/7 10
FIS A M 10 x 1000 509215 1) 509223 1) 509231 1) ■ ▲ 14 60 / 200 — 3/7 10
FIS A M 12 x 120 044971 519397 044974 ■ ▲ 14 70 / 103 1 / 34 3/5 10
FIS A M 12 x 140 090283 519398 090450 ■ ▲ 14 70 / 123 1 / 54 3/6 10
FIS A M 12 x 160 090284 517937 090451 ■ ▲ 14 70 / 143 1 / 74 3/7 10
FIS A M 12 x 180 090285 519399 090452 ■ ▲ 14 70 / 163 1 / 94 3/7 10
FIS A M 12 x 200 — 517938 519421 ■ ▲ 14 70 / 183 1 / 114 3/8 10
FIS A M 12 x 210 090286 — 090453 ■ ▲ 14 70 / 193 1 / 124 3/9 10
FIS A M 12 x 260 090287 — 090454 ■ ▲ 14 70 / 240 4 / 174 3 / 10 10
FIS A M 12 x 1000 509216 1) 509224 1) 509232 1) ■ ▲ 14 70 / 240 — 3 / 10 10
FIS A M 16 x 130 044972 519400 044975 ■ ▲ 18 80 / 109 1 / 30 5/7 10
94
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded rod FIS A
zinc plated, zinc plated, stainless Drill hole diame- Min. / max. Min. / max. Min. / max. filling Sales unit
Approval
steel grade steel grade steel ter FIS EM anchorage depth usable length quantity FIS EM
5.8 8.8 do
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA ICC [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs] 3
Item gvz gvz A4
Chemical fixings
FIS A M 16 x 175 090288 519401 090455 ■ ▲ 18 80 / 154 1 / 75 5 / 10 10
FIS A M 16 x 200 090289 517939 090456 ■ ▲ 18 80 / 179 1 / 100 5 / 11 10
FIS A M 16 x 250 090290 517940 090457 ■ ▲ 18 80 / 229 1 / 150 5 / 14 10
FIS A M 16 x 300 090291 519402 090458 ■ ▲ 18 80 / 279 1 / 200 5 / 17 10
FIS A M 16 x 1000 509217 1) 509225 1) 509233 1) ■ ▲ 18 80 / 320 — 5 / 19 10
FIS A M 20 x 245 090292 519404 090459 ■ ▲ 24 90 / 220 1 / 131 11 / 28 10
FIS A M 20 x 290 090293 519406 090460 ■ ▲ 24 90 / 265 1 / 176 11 / 32 10
FIS A M 20 x 1000 — 519410 1) 519427 1) ■ ▲ 24 90 / 400 — 11 / 48 10
FIS A M 24 x 290 090294 — 090461 ■ ▲ 28 96 / 260 1 / 165 15 / 39 5
FIS A M 24 x 380 090295 — 090462 ■ ▲ 28 96 / 350 1 / 255 15 / 52 5
FIS A M 24 x 1000 533881 — — ■ ▲ 28 96 / 480 — 15 / 69 10
FIS A M 30 x 430 090297 — 090464 ■ ▲ 35 120 / 394 1 / 275 28 / 88 5
TECHNICAL DATA
8.8  SW
Item gvz A4
Cleaning brush BS

BS ø 12 078179 150 80 13 12 1
BS ø 14 078180 250 80 16 14 1
BS ø 16/18 078181 250 80 20 16/18 1
BS ø 24 078182 300 100 26 24 1
BS ø 25 097806 300 100 27 25 1
BS ø 28 078183 350 100 30 28 1
BS ø 35 078184 400 100 40 30/32/35 1
95
Cleaning brush with thread M 8 SDS-Adapter M8
Brush diameter For drill diameter Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
BSB for drill-Ø 40 mm 505061 42 40 1
BSB for drill-Ø 45 mm 506254 47 45 1
3 BSB for drill-Ø 55 mm 505062 58 55 1
FIS brush extension 508791 — — 1
Chemical fixings
SDS Chuck 530332 — — 1
Compressed-air cleaning tool ABP

Match Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
DISPENSER
Dispenser FIS DM S Dispenser FIS AM Cordless dispenser FIS DC S

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS DM S 511118 — 1
FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C,FIS VW 360 S,
FIS AM 058000 — 1
96
Pneumatic dispenser FIS AP Dispenser FIS DM S-L Dispenser FIS DP S-L

Adapted for Performance data Sales unit 3
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Chemical fixings
FIS AP 058027 1
Pneumatic dispenser FIS DP S-XL

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
ACCESSORIES

Extension tube
Injection-adapter (Ø 9) for drill-Ø 16 mm 001499 red - 10
Injection-adapter (Ø 9) for drill-Ø 25 mm 001507 black - 10
97
LOADS
Injection system FIS EM: Injection motar FIS EM with Threaded rod FIS A 1)
Permissible loads of a single anchor in cracked normal concrete (concrete tension zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 2) 3) 4) 9)
reducing the load
3 fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment

Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load

100 60 5,0 90 105 180
5.8 110 80 6,7 5,1 115 100 240
190 160 9,0 65 90 480
100 60 5,0 90 180 180
8.8 110 80 6,7 8,4 170 240
115
190 160 13,4 480
FIS A M 8 10 125 40 40
100 60 5,0 90 180
A4-70 110 80 6,7 5,9 115 115 240
190 160 9,8 75 100 480
100 60 5,0 90 155 180
C-70 110 80 6,7 7,3 115 150 240
190 160 12,2 100 115 480
100 60 6,3 90 185 180
5.8 120 90 9,4 8,6 135 160 270
230 200 13,8 75 125 600
100 60 6,3 12,6 90 280 180
8.8 120 90 9,4 135 260 270
13,3
230 200 20,9 140 180 600
FIS A M 10 20 45 45
100 60 6,3 90 200 180
A4-70 120 90 9,4 9,3 135 175 270
230 200 15,5 130 600
90
100 60 6,3 255 180
C-70 120 90 9,4 11,6 135 220 270
230 200 19,3 125 155 600
100 70 8,8 105 255 210
5.8 140 110 13,8 12,0 165 200 330
270 240 20,5 95 150 720
100 70 8,8 17,6 105 390 210
8.8 140 110 13,8 345 330
19,3 165
270 240 30,2 235 720
FIS A M 12 40 55 55
100 70 8,8 105 290 210
A4-70 140 110 13,8 13,5 165 230 330
270 240 22,5 110 165 720
100 70 8,8 105 370 210
C-70 140 110 13,8 16,9 165 295 330
270 240 28,1 150 205 720
120 80 11,5 120 445 240
5.8 170 125 18,0 22,3 190 350 375
360 320 37,6 165 225 960
120 80 11,5 23,0 120 460 240
8.8 170 125 18,0 190 600 375
35,9
360 320 46,0 210 380 960
FIS A M 16 60 65 65
120 80 11,5 23,0 120 460 240
A4-70 170 125 18,0 400 375
25,2 190
360 320 42,0 250 960
120 80 11,5 23,0 120 460 240
C-70 170 125 18,0 190 515 375
31,4
360 320 46,0 210 325 960
98
LOADS
reducing the load
fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load
140 90 14,6 29,3 135 530 270
5.8 220 170 30,5 255 460 510
34,9
450 400 58,6 195 300 1200
140 90 14,6 29,3 135 530 270
8.8 220 170 30,5 790 510
56,0 255
450 400 71,8 520 1200
FIS A M 20 120 85 85
140 90 14,6 29,3 135 530 270
A4-70 220 170 30,5 255 525 510
39,3
450 400 65,5 225 345 1200
140 90 14,6 29,3 135 530 270
C-70 220 170 30,5 675 510
49,0 255
450 400 71,8 450 1200
160 96 13,4 32,2 145 545 290
5.8 270 210 43,5 315 600 630
50,9
540 480 84,3 275 395 1440
160 96 13,4 32,2 145 545 290
8.8 270 210 43,5 315 1020 630
80,7
540 480 100,5 395 680 1440
FIS A M 24 150 105 105
160 96 13,4 32,2 145 545 290
A4-70 270 210 43,5 315 680 630
56,6
540 480 94,4 350 450 1440
160 96 13,4 32,2 145 545 290
C-70 270 210 43,5 315 875 630
70,6
540 480 100,5 395 585 1440
170 108 16,0 38,5 165 610 325
5.8 310 250 56,5 715 750
65,7 375
600 540 109,5 485 1620
170 108 16,0 38,5 165 610 325
8.8 310 250 56,5 375 1225 750
104,9
600 540 127,2 495 840 1620
FIS A M 27 200 120 120
170 108 16,0 38,5 165 610 325
A4-70 310 250 56,5 375 815 750
73,6
600 540 122,7 465 555 1620
170 108 16,0 38,5 165 610 325
C-70 310 250 56,5 375 1050 750
91,8
600 540 127,2 495 720 1620
99
LOADS
reducing the load
3 fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment

Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load

190 120 18,8 45,1 180 665 360
5.8 350 280 66,9 420 820 840
80,6
670 600 133,8 450 555 1800
190 120 18,8 45,1 180 665 360
8.8 350 280 66,9 420 1400 840
128,2
670 600 157,1 600 965 1800
FIS A M 30 300 140 140
190 120 18,8 45,1 180 665 360
A4-70 350 280 66,9 420 930 840
89,9
670 600 150,0 555 635 1800
190 120 18,8 45,1 180 665 360
C-70 350 280 66,9 420 1200 840
112,2
670 600 157,1 600 825 1800
8)
1)
2)
3)
4)
Drill method Hammer drilling resp. hollow drilling. For further allowable drill methods and application conditions see ETA-10/0012.
5)
6)
7)
8)
The given loads refer to the assessment ETA-10/0012, issue date 12.09.2016. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Technical Report TR 029 (for static resp. quasi-static loads).
9)
A reinforcement in the concrete to prevent splitting is required. The width of the cracks has to be limited under consideration of the splitting forces at wk ∼0,3mm.
LOADS
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼B25) 2) 3) 4)
reducing the load
load load Max. Load
100 60 75 180
5.8 110 80 9,0 5,1 55 70 240
190 160 40 480
100 60 10,8 95 125 180
8.8 110 80 8,4 130 115 240
13,9
190 160 40 100 480
FIS A M 8 10 40 40
100 60 85 85 180
A4-70 110 80 9,8 5,9 70 80 240
190 160 40 75 480
100 60 10,8 95 105 180
C-70 110 80 7,3 105 100 240
12,2
190 160 40 90 480
100
LOADS
reducing the load
fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load
100 60 11,2 100 125 180
5.8 120 90 8,6 110 105 270
13,8
230 200 45 95 600
100 60 11,2 100 200 180
8.8 120 90 18,8 13,3 180 175 270
230 200 22,1 45 130 600
FIS A M 10 20 45 45
100 60 11,2 100 135 180
A4-70 120 90 9,3 135 115 270
15,5
230 200 45 100 600
100 60 11,2 100 175 180
C-70 120 90 18,8 11,6 180 150 270
230 200 19,3 45 120 600
100 70 14,1 145 175 210
5.8 140 110 12,0 165 135 330
20,5
270 240 55 120 720
100 70 14,1 145 295 210
8.8 140 110 27,6 19,3 250 235 330
270 240 32,1 55 170 720
FIS A M 12 40 55 55
100 70 14,1 145 200 210
A4-70 140 110 13,5 190 155 330
22,5
270 240 55 130 720
100 70 14,1 145 255 210
C-70 140 110 27,6 16,9 250 200 330
270 240 28,1 55 150 720
120 80 17,2 160 305 240
5.8 170 125 33,6 22,3 285 235 375
360 320 37,6 65 175 960
120 80 17,2 34,4 160 495 240
8.8 170 125 33,6 285 405 375
35,9
360 320 59,8 120 255 960
FIS A M 16 60 65 65
120 80 17,2 160 350 240
A4-70 170 125 33,6 25,2 285 270 375
360 320 42,0 65 190 960
120 80 17,2 160 445 240
C-70 170 125 33,6 31,4 285 350 375
360 320 52,3 70 225 960
140 90 20,5 170 435 270
5.8 220 170 53,3 34,9 385 305 510
450 400 58,6 85 230 1200
140 90 20,5 41,1 170 525 270
8.8 220 170 53,3 385 530 510
56,0
450 400 93,3 230 350 1200
FIS A M 20 120 85 85
140 90 20,5 170 500 270
A4-70 220 170 53,3 39,3 385 350 510
450 400 65,5 85 255 1200
140 90 20,5 41,1 170 525 270
C-70 220 170 53,3 385 455 510
49,0
450 400 81,7 130 300 1200
101
LOADS
reducing the load
3 fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment

Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load

160 96 18,8 45,2 170 540 290
5.8 270 210 61,0 475 400 630
50,9
540 480 84,3 105 295 1440
160 96 18,8 45,2 170 540 290
8.8 270 210 61,0 475 685 630
80,7
540 480 134,5 545 455 1440
FIS A M 24 150 105 105
160 96 18,8 45,2 170 540 290
A4-70 270 210 61,0 475 455 630
56,6
540 480 94,4 205 320 1440
160 96 18,8 45,2 170 540 290
C-70 270 210 61,0 475 590 630
70,6
540 480 117,7 410 390 1440
170 108 22,5 54,0 195 605 325
5.8 310 250 79,2 565 475 750
65,7
600 540 109,5 200 345 1620
170 108 22,5 54,0 195 605 325
8.8 310 250 79,2 565 825 750
104,9
600 540 174,9 720 560 1620
FIS A M 27 200 120 120
170 108 22,5 54,0 195 605 325
A4-70 310 250 79,2 565 545 750
73,6
600 540 122,7 315 380 1620
170 108 22,5 54,0 195 605 325
C-70 310 250 79,2 565 705 750
91,8
600 540 153,0 555 475 1620
190 120 26,3 63,2 210 660 360
5.8 350 280 93,9 635 545 840
80,6
670 600 133,8 270 395 1800
190 120 26,3 63,2 210 660 360
8.8 350 280 93,9 635 940 840
128,2
670 600 213,7 860 645 1800
FIS A M 30 300 140 140
190 120 26,3 63,2 210 660 360
A4-70 350 280 93,9 635 620 840
89,9
670 600 150,0 400 430 1800
190 120 26,3 63,2 210 660 360
C-70 350 280 93,9 635 805 840
112,2
670 600 187,0 675 550 1800
8)
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
102
Epoxy mortar FIS EM with RG M I
The powerful injection mortar for rebar connections and

cracked concrete
Chemical fixings
Rail fastenings Underwater applications

ked and non-cracked
Also suitable for:

▪ High bond strengths and minor mortar ▪ Removable fixings ▪ The injection system, comprising the
shrinkage allow maximum load appli- ▪ Suspensions of pipes, cable trays and epoxy resin mortar FIS EM combined
cation in cracked and non-cracked suspended ceilings with the internal threaded anchor
concrete. ▪ Temporary fixings, e.g. for machines RG M I, is suitable for pre-positioned
▪ The internal threaded anchor RG M I ▪ Scaffold anchoring installation.
allows for surface-flush removal and ▪ Resin and hardener are stored in two
re-use of the attachment point, the- separate chambers and are not mixed
reby providing optimal flexibility. and activated until extrusion through
▪ The metric internal thread allows for the injection capsule in the static
the use of standard screws or threa- mixer.
ded rods for the ideal adaptation to ▪ The mortar is injected bubble-free
suit the intended use. from the drill hole base.
▪ FIS EM is also approved for diamond- ▪ The mortar bonds the entire surface
drilled and water-filled drill holes, of the internal threaded anchor with
thus ensuring more flexibility on the the drill hole wall and seals off the drill
construction site. hole.
▪ The RG M I is set manually by lightly
rotating it until it reaches the drill hole
base.
103
INSTALLATION
3
Chemical fixings
TECHNICAL DATA

Approval

FIS EM 390 S 093048 ■ D, GB, F, NL, E, P 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS EM 390 S 093049 ■ GB, CZ, PL, GR, PRC, ROK 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS EM 390 S 502289 ■ LT, LV, EE, UA, RUS, KZ 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS EM 390 S 533268 ■ CZ, SK, RO, UAE, F, GB 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS EM 585 S 508831 ■ D, GB, F, NL, E, P 270 1 cartridge 585 ml + 2 x FIS UMR 6
FIS EM 585 S 509266 ■ GB, PRC, RU, ROK, CZ, PL 270 1 cartridge 585 ml + 2 x FIS UMR 6
FIS EM 585 S 535514 ■ GB, PRC, RU, ROK, CZ, PL 270 6
FIS EM 1500 S 512080 ■ D, NL, I, F, CZ, SK 700 1 cartridge 1500 ml, 2 x FIS UMR 4
FIS EM 1500 S 523941 ■ GB, E, P, PRC, RU, PL 700 1 cartridge 1500 ml, 2 x FIS UMR 4
10 static mixer FIS UMR for 585 ml and
FIS UMR 520593 — — — 10
1500 ml cartridges

Approval

FIS EM 390 S HWK big 040038 ■ GB, CZ, PL, GR, PRC, ROK 20 cartridges 390 ml, 20 x FIS MR 1
FIS EM 390 S in bucket 521246 ■ D, GB, F, NL, E, P 20 cartridges 390 ml, 20 x FIS MR 1
FIS EM 585 S HWK big 518854 ■ GB, E, P 12 cartridge 585 ml, 12 x FIS UMR 1
104
CURING TIME
at anchoring base
(mortar)
+ 5°C – +10°C 2 hrs. + 5°C – +10°C 40 hrs.
+10°C – +20°C 30 min. +10°C – +20°C 18 hrs.
+20°C – +30°C 14 min. +20°C – +30°C 10 hrs. 3
+30°C – +40°C 7 min. +30°C – +40°C 5 hrs.
Chemical fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
zinc-plated stainless Drill hole diameter Min. bolt penetration Max. bolt penetration Fill quantity Sales unit
Approval
steel steel
ETA d0 lE,min lE,max

Item gvz A4
RG 8 x 75 M 5 I 048221 1) — — 10 8 14 3 10
RG 10 x 75 M 6 I 048222 1) — — 12 10 16 3 10
RG 12 x 90 M8 I 050552 1) 050565 1) ■ 14 8 18 3 10
RG 16 x 90 M10 I 050553 1) 050566 1) ■ 18 10 23 4 10
RG 18 x 125 M12 I 050562 1) 050567 1) ■ 20 12 26 6 10
RG 22 x 160 M16 I 050563 1) 050568 1) ■ 24 16 35 8 5
RG 28 x 200 M20 I 050564 1) 050569 1) ■ 32 20 45 24 5

BS ø 10 078178 120 50 11 10 1
BS ø 12 078179 150 80 13 12 1
BS ø 14 078180 250 80 16 14 1
BS ø 16/18 078181 250 80 20 16/18 1
BS ø 24 078182 300 100 26 24 1
BS ø 28 078183 350 100 30 28 1
BS ø 35 078184 400 100 40 30/32/35 1
SDS Chuck 530332 - - - - 1
105

3 Match Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Chemical fixings
DISPENSER

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS DM S 511118 — 1
FIS AM 058000 — 1

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS AP 058027 1
FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T, FIS SB 390 S,FIS PM 360 S, air consumption max. 40 l/min
FIS VL 300 T and 1K-cartridges
106
Chemical fixings
Pneumatic dispenser FIS DP S-XL
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
LOADS
Injection system FIS EM: Injection mortar FIS EM with Internal threaded anchor RG M I
reducing the load
property/ member anchorage torque tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
surface thickness depth moment
load load Max. Load
5.8 9,0 5,3 100 85
RG M8 I 8.8 120 90 10 11,3 8,3 135 145 270 55 55
A4-70 9,9 5,9 115 95
5.8 8,3 135
RG M10 I 8.8 130 90 20 12,9 13,3 135 235 270 65 65
A4-70 9,3 155
5.8 12,1 165
RG M12 I 8.8 170 125 40 20,2 19,3 190 285 375 75 75
A4-70 13,5 185
5.8 22,4 275
RG M16 I 8.8 210 160 80 28,9 30,9 240 405 480 95 95
A4-70 25,1 315
5.8 35,4 380
RG M20 I 8.8 270 200 120 40,4 51,4 300 595 600 125 125
A4-70 39,4 430
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
107
LOADS
Injection system FIS EM: Injection mortar FIS EM with Internal threaded anchor RG M I
Permissible loads of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25 (∼ B25) 1) 2) 3)
reducing the load
3 property/ member
surface thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment

Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load

5.8 9,0 5,3 55 65
RG M8 I 8.8 120 90 10 13,8 8,3 110 95 270 55 55
A4-70 9,9 5,9 55 70
5.8 13,8 8,3 105 90
RG M10 I 8.8 130 90 20 20,5 13,3 190 155 270 65 65
A4-70 15,7 9,3 130 100
5.8 20,5 12,1 130 110
RG M12 I 8.8 170 125 40 32,4 19,3 265 190 375 75 75
A4-70 22,5 13,5 155 125
5.8 37,6 22,4 330 180
RG M16 I 8.8 210 160 80 30,9 265 480 95 95
40,6 365
A4-70 25,1 205
5.8 35,4 245
RG M20 I 8.8 270 200 120 56,7 51,4 445 395 600 125 125
A4-70 39,4 285
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
108
Epoxy mortar FIS EB
The basic epoxy mortar for applications in concrete
Chemical fixings
Crash barriers and sound insulation walls Rebar connections

▪ Concrete C20/25, cracked and non-
cracked

▪ FIS EB is approved for use in cracked ▪ Heavy steel constructions ▪ The epoxy mortar FIS EB combined
concrete and for rebar applications ▪ Consoles with the threaded rod FIS A is suitable
and achieves a good performance in ▪ Silo installations for pre-positioned and push-through
these applications which enables an ▪ Tall shelving installation.
economical use of injection mortar. ▪ Post-installed rebar connections ▪ Resin and hardener are stored in two
▪ Variable anchorage depths from 4xd separate chambers and are not mixed
to 20xd allow for ideal adaptation to and activated until extrusion through
the load to be applied. the injection capsule in the static
▪ FIS EB can be used in various condi- mixer.
tions (dry/wet concrete, flooded hole), ▪ The mortar is injected bubble-free
thus working in almost all situations from the drill hole base.
on the building site and making it a ▪ The mortar bonds the entire surface of
safe and reliable system. the anchor rod with the drill hole wall
and seals off the drill hole.
▪ The anchor rod is set manually by
slightly rotating it until it reached the
drill hole base.
▪ During push-through installation, the
annular gap between the anchor
rod and the attachment is filled with
FIS EB.
FOR USE WITH

Accessories for concrete:
threaded rod FIS A
see page 142
109
Epoxy mortar FIS EB
TECHNICAL DATA
Epoxy mortar FIS EB Static mixer FIS MR
Approval
3
Chemical fixings

FIS EB 390 S 534984 ■ GB, E, P 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS EB 390 S 534985 ■ TR, RUS, KR 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS EB 390 S in bucket 543652 ■ GB, E, P 180 20 cartridges 390 ml, 20 x FIS MR 1
FIS EB 390 S in bucket 538547 ■ TR, RUS, KR 180 20 cartridges 390 ml, 20 x FIS MR 1
FIS EB 585 S 534986 ■ GB, E, P, NL 270 1 cartridge 585 ml + 2 x FIS UMR 6
Cleaning brush BS

BS ø 12 078179 150 80 13 12 1
BS ø 14 078180 250 80 16 14 1
BS ø 16/18 078181 250 80 20 16/18 1
BS ø 24 078182 300 100 26 24 1
BS ø 25 097806 300 100 27 25 1
BS ø 28 078183 350 100 30 28 1
BS ø 35 078184 400 100 40 30/32/35 1
Cleaning brush with thread M 8 SDS-Adapter M8
Brush diameter For drill diameter Sales unit

BSB for drill-Ø 40 mm 505061 42 40 1
BSB for drill-Ø 45 mm 506254 47 45 1
BSB for drill-Ø 55 mm 505062 58 55 1
FIS brush extension 508791 — — 1
SDS Chuck 530332 — — 1

Match Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
110
Epoxy mortar FIS EB
DISPENSER
Chemical fixings
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS DM S 511118 — 1
FIS AM 058000 — 1

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS AP 058027 1
111
Epoxy mortar FIS EB
ACCESSORIES

Extension tube
3
Chemical fixings

112
Injection mortar FIS V
The versatile injection mortar for anchorings in masonry and

cracked concrete
Chemical fixings
Rescue ladders Column bases

ked and non-cracked
concrete
▪ Hollow blocks made from concrete
▪ Solid brick
Approved for:
▪ Rebar connections
▪ Remedial wall tie VBS 8
▪ Weather facing reconstruction system
FWS II
▪ Stand-off installation Thermax

▪ The FIS V injection mortar has Injection mortar for use with: ▪ The FIS V is a 2-component injection
numerous system approvals, such as ▪ Threaded rods FIS A, see page 142 mortar based on vinyl ester hybrid.
in cracked and non-cracked concrete, ▪ Internal threaded anchor RG MI, see ▪ Resin and hardener are stored in two
masonry and for special applications. page 160 separate chambers and are not mixed
FIS V is thus the universal injec- ▪ Rebar anchor FRA, see page 202 and activated until extrusion through
tion mortar family with guaranteed ▪ Concrete steel bars, see page 212 the static mixer.
reliability for practically all areas of ▪ Injection anchor sleeves FIS H, see ▪ The injection cartridges are quick and
application. page 174 easy to use with the fischer dispen-
▪ FIS VW HIGH SPEED has a signi- ▪ Aerated concrete centring sleeve PBZ, sers.
ficantly shorter curing time than FIS V, see page 188 ▪ Partially used cartridges can be
thus also ensuring swift work progress ▪ Remedial wall tie VBS 8, see page reused, simply by changing the static
even at low temperatures. 220 mixer.
▪ FIS VS LOW SPEED with extended ▪ Weather facing reconstruction system
gelling time prevents premature curing FWS II, see page 222
of the mortar at higher temperatures ▪ Anchorings in waterfilled drill holes
and is ideally suited to large drill hole (only FIS V 410 C)
depths.
▪ The extensive range of accessories
is ideally suited to the FIS V injection
mortar family, increases the great flexi-
bility of the system and thus allows for
a broad range of applications.
FOR USE WITH

Equipment for Equipment for Equipment for special
concrete masonry applications
from page 142 from page 174 from page 222
113
TECHNICAL DATA
Injection mortar FIS V Injection mortar FIS V 410 C
Static mixer FIS MR

3
Approval
Chemical fixings
Item Art.-No. DIBt ETA ICC [pcs]

FIS V 300 T 531573 ▯ ■ ▲ USA, RA, BR, MEX 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x FIS MR 12
FIS V 360 S 094404 ▯ ■ ▲ D, F, NL, TR, H, UAE 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS V 360 S 094405 ▯ ■ ▲ GB, I, P, E, PRC, JP 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS V 360 S 068435 ▯ ■ ▲ DK, S, N, FIN, PL, GR 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS V 360 S 502283 ▯ ■ ▲ LT, LV, EE, UA, RUS, KZ 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS V 360 S 043994 ▯ ■ ▲ CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS V 410 C 521431 ▯ ■ ▲ I, GB, D 200 1 cartridge 410 ml, 2 x FIS MR 16
FIS V 410 C 534880 ▯ ■ ▲ PL, LT, LV, EST, RUS 200 1 cartridge 410 ml, 2 x FIS MR 12
FIS V 410 C 538131 ▯ ■ ▲ USA, RA, BR, MEX 200 1 cartridge 410 ml, 2 x FIS MR 12
FIS MR 096448 — — — — — 10 static mixer 10
TECHNICAL DATA
Injection mortar Injection mortar

FIS VW 360 S FIS VW 300 T
Static mixer FIS MR

Approval
Item Art.-No. DIBt ETA [pcs]

FIS VW 300 T 507793 ▯ ■ D, GB, HR, SLO, SRB, BG 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x FIS MR 12
FIS VW 300 T 507795 ▯ ■ S, DK, N, CZ, SK, PL, RUS 150 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS MR 12
FIS VW 360 S 090753 ▯ ■ D, GB, F, I, NL, E 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS VW 360 S 043997 ▯ ■ CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS VW 360 S 502284 ▯ ■ RUS, LT, LV, EST, UA, KZ 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS VW 380 C 519328 — ■ CZ, SK, PL 190 1 cartridge 380 ml, 2 x FIS MR 12
TECHNICAL DATA
Injection mortar FIS VS 150 C Injection mortar FIS VS 300 T
Static mixer FIS MR
Power-Injection FIS VS 100 P Injection mortar FIS VS 360 S

Approval

FIS VS 100 P 072525 ▯ ■ ▲ D, GB, F, I, NL, E 50 1 cartridge 100 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS VS 150 C 045302 ▯ ■ ▲ D, GB, F, I, NL, E 70 1 cartridge 145 ml, 1 x FIS MR 6
Set for hollow bricks: 1 cartridge 145 ml,
FIS VS 150 C Set 045303 ▯ ■ ▲ D, GB, F, I, NL, E 70 6
2 x FIS MR, 6 x FIS H 16 x 85 K
FIS VS 300 T 093180 ▯ ■ ▲ D, GB, F, NL, E, P 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 1 x FIS MR 12
114
TECHNICAL DATA
Injection mortar FIS VS 150 C Injection mortar FIS VS 300 T
Static mixer FIS MR 3
Chemical fixings
Power-Injection FIS VS 100 P Injection mortar FIS VS 360 S
Approval Languages on the cartridge Scale unit Contents Sales unit

FIS VS 300 T 502285 ▯ ■ ▲ RUS, LT, LV, EST, UA, KZ 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 1 x FIS MR 12
CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS,
FIS VS 300 T 044102 ▯ ■ ▲ 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 1 x FIS MR 12
GR
FIS VS 300 T 093226 ▯ ■ ▲ PL, CZ, DK, N, S, FIN 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 1 x FIS MR 12
FIS VS 360 S 078664 ▯ ■ ▲ GB, PRC, E, P, JP 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS MR 096448 — — — — — 10 static mixer 10
FIS V 360 S HWK big with

FIS V 360 S HWK small FIS V 360 S HWK big
dispenser FIS DM S
Approval

FIS V 360 S HWK small 092430 ▯ ■ ▲ D, F, NL, TR, H, UAE 10 cartridges 360 ml, 20 x FIS MR 1
FIS V 360 S HWK big 091936 ▯ ■ ▲ D, F, NL, TR, H, UAE 20 cartridges 360 ml, 40 x FIS MR 1
FIS V 360 S HWK big 096554 ▯ ■ ▲ GB, I, P, E, PRC, JP 20 cartridges 360 ml, 40 x FIS MR 1
12 cartridges 360 ml, 24 x FIS MR,
FIS V 360 S HWK big 503027 ▯ ■ ▲ CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS 1
1 x dispenser FIS DM S
FIS V 360 S in bucket FIS V 410 C in bucket

Approval

FIS V 360 S in bucket 503025 ▯ ■ ▲ GB, I, P, E, PRC, JP 10 cartridges 360 ml, 20 x FIS MR 1
FIS V 410 in bucket 531504 ▯ ■ — GB, TR, RU 16 cartridge 410 ml, 32 x FIS MR 1
115
3
Chemical fixings
FIS VS 300 T in bucket FIS VS 300 T HWK big

Item Art.-No. DIBt Approval

ETA ICC [pcs]
FIS VS 300 T in bucket 518539 ▯ ■ ▲ CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, GR 20 cartridges 300 ml, 20 x FIS MR 1
FIS VS 300 T HWK big 517645 ▯ ■ ▲ D, GB, F, NL, E, P 20 cartridges 300 ml, 40 x FIS MR 1
FIS VS 300 T HWK small 518832 ▯ ■ ▲ D, GB, F, NL, E, P 10 cartridges 300 ml, 20 x FIS MR 1
CURING TIME FIS V

at anchoring base
(mortar)
‒ 5°C – ± 0°C 24 hrs.
+ 0°C – + 5°C 13 min. ± 0°C – + 5°C 3 hrs.
+ 5°C – +10°C 9 min. + 5°C – +10°C 90 min.
+10°C – +20°C 5 min. +10°C – +20°C 60 min.
+20°C – +30°C 4 min. +20°C – +30°C 45 min.
+30°C – +40°C 2 min. +30°C – +40°C 35 min.
CURING TIME FIS VW HIGH SPEED

at anchoring base
(mortar)
‒15°C – ‒10°C 1) 12 hrs.
‒10°C – ‒ 5°C 1) 8 hrs.
- 5°C – ± 0°C 1) 5 min. ‒ 5°C – ± 0°C 3 hrs.
0°C – + 5°C 5 min. ± 0°C – + 5°C 90 min.
+ 5°C – +10°C 3 min. + 5°C – +10°C 45 min.
+10°C – +20°C 1 min. +10°C – +20°C 30 min.
1)
Without approval.
CURING TIME FIS VS LOW SPEED

at anchoring base
(mortar)
± 0°C – + 5°C 6 hrs.
+ 5°C – +10°C 20 min. + 5°C – +10°C 3 hrs.
+10°C – +20°C 10 min. +10°C – +20°C 2 hrs.
+20°C – +30°C 6 min. +20°C – +30°C 60 min.
+30°C – +40°C 4 min. +30°C – +40°C 30 min.
116
Cleaning brush BS
Length L1 Length L2 Brush diameter For drill diameter Sales unit 3
Chemical fixings
BS ø 8 078177 120 50 9 8 1
BS ø 10 078178 120 50 11 10 1
BS ø 12 078179 150 80 13 12 1
BS ø 14 078180 250 80 16 14 1
BS ø 16/18 078181 250 80 20 16/18 1
BS ø 20/22 052277 180 80 25 20/22 1
BS ø 24 078182 300 100 26 24 1
BS ø 25 097806 300 100 27 25 1
BS ø 28 078183 350 100 30 28 1
BS ø 35 078184 400 100 40 30/32/35 1
SDS Chuck 530332 - - - - 1

Match Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
DISPENSER

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS DM S 511118 — 1
FIS AM 058000 — 1
117
3 Pneumatic dispenser FIS AP Dispenser KP M2

Chemical fixings
Item Art.-No. [pcs]

FIS AP 058027 1
FIS VS 150 C, FIS HB 150 C, FIS VS 300 T,
KP M2 053117 FIS VW 300 T, FIS P 300 T, FIS P Plus 380 C, — 1
FIS V 410 C, FIS VL 300 T and 1K-cartridges
Dispenser FIS AC
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS AC 096497 FIS P 380 C, FIS V 410 C, FIS P Plus 380 C, FIS VL 410 C 1
ACCESSORIES

Extension tube
118
The solid injection mortar for standard applications in cracked

concrete and masonry
Chemical fixings
High-bay warehouses Air conditioning units

ked
concrete
▪ Solid brick
▪ Rebar connections
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15

▪ The FIS VL is approved for use in Injection mortar for use with: ▪ The FIS VL is a 2-component injection
cracked concrete and masonry, and ▪ Threaded rods FIS A, see page mortar based on vinylester.
achieves a high load-bearing capacity 142 (concrete) and page ▪ Resin and hardener are stored in two
in these conditions. 164 (masonry) separate chambers and are not mixed
▪ The injection mortar, based on ▪ Internal threaded anchor RG MI, see and activated until extrusion through
vinylester resin, allows for anchorings page 160 the static mixer.
in water-filled drill holes (410 ml cart- ▪ Injection anchor sleeves FIS H, see ▪ The 410 ml coaxial cartridge can be
ridges only), thus allowing for rapid page 174 easily used with the fischer FIS AC
progress. dispenser.
▪ The temperature resistance of the ▪ Partially used cartridges can be
FIS VL injection mortar of -40 °C to reused, simply by changing the static
+120 °C allows for a solid load level mixer.
even when subjected to high tempe- ▪ Related accessories for use in concrete
rature demands, thus providing great and masonry can be found on page
flexibility. 121.
▪ FIS VL HIGH SPEED has a significantly
shorter curing time than FIS VL, thus
also ensuring swift work progress even
at low temperatures.
FOR USE WITH

Equipment for Equipment for
concrete masonry
from page 142 from page 174
119
TECHNICAL DATA
Injection mortar FIS VL 410 C Static mixer FIS MR
3
Chemical fixings
FIS VL 410 C HWK FIS VL 410 C in bucket
Approval

cartridge

FIS VL 300 T with clip 537149 ■ P, E, GB 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x FIS MR 12
FIS VL 300 T with clip 538583 ■ CZ, SK 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x FIS MR 10
FIS VL 300 T HIGH SPEED with clip 538585 ■ CZ, SK 150 1 cartridge 380 ml, 2 x FIS MR 10
FIS VL 300 T 539461 ■ GB, F, E, P, RO, UAE 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x FIS MR 12
FIS VL 300 T in bucket 539462 ■ GB, F, E, P, RO, UAE 150 20 cartridges 300 ml, 40 x FIS MR 1
FIS VL 300 T HWK big 538589 ■ CZ, SK 150 20 cartridges 300 ml, 40 x FIS MR 1
FIS VL 410 C 539463 ■ GB, F, E, P, RO, UAE 200 1 cartridge 410 ml, 2 x FIS MR 12
FIS VL 410 C 538584 ■ CZ, SK 200 1 cartridge 410 ml, 2 x FIS MR 12
FIS VL 410 C HIGH SPEED 538586 ■ CZ, SK 200 1 cartridges 410 ml, 1 x FIS MR 12
FIS VL 410 C in bucket 538549 ■ D, F, NL, GB, TR 200 16 cartridges 410 ml, 32 x FIS MR 1
FIS VL 410 C in bucket 539464 ■ GB, F, E, P, RO, UAE 200 16 cartridges 410 ml, 32 x FIS MR 1
FIS VL 410 C HWK big 538590 ■ CZ, SK 200 16 cartridges 410 ml, 32 x FIS MR 1
CURING TIME FIS VL

at anchoring base
(mortar)
‒ 5°C – ± 0°C 24 hrs.
+ 0°C – + 5°C 13 min. ± 0°C – + 5°C 3 hrs.
+ 5°C – +10°C 9 min. + 5°C – +10°C 90 min.
+10°C – +20°C 5 min. +10°C – +20°C 60 min.
+20°C – +30°C 4 min. +20°C – +30°C 45 min.
+30°C – +40°C 2 min. +30°C – +40°C 35 min.
CURING TIME FIS VL HIGH SPEED

at anchoring base
(mortar)
‒15°C – ‒10°C 1) 12 hrs.
‒10°C – ‒ 5°C 1) 8 hrs.
- 5°C – ± 0°C 1) 5 min. ‒ 5°C – ± 0°C 3 hrs.
0°C – + 5°C 5 min. ± 0°C – + 5°C 90 min.
+ 5°C – +10°C 3 min. + 5°C – +10°C 45 min.
+10°C – +20°C 1 min. +10°C – +20°C 30 min.
1)
Without approval.
120
Cleaning brush BS
Chemical fixings
BS ø 8 078177 120 50 9 8 1
BS ø 10 078178 120 50 11 10 1
BS ø 12 078179 150 80 13 12 1
BS ø 14 078180 250 80 16 14 1
BS ø 16/18 078181 250 80 20 16/18 1
BS ø 20/22 052277 180 80 25 20/22 1
BS ø 24 078182 300 100 26 24 1
BS ø 25 097806 300 100 27 25 1
BS ø 28 078183 350 100 30 28 1
BS ø 35 078184 400 100 40 30/32/35 1
SDS Chuck 530332 - - - - 1

Match Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
DISPENSER

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS DM S 511118 — 1
FIS AM 058000 — 1
121
3
Pneumatic dispenser FIS AP Dispenser FIS AC Dispenser KP M2
Chemical fixings

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS AP 058027 1
FIS P 380 C, FIS V 410 C, FIS P Plus 380 C,
FIS AC 096497 — 1
FIS VL 410 C
FIS VS 150 C, FIS HB 150 C, FIS VS 300 T,
KP M2 053117 FIS VW 300 T, FIS P 300 T, FIS P Plus 380 C, — 1
FIS V 410 C, FIS VL 300 T and 1K-cartridges
122
Resin anchor RM II with RG M
The bonded anchor for cracked concrete with threaded rod

RG M without drill hole cleaning
Chemical fixings
Crash barriers Collision protection
▪ Stainless steel
▪ Hot-dip galvanised steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Also suitable for:

▪ RM II is the first bonded anchor with ▪ Steel constructions ▪ The resin anchor RM II is suitable for
threaded rod RG M for cracked and ▪ Guard rails pre-positioned installation when com-
non-cracked concrete that does not ▪ Staircases bined with the threaded rod RG M.
require drill hole cleaning. This allows ▪ Column bases ▪ The 2-component resin capsule RM II
for a rapid working progress and an ▪ Machines contains styrene-free vinyl ester resin
economic installation. ▪ Masts and hardener.
▪ Moreover, there is a reduced exposi- Ideal for: ▪ The threaded rod RG M is set using a
tion to drill dust on the building site. ▪ Overhead installations hammer drill and the accompanying
This increases the safety for the user. ▪ Water-filled drill holes setting tool in rotating and hitting
▪ The pre-portioned resin capsule is easy motions.
to install and especially suitable for ▪ During setting, the oblique edge of the
individual applications and overhead RG M destroys the capsule, and mixes
installations. and activates the mortar.
▪ The mortar bonds the entire surface
of the threaded rod with the drill hole
wall and seals the drill hole.
123
INSTALLATION
3
Chemical fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
Resin capsule R M II
Approval
Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole depth Effect. anchorage depth Suitable for anchor rod Sales unit
d0 h1 hef
ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item Art.-No.
RM II 8 539796 ■ 10 80 80 RG M 8 10
RM II 10 539797 ■ 12 90 90 RG M10 10
RM II 12 539798 ■ 14 110 110 RG M 12 10
RM II 14 539799 — 16 120 120 RG M 14 10
RM II 16 539800 ■ 18 125 125 RG M 16 10
RM II 20/22 539802 1) ■ 25 170 / 190 170 / 190 RG M 20 / RG M 22 10
RM II 24 539803 ■ 28 210 210 RG M 24 5
1) RM II 20/22 in combination with RG M 22 and effect. anchorage depth of 190 mm is not part of the assessment.
CURING TIME
Temperature at anchoring base Curing time
‒15 °C – ‒10 °C 30 hrs.

‒ 9 °C – ‒ 5 °C 16 hrs.
‒ 4 °C – ± 0 °C 10 hrs.
+ 1 °C – + 5 °C 45 min.
+ 6 °C – +10 °C 30 min.
+11 °C – +20 °C 20 min.
+21 °C – +30 °C 5 min.
+31 °C – +40 °C 3 min.
124
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded rod RG M
Chemical fixings
zinc plated, zinc plated, stainless Drill hole Effect. Max. fixture Hexagon Hexagon nut Fits capsules Sales unit
Approval
steel grade steel grade steel diameter anchorage thickness drive
5.8 8.8 depth
d0 hef t fix 6kt SW  SW
Item gvz gvz A4
RG M 8 x 110 050256 — 050263 ■ 10 80 14 5 13 539796 RM II 8 10
RG M 8 x 150 095698 519443 050293 ■ 10 80 54 5 13 539796 RM II 8 10
RG M 10 x 130 050257 — 050264 ■ 12 90 20 7 17 539797 RM II 10 10
RG M 10 x 165 050280 — 050294 ■ 12 90 55 7 17 539797 RM II 10 10
RG M 10 x 190 050281 — 050296 ■ 12 90 80 7 17 539797 RM II 10 10
RG M 10 x 220 — 519444 — ■ 12 90 110 7 17 539797 RM II 10 10
RG M 10 x 250 095703 — 095701 ■ 12 90 140 7 17 539797 RM II 10 10
RG M 10 x 350 — — 095709 ■ 12 90 240 7 17 539797 RM II 10 10
RG M 10 x 350 095718 — — ■ 12 90 240 — 17 539797 RM II 10 10
RG M 12 x 160 050258 — 050265 ■ 14 110 26 8 19 539798 RM II 12 10
RG M 12 x 200 — — 050576 ■ 14 110 26 8 19 539798 RM II 12 10
RG M 12 x 220 050283 — 050297 ■ 14 110 86 8 19 539798 RM II 12 10
RG M 12 x 250 050284 — 095702 ■ 14 110 116 8 19 539798 RM II 12 10
RG M 12 x 300 050285 — 095705 ■ 14 110 166 8 19 539798 RM II 12 10
RG M 12 x 380 095720 2) — 095710 1) ■ 14 110 246 8 19 539798 RM II 12 10
RG M 14 x 170 050286 — — — 16 120 38 10 22 539799 RM II 14 10
RG M 16 x 165 050287 — 095704 ■ 18 125 8 12 24 539800 RM II 16 10
RG M 16 x 190 050259 — 050266 ■ 18 125 33 12 24 539800 RM II 16 10
RG M 16 x 250 050288 — 050298 ■ 18 125 93 12 24 539800 RM II 16 10
RG M 16 x 270 — 519446 — ■ 18 125 113 12 24 539800 RM II 16 10
RG M 16 x 300 050289 — 050299 ■ 18 125 143 12 24 539800 RM II 16 10
RG M 16 x 380 095722 2) — 095712 1) ■ 18 125 223 — 24 539800 RM II 16 10
RG M 16 x 500 095723 2) — 095713 1) ■ 18 125 343 — 24 539800 RM II 16 10
RG M 20 x 260 050260 — 050267 ■ 25 170 54 12 30 539802 RM II 20/22 10
RG M 20 x 290 — 519447 — ■ 25 170 84 12 30 539802 RM II 20/22 10
RG M 20 x 350 095707 — 095706 ■ 25 170 124 12 30 539802 RM II 20/22 10
RG M 20 x 500 095725 1) — — ■ 25 170 294 — 30 539802 RM II 20/22 10
RG M 22 x 280 512252 — — — 30 190 65 — 32 539802 RM II 20/22 5
RG M 24 x 295 — 519448 1) — ■ 28 210 56 — 36 539803 RM II 24 10
RG M 24 x 300 050261 1) — 050268 1) ■ 28 210 61 — 36 539803 RM II 24 10
RG M 24 x 400 095727 1) — 095715 1) ■ 28 210 161 — 36 539803 RM II 24 10
RG M 24 x 600 095728 — — ■ 28 210 361 — 36 539803 RM II 24 5
125
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded rod RG M
3
Chemical fixings
highly corro- hot-dip galva- Drill hole Effect. ancho- Max. fixture Hexagon Hexagon nut Fits capsules Sales unit
Approval
sion resistant nised steel diameter rage depth thickness drive
steel
d0 hef t fix 6kt SW  SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item C fvz
RG M 10 x 130 096217 — ■ 12 90 20 7 17 539797 RM II 10 10
RG M 12 x 160 096218 512247 ■ 14 110 25 8 19 539798 RM II 12 10
RG M 16 x 165 — 537062 ■ 18 125 8 12 24 539800 RM II 16 10
RG M 16 x 190 096219 512250 ■ 18 125 35 12 24 539800 RM II 16 10
ACCESSORIES
Machine setting tool RA-SDS Adapter SDS plus 1/2" VK
Adapter SDS max 1/2" VK Adapter SK SW 8 1/2" VK
Adapter SDS max 3/4" VK
Match Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
SK SW 8 1/2 001536 Adapter suitable fits threaded rods M8 - M22 1
SDS plus 1/2 001537 Adapter suitable fits threaded rods M8 - M16 1
SETTING TOOLS
Setting tool with SDS adapter
For simple installation of bonded anchors for example Resin anchor RM II, Highbond anchor FHB II, Superbond resin capsule RSB.
← +
→
RA-SDS
included with each package
Adapter for installing anchor rods

Threaded rods without external hex-drive (special lengths).
+ SDS max 1/2“ VK
+
← SDS max 3/4“ VK
Important: use counter nut!

+
SDS plus 1/2“ VK
+
SK SW 8 1/2“ VK
126
LOADS
Resin anchor RM II: Resin capsule RM II with Threaded rod RG M
reducing the load
fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load
5.8 8,6 155
8.8 9,4 175
RG M 10 120 90 20 3,9 120 270 45 45
A4-70 9,2 165
C-70 9,4 175
5.8 12,0 195
8.8 13,8
RG M 12 140 110 40 5,8 145 330 55 55
A4-70 13,7 230
C-70 13,8
5.8
8.8
RG M 16 170 125 60 8,7 20,9 190 325 375 65 65
A4-70
C-70
5.8 34,9 450
RG M 20 8.8 220 170 120 14,8 240 510 85 85
35,6 460
A4-70
5.8 50,9 590
RG M 24 8.8 270 210 150 22,0 285 630 105 105
52,8 615
A4-70
1)
2)
The given loads are valid for RM II for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate up to 72 °C (resp. short term up to 120 °C in accordance with ETA-16/0340.
3)
4)
Drill method hammer drilling. For further allowable application conditions see ETA-16/0340.
5)
6)
7)
8)
A reinforcement in the concrete to prevent splitting is required. The width of the cracks has to be limited under consideration of the splitting forces at w k ∼ 0,3 mm.
127
LOADS
Resin anchor RM II: Resin capsule RM II with Threaded rod RG M
reducing the load
3 fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment

Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load

5.8 5,1 70
8.8 8,6 115
RG M 8 110 80 10 8,4 95 240 40 40
A4-70 6,0 75
C-70 7,4 100
5.8 8,6 105
8.8 13,1 170
RG M 10 120 90 20 11,8 120 270 45 45
A4-70 9,2 110
C-70 11,4 145
5.8 12,0 130
8.8 19,4 230
RG M 12 140 110 40 17,3 165 330 55 55
A4-70 13,7 155
C-70 17,1 200
5.8 22,3 235
8.8 36,0 405
RG M 16 170 125 60 26,2 260 375 65 65
A4-70 25,2 270
C-70 31,4 350
5.8 34,9 300
RG M 20 8.8 220 170 120 44,4 56,0 385 525 510 85 85
A4-70 39,4 345
5.8 50,9 390
RG M 24 8.8 270 210 150 61,0 80,6 475 675 630 105 105
A4-70 56,8 445
1)
2)
The given loads are valid for RM II for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate up to 72 °C (resp. short term up to 120 °C in accordance with ETA-16/0340.
3)
4)
5)
6)
128
Resin anchor RM II with RG M I
The bonded anchor for cracked concrete with internal threaded

anchor RG MI without drill hole cleaning
Chemical fixings
Stadium seating Fall protection devices
▪ Stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Also suitable for:

▪ RM II in combination with RG M I is ▪ Removable fixings ▪ The resin anchor RM II is suitable
the first bonded anchor with internal ▪ Temporary fixings, e.g. for machines for pre-positioned installation when
threaded anchor for cracked and ▪ Scaffold anchoring combined with the internal threaded
non-cracked concrete that does not anchor RG M I.
require drill hole cleaning. This allows ▪ The 2-component resin capsule RM II
for a rapid working progress and an contains styrene-free vinyl ester resin
economic installation. and hardener.
▪ The internal threaded anchor RG M I ▪ The internal threaded anchor RG M I
allows for the surface flush removal is set using a hammer drill and the
and reuse of the fixing point. It there- accompanying setting tool in rotating
fore offers great flexibility. and hitting motions.
▪ The metric internal thread allows for ▪ During setting, the oblique edge of the
the use of standard metric screws or internal threaded anchor destroys the
threaded rods for the ideal adaptation capsule, and mixes and activates the
to suit the intended use. mortar.
▪ The mortar bonds the entire surface of
the internal threaded anchor with the
drill hole wall and seals the drill hole.
129
INSTALLATION
3
Chemical fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
Resin capsule R M II
Drill diameter Min. drill hole depth Effect. anchorage depth Suitable for internal- Sales unit
Approval
threaded anchor
d0 h1 hef
Item Art.-No.
RM II 10 539797 ■ 14 90 90 RG M8 I 10
RM II 12 539798 ■ 18 90 90 RG M10 I 10
RM II 16 539800 ■ 20 125 125 RG M12 I 10
RM II 16 E 539801 ■ 24 160 160 RG M16 I 10
RM II 24 539803 ■ 32 200 200 RG M20 I 5
CURING TIME
Temperature at anchoring base Curing time
‒15 °C – ‒10 °C 30 hrs.

‒ 9 °C – ‒ 5 °C 16 hrs.
‒ 4 °C – ± 0 °C 10 hrs.
+ 1 °C – + 5 °C 45 min.
+ 6 °C – +10 °C 30 min.
+11 °C – +20 °C 20 min.
+21 °C – +30 °C 5 min.
+31 °C – +40 °C 3 min.
130
TECHNICAL DATA

3
Chemical fixings
zinc-plated stainless Drill hole Effect. ancho- Min. bolt pene- Max. bolt pene- Fits capsules Sales unit
Approval
steel steel diameter rage depth tration tration
ETA d0 hef lE,min lE,max

Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
RG 8 x 75 M 5 I 048221 1) — — 10 75 8 14 539796 RM II 8 10
RG 10 x 75 M 6 I 048222 1) — — 12 75 10 16 539797 RM II 10 10
RG 12 x 90 M8 I 050552 1) 050565 1) ■ 14 90 8 18 539797 RM II 10 10
RG 16 x 90 M10 I 050553 1) 050566 1) ■ 18 90 10 23 539798 RM II 12 10
RG 18 x 125 M12 I 050562 1) 050567 1) ■ 20 125 12 26 539800 RM II 16 10
RG 22 x 160 M16 I 050563 1) 050568 1) ■ 24 160 16 35 539801 RM II 16 E 5
RG 28 x 200 M20 I 050564 1) 050569 1) ■ 32 200 20 45 539803 RM II 24 5
LOADS
Resin anchor RM II: Resin capsule RM II with Internal threaded anchor RG M I
reducing the load
property/ member anchorage torque tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
surface thickness depth moment
load load Max. Load
5.8 5,3 85
RG M 8 I 8.8 120 90 10 4,7 8,3 135 145 270 55 55
A4-70 5,9 95
5.8 8,3 135
RG M 10 I 8.8 130 90 20 6,3 13,3 135 235 270 65 65
A4-70 9,3 155
5.8 12,1 165
RG M 12 I 8.8 170 125 40 9,8 19,3 190 285 375 75 75
A4-70 13,5 185
5.8 22,4 275
RG M 16 I 8.8 210 160 80 15,4 30,9 240 405 480 95 95
A4-70 25,1 315
5.8 35,4 385
RG M 20 I 8.8 270 200 120 24,4 51,4 300 600 600 125 125
A4-70 39,4 435
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
131
LOADS
Resin anchor RM II: Resin capsule RM II with Internal threaded anchor RG M I
reducing the load
3 property/ member
surface thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment

Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load

5.8 9,0 5,3 85 65
RG M 8 I 8.8 120 90 10 12,8 8,3 135 95 270 55 55
A4-70 9,9 5,9 95 70
5.8 13,8 8,3 140 90
RG M 10 I 8.8 130 90 20 17,1 13,3 190 155 270 65 65
A4-70 15,7 9,3 170 100
5.8 20,5 12,1 180 110
RG M 12 I 8.8 170 125 40 26,6 19,3 265 190 375 75 75
A4-70 22,5 13,5 210 125
5.8 37,6 22,4 330 180
RG M 16 I 8.8 210 160 80 30,9 265 480 95 95
40,6 365
A4-70 25,1 205
5.8 35,4 250
RG M 20 I 8.8 270 200 120 56,7 51,4 445 400 600 125 125
A4-70 39,4 285
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
132
The first approved injection mortar made with renewable raw

materials
Chemical fixings
Building renovation Staircase

▪ Concrete C20/25 to C50/60, non-
cracked
▪ Solid brick

▪ The worldwide first injection mortar Injection mortar for use with: ▪ FIS GREEN is a 2-component injection
with renewable raw materials. The ▪ Threaded rods FIS A, see page 142 mortar.
share of renewable raw materials ▪ Internal threaded anchor RG MI, see ▪ Resin and hardener are stored in two
is certified by DIN CERTCO / TÜV page 160 separate chambers and are not mixed
Rheinland. ▪ Rebar anchor FRA, see page 202 and activated until extrusion trough
▪ Because of the European Technical ▪ Concrete steel bars, see page 212 the static mixer.
Assessment it is possible to use the ▪ Injection anchor sleeves FIS H, see ▪ The injection cartridges are quick and
injection system in the area of public page 177 easy to use with the fischer dispen-
buildings. ▪ NSF certificate verifies its suitability for sers.
▪ The low content of volatile organic applications in drinking water ▪ Partially used cartridges can be reused
compounds (VOC) has a positive effect by changing the static mixer.
for the evaluation of fixings in „Green ▪ Related accessories for the various
Building“-projects. applications can be found on
▪ Biobased raw materials increase the pages „non-cracked concrete“ and
residential and workplace quality and „masonry“.
preserve valuable resources for future
generations.
▪ The injection system is not mandatory
for indication and thus reduces risks
for installers and the environment.
▪ FIS GREEN is suitable for the use with
the complete fischer injection accesso-
ries.
133
TECHNICAL DATA
Approval
3 cartridge

Chemical fixings
FIS GREEN 300 T 522223 ■ D 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x FIS MR 12

1 Cartidge 300 ml,
FIS GREEN 300 T K 523244 ■ D 150 4
2 x Static mixer (incl. clip with europerforation)
1 cartridge 300 ml,
FIS GREEN 300 T 522989 ■ F 150 4
1 cartridge 300 ml,
FIS GREEN 300 T 523245 ■ I 150 12
FIS GREEN 300 T 538219 ■ CZ, SK 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x FIS MR 12
1 cartridge 300 ml,
FIS GREEN 300 T 532972 ■ DK, SE, NO, FIN 150 12
Cleaning brush BS
SDS-Adapter M8 Brush extension

BS ø 8 078177 120 50 9 8 1
BS ø 10 078178 120 50 11 10 1
BS ø 12 078179 150 80 13 12 1
BS ø 14 078180 250 80 16 14 1
BS ø 16/18 078181 250 80 20 16/18 1
BS ø 20/22 052277 180 80 25 20/22 1
BS ø 24 078182 300 100 26 24 1
BS ø 25 097806 300 100 27 25 1
Compressed air nozzle D16-D19 511957 - - - - 2
Compressed air nozzle D20-D25 511958 1) - - - - 2

Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Compressed-air cleaning tool ABP 059456 1
Blow-out pump AB G 089300 1
134
DISPENSER
Chemical fixings
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS DM S 511118 — 1
FIS DC S 513423 1
Content: 1 dispenser, 1 battery pack 10,8 V // 1,5 Ah // Li-ION, 1 charger 10,8 V // 230 V with Euro plug
Battery Pack 513425 Battery pack 10,8 V // 1,5 Ah // Li-ION 1
FIS AM 058000 — 1
DISPENSER
Pneumatic dispenser FIS AP

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS AP 058027 1
135
The approved injection mortar for anchorings in masonry
3
Chemical fixings
Cable duct Awnings

ASSESSMENT/APPROVAL
▪ Perforated blocks made from light-
weight concrete
▪ Solid brick
Also suitable for:
▪ Non-cracked concrete
concrete

▪ With FIS P Plus, anchorings in Injection mortar for use in masonry ▪ FIS P Plus is a 2-component injection
masonry for which approval is relevant with: mortar based on polyester resin.
can be realised in a particularly econo- ▪ Threaded rods FIS A, see pages 142 ▪ Resin and hardener are stored in two
mical manner. ▪ Injection anchor sleeves FIS H K, see separate chambers and are not mixed
▪ FIS P Plus 300 T can be used with page 174 and activated until extrusion through
stable, standard silicone injection ▪ Injection push-through anchor sleeve the static mixer.
dispensers. No special equipment is FIS H K, see page 182 ▪ Partially used cartridges can be
required. As a result, procurement reused, simply by changing the static
costs can be reduced on the basis of mixer.
polyester resin. ▪ Related accessories for use in masonry
can be found on page 137.
136
TECHNICAL DATA
Injection mortar Injection mortar

FIS P Plus 300 T FIS P Plus 380 C
Approval
3
Chemical fixings
FIS P Plus 300 T 523226 ■ GB, E, P 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 1 x FIS MR 12
FIS P Plus 300 T 537551 ■ CZ, SK, GR 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x FIS MR 10
FIS P Plus 300 T 522430 ■ D, F, NL 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x FIS MR 12
FIS P Plus 300 T DIY 510637 ■ E, P 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x FIS MR 10
FIS P Plus 380 C 522178 ■ GB, E, P 190 1 cartridge 380 ml, 2 x FIS MR 12
CURING TIME
at anchoring base
(mortar)
‒ 5 °C – 0 °C 24 hrs.
+ 1 °C – + 5 °C 3 hrs.
+ 5 °C – +10 °C 9 min. + 6 °C – +10 °C 90 min.
+10 °C – +20 °C 5 min. +11 °C – +20 °C 60 min.
+20 °C – +30 °C 4 min. +21 °C – +30 °C 45 min.
+30 °C – +40 °C 2 min. +31 °C – +40 °C 35 min.
Cleaning brush BS Blow-out pump AB G

BS ø 10 078178 120 50 11 10 1
BS ø 12 078179 150 80 13 12 1
BS ø 14 078180 250 80 16 14 1
BS ø 16/18 078181 250 80 20 16/18 1
BS ø 20/22 052277 180 80 25 20/22 1
SDS Chuck 530332 - - - - 1
Blow-out pump AB G 089300 - - - - 1
DISPENSER
Dispenser FIS AC Dispenser KP M2

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS VS 150 C, FIS HB 150 C, FIS VS 300 T, FIS VW 300 T, FIS P 300 T, FIS P Plus 380 C, FIS V 410 C,
KP M2 053117 1
137
Injection mortar FIS P
The reliable injection mortar for anchorings in masonry
3
Chemical fixings
Gates Wall consoles
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Hollow block
concrete
▪ Solid brick

▪ The FIS P is the economical solution Injection mortar for use in masonry ▪ The FIS P is a 2-component injection
for anchorings in masonry that do not and aerated concrete with: mortar based on polyester resin.
require approvals. ▪ Threaded rods FIS A, see pages ▪ Resin and hardener are stored in two
▪ The FIS P 300 T can be used with 165 (masonry) and 187 (aerated separate chambers and are not mixed
stable, standard silicone injection concrete). and activated until extrusion through
dispensers. No special equipment is ▪ Internal threaded anchor FIS E, see the static mixer.
required. This helps to reduce procure- pages 166 (masonry) and 188 (aera- ▪ Partially used cartridges can be
ment costs. ted concrete). reused, simply by changing the static
▪ Injection anchor sleeves FIS H, see mixer.
page 177. ▪ Related accessories for use in masonry
▪ Aerated concrete centring sleeve PBZ, and aerated concrete can be found on
see page 188. page 140 or page 188.
138
TECHNICAL DATA
Injection mortar FIS P 300 T Injection mortar FIS P 380 C
Injection mortar FIS P 360 S Injection mortar FIS P 300 TB 3
Chemical fixings
Item Art.-No. [pcs]

FIS P 300 TB 044725 D, GB, NL, E, PRC, P 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS P 300 T 093175 D, GB, NL, E, PRC, P 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x FIS MR 12
FIS P 300 T 093178 PL, SLO, H, HR, RO 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x FIS MR 12
FIS P 300 T 502287 LT, LV, EE, UA, RUS, KZ 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x FIS MR 12
FIS P 300 T 051061 CZ, SK, GR 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x FIS MR 12
FIS P 300 T 535861 USA, RA, BR, MEX 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x FIS MR 12
FIS P 300 T with Clip 537150 USA, RA, BR, MEX 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x FIS MR 10
FIS P 360 S 056691 D, F, NL, CZ, TR, PL 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS P 360 S 056708 GB, I, E, P, F, UAE 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS P 360 S 531547 USA, RA, BR, MEX 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS MR 12
FIS P 380 C 059234 GB, I, P, E, PRC, JP 190 1 cartridge 380 ml, 2 x FIS MR 12
FIS P 410 C 538134 USA, RA, BR, MEX 205 1 cartridge 410 ml, 2 x FIS MR 12
FIS MR 096448 — — 10 static mixer 10
FIS P 300 T HWK small FIS P 300 T in bucket FIS P 380 C in bucket
Item Art.-No. [pcs]

FIS P 300 T HWK small 040040 D, GB, NL, E, PRC, P 12 cartridges, 24 x FIS MR 1
FIS P 300 T in bucket 511341 D, GB, NL, E, PRC, P 20 cartridges, 20 x FIS MR 1
FIS P 380 C in bucket 511340 GB, I, P, E, PRC, JP 16 cartridges, 16 x FIS MR 1
CURING TIME FIS P 300 T

at anchoring base
(mortar)
± 0 °C – + 5 °C 6 hrs.
+ 5 °C – +10 °C 15 min. + 5 °C – +10 °C 3 hrs.
+10 °C – +20 °C 8 min. +10 °C – +20 °C 2 hrs.
+20 °C – +30 °C 5 min. +20 °C – +30 °C 60 min.
+30 °C – +40 °C 3 min. +30 °C – +40 °C 30 min.
139
CURING TIME FIS P 360 S

at anchoring base
(mortar)
‒ 5 °C 480 min.
± 0 °C 240 min.
3 + 5 °C 14 min. + 5 °C 120 min.
+20 °C 5 min. +20 °C 60 min.
Chemical fixings
+30 °C 3 min. +30 °C 30 min.

+40 °C 2 min. +40 °C 20 min.
Please note: The curing times apply for dry anchoring basees, in damp anchoring bases they should be doubled.
CURING TIME FIS P 380 C / FIS P 410 C

at anchoring base
(mortar)
‒ 5 °C – ± 0 °C 6 hrs.
± 0 °C – + 5 °C 3 hrs.
+ 5 °C – +20 °C 5 min. + 5 °C – +20 °C 90 min.
+20 °C – +30 °C 4 min. +20 °C – +30 °C 45 min.
+30 °C – +40 °C 2 min. +30 °C – +40 °C 30 min.
Cleaning brush BS Blow-out pump AB G

BS ø 10 078178 120 50 11 10 1
BS ø 12 078179 150 80 13 12 1
BS ø 14 078180 250 80 16 14 1
BS ø 16/18 078181 250 80 20 16/18 1
BS ø 20/22 052277 180 80 25 20/22 1
SDS Chuck 530332 - - - - 1
Blow-out pump AB G 089300 - - - - 1
DISPENSER
Dispenser FIS DM S Dispenser FIS AM Dispenser FIS AC

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C, FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C,
FIS DM S 511118 1
FIS P 360 S, FIS P 300 T, FIS SB 390 S, FIS PM 360 S, FIS VL 300 T and 1K-cartridges
FIS V 360 S, FIS HB 345 S, FIS HB 150 C, FIS EM 390 S, FIS VS 150 C,FIS VW 360 S, FIS P 360 S,
FIS AM 058000 1
FIS P 300 T, FIS SB 390 S, FIS PM 360 S, FIS VL 300 T and 1K-cartridges
140
Dispenser KP M2 3
Chemical fixings
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS VS 150 C, FIS HB 150 C, FIS VS 300 T, FIS VW 300 T, FIS P 300 T, FIS P Plus 380 C, FIS V 410 C,
KP M2 053117 1
141
Accessories concrete: FIS A
The fixing system for anchorings in concrete
3
Chemical fixings
Bridges for traffic signs Steel constructions
▪ Stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15

▪ The system comprising threaded ▪ Steelwork constructions ▪ The system can be used with any of
rod FIS A and one of the injection ▪ Timber constructions the following injection mortars: FIS V,
mortars FIS V, FIS VW HIGH SPEED, ▪ Guard rails FIS VW HIGH SPEED, FIS VS LOW
FIS VS LOW SPEED, FIS EB, FIS VL for ▪ Façades SPEED, FIS EB, FIS VL and FIS GREEN.
cracked concrete (M10 to M30) and ▪ Staircases ▪ The injection system is suitable for
non-cracked concrete (M6 to M30) or ▪ Steel brackets pre-positioned and push-through
FIS GREEN for non-cracked concrete ▪ Machines installation when combined with
can be individually selected based on ▪ Masts threaded rod FIS A.
requirements, thus allowing for a wide ▪ The mortar is extruded bubble free
range of applications. from the drill hole base.
▪ Variable anchorage depths allow for ▪ The mortar bonds the entire surface
ideal adaptation to the load to be of the threaded rod with the drill hole
applied, and ensure an optimised wall and seals the drill hole.
installation time and use of materials. ▪ The threaded rod is set manually, by
▪ Push-through installation is possible lightly rotating it until it reaches the
without any special parts through drill hole base.
filling the annular gap with injection
mortar.
▪ The wide range of approved steel
types allows for use in all corrosion
resistance classes and offers maxi-
mum application safety.
FOR USE WITH

FIS GREEN
FIS V mortar mortar FIS EB mortar FIS VL mortar
see page 113 see page 133 see page 109 see page 119
142
PRE-POSITIONED INSTALLATION WITH FIS V
Chemical fixings
PUSH-THROUGH INSTALLATION WITH FIS V
PRE-POSITIONED INSTALLATION WITH FIS VL
PUSH-THROUGH INSTALLATION WITH FIS VL
PRE-POSITIONED INSTALLATION WITH FIS EB, FIS GREEN
143
PUSH-THROUGH INSTALLATION WITH FIS EB, FIS GREEN
3
Chemical fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded rod FIS A
Approval
steel grade steel grade steel diameter anchorage depth usable length quantity FIS V
5.8 8.8 FIS V FIS V
d0
Item gvz gvz A4
FIS A M 6 x 70 046204 — — ■ — 8 50/61 1/12 2 10
FIS A M 6 x 75 090243 — 090437 ■ — 8 50/66 1/17 2 20
FIS A M 6 x 85 090272 — — ■ — 8 50/72 5/27 2 20
FIS A M 6 x 110 090273 — 090439 ■ — 8 50/72 30/52 2 20
FIS A M 8 x 90 090274 519390 090440 ■ ▲ 10 60/78 1/19 2/3 10
FIS A M 8 x 110 090275 519391 090441 ■ ▲ 10 60/98 1/39 2/3 10
FIS A M 8 x 130 090276 519392 090442 ■ ▲ 10 60/118 1/59 2/4 10
FIS A M 8 x 175 090277 519393 090443 ■ ▲ 10 60/160 4/104 2/5 10
FIS A M 8 x 1000 509214 1) 509222 1) 509230 1) ■ ▲ 10 60/160 — 2/5 10
FIS A M 10 x 110 090278 — 090444 ■ ▲ 12 60/96 1/37 3/4 10
FIS A M 10 x 130 090279 — 090447 ■ ▲ 12 60/116 1/57 3/5 10
FIS A M 10 x 130 — 524170 — ■ ▲ 12 60/116 1/57 3/5 10
FIS A M 10 x 150 090281 517935 090448 ■ ▲ 12 60/136 1/77 3/5 10
FIS A M 10 x 170 044969 519395 044973 ■ ▲ 12 60/156 1/97 3/6 10
FIS A M 10 x 190 — 517936 — ■ ▲ 12 60/176 1/117 3/7 10
FIS A M 10 x 200 090282 519396 090449 ■ ▲ 12 60/186 1/127 3/7 10
FIS A M 10 x 1000 509215 1) 509223 1) 509231 1) ■ ▲ 12 60/200 — 3/7 10
FIS A M 12 x 120 044971 519397 044974 ■ ▲ 14 70/103 1/34 3/5 10
FIS A M 12 x 140 090283 519398 090450 ■ ▲ 14 70/123 1/54 3/6 10
FIS A M 12 x 160 090284 517937 090451 ■ ▲ 14 70/143 1/74 3/7 10
FIS A M 12 x 180 090285 519399 090452 ■ ▲ 14 70/163 1/94 3/7 10
FIS A M 12 x 200 — 517938 — ■ ▲ 14 70/183 1-114 3/8 10
FIS A M 12 x 210 090286 — 090453 ■ ▲ 14 70/193 1/124 3/9 10
FIS A M 12 x 260 090287 — 090454 ■ ▲ 14 70/240 4/174 3 / 10 10
FIS A M 12 x 1000 509216 1) 509224 1) 509232 1) ■ ▲ 14 70/240 — 3 / 10 10
FIS A M 16 x 130 044972 519400 044975 ■ ▲ 18 80/109 1/30 5/7 10
FIS A M 16 x 175 090288 519401 090455 ■ ▲ 18 80/154 1/75 5 / 10 10
FIS A M 16 x 200 090289 517939 090456 ■ ▲ 18 80/179 1/100 5 / 11 10
FIS A M 16 x 250 090290 517940 090457 ■ ▲ 18 80/229 1/150 5 / 14 10
FIS A M 16 x 300 090291 519402 090458 ■ ▲ 18 80/279 1/200 5 / 17 10
FIS A M 16 x 1000 509217 1) 509225 1) 509233 1) ■ ▲ 18 80-320 — 5 / 19 10
FIS A M 20 x 245 090292 519404 090459 ■ ▲ 24 90/220 1/131 11/28 10
FIS A M 20 x 290 090293 519406 090460 ■ ▲ 24 90/265 1/176 11/32 10
FIS A M 20 x 1000 — 519410 1) 519427 1) ■ ▲ 24 90/400 — 11/48 10
FIS A M 24 x 290 090294 — 090461 ■ ▲ 28 96/260 1/165 15/69 5
FIS A M 24 x 380 090295 — 090462 ■ ▲ 28 96/350 1/255 15/52 5
FIS A M 6 x ... : ETA-Approval in combination with FIS V, FIS VW, FIS VS
144
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded rod FIS A
Chemical fixings
Approval
steel grade steel grade steel diameter anchorage depth usable length quantity FIS V
5.8 8.8 FIS V FIS V
d0
Item gvz gvz A4
FIS A M 24 x 1000 533881 — — ■ ▲ 28 96/480 - 15/69 10
FIS A M 30 x 430 090297 — 090464 ■ ▲ 35 120/394 1/275 28/88 5
TECHNICAL DATA
8.8  SW
Item gvz A4
TECHNICAL DATA
Dynamic Sets for subsequent filling of the

annular gap
For use with injection mortar Match Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Dyn-Set M 12 537218 FIS SB, FIS EM, FIS V FIS A M 12 10
145
LOADS
Injection system FIS V: Injection mortar FIS V with Threaded rod FIS A 1)
reducing the load
3 fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment

Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load

hmin hef6) Tmax Nperm7) Vperm7) c c scr smin 8) 9) cmin 8) 9)
100 60 5,4 90 185 180
5.8 120 90 8,1 8,6 125 155 270
230 200 13,8 85 110 600
100 60 5,4 10,8 90 235 180
8.8 120 90 8,1 255 270
13,3 125
230 200 18,0 150 600
FIS A M 10 20 45 45
100 60 5,4 90 200 180
A4-70 120 90 8,1 9,3 125 170 270
230 200 15,5 100 115 600
100 60 5,4 10,8 90 235 180
C-70 120 90 8,1 220 270
11,6 125
230 200 18,0 140 600
100 70 7,5 105 255 210
5.8 140 110 11,8 12,0 145 195 330
270 240 20,5 110 135 720
100 70 7,5 15,1 105 330 210
8.8 140 110 11,8 340 330
19,3 145
270 240 25,9 200 720
FIS A M 12 40 55 55
100 70 7,5 105 290 210
A4-70 140 110 11,8 13,5 145 225 330
270 240 22,5 125 145 720
100 70 7,5 15,1 105 330 210
C-70 140 110 11,8 290 330
16,9 145
270 240 25,9 175 720
120 80 11,5 120 445 240
5.8 170 125 18,0 22,3 185 350 375
360 320 37,6 145 195 960
120 80 11,5 23,0 120 460 240
8.8 170 125 18,0 600 375
35,9 185
360 320 46,0 320 960
FIS A M 16 60 65 65
120 80 11,5 23,0 120 460 240
A4-70 170 125 18,0 185 400 375
25,2
360 320 42,0 165 215 960
120 80 11,5 23,0 120 460 240
C-70 170 125 18,0 515 375
31,4 185
360 320 46,0 270 960
140 90 14,6 29,3 135 530 270
5.8 220 170 28,0 225 455 510
34,9
450 400 58,6 195 260 1200
140 90 14,6 29,3 135 530 270
8.8 220 170 28,0 780 510
56,0 225
450 400 65,8 435 1200
FIS A M 20 120 85 85
140 90 14,6 29,3 135 530 270
A4-70 220 170 28,0 520 510
39,3 225
450 400 65,5 285 1200
140 90 14,6 29,3 135 530 270
C-70 220 170 28,0 670 510
49,0 225
450 400 65,8 370 1200
146
LOADS
reducing the load
fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load
hmin hef6) Tmax Nperm7) Vperm7) c c scr smin 8) 9) cmin 8) 9)
160 96 15,5 31,0 145 520 290
5.8 270 210 33,9 590 630
50,9 265
540 480 77,6 330 1440
160 96 15,5 31,0 145 520 290
8.8 270 210 33,9 67,9 825 630
265
540 480 77,6 80,7 570 1440
FIS A M 24 150 105 105
160 96 15,5 31,0 145 520 290
A4-70 270 210 33,9 670 630
56,6 265
540 480 77,6 360 1440
160 96 15,5 31,0 145 520 290
C-70 270 210 33,9 67,9 825 630
265
540 480 77,6 70,6 480 1440
170 108 17,4 34,9 165 545 325
5.8 310 250 40,4 695 750
65,7 290
600 540 87,2 390 1620
170 108 17,4 34,9 165 545 325
8.8 310 250 40,4 80,8 885 750
290
600 540 87,2 104,9 700 1620
FIS A M 27 200 125 125
170 108 17,4 34,9 165 545 325
A4-70 310 250 40,4 795 750
73,6 290
600 540 87,2 440 1620
170 108 17,4 34,9 165 545 325
C-70 310 250 40,4 80,8 885 750
290
600 540 87,2 91,8 590 1620
190 120 21,5 43,1 180 630 360
5.8 350 280 50,3 795 840
80,6 320
670 600 107,7 440 1800
190 120 21,5 43,1 180 630 360
8.8 350 280 50,3 100,5 1035 840
320
670 600 107,7 128,2 805 1800
FIS A M 30 300 140 140
190 120 21,5 43,1 180 630 360
A4-70 350 280 50,3 905 840
89,9 320
670 600 107,7 505 1800
190 120 21,5 43,1 180 630 360
C-70 350 280 50,3 100,5 1035 840
320
670 600 107,7 112,2 675 1800
10)
1)
2)
3)
The given loads are valid for injection mortar FIS V for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate up to 50 °C (resp. short term up to 80 °C. For drill hole cleaning see
ETA-02/0024.
4)
For higher concrete strength classes up t o C50/60 higher per missible loads may be possible.
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
11)
147
LOADS
reducing the load
3 fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment

Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load

50 4,0 150
100 65 50
5.8 60 2,9 180
4,8
110 72 50 45 220
50 4,0 70 150
100
FIS A M 6 8.8 60 5 4,8 4,6 180 40 40
65
110 72 5,8 65 220
50 4,0 55 150
100
A4-70 60 4,8 3,2 180
50
110 72 5,4 60 220
100 60 7,9 90 180
70
5.8 110 80 5,1 80 240
9,0
190 160 40 60 480
100 60 7,9 90 125 180
8.8 110 80 10,5 8,4 100 115 240
190 160 13,9 55 90 480
FIS A M 8 10 40 40
100 60 7,9 85 180
90
A4-70 110 80 5,9 75 240
9,8
190 160 40 70 480
100 60 7,9 90 105 180
C-70 110 80 10,5 7,3 100 95 240
190 160 12,2 40 80 480
100 60 9,9 90 125 180
5.8 120 90 8,6 115 105 270
13,8
230 200 45 85 600
100 60 9,9 90 200 180
8.8 120 90 14,8 13,3 125 170 270
230 200 22,1 70 115 600
FIS A M 10 20 45 45
100 60 9,9 90 135 180
A4-70 120 90 14,8 9,3 125 115 270
230 200 15,5 45 90 600
100 60 9,9 90 175 180
C-70 120 90 14,8 11,6 125 150 270
230 200 19,3 55 105 600
100 70 13,8 140 175 210
5.8 140 110 12,0 165 130 330
20,5
270 240 55 100 720
100 70 13,8 140 295 210
8.8 140 110 21,7 19,3 180 230 330
270 240 32,1 85 150 720
FIS A M 12 40 55 55
100 70 13,8 140 200 210
A4-70 140 110 21,7 13,5 180 150 330
270 240 22,5 55 110 720
100 70 13,8 140 255 210
C-70 140 110 21,7 16,9 180 195 330
270 240 28,1 65 135 720
148
LOADS
reducing the load
fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load
120 80 17,2 160 305 240
5.8 170 125 29,9 22,3 245 235 375
360 320 37,6 65 150 960
120 80 17,2 34,4 160 495 240
8.8 170 125 29,9 245 405 375
35,9
360 320 59,8 135 220 960
FIS A M 16 60 65 65
120 80 17,2 160 350 240
A4-70 170 125 29,9 25,2 245 270 375
360 320 42,0 70 165 960
120 80 17,2 160 445 240
C-70 170 125 29,9 31,4 245 350 375
360 320 52,3 105 195 960
140 90 20,5 170 435 270
5.8 220 170 48,3 34,9 340 300 510
450 400 58,6 85 195 1200
140 90 20,5 41,1 170 270
525
8.8 220 170 48,3 340 510
56,0
450 400 93,3 230 290 1200
FIS A M 20 120 85 85
140 90 20,5 170 500 270
A4-70 220 170 48,3 39,3 340 345 510
450 400 65,5 95 215 1200
140 90 20,5 41,1 170 525 270
C-70 220 170 48,3 340 450 510
49,0
450 400 81,7 140 260 1200
160 96 22,6 45,2 170 540 290
5.8 270 210 67,9 435 390 630
50,9
540 480 84,3 105 250 1440
160 96 22,6 45,2 170 540 290
8.8 270 210 67,9 435 675 630
80,7
540 480 134,5 360 365 1440
FIS A M 24 150 105 105
160 96 22,6 45,2 170 540 290
A4-70 270 210 67,9 435 445 630
56,6
540 480 94,4 120 270 1440
160 96 22,6 45,2 170 540 290
C-70 270 210 67,9 435 580 630
70,6
540 480 117,7 235 325 1440
170 108 27,0 54,0 195 605 325
5.8 310 250 85,8 495 460 750
65,7
600 540 109,5 125 295 1620
170 108 27,0 54,0 195 605 325
8.8 310 250 85,8 495 805 750
104,9
600 540 174,9 500 450 1620
FIS A M 27 200 125 125
170 108 27,0 54,0 195 605 325
A4-70 310 250 85,8 495 530 750
73,6
600 540 122,7 155 320 1620
170 108 27,0 54,0 195 605 325
C-70 310 250 85,8 495 690 750
91,8
600 540 153,0 355 385 1620
149
LOADS
reducing the load
3 fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment

Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load

190 120 31,6 63,2 210 660 360
5.8 350 280 106,8 595 525 840
80,6
670 600 133,8 140 330 1800
190 120 31,6 63,2 210 660 360
8.8 350 280 106,8 595 920 840
128,2
670 600 213,7 610 515 1800
FIS A M 30 300 140 140
190 120 31,6 63,2 210 660 360
A4-70 350 280 106,8 595 600 840
89,9
670 600 150,0 195 365 1800
190 120 31,6 63,2 210 660 360
C-70 350 280 106,8 595 785 840
112,2
670 600 187,0 445 435 1800
10)
1)
2)
3)
The given loads are valid for injection mortar FIS V for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate up to 50 °C (resp. short term up to 80 °C. For drill hole cleaning see
ETA-02/0024.
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
150
LOADS
Injection system FIS VL: Injection mortar FIS VL with Threaded rod FIS A 1)
zinc plated steel / stainless steel
reducing the load
fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load
100 60 4,5 90 185 180
5.8 120 90 6,7 8,6 125 160 270
230 200 13,8 110 125 600
100 60 4,5 10,8 90 235 180
M10 8.8 120 90 20 6,7 260 270 45 45
13,3 125
230 200 15,0 180 600
100 60 4,5 90 200 180
A4-70 120 90 6,7 9,3 175 270
125
230 200 15,0 130 600
100 70 6,3 105 255 210
5.8 140 110 9,9 12,0 145 200 330
270 240 20,5 140 150 720
100 70 6,3 15,1 105 330 210
M12 8.8 140 110 40 9,9 345 330 55 55
19,3 145
270 240 21,5 235 720
100 70 6,3 105 290 210
A4-70 140 110 9,9 13,5 230 330
145
270 240 21,5 165 720
120 80 9,6 120 445 240
5.8 170 125 15,0 22,3 350 375
185
360 320 37,6 225 960
120 80 9,6 23,0 120 460 240
M16 8.8 170 125 60 15,0 185 600 375 65 65
35,9
360 320 38,3 380 960
120 80 9,6 23,0 120 460 240
A4-70 170 125 15,0 400 375
25,2 185
360 320 38,3 250 960
140 90 12,2 29,3 135 530 270
5.8 220 170 23,3 460 510
34,9 225
450 400 54,9 300 1200
140 90 12,2 29,3 135 530 270
M20 8.8 220 170 120 23,3 785 510 85 85
56,0 225
450 400 54,9 520 1200
140 90 12,2 29,3 135 530 270
A4-70 220 170 23,3 525 510
39,3 225
450 400 54,9 345 1200
10)
1)
2)
3)
The given loads are valid for injection mortar FIS VL for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate up to 50 °C (resp. short term up to 80 °C. For drill hole cleaning see
ETA-10/0352.
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
11)
151
LOADS
reducing the load
3 fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment

Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load

50 3,4 150
100
5.8 60 4,0 2,9 50 180
110 72 4,8 220
50 3,4 150
100
M6 8.8 60 5 4,0 4,6 65 70 180 40 40
110 72 4,8 220
50 3,4 150
100
A4-70 60 4,0 3,2 55 180
110 72 4,8 220
100 60 6,6 90 180
5.8 110 80 8,8 5,1 100 70 240
190 160 9,0 40 480
100 60 6,6 90 125 180
M8 8.8 110 80 10 8,8 8,4 100 115 240 40 40
190 160 13,9 75 100 480
100 60 6,6 90 85 180
A4-70 110 80 8,8 5,9 100 80 240
190 160 9,8 40 75 480
100 60 8,2 90 125 180
5.8 120 90 12,3 8,6 125 105 270
230 200 13,8 45 95 600
100 60 8,2 90 200 180
M10 8.8 120 90 20 12,3 13,3 125 175 270 45 45
230 200 22,1 130 600
90
100 60 8,2 135 180
A4-70 120 90 12,3 9,3 125 115 270
230 200 15,5 50 100 600
100 70 11,5 140 175 210
5.8 140 110 18,1 12,0 180 135 330
270 240 20,5 55 120 720
100 70 11,5 140 295 210
M12 8.8 140 110 40 18,1 19,3 180 235 330 55 55
270 240 32,1 110 170 720
100 70 11,5 140 200 210
A4-70 140 110 18,1 13,5 180 155 330
270 240 22,5 60 130 720
120 80 14,3 160 305 240
5.8 170 125 24,9 22,3 245 235 375
360 320 37,6 80 175 960
120 80 14,3 34,4 160 495 240
M16 8.8 170 125 60 24,9 245 405 375 65 65
35,9
360 320 59,8 230 255 960
120 80 14,3 160 350 240
A4-70 170 125 24,9 25,2 245 270 375
360 320 42,0 100 190 960
152
LOADS
reducing the load
fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load
140 90 17,1 170 435 270
5.8 220 170 40,3 34,9 340 305 510
450 400 58,6 110 230 1200
140 90 17,1 41,1 170 525 270
M20 8.8 220 170 120 40,3 340 530 510 85 85
56,0
450 400 93,3 375 350 1200
140 90 17,1 170 500 270
A4-70 220 170 40,3 39,3 340 350 510
450 400 65,5 135 255 1200
160 96 18,8 45,2 170 540 290
5.8 270 210 56,5 435 400 630
50,9
540 480 84,3 140 295 1440
160 96 18,8 45,2 170 540 290
M24 8.8 270 210 150 56,5 435 685 630 105 105
80,7
540 480 129,3 505 455 1440
160 96 18,8 45,2 170 540 290
A4-70 270 210 56,5 435 455 630
56,6
540 480 94,4 205 320 1440
170 108 22,5 54,0 195 605 325
5.8 310 250 71,5 495 475 750
65,7
600 540 109,5 200 345 1620
170 108 22,5 54,0 195 605 325
M27 8.8 310 250 200 71,5 495 825 750 125 125
104,9
600 540 154,5 570 560 1620
170 108 22,5 54,0 195 605 325
A4-70 310 250 71,5 495 545 750
73,6
600 540 122,7 315 380 1620
190 120 26,3 63,2 210 660 360
5.8 350 280 89,0 595 545 840
80,6
670 600 133,8 270 395 1800
190 120 26,3 63,2 210 660 360
M30 8.8 350 280 300 89,0 595 940 840 140 140
128,2
670 600 190,7 700 645 1800
190 120 26,3 63,2 210 660 360
A4-70 350 280 89,0 595 620 840
89,9
670 600 150,0 400 430 1800
10)
1)
2)
3)
The given loads are valid for injection mortar FIS VL for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate up to 50 °C (resp. short term up to 80 °C. For drill hole cleaning see
ETA-10/0352.
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
153
LOADS
Injection system FIS EB: Injection mortar FIS EB with Threaded rod FIS A 1)
zinc plated steel 5.8 / zinc plated steel 8.8 / stainless steel A4-70
reducing the load
3 fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment

Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load

100 60 3,6 90 105 180
5.8 110 80 4,8 5,1 100 100 240
190 160 9,0 90 480
90
100 60 3,6 7,2 155 180
FIS A M8 8.8 110 80 10 4,8 170 240 40 40
8,6 100
190 160 9,6 115 480
100 60 3,6 90 125 180
A4-70 110 80 4,8 6,0 115 240
100
190 160 9,6 90 480
100 60 4,5 90 185 180
5.8 120 90 6,7 8,6 115 160 270
230 200 13,8 105 125 600
100 60 4,5 9,0 90 190 180
FIS A M10 8.8 120 90 20 6,7 250 270 45 45
13,1 115
230 200 15,0 150 600
100 60 4,5 9,0 90 190 180
A4-70 120 90 6,7 165 270
9,2 115
230 200 15,0 115 600
100 70 6,3 105 255 210
5.8 140 110 9,9 12,0 140 200 330
270 240 20,5 130 150 720
100 70 6,3 12,6 105 270 210
FIS A M12 8.8 140 110 40 9,9 340 330 55 55
19,4 140
270 240 21,5 200 720
100 70 6,3 12,6 105 270 210
A4-70 140 110 9,9 230 330
13,7 140
270 240 21,5 150 720
110 75 7,9 15,7 115 325 225
5.8 160 120 12,6 155 265 360
16,6
320 280 27,6 145 185 840
110 75 7,9 15,7 115 325 225
FIS A M14 8.8 160 120 50 12,6 25,1 420 360 60 60
155
320 280 29,3 26,3 250 840
110 75 7,9 15,7 115 325 225
A4-70 160 120 12,6 295 360
18,3 155
320 280 29,3 175 840
120 80 7,7 15,3 120 295 240
5.8 170 125 12,0 350 375
22,3 175
360 320 30,6 225 960
120 80 7,7 15,3 120 295 240
FIS A M16 8.8 170 125 60 12,0 23,9 380 375 65 65
175
360 320 30,6 36,0 320 960
120 80 7,7 15,3 120 295 240
A4-70 170 125 12,0 23,9 380 375
175
360 320 30,6 25,2 215 960
154
LOADS
reducing the load
fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load
140 90 10,8 21,5 135 375 270
5.8 220 170 20,3 460 510
34,9 210
450 400 47,9 300 1200
140 90 10,8 21,5 135 375 270
FIS A M20 8.8 220 170 120 20,3 40,7 540 510 85 85
210
450 400 47,9 56,0 435 1200
140 90 10,8 21,5 135 375 270
A4-70 220 170 20,3 520 510
39,4 210
450 400 47,9 285 1200
160 96 13,4 32,2 145 545 290
5.8 270 210 31,4 600 630
50,9 250
540 480 71,8 395 1440
160 96 13,4 32,2 145 545 290
FIS A M24 8.8 270 210 150 31,4 75,4 930 630 105 105
250
540 480 71,8 80,6 570 1440
160 96 13,4 32,2 145 545 290
A4-70 270 210 31,4 670 630
56,8 250
540 480 71,8 360 1440
170 108 16,0 38,5 165 610 325
5.8 310 250 42,1 715 750
65,7 270
600 540 90,9 485 1620
170 108 16,0 38,5 165 610 325
FIS A M27 8.8 310 250 200 42,1 101,0 1150 750 120 120
270
600 540 90,9 105,1 700 1620
170 108 16,0 38,5 165 610 325
A4-70 310 250 42,1 795 750
73,7 270
600 540 90,9 445 1620
190 120 18,8 45,1 180 665 360
5.8 350 280 52,4 300 820 840
80,6
670 600 112,2 305 555 1800
190 120 18,8 45,1 180 665 360
FIS A M30 8.8 350 280 300 52,4 125,7 300 1340 840 140 140
670 600 112,2 128,6 305 805 1800
190 120 18,8 45,1 180 665 360
A4-70 350 280 52,4 300 910 840
90,2
670 600 112,2 305 510 1800
8)
1)
2)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-15/0440 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 bare considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
155
LOADS
reducing the load
3 fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment

Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load

100 60 7,9 90 180
5.8 110 80 5,1 80 70 240
9,0
190 160 40 480
100 60 7,9 90 130 180
FIS A M8 8.8 110 80 10 10,5 8,6 100 115 240 40 40
190 160 13,8 50 90 480
100 60 7,9 85 180
90
A4-70 110 80 6,0 75 240
9,9
190 160 40 70 480
100 60 9,0 90 125 180
5.8 120 90 13,5 8,6 115 105 270
230 200 13,8 45 95 600
100 60 9,0 90 200 180
FIS A M10 8.8 120 90 20 13,5 13,1 115 170 270 45 45
230 200 22,4 80 115 600
100 60 9,0 90 135 180
A4-70 120 90 13,5 9,2 115 110 270
230 200 15,7 45 90 600
100 70 12,6 125 175 210
5.8 140 110 19,7 12,0 155 135 330
270 240 20,5 55 120 720
100 70 12,6 125 295 210
FIS A M12 8.8 140 110 40 19,7 19,4 155 230 330 55 55
270 240 32,4 95 150 720
100 70 12,6 125 200 210
A4-70 140 110 19,7 13,7 155 155 330
270 240 22,5 55 115 720
110 75 14,1 135 235 225
5.8 160 120 22,6 16,6 170 180 360
320 280 27,6 60 145 840
110 75 14,1 135 390 225
FIS A M14 8.8 160 120 50 22,6 26,3 170 300 360 60 60
320 280 43,8 120 180 840
110 75 14,1 135 260 225
A4-70 160 120 22,6 18,3 170 195 360
320 280 30,9 65 135 840
120 80 17,2 160 305 240
5.8 170 125 26,9 22,3 210 235 375
360 320 37,6 65 175 960
120 80 17,2 34,4 160 495 240
FIS A M16 8.8 170 125 60 26,9 210 405 375 65 65
36,0
360 320 60,0 150 220 960
120 80 17,2 160 350 240
A4-70 170 125 26,9 25,2 210 270 375
360 320 42,0 80 165 960
156
LOADS
reducing the load
fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load
140 90 20,5 170 435 270
5.8 220 170 40,7 34,9 265 305 510
450 400 58,6 95 230 1200
140 90 20,5 41,1 170 270
525
FIS A M20 8.8 220 170 120 40,7 265 510 85 85
56,0
450 400 93,3 230 290 1200
140 90 20,5 170 500 270
A4-70 220 170 40,7 39,4 265 350 510
450 400 65,7 120 215 1200
160 96 18,8 45,2 170 540 290
5.8 270 210 50,3 370 400 630
50,9
540 480 84,3 160 295 1440
160 96 18,8 45,2 170 540 290
FIS A M24 8.8 270 210 150 50,3 370 675 630 105 105
80,6
540 480 114,9 385 365 1440
160 96 18,8 45,2 170 540 290
A4-70 270 210 50,3 370 445 630
56,8
540 480 94,3 205 270 1440
170 108 22,5 54,0 195 605 325
5.8 310 250 63,1 415 475 750
65,7
600 540 109,5 200 345 1620
170 108 22,5 54,0 195 605 325
FIS A M27 8.8 310 250 200 63,1 415 805 750 120 120
105,1
600 540 136,3 425 450 1620
170 108 22,5 54,0 195 605 325
A4-70 310 250 63,1 415 530 750
73,7
600 540 123,0 315 320 1620
190 120 26,3 63,2 210 660 360
5.8 350 280 78,5 500 545 840
80,6
670 600 133,8 270 395 1800
190 120 26,3 63,2 210 660 360
FIS A M30 8.8 350 280 300 78,5 500 920 840 140 140
128,6
670 600 168,3 540 515 1800
190 120 26,3 63,2 210 660 360
A4-70 350 280 78,5 500 605 840
90,2
670 600 150,1 400 365 1800
8)
1)
2)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-15/0440 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 bare considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
157
LOADS
reducing the load
3 fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment

Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load

100 60 5,7 180
90 70
5.8 110 80 7,6 5,1 240
190 160 9,0 40 60 480
100 60 5,7 130 180
90
8.8 110 80 7,6 8,6 115 240
190 160 14,3 85 90 480
M8 10 40 40
100 60 5,7 85 180
90
A4-70 110 80 7,6 6,0 75 240
190 160 9,9 50 70 480
100 60 5,7 110 180
90
C-70 110 80 7,6 7,4 100 240
190 160 12,4 70 80 480
100 60 6,7 90 125 180
5.8 120 90 10,1 8,6 110 105 270
230 200 13,8 55 85 600
100 60 6,7 90 200 180
8.8 120 90 10,1 13,1 170 270
110
230 200 22,4 115 600
M10 20 45 45
100 60 6,7 90 135 180
A4-70 120 90 10,1 9,2 110 110 270
230 200 15,7 65 90 600
100 60 6,7 90 170 180
C-70 120 90 10,1 11,4 110 145 270
230 200 19,5 95 105 600
100 70 8,9 105 175 210
5.8 140 110 14,0 12,0 130 130 330
270 240 20,5 70 100 720
100 70 8,9 105 295 210
8.8 140 110 14,0 19,4 230 330
130
270 240 30,5 150 720
M12 40 55 55
100 70 8,9 105 200 210
A4-70 140 110 14,0 13,7 130 155 330
270 240 22,5 85 115 720
100 70 8,9 105 260 210
C-70 140 110 14,0 17,1 130 200 330
270 240 28,1 115 135 720
120 80 12,0 125 305 240
5.8 170 125 18,7 22,3 160 235 375
360 320 37,6 115 150 960
120 80 12,0 28,7 125 240
405
8.8 170 125 18,7 375
36,0 160
360 320 47,9 220 960
M16 60 65 65
120 80 12,0 125 350 240
A4-70 170 125 18,7 25,2 160 270 375
360 320 42,0 135 165 960
120 80 12,0 28,7 125 405 240
C-70 170 125 18,7 350 375
31,4 160
360 320 47,9 195 960
158
LOADS
reducing the load
fixing
element
member
thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load
140 90 14,6 135 435 270
5.8 220 170 27,6 34,9 190 300 510
450 400 58,6 165 195 1200
140 90 14,6 35,0 135 440 270
8.8 220 170 27,6 525 510
56,0 190
450 400 64,8 290 1200
M20 120 85 85
140 90 14,6 35,0 135 440 270
A4-70 220 170 27,6 350 510
39,4 190
450 400 64,8 215 1200
140 90 14,6 35,0 135 440 270
C-70 220 170 27,6 455 510
49,1 190
450 400 64,8 260 1200
10)
1)
2)
3)
The given loads are valid for injection mortar FIS GREEN for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate up to 50 °C (resp. short term up to 80 °C. For drill hole cleaning see
ETA-14/0408.
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
159
Accessories concrete: RG M I
The fixing system with internal threaded anchor for concrete
3
Chemical fixings
Column bases Pumps
▪ Stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
cracked
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15, non-cracked

▪ The system comprising internal ▪ Removable fixings ▪ The system can be used with any of
threaded anchor RG MI and one of the ▪ Temporary fixings, e.g. for machines the following injection mortars: FIS V,
injection mortars FIS V, FIS VW HIGH ▪ Scaffold anchoring FIS VW HIGH SPEED, FIS VS LOW
SPEED, FIS VS LOW SPEED, FIS VL or SPEED, FIS VL and FIS GREEN.
FIS GREEN for concrete can be individ- ▪ The injection system is suitable for
ually selected based on requirements, pre-positioned installation when
thus allowing for a wide range of combined with the internal threaded
applications. anchor RG MI.
▪ The internal threaded anchor RG MI ▪ The mortar is extruded bubble free
allows for surface flush removal and from the drill hole base.
reuse of the fixing point, and therefore ▪ The mortar bonds the entire surface of
offers the best possible flexibility. the internal threaded anchor with the
▪ The metric internal thread allows drill hole wall and seals the drill hole.
for the use of standard screws or ▪ The internal threaded anchor is set
threaded rods for the ideal adaptation manually, by lightly rotating it until it
to suit the intended use. reaches the drill hole base.
FOR USE WITH
FIS V mortar FIS GREEN mortar FIS VL mortar

see page 113 see page 38 see page 119
160
INSTALLATION WITH FIS VL
Chemical fixings
INSTALLATION WITH FIS V
INSTALLATION WITH FIS EB, FIS GREEN
TECHNICAL DATA
zinc-plated stainless Drill hole diameter Min. bolt penetration Max. bolt penetration Fill quantity Sales unit
Approval
steel steel
ETA d0 lE,min lE,max

Item gvz A4
RG 8 x 75 M 5 I 048221 1) — — 10 8 14 3 10
RG 10 x 75 M 6 I 048222 1) — — 12 10 16 3 10
RG 12 x 90 M8 I 050552 1) 050565 1) ■ 14 8 18 3 10
RG 16 x 90 M10 I 050553 1) 050566 1) ■ 18 10 23 4 10
RG 18 x 125 M12 I 050562 1) 050567 1) ■ 20 12 26 6 10
RG 22 x 160 M16 I 050563 1) 050568 1) ■ 24 16 35 8 5
RG 28 x 200 M20 I 050564 1) 050569 1) ■ 32 20 45 24 5
161
LOADS
Injection system FIS V: Injection mortar FIS V with Internal threaded anchor RG M I
reducing the load
Type Screw Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
3 material member
resp. screw thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
surface Max. tension Max. shear

Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load

hmin hef Tmax Nperm 4) Vperm 4) c c scr smin 5) 6) cmin 5) 6)
5.8 9,0 5,3 70 65
RG M 8 I 8.8 120 90 10 13,8 8,3 130 95 270 55 55
A4-70 9,9 5,9 80 70
5.8 13,8 8,3 105 90
RG M 10 I 8.8 130 90 20 19,0 13,3 175 155 270 65 65
A4-70 15,7 9,3 130 100
5.8 20,5 12,1 155 110
RG M 12 I 8.8 170 125 40 23,8 19,3 190 190 375 75 75
A4-70 22,5 13,5 175 125
5.8 22,4 180
RG M 16 I 8.8 210 160 80 35,7 35,8 240 320 480 95 95
A4-70 25,1 205
5.8 35,4 245
RG M 20 I 8.8 270 200 120 54,8 42,9 335 315 600 125 125
A4-70 39,4 285
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
162
LOADS
Injection system FIS VL: Injection mortar FIS VL with Internal threaded anchor RG M I
reducing the load
Type Screw Min. Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
material member
resp. screw thickness
anchorage
depth
torque
moment
Chemical fixings
load load Max. Load
hmin hef Tmax Nperm 4) Vperm 4) c c scr smin 5) 6) cmin 5) 6)
5.8 9,0 5,3 95 65
RG M8 I 8.8 120 90 10 11,9 8,3 135 95 270 55 55
A4-70 9,9 5,9 110 70
5.8 13,8 8,3 140 90
RG M10 I 8.8 130 90 20 15,9 13,3 155 270 65 65
170
A4-70 15,7 9,3 100
5.8 12,1 110
RG M 12 I 8.8 170 125 40 19,8 19,3 190 190 375 75 75
A4-70 13,5 125
5.8 22,4 180
RG M 16 I 8.8 210 160 80 29,8 35,8 240 320 480 95 95
A4-70 25,1 205
5.8 35,4 245
RG M 20 I 8.8 270 200 120 45,6 42,9 330 315 600 125 125
A4-70 39,4 280
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
163
Accessories solid brick masonry
The versatile fixing system for solid brick masonry
3
Chemical fixings
French balconies Satellite dishes
▪ Stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
▪ Solid brick
Also suitable for:
▪ Solid and lightweight concrete blocks
▪ Solid pumice and other solid building
materials

▪ The fixing system comprising threaded ▪ Gratings ▪ The system can be used with any of
rod FIS A or internal threaded anchor ▪ Gates the following injection mortars: FIS V,
FIS E and one of the injection mortars ▪ Handrails FIS VS, FIS VW, FIS VL, FIS GREEN.
FIS V, FIS VL, FIS GREEN or FIS P Plus ▪ Consoles FIS P can be used but does not have
can be individually selected based on ▪ Pipelines approvals.
requirements, thus allowing for a wide ▪ Sanitary equipment ▪ FIS E is suitable for pre-positioned
range of applications. ▪ Awnings installation, whilst FIS A is suitable
▪ The wide range of approved threaded ▪ Canopies for pre-positioned and push-through
rods FIS A from M6 to M16 allows for ▪ Satellite antennas installation.
various applications. ▪ Sun protection ▪ The mortar bonds the entire surface of
▪ The internal threaded anchor FIS E the anchor with the drill hole wall and
allows for surface flush removal and seals the drill hole.
reuse of the fixing point, and therefore ▪ The anchor is set manually, by lightly
offers the best possible flexibility. rotating it until it reaches the drill hole
base.
▪ In general, it is also possible to use the
FIS H K anchor sleeves in solid brick
masonry, and this provides additio-
nal safety when the base material is
unknown. Technical data see page
175.
FOR USE WITH
FIS V mortar FIS GREEN mortar FIS P Plus mortar FIS P mortar FIS VL mortar
see page 113 see page 133 see page 136 see page 138 see page 119
164
INSTALLATION
Chemical fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded rod FIS A
zinc plated, zinc plated, stainless Drill hole diameter Min. effective Max. effective Fill quantity for Sales unit
Approval
steel grade steel grade steel anchorage depth length FIS V acc. effect. anchoring
5.8 8.8 FIS V acc. ETA ETA depth FIS V
d0
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item gvz gvz A4
FIS A M 6 x 70 046204 — — ■ 8 50 11 2 10
FIS A M 6 x 75 090243 — 090437 ■ 8 50 17 2 20
FIS A M 6 x 85 090272 — — ■ 8 50 27 2 20
FIS A M 6 x 110 090273 — 090439 ■ 8 50 50 2 20
FIS A M 8 x 90 090274 519390 090440 ■ 10 50 29 2 10
FIS A M 8 x 110 090275 519391 090441 ■ 10 50 46 2 10
FIS A M 8 x 130 090276 519392 090442 ■ 10 50 66 2 10
FIS A M 8 x 175 090277 519393 090443 ■ 10 50 111 2 10
FIS A M 10 x 110 090278 — 090444 ■ 12 50 30 3 10
FIS A M 10 x 130 090279 — 090447 ■ 12 50 50 3 10
FIS A M 10 x 130 — 524170 — ■ 12 50 50 3 10
FIS A M 10 x 150 090281 517935 090448 ■ 12 50 70 3 10
FIS A M 10 x 170 044969 519395 044973 ■ 12 50 90 3 10
FIS A M 10 x 190 — 517936 — ■ 12 50 110 3 10
FIS A M 10 x 200 090282 519396 090449 ■ 12 50 120 3 10
FIS A M 12 x 120 044971 519397 044974 ■ 14 50 39 3 10
FIS A M 12 x 140 090283 519398 090450 ■ 14 50 59 3 10
FIS A M 12 x 160 090284 517937 090451 ■ 14 50 79 3 10
FIS A M 12 x 180 090285 519399 090452 ■ 14 50 99 3 10
FIS A M 12 x 200 — 517938 — ■ 14 50 119 3 10
FIS A M 12 x 210 090286 — 090453 ■ 14 50 129 3 10
FIS A M 12 x 260 090287 — 090454 ■ 14 50 179 3 10
FIS A M 16 x 130 044972 519400 044975 ■ 18 50 20 6 10
FIS A M 16 x 175 090288 519401 090455 ■ 18 50 65 6 10
FIS A M 16 x 200 090289 517939 090456 ■ 18 50 90 6 10
FIS A M 16 x 250 090290 517940 090457 ■ 18 50 140 6 10
FIS A M 16 x 300 090291 519402 090458 ■ 18 50 190 6 10
165
TECHNICAL DATA
Internal threaded sockets FIS E

3
Chemical fixings
zinc-plated Drill hole Effect. anchorage Min. bolt pene- Max. bolt pene- Fill quantity for effect. anchorage Sales unit
Approval
steel diameter depth tration tration depth in solid brick masonry
d0 hef lE,min lE,max

Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item gvz
FIS E 11 x 85 M6 043631 ■ 14 85 6 60 4 10
FIS E 11 x 85 M8 043632 ■ 14 85 8 60 4 10
FIS E 15 x 85 M10 043633 ■ 18 85 10 60 5 10
FIS E 15 x 85 M12 043634 ■ 18 85 12 60 5 10
166
LOADS
Injection system FIS V with threaded rod FIS A 4)
sive- density brick- effective- member torque tensile shear load3) ristic spa- ristic spa- spacing 2) ristic resp. 3
brick- dimensions 6) anchorage thickness load3) cing parallel cing perpen- min. edge
strength depth to bed joint dicular to distance2)
Chemical fixings
bed joint
smin║ /
smin┴
M6 50 4 1,14 0,71 100
M8 50 10 1,14 0,71 100
M10 50 10 1,00 1,14 100
M10 80 10 1,43 1,14 100
≥ 10
M10 200 10 3,42 2,43 150
M12 50 10 0,86 1,14 100
M12 80 10 1,57 1,14 100
M12 240x115x71 200 10 2,29 3,29 150
≥ 1,8 115 240 75 240 / 75
M6 (NF) 50 4 1,57 1,14 100
M8 50 10 1,57 1,14 100
M10 50 10 1,43 1,71 100
M10 80 10 2,00 1,71 100
≥ 20
M10 200 10 3,42 3,43 150
M12 50 10 1,29 1,57 100
M12 80 10 2,29 1,57 100
M12 200 10 3,29 3,43 150
Solid brick Mz, 2DF acc. to EN 771-1
M6 50 4 0,86 0,71
M8 50 10 0,86 0,86
M10 ≥ 10 100 10 1,29 1,00
M12 100 10 1,57 1,00
M16 240x115x113 100 10 1,57 0,86
≥ 1,8 115 240 115 120 / 115 60
M6 (2DF) 50 4 1,29 1,14
M8 50 10 1,29 1,43
M10 ≥ 16 100 10 2,14 1,57
M12 100 10 2,29 1,57
M16 100 10 2,29 1,43
M6 4 1,43 0,71
M8 10 2,00 1,29
M10 ≥ 10 10 2,00 1,29
M12 10 2,00 1,29
M16 10 1,57 1,29
M6 4 2,14 1,14
M8 10 2,57 1,86
M10 ≥ 20 ≥ 2,0 250x240x240 50 240 10 2,57 1,86 250 240 80 / 80 60
M12 10 2,57 1,86
M16 10 2,14 1,86
M6 4 2,43 1,43
M8 10 2,57 2,57
M10 ≥ 28 10 2,57 2,57
M12 10 2,57 2,57
M16 10 2,57 2,57
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
167
LOADS
Injection system FIS V with threaded rod FIS A5) and anchor sleeve FIS H..K
Type Compres- Brick raw Minimum Min. Min. Maximum Permissible Permissible Characte- Characte- Min. Characteri-
of anchor sleeve with sive- density brick effective member torque tensile shear load3) ristic spa- ristic spa- spacing 2) stic resp.
3 anchor rod brick-
strength
dimensions 6) anchorage thickness
depth4)
load3) cing parallel
to bed joint
cing perpen-
dicular to
min. edge
distance2)
bed joint
Chemical fixings
smin║ /
smin┴
Solid brick Mz, 2DF acc. to EN 771-1
16x85 M8 0,86 0,86
≥ 10
16x85 M10 240x115x113 0,86 1,00
≥ 1,8 85 115 10 240 115 120 / 115 60
16x85 M8 (2DF) 1,29 1,43
≥ 16
16x85 M10 1,29 1,57
16x85 M8/M10 ≥ 10 2,29 1,29
16x85 M8/M10 ≥ 20 ≥ 2,0 250x240x240 85 240 10 2,57 1,86 250 240 80 / 80 60
16x85 M8/M10 ≥ 28 2,57 2,57
Lightweight concrete block Vbl acc. to EN 771-3
12x85 M6 85 1,00 0,57
12x50 M8 50 0,57 0,86
12x85 M8 ≥4 85 1,00 0,86
16x85 M10 85 1,14 1,00
20x85 M12 85 1,43 1,29
12x85 M6 85 1,43 0,86
12x50 M8 50 0,86 1,29
12x85 M8 ≥6 ≥ 1,6 250x240x239 85 240 4 1,43 1,29 250 250 250 / 250 130
16x85 M8 / M10 85 1,86 1,57
20x85 M12 / M16 85 2,14 1,86
12x85 M6 85 2,00 1,14
12x50 M8 50 1,14 1,71
12x85 M8 ≥8 85 2,00 1,71
16x85 M8 / M10 85 2,43 2,00
20x85 M12 / M16 85 2,57 2,43
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
168
LOADS
Injection system FIS VL with threaded rod FIS A4)
Highest permissible loads 1) 5) for a single anchor in solid brick masonry (without injection anchor sleeve) for pre-positioned or push-
sive- density brick effective- member torque tensile shear load3) ristic spa- ristic spa- spacing 2) stic resp. 3
Chemical fixings
bed joint
smin║ /
smin┴
M8 50 1,14 0,71 150 150 / 75 100
M10 50 1,00 1,14 150 150 / 75 100
M10 80 1,43 1,14 240 240 / 75 100
M10 ≥10 200 2,43 3,40 240 240 / 75 150
M12 50 0,86 1,14 150 150 / 75 100
M12 80 1,51 1,14 240 240 / 75 100
M12 200 3,20 2,43 240 240 / 75 150
≥1,8 240x115x71 115 10 75
M8 50 1,57 1,14 150 150 / 75 100
M10 50 1,43 1,71 150 150 / 75 100
M10 80 2,00 1,71 240 240 / 75 100
M10 ≥20 200 2,43 2,43 240 240 / 75 150
M12 50 1,29 1,57 150 150 / 75 100
M12 80 2,29 1,57 240 240 / 75 100
M12 200 2,43 2,43 240 240 / 75 150
M8 50 0,71 1,14 100
M10 50 0,71 1,14 100
M10 80 0,71 1,14 100
M10 ≥10 200 2,43 1,14 150
M12 50 0,71 1,43 100
M12 80 0,71 1,43 100
M12 200 2,43 1,43 150
≥1,8 240x115x71 115 10 240 75 240 / 75
M8 50 1,00 1,57 100
M10 50 1,00 1,57 100
M10 80 1,00 1,57 100
M10 ≥20 200 2,43 1,57 150
M12 50 1,00 2,00 100
M12 80 1,00 2,00 100
M12 200 2,43 2,00 150
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
169
LOADS
Injection system FIS VL with threaded rod FIS A5) and anchor sleeve FIS H..K
Type Compres- Brick raw Minimum Min. Min. Maximum Permissible Permissible Characteri- Characte- Min. Characteri-
of anchor sleeve with sive- density brick effective member torque tensile shear load3) stic spacing ristic spa- spacing 2) stic resp.
3 anchor rod brick-
strength
depth4)
load3) parallel to
bed joint
cing perpen-
dicular to
min. edge
distance2)
bed joint
Chemical fixings
smin║ /
smin┴
12x85 M8 1,71 0,86
16x85 M10 ≥ 10 85 115 1,00 1,00
20x85 M12 2,43 1,00
≥ 1,8 240x115x113 2 240 115 240 / 115 100
12x85 M8 2,43 1,29
16x85 M10 ≥ 20 85 115 1,57 1,57
20x85 M12 2,43 1,57
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
170
LOADS
sive- density brick effective member torque tensile shear load3) ristic spa- ristic spa- spacing 2) ristic resp. 3
Chemical fixings
bed joint
smin║ /
smin┴
M8 50 80 0,71 0,71 150 150 150 100
M10 50 80 0,86 1,14 150 150 150 100
M10 80 110 1,29 1,14 240 240 240 100
M10 ≥10 200 230 3,14 2,43 300 300 300 150
M12 50 80 0,86 1,14 150 150 150 100
M12 80 110 1,43 1,14 240 240 240 100
M12 240x115x71 200 230 2,00 3,29 300 300 300 150
≥1,8 10
M8 (NF) 50 80 0,71 1,14 150 150 150 100
M10 50 80 1,29 1,71 150 150 150 100
M10 80 110 1,71 1,71 240 240 240 100
M10 ≥20 200 230 3,43 3,43 300 300 300 150
M12 50 80 1,14 1,57 150 150 150 100
M12 80 110 2,00 1,57 240 240 240 100
M12 200 230 2,86 3,43 300 300 300 150
M8 50 80 0,71 1,14 150 150 150 100
M10 50 80 0,71 1,14 150 150 150 100
M10 80 110 0,86 1,14 240 240 240 100
M10 ≥10 200 230 2,57 1,14 300 300 300 150
M12 50 80 0,57 1,43 150 150 150 100
M12 80 110 0,86 1,43 240 240 240 100
M12 240x115x71 200 230 2,57 1,43 300 300 300 150
≥1,8 10
M8 (NF) 50 80 0,71 1,57 150 150 150 100
M10 50 80 0,86 1,57 150 150 150 100
M10 80 110 1,14 1,57 240 240 240 100
M10 ≥20 200 230 3,43 1,57 300 300 300 150
M12 50 80 0,86 2,00 150 150 150 100
M12 80 110 1,29 2,00 240 240 240 100
M12 200 230 3,43 2,00 300 300 300 150
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
171
LOADS
Type Compres- Brick raw Minimum Min. Min. Maximum Permissible Permissible Characteris- Characteris- Min. Characte-
of anchor sleeve with sive- density brick effective member torque tensile shear load3) tic spacing tic spacing spacing 2) ristic resp.
3 anchor rod brick-
strength
depth4)
load3) parallel to
bed joint
perpendicu-
lar to bed
min. edge
distance2)
joint
Chemical fixings
smin║ /
smin┴
12x85 M8 2 0,86 0,86
16x85 M10 ≥ 10 85 115 4 0,57 1,00
20x85 M12 4 1,57 1,00
≥ 1,8 240x115x113 255 255 255 100
12x85 M8 2 1,29 1,29
16x85 M10 ≥ 20 85 115 4 0,86 1,57
20x85 M12 4 2,29 1,57
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
LOADS
Injection system FIS P Plus with threaded rod FIS A5) and anchor sleeve FIS H..K
Type Compres- Brick raw Minimum Min. Min. Maximum Permissible Permissible Characteris- Characteris- Min. Characteri-
of anchor sleeve with sive- density brick effective member torque tensile shear load3) tic spacing tic spacing spacing 2) stic resp.
anchor rod brick- dimensions 6) anchorage thickness load3) parallel to perpendicu- min. edge
strength depth4) bed joint lar to bed distance2)
joint
smin║ /
smin┴
12x85 M8 1,71 0,86
16x85 M10 ≥ 10 85 115 1,00 1,00
20x85 M12 2,43 1,00
≥ 1,8 240x115x113 2 240 115 240 / 115 100
12x85 M8 2,43 1,29
16x85 M10 ≥ 20 85 115 1,57 1,57
20x85 M12 2,43 1,57
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
172
LOADS
Injection system FIS P Plus with threaded rod FIS A4)
sive- density brick effective- member torque tensile shear load3) ristic spa- ristic spa- spacing 2) stic resp. 3
Chemical fixings
bed joint
smin║ /
smin┴
M8 50 1,14 0,71 150 150 / 75 100
M10 50 1,00 1,14 150 150 / 75 100
M10 80 1,43 1,14 240 240 / 75 100
M10 ≥10 200 2,43 3,40 240 240 / 75 150
M12 50 0,86 1,14 150 150 / 75 100
M12 80 1,51 1,14 240 240 / 75 100
M12 200 3,20 2,43 240 240 / 75 150
≥1,8 240x115x71 115 10 75
M8 50 1,57 1,14 150 150 / 75 100
M10 50 1,43 1,71 150 150 / 75 100
M10 80 2,00 1,71 240 240 / 75 100
M10 ≥20 200 2,43 2,43 240 240 / 75 150
M12 50 1,29 1,57 150 150 / 75 100
M12 80 2,29 1,57 240 240 / 75 100
M12 200 2,43 2,43 240 240 / 75 150
M8 50 0,71 1,14 100
M10 50 0,71 1,14 100
M10 80 0,71 1,14 100
M10 ≥10 200 2,43 1,14 150
M12 50 0,71 1,43 100
M12 80 0,71 1,43 100
M12 200 2,43 1,43 150
≥1,8 240x115x71 115 10 240 75 240 / 75
M8 50 1,00 1,57 100
M10 50 1,00 1,57 100
M10 80 1,00 1,57 100
M10 ≥20 200 2,43 1,57 150
M12 50 1,00 2,00 100
M12 80 1,00 2,00 100
M12 200 2,43 2,00 150
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 ae considered.
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
173
Accessories for perforated brick masonry
The versatile fixing system with injection anchor sleeves for

perforated brick masonry
3
Chemical fixings
Wall consoles Pipeline routes
▪ Stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
concrete
▪ Solid brick
Also suitable for:
▪ Hollow pumice slabs
▪ Slabs made of hollow brick and other
perforated brick
materials

▪ The grating structure of the FIS H K ▪ Awnings ▪ The system can be used with any of
anchor sleeve is adapted for the injec- ▪ Canopies the following injection mortars: FIS V,
tion mortars FIS V, FIS VL, FIS GREEN ▪ Gates FIS VW HIGH SPEED, FIS VS LOW
and FIS P Plus, and ensures sparing ▪ Handrails SPEED, FIS VL, FIS GREEN or FIS P
mortar use with the best interlock. ▪ Consoles Plus. FIS P can be used but does not
▪ The centring blades perfectly align ▪ Pipelines have approvals.
the anchor in the anchor sleeve, and ▪ Sanitary equipment ▪ The system is suitable for pre-positio-
allow for use with various threaded ▪ Gratings ned installation when combined with
rod diameters. ▪ Satellite antennas injection anchor sleeves and threa-
▪ The barbed hooks secure the anchor ▪ Sun protection ded rods FIS A or internal threaded
sleeve in the drill hole and allow for a anchors FIS E.
trouble-free overhead installation. ▪ The anchor sleeve is placed in the drill
▪ The geometry of the anchor sleeves hole, and filled with injection mortar
allows for the bridging of non-bearing from the anchor sleeve base.
layers for a simple and convenient ▪ Turning in the anchor causes the
installation. mortar to be pushed through the
anchor sleeve‘s grating structure, so
that it fits the base material perfectly.
The load is borne by the interlock.
FOR USE WITH
174
INSTALLATION
Chemical fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded rod FIS A
zinc plated, zinc plated, stainless Drill hole diameter Min. anchorage Max. useful length Suitable injection Sales unit
Approval
steel grade steel grade steel in perforated brick depth in perfora- in perforated brick anchor sleeve
5.8 8.8 masonry ted brick masonry masonry
do hef, min tfix, max
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz gvz A4
FIS A M 6 x 70 046204 — — ■ 12 50 11 FIS H 12 x 50 K 10
FIS A M 6 x 75 090243 — 090437 ■ 12 50 16 FIS H 12 x 50 K 20
FIS A M 6 x 85 090272 — — ■ 12 50 26 FIS H 12 x 50 K 20
50 52 FIS H 12 x 50 K
FIS A M 6 x 110 090273 — 090439 ■ 12 20
85 17 FIS H 12 x 85 K
FIS A M 8 x 90 090274 519390 090440 ■ 12 50 29 FIS H 12 x 50 K 10
12 50 49 FIS H 12 x 50 K
FIS A M 8 x 110 090275 519391 090441 ■ 12 85 14 FIS H 12 x 85 K 10
16 85 14 FIS H 16 x 85 K
50 69 FIS H 12 x 50 K
FIS A M 8 x 130 090276 519392 090442 ■ 12/16 85 34 FIS H 12 x 85 K 10
85 34 FIS H 16 x 85 K
50 114 FIS H 12 x 50 K
12
85 79 FIS H 12 x 85 K
FIS A M 8 x 175 090277 519393 090443 ■ 12 10
85 79 FIS H 16 x 85 K
16
130 34 FIS H 16 x 130 K
FIS A M 10 x 110 090278 — 090444 ■ 16 85 12 FIS H 16 x 85 K 10
FIS A M 10 x 130 090279 — 090447 ■ 16 85 32 FIS H 16 x 85 K 10
FIS A M 10 x 130 — 524170 — ■ 16 85 32 FIS H 16 x 85 K 10
85 52 FIS H 16 x 85 K
FIS A M 10 x 150 090281 517935 090448 ■ 16 10
130 7 FIS H 16 x 130 K
85 72 FIS H 16 x 85 K
FIS A M 10 x 170 044969 519395 044973 ■ 16 10
130 27 FIS H 16 x 130 K
85 92 FIS H 16 x 85 K
FIS A M 10 x 190 — 517936 — ■ 16 10
130 47 FIS H 16 x 130 K
85 102 FIS H 16 x 85 K
FIS A M 10 x 200 090282 519396 090449 ■ 16 10
130 57 FIS H 16 x 130 K
FIS A M 12 x 120 044971 519397 044974 ■ 20 85 19 FIS H 20 x 85 K 10
FIS A M 12 x 140 090283 519398 090450 ■ 20 85 39 FIS H 20 x 85 K 10
85 59 FIS H 20 x 85 K
FIS A M 12 x 160 090284 517937 090451 ■ 20 10
130 14 FIS H 20 x 130 K
85 79 FIS H 20 x 85 K
FIS A M 12 x 180 090285 519399 090452 ■ 20 10
130 34 FIS H 20 x 130 K
85 99 FIS H 20 x 85 K
FIS A M 12 x 200 — 517938 — ■ 20 10
130 54 FIS H 20 x 130 K
85 109 FIS H 20 x 85 K
FIS A M 12 x 210 090286 — 090453 ■ 20 10
130 64 FIS H 20 x 130 K
175
TECHNICAL DATA
Threaded rod FIS A

3
Chemical fixings
zinc plated, zinc plated, stainless Drill hole diameter Min. anchorage Max. useful length Suitable injection Sales unit
Approval
steel grade steel grade steel in perforated brick depth in perfora- in perforated brick anchor sleeve
5.8 8.8 masonry ted brick masonry masonry
Item gvz gvz A4
85 169 FIS H 20 x 85 K
FIS A M 12 x 260 090287 — 090454 ■ 20 130 114 FIS H 20 x 130 K 10
200 44 FIS H 20 x 200 K
FIS A M 16 x 130 044972 519400 044975 ■ 20 85 25 FIS H 20 x 85 K 10
85 70 FIS H 20 x 85 K
FIS A M 16 x 175 090288 519401 090455 ■ 20 10
130 25 FIS H 20 x 130 K
85 95 FIS H 20 x 85 K
FIS A M 16 x 200 090289 517939 090456 ■ 20 10
130 50 FIS H 20 x 130 K
85 145 FIS H 20 x 85 K
FIS A M 16 x 250 090290 517940 090457 ■ 20 130 100 FIS H 20 x 130 K 10
200 30 FIS H 20 x 200 K
85 195 FIS H 20 x 85 K
FIS A M 16 x 300 090291 519402 090458 ■ 20 130 150 FIS H 20 x 130 K 10
200 80 FIS H 20 x 200 K
TECHNICAL DATA
zinc-plated Drill hole diame- Effect. anchorage Min. bolt pene- Max. bolt pene- Suitable injection anchor sleeve Sales unit
Approval
steel ter in perforated depth tration tration

brick masonry
do hef lE,min lE,max
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
16 FIS H 16 x 85 K
FIS E 11 x 85 M6 043631 ■ 85 6 60 10
20 FIS H 20 x 85 K
16 FIS H 16 x 85 K
FIS E 11 x 85 M8 043632 ■ 85 8 60 10
20 FIS H 20 x 85 K
FIS E 15 x 85 M10 043633 ■ 20 85 10 60 FIS H 20 x 85 K 10
FIS E 15 x 85 M12 043634 ■ 20 85 12 60 FIS H 20 x 85 K 10
176
TECHNICAL DATA
Injection anchor sleeve FIS H K
Drill hole Drill hole depth Effect. ancho- Match Fill quantity per Sales unit 3
Approval
diameter acc. ETA rage depth sleeve
d0 hef
Chemical fixings
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item
FIS H 12 x 50 K 041900 ■ 12 55 50 FIS A M6-M8 5 50
FIS H 12 x 85 K 041901 ■ 12 90 85 FIS A M6-M8 10 50
FIS H 16 x 85 K 041902 ■ 16 90 85 FIS A M8-M10, FIS E M6-M8 12 50
FIS H 16 x 130 K 041903 ■ 16 135 110 FIS A M8-M10 15 20
FIS H 20 x 85 K 041904 ■ 20 90 85 FIS A M12-M16, FIS E M10-M12 15 20
FIS H 20 x 130 K 046703 ■ 20 135 110 FIS A M12-M16 25 20
FIS H 20 x 200 K 046704 ■ 20 205 180 FIS A M12-M16 40 20
TECHNICAL DATA
Injection anchor sleeve, 1 m length FIS H L
Drill hole diameter Total length Match Fill quantity per 10cm Sales unit
d0 l
FIS H 12 x 1000 L 050598 12 1000 Ø6 / M 6 - Ø8 / M 8 12 10
FIS H 16 x 1000 L 050599 16 1000 Ø10/M10 / Ø12/M12 14 10
FIS H 22 x 1000 L 045301 22 1000 Ø12/M12 - Ø16/M16 20 6
FIS H 30 x 1000 L 000645 30 1000 Ø16/M16 - Ø22/M22 26 4
TECHNICAL DATA
Injection anchor sleeve with net FIS H N
Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole depth Min. anchorage depth Fill quantity per Match Sales unit
anchor sleeve
d0 h1 hv
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
FIS H 16 x 85 N 050470 16 95 90 15 Ø8/M8 20
FIS H 18 x 85 N 050472 18 95 90 17 Ø10/M10 20
FIS H 20 x 85 N 050474 20 95 90 18 Ø12/M12 20
177
LOADS
Injection system FIS V with threaded rod FIS A5) and anchor sleeve FIS H..K
of anchor sleeve with sive- density dimensions 7) effective member torque tensile shear load3) ristic spa- ristic spa- spacing 2) ristic resp.
3 anchor rod brick- anchorage thickness
4)
load3) cing parallel cing perpen- min. edge
Chemical fixings
bed joint
smin║ /
smin┴
Vertically perforated brick Hlz, shape B acc. to EN 771-1
12x50 M6/M8 ≥4 50 0,11 0,14
16x85 M8/M10 ≥4 85 0,26 0,14
20x130 M12/M16 ≥4 130 0,34 0,17
12x50 M6/M8 ≥8 500x175x237 50 0,21 0,26 500
16x85 M8/M10 ≥8 ≥ 1,0 or 85 175 2,0 0,57 0,26 resp. 240 100 / 100 100
20x130 M12/M16 ≥8 370x240x237 130 0,71 0,34 370
12x50 M6/M8 ≥ 12 50 0,34 0,43
16x85 M8/M10 ≥ 12 85 0,86 0,43
20x130 M12/M16 ≥ 12 130 1,14 0,57
12x50 M6 ≥6 50 0,21 0,34
12x85 M8 ≥6 85 0,34 0,57
16x85 M8/M10 ≥6 85 0,21 0,43
20x85 M12/M16 ≥6 85 0,26 0,71
12x50 M6 ≥ 16 50 0,57 0,86
12x85 M8 ≥ 16 240x115x113 85 0,86 1,57
≥ 1,4 115 2,0 240 115 240 / 115 80
16x85 M8/M10 ≥ 16 (2DF) 85 0,57 1,00
20x85 M12/M16 ≥ 16 85 0,71 1,57
12x50 M6 ≥ 28 50 1,00 1,43
12x85 M8 ≥ 28 85 1,57 1,57
16x85 M8/M10 ≥ 28 85 1,00 1,57
20x85 M12/M16 ≥ 28 85 1,29 1,57
12x50 M6/M8 ≥ 12 50 0,71 0,71 60
16x85 M8/M10 ≥ 12 85 0,86 1,29
80
20x85 M12 ≥ 12 85 1,00 1,29
≥ 1,4 240x175x113 175 2,0 240 115 100 / 115
12x50 M6/M8 ≥ 20 50 1,29 1,14 60
16x85 M8/M10 ≥ 20 85 1,43 2,14
80
20x85 M12 ≥ 20 85 1,71 2,14
Lightweight concrete hollow block Hbl acc. to EN 771-3
12x50 M6/M8 ≥2 50 0,34 0,26
16x85 M8/M10 ≥2 85 0,43 0,26
20x200 M12/M16 ≥2 180 0,71 0,26
≥ 1,0 362x240x240 240 2,0 362 240 100 / 240 60
12x50 M6/M8 ≥4 50 0,71 0,57
16x85 M8/M10 ≥4 85 0,86 0,57
20x200 M12/M16 ≥4 180 1,57 0,57
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a par tial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered.
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
178
LOADS
Injection system FIS VL with threaded rod FIS A5) and anchor sleeve FIS H...K
of anchor sleeve with sive- density dimensions 7) effective member torque tensile shear load3) ristic spa- ristic spa- spacing 2) ristic resp.
anchor rod brick-
strength
anchorage thickness
depth4)
to bed joint
cing perpen-
dicular to
min. edge
distance2)
3
bed joint
Chemical fixings
smin║ /
smin┴
12x85 M8 1,14 1,14
16x85 M10 ≥ 10 ≥ 0,9 240x175x113 85 175 2,0 1,00 1,57 240 115 240 / 115 100
20x85 M12 1,43 1,71
12x85 M8 0,71 0,71
16x85 M8/M10 ≥ 12 0,86 1,29
20x85 M12 1,00 1,29
≥ 1,4 240x175x113 85 175 2,0 240 115 100 / 115 100
12x85 M8 1,29 1,29
16x85 M8/M10 ≥ 20 1,43 2,14
20x85 M12 1,71 2,14
12x85 M8
16x85 M10 ≥4 ≥ 1,0 362x240x240 85 240 2,0 0,86 0,57 365 240 365 / 240 80
20x85 M12
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
179
LOADS
of anchor sleeve with sive- density dimensions 7) effevtive- member torque tensile shear load3) ristic ristic spacing 2) ristic resp.
3 anchor rod brick-
strength
anchorage thickness
depth4)
load3) spacing spacing per-
parallel to pendicular to
min. edge
distance2)
bed joint bed joint
Chemical fixings
smin║ /
smin┴
12x85 M6/M8
16x85 M8/M10 ≥8 ≥ 1,4 230x108x55 85 115 2,0 0,57 0,71 230 55 230 / 55 100
20x85 M12/M16
12x85 M6/M8 0,57 1,14
16x85 M8/M10 ≥ 10 ≥ 0,9 240x175x113 85 175 2,0 0,57 1,57 240 115 240 / 115 120
20x85 M12/M16 0,71 1,71
12x85 M6/M8 0,34 0,71
16x85 M8/M10 ≥ 12 0,57 1,57
20x85 M12/M16 0,57 1,29
≥ 1,4 240x175x113 85 175 2,0 240 115 240 / 115 100
12x85 M6/M8 0,57 1,29
16x85 M8/M10 ≥ 20 1,00 2,29
20x85 M12/M16 1,00 2,14
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
180
LOADS
Injection system FIS P Plus with threaded rod FIS A5) and anchor sleeve FIS H...K
Type Compres- Brick raw Minimum brick- Min. Min. Maximum Permissible Permissible Characte- Characte- Min. Characteri-
of anchor sleeve with sive- density dimensions 7) effective member torque tensile shear load3) ristic spa- ristic spa- spacing 2) stic resp.
anchor rod brick-
strength
anchorage thickness
depth4)
to bed joint
cing perpen-
dicular to
min. edge
distance2)
3
bed joint
Chemical fixings
smin║ /
smin┴
12x85 M8 1,14 1,14
16x85 M10 ≥ 10 ≥ 0,9 240x175x113 85 175 2,0 1,00 1,57 240 115 240 / 115 100
20x85 M12 1,43 1,71
12x85 M8 0,71 0,71
16x85 M8/M10 ≥ 12 0,86 1,29
20x85 M12 1,00 1,29
≥ 1,4 240x175x113 85 175 2,0 240 115 100 / 115 100
12x85 M8 1,29 1,29
16x85 M8/M10 ≥ 20 1,43 2,14
20x85 M12 1,71 2,14
12x85 M8
16x85 M10 ≥4 ≥ 1,0 362x240x240 85 240 2,0 0,86 0,57 365 240 365 / 240 80
20x85 M12
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
181
Accessories for push-through installation
Simple push-through installation in masonry
3
Chemical fixings
Detail: Wood constructions in push-through

Car ports
installation
▪ Stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
concrete
▪ Solid brick
Also suitable for:
▪ Hollow pumice slabs
▪ Slabs made of hollow brick and other
perforated brick
materials

▪ The direct installation through the ▪ Timber constructions ▪ The system can be used with any of
fixture reduces preliminary work wher- ▪ Awnings the following injection mortars: FIS V
ever there are several fixing points for ▪ Canopies or FIS GREEN. FIS P can be used but
each fixture, and guarantees a signifi- ▪ Car ports does not have approvals.
cantly simpler installation process. ▪ Gates ▪ The injection system is suitable for
▪ The design of the push-through push-through installation when com-
anchor sleeve FIS H K allows for a bined with the push-through anchor
range of usable lengths with just one sleeve FIS H K.
product, thus providing maximum ▪ The push-through anchor sleeve is
flexibility and cost-effectiveness. adapted to suit the fixture thickness
▪ The movable edge, in combination using the scale and the movable edge,
with the scale, makes it easier to adapt and cut as required.
the anchor sleeve to suit the desired ▪ The anchor sleeve is placed in the drill
usable length. hole, and filled with injection mortar
▪ The grating structure of the push- from the anchor sleeve base. It should
through anchor sleeve is adapted for be ensured that the anchor sleeve
the injection mortars FIS V, FIS VW is completely filled, including in the
HIGH SPEED, FIS VS LOW SPEED, FIS fixture region.
GREEN and FIS P Plus, and ensures ▪ Turning in the anchor causes the mor-
sparing mortar use with the best tar to be pushed through the anchor
interlock. sleeve’s grating structure, so that it fits
the base material perfectly. The load is
borne by the interlock.
FOR USE WITH
FIS V mortar FIS GREEN mortar FIS P mortar

see page 113 see page 133 see page 136
182
INSTALLATION
Chemical fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
Injection push-through anchor sleeve FIS HK
Drill hole Max. drill hole Effect. anchorage Max. fixture Match Fill quantity Sales unit
Approval
diameter depth depth thickness
d0 hef t fix
Item
FIS H 18 x 130/200 K 045707 ■ 18 340 130 200 M10 - M12 35 10
FIS H 22 x 130/200 K 045708 ■ 22 340 130 200 M 16 45 10
TECHNICAL DATA
FIS Set 18 x 130/200 M12/200
zinc-plated stainless Drill hole Max. drill hole Effect. ancho- Max. fixture Fill quantity Sales unit
Approval
steel steel diameter depth rage depth thickness
ETA d0 hef t fix
Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FIS Set 18 x 130/200 M12/200 047443 047452 ■ 18 340 130 200 35 5
183
LOADS
Injection system FIS V with threaded rod FIS A5) and push-through anchor sleeve FIS H..K
lation.
Type Compres- Brick raw Minimum brick- Min. Min. Maximum Permissi- Permissi- Characte- Characte- Min. Characteri-
3 of anchor sleeve with sive- density dimensions 7) effevtive- member torque ble tensile ble shear ristic spa- ristic spacing 2) stic resp.
Chemical fixings
bed joint
smin║ /
smin┴
Vertically perforated brick Hlz, shape B acc. to EN 771-1
18x130/200 M10/M12 ≥4 0,34 0,17
22x130/200 M16 ≥4 0,43 0,17
18x130/200 M10/M12 ≥6 0,57 0,26
22x130/200 M16 ≥6 0,71 0,26
≥ 0,7 500x200x300 130 200 2 500 300 100 / 300 80
18x130/200 M10/M12 ≥8 0,71 0,34
22x130/200 M16 ≥8 0,86 0,34
18x130/200 M10/M12 ≥ 10 0,86 0,43
22x130/200 M16 ≥ 10 1,14 0,43
18x130/200 M10/M12 ≥8 0,71 0,86
22x130/200 M16 ≥8 0,71 0,71
18x130/200 M10/M12 ≥ 12 1,00 1,29
22x130/200 M16 ≥ 12 1,00 1,14
≥ 1,4 240x175x113 130 175 2 240 115 100 / 115 80
18x130/200 M10/M12 ≥ 16 1,29 1,71
22x130/200 M16 ≥ 16 1,29 1,57
18x130/200 M10/M12 ≥ 20 1,71 1,71
22x130/200 M16 ≥ 20 1,71 1,71
18x130/200 M10/M12 ≥2 0,43 0,26
≥ 1,0 362x240x240 130 240 2 365 240 100 / 240 60
and 22x130/200 M16 ≥4 0,86 0,57
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
184
LOADS
Injection system FIS GREEN with threaded rod FIS A5) and push-through anchor sleeve FIS H..K
lation.
Type Compres- Brick raw Minimum brick- Min. Min. Maximum Permissi- Permissi- Characte- Characte- Min. Characte-
of anchor sleeve with sive- density dimensions 7) effevtive- member torque ble tensile ble shear ristic spa- ristic spacing 2) ristic resp. 3
Chemical fixings
bed joint
smin║ /
smin┴
Vertically perforated brick Hlz acc. to EN 771-1
18x130/200 M10/M12 ≥8 130 0,43 0,86
≥ 0,6 250x370x245 370 4 250 240 250 / 240 120
22x130/200 M16 ≥8 110 0,34 0,43
18x130/200 M10/M12 ≥ 10 130 0,71 1,57
≥ 0,9 240x175x113 175 4 240 115 240 / 115 120
22x130/200 M16 ≥ 10 110 0,57 1,71
18x130/200 M10/M12 ≥ 12 0,57 1,57
22x130/200 M16 ≥ 12 0,43 1,29
≥ 1,4 240x175x113 110 175 4 240 115 240 / 115 100
18x130/200 M10/M12 ≥ 20 1,00 2,29
22x130/200 M16 ≥ 20 0,71 2,14
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
185
Accessories for aerated concrete
Secure hold in aerated concrete
3
Chemical fixings
Detail: Undercut drill hole in aerated concrete

Canopies
with FIS V for maximum load bearing capacity
▪ Stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
▪ Aerated concrete blocks

▪ The cone-shaped drill hole guarantees ▪ Guard rails ▪ The highest loads will be achieved
maximum load-bearing capacity ▪ Consoles with a cone-shaped drill hole in combi-
in aerated concrete thanks to the ▪ Gates nation with FIS V.
interlock. ▪ Staircases ▪ Depending on the application, appro-
▪ The centring sleeve PBZ fixes the ▪ Windows ved anchorings in areated concrete
anchor in the drill hole, thus also allo- ▪ Façades can also be realised with FIS V, FIS VL,
wing for overhead installation. ▪ Canopies FIS GREEN and FIS P Plus in a cylind-
▪ Two anchorage depths in combination ▪ Timber constructions rical drill hole. FIS P is suitable as well,
with the threaded rod FIS A allow for ▪ Steel constructions but does not have approvals.
the ideal adaptation to the load to be ▪ Sun protection ▪ The injection system for aerated
applied. concrete is suitable for pre-positioned
▪ The anchoring in cylindric drilled holes installation.
are approved and enables therefore ▪ The cone drill bit PBB allows for the
fixing solutions in through facings. drill hole and undercut to be made in
▪ The internal threaded anchor FIS E one step by pivoting the drill.
allows for surface flush removal and ▪ The mortar completely fills the
reuse of the fixing point, and therefore undercut and transfers the load via the
offers the best possible flexibility. interlock.
▪ The drill hole is filled from the drill hole
mouth using the centring sleeve PBZ.
▪ The threaded rod FIS A or the internal
threaded anchor FIS E are set manu-
ally by turning lightly.
FOR USE WITH
186
INSTALLATION - UNDERCUT DRILL HOLE
Chemical fixings
INSTALLATION - CYLINDRICAL DRILL HOLE
TECHNICAL DATA FOR UNDERCUT DRILL HOLE
Threaded rod FIS A
zinc plated, zinc plated, stainless Drill hole diameter Min. anchorage Max. useful Fill quantity for Sales unit
steel grade steel grade steel in aerated depth in aerated length in aerated effect. anchorage
Approval
5.8 8.8 concrete concrete concrete depth in aerated

concrete
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item gvz gvz A4
FIS A M 8 x 90 090274 519390 090440 ■ 14 75 5 — 10
FIS A M 8 x 110 090275 519391 090441 ■ 14 75 25 — 10
FIS A M 8 x 130 090276 519392 090442 ■ 14 75 45 3 10
FIS A M 8 x 175 090277 519393 090443 ■ 14 75 90 3 10
FIS A M 10 x 110 090278 — 090444 ■ 14 75 25 — 10
FIS A M 10 x 130 090279 524170 090447 ■ 14 75 45 6 10
FIS A M 10 x 150 090281 517935 090448 ■ 14 75 65 4 10
FIS A M 10 x 170 044969 519395 044973 ■ 14 75 85 4 10
FIS A M 10 x 190 — 517936 — ■ 14 75 — 4 10
FIS A M 10 x 200 090282 519396 090449 ■ 14 75 115 4 10
FIS A M 12 x 120 044971 519397 044974 ■ 14 75 30 5 10
FIS A M 12 x 140 090283 519398 090450 ■ 14 75 50 5 10
FIS A M 12 x 160 090284 517937 090451 ■ 14 75 70 5 10
FIS A M 12 x 180 090285 519399 090452 ■ 14 75 90 5 10
FIS A M 12 x 200 — 517938 — ■ 14 75 — 5 10
FIS A M 12 x 210 090286 — 090453 ■ 14 75 115 5 10
FIS A M 12 x 260 090287 — 090454 ■ 14 75 170 5 10
The anchoring of threaded rods M6 - M16 can also be made with a cylindric drilled hole. The minimum anchorage depth is 100 mm.
187
TECHNICAL DATA
3 zinc-plated Drill hole Effect. anchorage Min. bolt pene- Max. bolt pene- Fill quantity for effect. anchorage Sales unit
Approval
steel diameter depth tration tration depth in aerated concrete
d0 hef lE,min lE,max
Chemical fixings

Item gvz
FIS E 11 x 85 M6 043631 ■ 14 85 6 60 20 10
FIS E 11 x 85 M8 043632 ■ 14 85 8 60 20 10
The ETA also allows that the internal threaded sockets FIS E M6 - M12 can be anchored in cylindric drilled holes.
ACCESSORIES
Cone drill PBB Centring sleeve PBZ

Approval
Match Contents Sales unit

Cone drill PBB 090634 ■ M8 - M12; FIS E 1x cone drill PBB 1
Centring sleeve PBZ 090671 ■ M8 - M12; FIS E 10x centring sleeve PBZ, 5x injection adapter 10
188
LOADS
Injection system FIS V with threaded rod FIS A4)
anchor rod sive- density brick dimensions effective- member torque tensile shear load3) ristic spa- ristic spa- spacing 2) ristic resp.
brick-
strength
anchorage thickness
depth
to bed joint
cing perpen-
dicular to
min. edge
distance2)
3
bed joint
Chemical fixings
smin║ /
smin┴
M86) 1 0,54 0,43
M106) 2 0,54 0,43
≥2 ≥ 0,35
M126) 2 0,71 0,54
6)
M16 2 0,71 0,43
M86) 1 0,71 0,89
M106) 2 1,07 0,71
≥4 ≥ 0,50 100 130 250 250 250 100
M126) 2 0,89 0,89
M166) 2 0,71 0,71
M86) 1 1,25 1,07
-
M106) 2 1,79 1,07
≥6 ≥ 0,65
M126) 2 1,79 1,25
6)
M16 2 1,07 1,61
M8, M10, M127) ≥2 ≥ 0,35 0,71 0,89
M8, M10, M127) ≥4 ≥ 0,50 75 105 1,07 1,61 240 240 240 120
M8, M10, M127) ≥6 ≥ 0,65 1,43 2,14
2
M8, M10, M127) ≥2 ≥ 0,35 0,89 0,89
M8, M10, M127) ≥4 ≥ 0,50 95 125 1,25 1,61 300 250 300 / 250 150
M8, M10, M127) ≥6 ≥ 0,65 1,61 2,14
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
Cylindrical drill hole. Pre-positioned and push-through installation possible.
7)
Drill hole to be made with cone drill bit PBB. Pre-positioned installation only.
189
LOADS
Injection system FIS VL with threaded rod FIS A4)
3 brick-
strength
anchorage thickness
depth
to bed joint
cing perpen-
dicular to
min. edge
distance2)
bed joint
Chemical fixings
smin║ /
smin┴
M8 1 0,54 0,43
M10 ≥2 ≥ 0,35 2 0,54 0,43
M12 2 0,54 0,54
M8 1 0,71 0,89
M10 ≥4 ≥ 0,50 - 100 130 2 0,89 0,71 250 250 250 100
M12 2 0,89 0,89
M8 1 1,25 1,07
M10 ≥6 ≥ 0,65 2 1,79 1,07
M12 2 1,79 1,25
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
LOADS
anchor rod sive- density brick dimensions effective- member torque tensile shear load3) ristic spa- ristic spacing 2) ristic resp.
brick- anchorage thickness load3) cing parallel spacing per- min. edge
strength depth to bed joint pendicular to distance2)
bed joint
smin║ /
smin┴
M8 1 0,71 0,32
M10 2 0,71 0,32
≥2 ≥ 0,35
M12 2 0,89 0,32
M16 2 0,89 0,43
M8 1 0,89 0,54
M10 2 1,07 0,54
≥4 ≥ 0,50 - 100 130 240 115 240 / 115 80
M12 2 1,07 0,54
M16 2 1,07 0,54
M8 1 1,25 0,89
M10 2 1,43 0,89
≥6 ≥ 0,65
M12 2 1,43 0,89
M16 2 1,43 0,71
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
190
LOADS
Injection system FIS P Plus with threaded rod FIS A4)
brick-
strength
anchorage thickness
depth
to bed joint
cing perpen-
dicular to
min. edge
distance2)
3
bed joint
Chemical fixings
smin║ /
smin┴
M8 1 0,54 0,43
M10 ≥2 ≥ 0,35 2 0,54 0,43
M12 2 0,54 0,54
M8 1 0,71 0,89
M10 ≥4 ≥ 0,50 - 100 130 2 0,89 0,71 250 250 250 100
M12 2 0,89 0,89
M8 1 1,25 1,07
M10 ≥6 ≥ 0,65 2 1,79 1,07
M12 2 1,79 1,25
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
191
Highbond anchor dynamic FHB dyn
The performance class amongst dynamic anchors
3
Chemical fixings
Production robots Tunnel ventilators
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:

▪ During the setting process, the injec- ▪ Jib cranes ▪ The injection system suitable for
tion mortar FIS HB fills the annular ▪ Gantry and overhead cranes tensile zones consists of the Highbond
gap in the fixture, and ensures opti- ▪ Guide rails for elevators dynamic anchor rod FHB-A dyn and
mum load distribution. This allows for ▪ Tunnel ventilators (jet fans) the injection mortar FIS HB.
the absorption of dynamic alternating ▪ Gantries in road construction ▪ FHB dyn is approved for pre-positioned
loads. ▪ Antennas and transmitter masts and push-through installation.
▪ The cone shape of the FHB-A dyn ▪ Industrial robots ▪ Extruding the mortar causes the two
anchor rod ensures a controlled components to be mixed and acti-
expansion under dynamic stress, thus vated in the static mixer.
allowing for use in cracked concrete. ▪ The mortar bonds the entire surface of
▪ The anchor rod FHB-A dyn is also the anchor rod with the drill hole wall
available made from highly corro- and seals the drill hole.
sion-resistant steel. This makes it suita- ▪ The centring sleeve centres the anchor
ble for use in aggressive atmospheres, in the fixture, thus ensuring a safe load
for example in tunnels. application.
▪ The Highbond anchor dynamic system ▪ The lock nut prevents the nut from
can achieve even greater shear loads becoming loose.
thanks to the additional sleeve of the
anchor rod FHB-A dyn V, and therefore
provides an increased level of safety.
192
PRE-POSITIONED INSTALLATION FHB DYN
Chemical fixings
PUSH-THROUGH INSTALLATION FHB DYN
PUSH-THROUGH INSTALLATION FHB DYN V
193
TECHNICAL DATA
Tinst
do df
Highbond anchor dynamic FHB-A dyn
3 hef
h0 tfix
h2
Chemical fixings
zinc-plated highly corro- Drill hole Min. drill Anchorage Min. - max. Drill hole Width across Sales unit
steel sion resistant diameter hole depth depth usable length diameter in nut
Approval
steel for through fixture
fixings
d0 h2 hef tfix df  SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Ø mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz C
FHB-A dyn 12 x 100/25 092018 531384 1) ▯ 14 130 100 8 - 25 15 19 10
FHB-A dyn 12 x 100/50 092019 — ▯ 14 155 100 8 - 50 15 19 10
FHB-A dyn 16 x 125/25 092020 — ▯ 18 155 125 10 - 25 19 24 10
FHB-A dyn 16 x 125/50 092036 093445 1) ▯ 18 180 125 10 - 50 19 24 10
FHB-A dyn 20 x 170/50 092037 — ▯ 24 225 170 12 - 50 25 30 10
FHB-A dyn 24 x 220/50 092038 — ▯ 28 275 220 14 - 50 29 36 5
1) Prices and delivery time on requst.
TECHNICAL DATA
td,1
h1
Tinst
do d1 df
Highbond anchor dynamic FHB-A dyn V
hef
h0 tfix
h2
zinc-plated Drill hole Min. drill hole Anchorage depth Min. - max. Drill hole diame- Width across nut Sales unit
Approval
steel diameter depth for through usable length ter in fixture

fixings
d0 h2 hef tfix df  SW
Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Ø mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
FHB-A dyn 12 x
092039 1) ▯ 14 160 105 8 - 50 21 19 10
100/50 V
FHB-A dyn 16 x
092040 2) ▯ 18 185 130 10 - 50 29 24 10
125/50 V
1) Stepped hole: 1st drill hole with Ø 20 mm and depth 85 mm. 2nd drill hole with Ø 14 mm and depth 160 mm.
2) Stepped hole: 1st drill hole with Ø 28 mm and depth 100 mm. 2nd drill hole with Ø 18 mm and depth 185 mm.
TECHNICAL DATA

Injection mortar FIS HB 150 C
+ FIS MR
Approval
Item DIBt [pcs]

FIS HB 345 S 033211 ▯ D, GB, F, E, NL, CZ 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS HB 150 C 519665 ▯ D, F, NL 1 cartridge 145 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS MR 096448 — — 10 static mixer 10
194
CURING TIME - FIS HB

FIS HB FIS HB at anchoring base
(minimum + 5°C) FIS HB
‒ 5°C – ± 0°C 360 min.
± 0°C – + 5°C 180 min.
+ 5°C – +20°C 15 min. + 5°C – +20°C 90 min. 3
+20°C – +30°C 6 min. +20°C – +30°C 35 min.
Chemical fixings
+30°C – +40°C 4 min. +30°C – +40°C 20 min.
> +40°C 2 min. > +40°C 12 min.
Please note: The curing times apply for dry anchoring bases, in damp anchoring bases they should be doubled. Remove water from drill hole.
FILLING QUANTITIES
Type Mortar volume in scale units Anchors per cartridge FIS HB 345 S *)
shown on the cartridge labels‘ corresponding scale
FHB-A dyn 12 x 100 / 25 7 24

FHB-A dyn 12 x 100 / 50 8 21
FHB-A dyn 16 x 125 / 25 9 18
FHB-A dyn 16 x 125 / 50 10 17
FHB-A dyn 20 x 170 / 50 23 7
FHB-A dyn 24 x 220 / 50 38 4
FHB-A dyn 12 x 100 / 50 V 12 14
FHB-A dyn 16 x 125 / 50 V 20 8
Cleaning brush BS
Length L1 Length L2 For drill diameter Brush diameter Matching anchor type Sales unit
Item [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]

BS ø 14 078180 250 80 14 16 FHB-A dyn M12 1
BS ø 16/18 078181 250 80 16/18 20 FHB-A dyn M16 1
BS ø 24 078182 300 100 24 26 FHB-A dyn M20 1
BS ø 28 078183 350 100 28 30 FHB-A dyn M24 1

Match Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Compressed-air cleaning tool ABP 059456 FHB-A dyn M20-M24 1
Dispenser FIS DM S
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS DM S 511118 1
195
LOADS
zinc-plated steel / high corrosion-resistant steel C
Design values for cyclic fatigue loading1) of a single anchor in cracked or non-cracked normal concrete of strength class C20/25 3)
reducing the load
Type Material Effective Minimum Installation Design value Design value Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
3 fixing
element
anchorage
depth
member
thickness
torque of tensile of shear load
load
(with one edge) for
spacing for spacing edge distance
load load
Chemical fixings
NEd VEd Max. Load

hef hmin5) Tinst NEd,max2) VEd,max2) 9) c 6) 8) c 8) scr 6) smin 5) cmin 5)
130 200 200 2004)7)
gvz 14,1 6,7
FHB dyn 200 120 100 1004)
100 40 300 100
12 x 100 130 200 200 2004)7)
C / 1.4529 11,3 4,4
200 100 100 1004)7)
FHB dyn 130 200 200 2004)7)
gvz 105 40 14,1 9,6 315 100
12 x 100 V 200 105 130 100
160 200 200 2004)7)
gvz 23,0 11,9
FHB dyn 250 185 145 100
125 60 375 100
16 x 125 160 200 200 2004)7)
C / 1.4529 15,6 11,9
250 100 145 1007)
FHB dyn 160 200 260 2007)
gvz 130 60 23,0 17,0 375 100
16 x 125 V 250 170 200 100
FHB dyn
gvz 170 220 100 28,4 17,0 175 190 510 80 80
20 x 170
FHB dyn
gvz 220 440 120 28,9 22,2 180 200 660 180 1807)
24 x 220
For the design the complete approval Z-21.3-1748 has to be considered.
1)
The design values of the cyclic fatigue loading apply for ≥ 5 x 10 6 load cycles in accordance with design method I - for unknown static lower load. If the static lower load is known and / or for lower
number of load cycles higher load values are possible. The partial safety factors as regulated in the approval are considered. As a single anchor counts e.g. an anchor with a spacing s ≥ 3 x hef . The gi-
ven load values apply for anchorages in dry and wet concrete and temperatures in the base material up to +50 °C (resp. short-term up to +80 °C) and drill hole cleaning in accor dance with the approval.
2) For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) a detailed anchor design is required.
3) For higher concrete strength classes up to C50/60 higher permissible loads may be possible. - see approval. The concrete is assumed to be standard-reinforced.
4) Without reduction of the shear load.
5) Intermediate values for hmin may be applied in accor dance with table 5 resp. 7 of t he approval Z-21.3-1748 considering the influence on smin and cmin.
6) A splitting reinforcement, which limits the crack width to ∼ 0,3 mm considering the splitting forces, is assumed to be available. For an actual edge distance, which is smaller than the characteristic edge
distance ccr,N a longitudinal reinforcement of at least diameter 6 mm in the area of the anchorage depth of the anchor must be avialable.
8) Values apply for predominantly non-static (dynamic) actions. For predominantly static actions differing values can be decisive.
9) Valid for pulsating loads. For alternating loads see approval.
196
Dynamic-Anchor FDA
The dynamic push-through anchor for an economical serial

installation at medium load level
Chemical fixings
Platform lifts
BUILDING MATERIALS

▪ Medium load level for a variety of ▪ hydraulic ramps ▪ The injection system suitable for
applications. ▪ Conveyor belts tensile zones consists of the fischer
▪ Pre-assembled anchor rod for fast ▪ Industrial robots dynamic anchor rod FDA-A dyn and
installation. ▪ cooperation robots and -parts the injection mortar FIS HB.
▪ Approved safety by DIBt-Approval for ▪ Guide rails for elevators ▪ FDA is approved push-through instal-
endless numbers of load cycles. lation.
▪ Easy push-through installation leads ▪ Extruding the mortar causes the two
to cost effectiveness – especially for components to be mixed and acti-
serial installations. vated in the static mixer.
▪ Tight assortment with the size. ▪ The mortar bonds the entire surface of
▪ Less spacings and edge distances. the anchor rod with the drill hole wall
▪ Drill holes are sealed. and seals the drill hole.
▪ The centring sleeve centres the anchor
in the fixture, thus ensuring a safe load
application.
▪ During the setting process, the injec-
tion mortar FIS HB fills the annular
gap in the fixture, and ensures opti-
mum load distribution. This allows for
the absorption of dynamic alternating
loads.
197
Dynamic-Anchor FDA
TECHNICAL DATA
Tinst
do df
Dynamic-Anchor FDA
3 hef
h0 tfix
h2
Chemical fixings
zinc-plated Drill hole Drill hole Anchorage Min. - max. Min. drill hole Width across Sales unit
steel Approval diameter diameter in depth usable length depth for nut
fixture through fixings
d0 df hef tfix h2  SW
Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [Ø mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
FDA-A 12 x 100/25 gvz 536943 ▯ 14 15 100 12 - 25 130 19 10
FDA-A 12 x 100/50 gvz 536944 ▯ 14 15 100 12 - 50 155 19 10
FDA-A 16 x 125/25 gvz 536945 ▯ 18 19 125 16 - 25 155 24 10
FDA-A 16 x 125/50 gvz 536946 ▯ 18 19 125 16 - 50 180 24 10
LOADS
Dynamic-Anchor FDA
zinc-plated steel
reducing the load
fixing anchorage member torque of tensile of shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
element depth thickness load Max. tension Max. shear
load load
hef hmin5) Tinst NEd,max2) VEd,max2) 8) c 6) 7) c 7) scr6) smin5) cmin5)
130 200 200 2004)
FDA 12 x 100 gvz 100 40 11,3 5,1 300 100
200 100 100 1004)
160 200 200 2004)
FDA 16 x 125 gvz 125 60 18,8 9,1 375 100
250 140 115 100
1)
The design values of the cyclic fatigue loading apply for ≥ 5 x 10 6 load cycles in accordance with design method I - for unknown static lower load. If the static lower load is known and / or for lower nu-
mer of load cycles higher load values are possible. The partial safety factors as regulated in the approval are considered. As a single anchor counts e.g. an anchor with a spacing s ≥ 3 x hef . The given
load values apply for anchorages in dry and wet concrete and temperatures in the base material up to +50 °C (resp. short-term up to +80 °C) and drill hole cleaning in accordance with the approval.
5) Intermediate values for hmin may be applied in accordance with table 5 of the approval Z-21.3-2058 considering the influence on smin and cmin.
6)
A splitting reinforcement, which limits the crack width to ∼ 0,3 mm considering the splitting foreces, is assumed to be available. For an actual edge distance, which is smaller than the characteristic
edge distance ccr,N, a longitudinal reinforcement of at least diameter 6 mm in the area of the anchorage depth of the anchor must be avialable.
198
UMV multicone dynamic bonded anchor
The capsule system for the anchoring of dynamic loads
Chemical fixings
Slewing cranes Guide rails for elevators
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:

▪ The bushing fills the annular gap in ▪ Jib cranes ▪ The bonded anchor suitable for tensile
the fixture and, in combination with ▪ Gantry and overhead cranes zones consists of the UMV multicone
the anchor rod UMV-A dyn, ensures ▪ Guide rails for elevators dynamic anchor rod and the UMV
an even load distribution. This allows ▪ Antennas and transmitter masts multicone resin capsule.
for the bearing of dynamic alternating ▪ Industrial robots ▪ UMV multicone dynamic is suitable
loads. for pre-positioned and push-through
▪ The cone shape of the UMV-A dyn installation.
anchor rod ensures a controlled ▪ During setting (rotating/hitting), the
expansion under dynamic stress, thus tip of the anchor rod destroys the
allowing for use in cracked concrete. capsule in the drill hole, and mixes and
▪ The pre-portioned resin capsule activates the mortar.
ensures a quick and easy installation ▪ The mortar bonds the entire surface of
on the construction site, and helps to the anchor rod with the drill hole wall
avoid errors. and seals the drill hole.
▪ The glass particles of the capsule body ▪ Once the fixture has been positioned,
rough up the drill hole wall during the the installation sleeve is used to drive
setting process, and improve the bond the bushing over the anchor rod.
between the anchor rod and concrete.
199
3
Chemical fixings
UMV multicone chemical anchor capsule

Drill diameter Drill hole depth Sales unit
Approval
d0 h0
Item Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [pcs]
UMV-P 12 x 100 007947 ▯ 15 115 10
UMV-P 16 x 125 007948 ▯ 18 140 10
UMV-P 20 x 170 007949 ▯ 25 190 10
UMV-P 24 x 220 007973 ▯ 28 245 5
TECHNICAL DATA
UMV multicone dynamic anchor rod
zinc-plated Drill hole Total length Min. fixing Max. fixing Through hole Clamping Qty. per pack Qty. per pack
Approval
steel diameter thickness thickness bush height threaded rod clamping

chuck
d0 l tfix tfix df lb
Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] [pcs]
Item gvz
UMV-A dyn 12 x 100/10 007943 ▯ 15 145 5 10 16 5 10 10
UMV-A dyn 12 x 100/15 007988 ▯ 15 150 8 15 16 8 10 10
UMV-A dyn 12 x 100/25 008004 ▯ 15 160 15 25 16 15 10 10
UMV-A dyn 12 x 100/50 008005 ▯ 15 185 25 50 16 15 10 10
UMV-A dyn 16 x 125/30 008006 ▯ 18 200 15 30 19 15 10 10
UMV-A dyn 16 x 125/60 008007 ▯ 18 230 30 60 19 15 10 10
UMV-A dyn 20 x 170/40 008008 1) ▯ 25 255 20 40 26 20 10 10
UMV-A dyn 24 x 220/50 008009 1) ▯ 28 325 25 50 29 25 5 5
1) Without external hexagon. Please use a separate setting tool.
200
LOADS
zinc-plated steel
reducing the load
fixing
element
anchorage
depth
member
thickness
torque of tensile of shear load
load
(with one edge) for
spacing for spacing edge distance 3
load load
Chemical fixings
hef hmin Tinst NEd,max2) VEd,max2) 6) c 5) c 5) scr smin cmin
UMV dyn
gvz 100 200 40 12,2 5,6 125 100 300 100 1004)
100 M12
UMV dyn
gvz 125 250 60 14,8 6,7 130 130 375 130 1307)
125 M16
UMV dyn
gvz 170 340 100 31,4 16,3 255 170 510 170 1704)
170 M20
UMV dyn
gvz 220 440 120 38,5 16,3 260 220 660 220 2204)
220 M24
1)
The design values of the cyclic fatigue loading apply for ≥ 5 x 10 6 load cycles in accordance with design method I - for unknown static lower load. If the static lower load is known and / or for lower
number of load cycles higher load values are possible. The partial safety factors as regulated in the approval are considered. As a single anchor counts e.g. an anchor with a spacing s ≥ 3 x hef . The gi-
ven load values apply for anchorages in dry and wet concrete and temperatures in the base material up to +50 °C (resp. short-term up to +80 °C) and drill hole cleaning in accordance with the approval.
7) Without reduction of the tensile and the shear load.
201
Rebar connections
Professional rebar connections
3
Chemical fixings
Rebar connections Rebar connections

Approved for:

▪ The injection mortars FIS V and FIS ▪ Post-installed concrete steel bars, e.g. ▪ Anchoring as with cast-in reinforce-
VS LOW SPEED allow for rebar con- for overlap connections, end ancho- ment bars in line with Eurocode 2 and
nections from Ø8 to 28 mm, whilst rings, starter bars, crack stitching etc. DIN 1045-1.
injection mortar FIS EM allows for ▪ Rebar anchor FRA ▪ The mortar is extruded bubble free
rebar connections up to Ø40 mm to into the drill hole using the injection
be carried out. This offers maximum adapter. The geometry causes a build-
flexibility. up of pressure in the drill hole, which
▪ The injection mortar FIS SB allows the pushes the injection adapter and
user for realizing rebar connections extension tube automatically out of
from Ø 8 to 32 mm in combination the drill hole.
with a simple and thus user-friendly ▪ The mortar bonds the entire surface
cleaning of the drill hole. of the reinforcement bar with the drill
▪ FIS EM also allows for the execution of hole wall.
rebar connections in diamond-drilled ▪ A special certification is necessary for
holes. installation according to approval in
▪ The FRA with connecting thread in Germany. The fischer Academy offers
stainless steel A4 fully utilises the the relevant training courses.
load-bearing capacity of the concrete.
This means that extremely high tensile
loads can be introduced into the base
material.
▪ Accessories in line with building site
requirements, such as injection adap-
ters and extension tubes, ensure rapid
progress.
▪ The FIS rebar case contains all of the
individual components required, thus
ensuring a convenient installation.
FOR USE WITH
FIS EM mortar FIS V mortar FIS VS mortar FIS SB mortar

202
Rebar connections
INSTALLATION WITH FIS EM IN HAMMER DRILLED HOLES
Chemical fixings
INSTALLATION WITH WITH EM IN DIAMOND DRILLED HOLES
INSTALLATION WITH FIS SB IN HAMMER DRILLED HOLES
INSTALLATION WITH FIS V AND FIS VS LOW SPEED
TECHNICAL DATA

Approval

FIS EM 390 S 093048 ▯ ■ D, GB, F, NL, E, P 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS EM 390 S 093049 ▯ ■ GB, CZ, PL, GR, PRC, ROK 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS EM 390 S 502289 ▯ ■ LT, LV, EE, UA, RUS, KZ 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS EM 390 S 533268 ▯ ■ CZ, SK, RO, UAE, F, GB 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
203
Rebar connections
TECHNICAL DATA
3 Epoxy mortar FIS EM 1500 S Static mixer FIS MR

Chemical fixings
Approval Languages on the cartridge Scale unit Contents Sales unit

FIS EM 585 S 508831 ▯ ■ D, GB, F, NL, E, P 270 1 cartridge 585 ml + 2 x FIS UMR 6
FIS EM 585 S 509266 ▯ ■ GB, PRC, RU, ROK, CZ, PL 270 1 cartridge 585 ml + 2 x FIS UMR 6
FIS EM 585 S 535514 ▯ ■ GB, PRC, RU, ROK, CZ, PL 270 6
FIS EM 1500 S 512080 ▯ ■ D, NL, I, F, CZ, SK 700 1 cartridge 1500 ml, 2 x FIS UMR 4
FIS EM 1500 S 523941 ▯ ■ GB, E, P, PRC, RU, PL 700 1 cartridge 1500 ml, 2 x FIS UMR 4
FIS UMR 520593 — — — — 10

Approval

FIS EM 390 S HWK big 040038 ▯ ■ GB, CZ, PL, GR, PRC, ROK 20 cartridges 390 ml, 20 x FIS MR 1
FIS EM 390 S in bucket 521246 ▯ ■ D, GB, F, NL, E, P 20 cartridges 390 ml, 20 x FIS MR 1
FIS EM 585 S HWK big 518854 ▯ ■ GB, E, P 12 cartridge 585 ml, 12 x FIS UMR 1
TECHNICAL DATA
Superbond mortar
Static mixer FIS MR
FIS SB 390 S
Approval

FIS SB 390 S 519451 ■ D, F, NL 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS SB 390 S 520557 ■ D, SLO, SRB, BG 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS SB 390 S 518831 ■ GB, E, P 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS SB 390 S 519450 ■ I, GB, D 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS SB 390 S 520559 ■ DK, SE, NO, FIN 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS SB 390 S 520555 ■ CZ, SK, RO 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS SB 390 S 520595 ■ PL, RUS, H 180 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS SB 585 S 519452 ■ GB, E, P 270 1 cartridge 585 ml + 2 x FIS UMR 6
FIS SB 585 S 520526 ■ I, GB, D 270 1 cartridge 585 ml + 2 x FIS UMR 6
FIS SB 1500 S 519453 ■ D, GB, F, NL, E, P 700 1 cartridge 1500 ml, 2 x FIS UMR 4
204
Rebar connections
TECHNICAL DATA
Superbond mortar
Static mixer FIS MR
FIS SB 390 S
Approval
3
Chemical fixings
FIS SB 1500 S 520528 ■ I, PL, RUS, CZ, SK, GB 700 1 cartridge 1500 ml, 2 x FIS UMR 4
FIS UMR 520593 — — — 10
FIS SB 390 S HWK big FIS SB 390 S in bucket

Approval

FIS SB 390 S HWK big 540252 ■ ▲ GB, E, P 20 cartridges 390 ml, 40 x FIS MR 1
FIS SB 390 S HWK big 520573 ■ ▲ I, GB, D 20 cartridges 390 ml, 20 x FIS MR 1
FIS SB 390 S in bucket 540750 ■ ▲ GB, E, P 18 cartridges 390 ml, 36 x FIS MR 1
TECHNICAL DATA
Injection mortar FIS V Injection mortar FIS V 410 C
Static mixer FIS MR

Approval

FIS V 360 S 094404 ▯ ■ D, F, NL, TR, H, UAE 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS V 360 S 094405 ▯ ■ GB, I, P, E, PRC, JP 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS V 360 S 068435 ▯ ■ DK, S, N, FIN, PL, GR 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS V 360 S 502283 ▯ ■ LT, LV, EE, UA, RUS, KZ 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS V 360 S 043994 ▯ ■ CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS V 410 C 521431 ▯ ■ I, GB, D 200 1 cartridge 410 ml, 2 x FIS MR 16
205
Rebar connections
TECHNICAL DATA
Injection mortar FIS VS 300 T Static mixer FIS MR
Approval
3
Chemical fixings
FIS VS 300 T 093180 ▯ ■ D, GB, F, NL, E, P 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 1 x FIS MR 12
FIS VS 300 T 502285 ▯ ■ RUS, LT, LV, EST, UA, KZ 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 1 x FIS MR 12
FIS VS 300 T 044102 ▯ ■ CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS, GR 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 1 x FIS MR 12
FIS VS 300 T 093226 ▯ ■ PL, CZ, DK, N, S, FIN 150 1 cartridge 300 ml, 1 x FIS MR 12
FIS VS 360 S 078664 ▯ ■ GB, PRC, E, P, JP 180 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS V 360 S HWK big with

FIS V 360 S HWK small FIS V 360 S HWK big
dispenser FIS DM S
Approval

FIS V 360 S HWK small 092430 ▯ ■ D, F, NL, TR, H, UAE 10 cartridges 360 ml, 20 x FIS MR 1
FIS V 360 S HWK big 091936 ▯ ■ D, F, NL, TR, H, UAE 20 cartridges 360 ml, 40 x FIS MR 1
FIS V 360 S HWK big 096554 ▯ ■ GB, I, P, E, PRC, JP 20 cartridges 360 ml, 40 x FIS MR 1
12 cartridges 360 ml, 24 x FIS MR,
FIS V 360 S HWK big 503027 ▯ ■ CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, RUS 1
1 x dispenser FIS DM S
FIS V 360 S in bucket FIS V 410 C in bucket

Approval

FIS V 360 S in bucket 503025 ▯ ■ GB, I, P, E, PRC, JP 10 cartridges 360 ml, 20 x FIS MR 1
FIS V 410 in bucket 531504 ▯ ■ GB, TR, RU 16 cartridge 410 ml, 32 x FIS MR 1
206
Rebar connections
Chemical fixings
FIS VS 300 T HWK big FIS VS 300 T in bucket
Approval
FIS VS 300 T in bucket 512062 ▯ ■ D, GB, F, NL, E, P 20 cartridges 300 ml, 20 x FIS MR 1
FIS VS 300 T in bucket 518539 ▯ ■ CZ, SK, PL, H, RO, GR 20 cartridges 300 ml, 20 x FIS MR 1
FIS VS 300 T HWK big 517645 ▯ ■ D, GB, F, NL, E, P 20 cartridges 300 ml, 40 x FIS MR 1
FIS VS 300 T HWK small 518832 ▯ ■ D, GB, F, NL, E, P 10 cartridges 300 ml, 20 x FIS MR 1
TECHNICAL DATA
Rebar anchor FRA
Combination Total length Max. fixing Drill hole Fill quantity Sales unit
Approval
of materials thickness
l tfix d0
Art.-No. DIBt ETA [mm] [mm] [Ø mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item
FRA 12/900 M12-60 505529 ▯ ■ 975 60 16 50 8
FRA 16/1100 M16-60 505533 ▯ ■ 1180 60 20 81 8
FRA 20/1400 M20-60 505534 ▯ ■ 1485 60 25 160 4
Reinforcement bar welded with threaded part made of stainless steel A4.
207
Rebar connections
TECHNICAL DATA
FIS-Rebar Case for reinforce-

3 ment connection
Chemical fixings
Approval
Contents Sales unit

8 x Cleaning brush BSB, 5 x Extensions for cleaning brushes à 40 cm,1 x SDS Chuck
with internal thread M 8, 24 x Injection adapter,1 x Cleaning hose complete, 1 x Brush
FIS-Rebar case D 505941 ▯ ■ control template, 8 x Cleaning nozzle,1 x Marker tape, 1 x Digital thermometer, 1
1 x Protective goggles,1 x Installation instructions (german), 10 x Installation report,
2 x Flat spanner SW 7 and the relevant approvals
8 x Cleaning brush BSB, 5 x Extensions for cleaning brushes à 40 cm,1 x SDS Chuck
with internal thread M 8, 24 x Injection adapter,1 x Cleaning hose complete,
FIS-Rebar case Int 505942 — ■ 1 x Brush control template, 8 x Cleaning nozzle,1 x Marker tape, 1 x Digital thermome- 1
ter, 1 x Protective goggles,1 x Installation instructions (german, english, french, italian,
spanish),10 x Installation report, 2 x Flat spanner SW 7 and the relevant approvals
ACCESSORIES
Cleaning brush with thread M 8

BSB for drill-Ø 12 mm 001490 white 180 1
BSB for drill-Ø 14 mm 001491 blue 180 1
BSB for drill-Ø 16 mm 001492 red 180 1
BSB for drill-Ø 18 mm 001493 yellow 180 1
BSB for drill-Ø 20 mm 001494 green 180 1
BSB for drill-Ø 25 mm 001495 black 180 1
BSB for drill-Ø 30 mm 090063 grey 180 1
BSB for drill-Ø 35 mm 090071 brown 180 1
BSB for drill-Ø 40 mm 505061 - 180 1
BSB for drill-Ø 45 mm 506254 - 180 1
BSB for drill-Ø 55 mm 505062 - 180 1
FIS brush extension 508791 - 420 1
SDS Chuck 530332 - - 1
ACCESSORIES

Extension tube
Injection-adapter (Ø 9 for drill-Ø 20 mm 001506 green - 10
Injection-adapter (Ø 15) for drill-Ø 20 mm 001508 green - 10
208
Rebar connections
ACCESSORIES

Extension tube
3
Chemical fixings
Injection-adapter (Ø 9) for drill-Ø 45 mm 508909 1) yellow - 10
Injection-adapter (Ø 15) for drill-Ø 45 mm 508910 1) yellow - 10
ACCESSORIES
Drilling aid
Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Drilling aid 3pcs. 090819 1
ACCESSORIES
SDS-max scrabbeling tool to
roughen the connection surface
Match Dimensions Sales unit

Stocker 001253 Chuck type SDS max 45 x 240 1
ACCESSORIES
Compressed air nozzle
Match Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Compressed air nozzle D12-D15 511956 Drill diameter Ø 12 - 15 mm 2
209
Rebar connections
LOADS
Injection systems FIS EM, FIS SB and FIS V with reinforcing steel B500B5) in accordance with rebar theory
Design resistances and permissible loads1) 6) of single, post-installed rebars in cracked or non-cracked normal concrete of the strength class C20/252)
Reinforcing steel Basic value for Basic value for Basic value for Maximum Maximum Maximum
B500B the anchorage the anchorage the anchorage anchorage depth design resistance permissible
length for length for length for for tensile load
3 FIS EM
lb,rqd4)
FIS SB
lb,rqd4)
FIS V
lb,rqd4) lv,max
axial tensile load
NRd,s3) Nperm,s3)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN]
Chemical fixings
Ø 8 mm 378 378 378 1800 (3000)8) 21,9 15,6

Ø 10 mm 473 473 473 1800 (3000)8) 34,1 24,4
Ø 12 mm 567 567 567 1800 (3000)8) 49,2 35,1
Ø 14 mm 662 662 662 1800 (3000)8) 66,9 47,8
Ø 16 mm 756 756 756 1800 (3000)8) 87,4 62,4
Ø 20 mm 945 945 945 1800 (3000)8) 136,6 97,6
Ø 22 mm7) 1040 – – 2000 165,3 118,1
Ø 24 mm7) 1134 – – 2000 196,7 140,5
Ø 25 mm 1181 1181 1181 2000 (3000)8) 213,4 152,4
Ø 26 mm7) 1229 – – 2000 230,8 164,9
Ø 28 mm 1323 1323 1323 2000 (3000)8) 267,7 191,2
Ø 30 mm7) 1418 – – 2000 307,3 219,5
Ø 32 mm9) 1512 1512 – 2000 (3000)8) 349,7 249,8
Ø 34 mm7) 1607 – – 2000 394,7 282,0
Ø 36 mm7) 1701 – – 2000 442,6 316,1
Ø 40 mm7) 1890 – – 2000 546,4 390,3
For planning and design the complete European Technical Assessments ETA-09/0089 (FIS EM), ETA-13/0651 (FIS SB) or resp. ETA-08/0266 (FIS V) have to be considered. For determination of the installa-
tion parameters (minimum concrete cover distanes, etc.) as well as required transverse reinforcement see EN 1992-1-1 and general installation rules of the assessments.
1) The partial safety factors for resistance taken from the European standard EN 1992-1-1 as well as a partial safety factor for action of L = 1,4 are considered.
2) The ETAs for FIS EM, FIS SB and FIS V permit post-installed rebar connections in concrete C12/15 up to C50/60. The above mentioned basic value for anchorage length changes depending on the
relevant concrete strength class.
3) For utilisation of the full steel capacity.
4) Basic value of the anchorage length in accordance with EN 1992-1-1, section 8.4.3 for concrete strength class C20/25 and good bond conditions.
5) Reinforcing steel with characteristic yield strength f yk = 400 - 600 N/mm² in accordance with EN 1992-1-1 Annex C, Table C.1 and C.2N is approved. The above mentioned basic value for the anchorage
length as well as maximum steel resitance (see foot note 3) will change accordingly.
6)
With FIS EM, FIS SB or FIS V post-installed rebars are approved in dry or wet concrete with temperatures up to +50 °C (resp. short term up to +80 °C) and drill hole cleaning in accordance with ETA.
7) Only FIS EM.
8) Values in brackets apply for FIS SB.
9) Only FIS EM or FIS SB.
c = min c
c = min c
post-installed rebars post-installed rebars
210
Rebar connections
LOADS
Rebar anchor FRA with injection systems FIS EM, FIS SB and FIS V in accordance with rebar theory
Design resistances and permissible loads1) 5) of single, post-installed Rebar anchor in cracked or non-cracked normal concrete of the strength class C20/252)
Type Basic value for Maximum Maximum Maximum Maximum Maximum
the anchorage length anchorage depth embedment depth torque moment design resistance for permissible tensile
axial tensile load load
3
lb,rqd4) lv,max le,ges,max Tinst NRd,s3) Nperm,s3)
Chemical fixings
[mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN]
FRA 12/900 M12 567 800 900 ≤ 50 49,2 35,1
FRA 16/1100 M16 756 1000 1100 ≤ 100 87,4 62,4
FRA 20/1400 M20 945 1300 1400 ≤ 150 136,6 97,6
For planning and design the complete European Technical Assessments ETA-09/0089 (FIS EM), ETA-13/0651 (FIS SB) or resp. ETA-08/0266 (FIS V) have to be considered. For determination of the installa-
tion parameters (minimum concrete cover distances, etc.) as well as required transverse reinforcement see EN 1992-1-1 and general installation rules of the assessments.
1) The partial safety factors for resistance taken from the European standard EN 1992-1-1 as well as a partial safety factor for action of L = 1,4 are considered.
2) The ETAs for FIS EM, FIS SB and FIS V permit post-installed rebar connections in concrete C12/15 up to C50/60. The above mentioned basic value for anchorage length changes depending on the
relevant concrete strength class.
3) For utilisation of the full steel capacity.
4) Basic value of the anchorage length in accordance with EN 1992-1-1, section 8.4.3 for concrete strength class C20/25 and good bond conditions.
5) With FIS EM, FIS SB or FIS V post-installed Rebar anchors are approved in dry or wet concrete with temperatures up to +50 °C (resp. short term up to +80 °C) and drill hole cleaning in accordance with
ETA.
General rules of consstructions

• The Rebar anchor FRA is permitted to transfer tension loads in direction of the axis of the rebar only.
• lv and ls according to approval.
• According to approval it has to be proved that sufficient transverse reinforcement is available.
c1 c Concrete cover of the post-installed rebar anchor
Edge of the building component
c1 Concrete cover of the front side of the existing rebar
c min c c2 Concrete cover above the welding
4 ds1) min c Minimum concrete cover acc. to approval

N
5 ds do ds Diameter of the post-installed rebar anchor
50 mm
ls Lap length
N
lv Effective anchorage depth of the rebar anchor
12 mm ds 20 mm
le,ges Embedment depth of the rebar anchor
ls = l v c2 post-installed
l e,ges Rebar anchor FRA d0 Nominal drill diameter
1)
If the clear distance of the lapped bars is larger than 4 x ds, EC2 has to be applied.
211
Concrete-Concrete Shear Connector FCC
The approved system for building renovation
3
Chemical fixings
Upgrade of bridges Reinforcement of ceilings
▪ Zinc-plated concrete steel bar B500B
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
▪ Fixing in old concrete B 25 to B 55

▪ Due to its geometry and ease of ▪ Bridge repairs ▪ The system consists of injection
installation, FCC is the rapid and ▪ Increasing load capacity of bridges mortar (FIS SB or FIS EM) and the con-
economic alternative compared to the ▪ Increasing loads of ceilings during concrete-concrete shear connector FCC.
conventional installation method with version, for example ▪ The mortar is injected bubble-free
bent iron. ▪ Reinforcement of foundations, piers, from the drill hole base.
▪ Dimensioning of the anchorage is pos- columns and walls ▪ The mortar adheres the drill hole wall
sible thanks to the building approval. ▪ Renovation of car park ceilings follow- to the shear connector FCC.
Thus, the system offers maximum ing corrosion damage ▪ The shear connector is set manually,
security. by lightly rotating it until it reaches the
▪ Variable anchoring depths allow for drill hole base.
ideal adaptation to the load to be ▪ The tensile and shear forces arising in
applied, and ensure an optimised the joints between the old and new
installation time and use of materials. concrete are absorbed by the FCC-H
▪ Depending on site conditions, the and safely redirected.
FCC can be anchored, in compliance
with the approval, with the injection
mortars FIS SB or FIS EM.
▪ In conjunction with FIS EM, FCC
is also approved for use in dia-
mond-drilled drill holes.
FOR USE WITH
FIS EM mortar FIS SB mortar

see page 92 see page 79
212
Concrete-Concrete Shear Connector FCC
INSTALLATION
Chemical fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
Concrete-Concrete Shear Connector

FCC-H
Drill hole Rebar diameter Anchor length Min. / standard Min. / standard fill quantity e.g. Sales unit
Approval
diameter anchorage depth FIS SB

d0
Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item
FCC-H 10 x 180 520081 ▯ 12 10 180 60/120 2/4 100
FCC-H 12 x 230 520082 ▯ 14 12 230 70/155 3/7 100
FCC-H 14 x 290 520083 1) ▯ 18 14 290 75/195 6/14 50
FCC-H 16 x 360 520085 1) ▯ 20 16 360 80/240 7/20 25
Cleaning brush BS
Length L1 Length L2 Brush diameter For drill diameter Match Sales unit

BS ø 12 078179 150 80 13 12 FCC-H 10 x 180 1
BS ø 14 078180 250 80 16 14 FCC-H 12 x 230 1
BS ø 16/18 078181 250 80 20 16/18 FCC-H 14 x 290 1
BS ø 20/22 052277 180 80 25 20/22 FCC-H 16 x 360 1
DISPENSER
Dispenser FIS DM S

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FIS DM S 511118 1
213
Stand-off installation Thermax 12 / 16
The approved stand-off installation with thermal barrier in

external thermal insulation composite systems (ETICS)
3
Chemical fixings
Awnings Satellite dishes and air conditioning units
▪ Stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
▪ Concrete, cracked and non-cracked
concrete
▪ Solid brick

▪ When combined with the injection For the thermally separated fixing of: ▪ The Thermax 12 and 16 systems are
mortars FIS EM, FIS V, FIS SB and ▪ Awnings suitable for pre-positioned installation.
FIS GREEN, the stand-off installation ▪ Canopies ▪ The self-tapping, glass-fibre-reinforced
is approved for high loads in a range ▪ French balcony railings cone cuts its own way through the
of materials. This allows for a secure ▪ Air conditioning units plaster into the insulation during
fixing. ▪ Satellite dishes installation.
▪ Usable lengths of 62 to 290 mm can ▪ The anti-cold cone uses a thermal
be covered with just one Thermax. barrier to minimise heat losses.
▪ The plastic cone creates a thermal bar- ▪ In the case of resistant plaster (e.g.
rier between the fixture and the inner thick cement plaster), it is recommen-
fixture, and offers an energy-optimised ded that the Thermax cutting blade
fixing. included is used for grinding out the
▪ The glass-fibre-reinforced plastic cone plaster.
cuts its own way through the ETICS ▪ The sealing of the annular gap with
with a positive fit, and allows for a the adhesive and sealant KD seals the
simple, fast and adjustable installation façade at plaster level.
without the need for any special tools.
FOR USE WITH

FIS GREEN
FIS EM mortar FIS V mortar FIS SB mortar mortar
214
INSTALLATION
Chemical fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
Thermax 12/110 M12
Thermax 16/170 M12
zinc-plated stainless Contents Sales unit

Approval
steel steel
Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt [pcs]

Item gvz A4
20 Thermax M12, 20 perforated sleeves 20 x 130, 5 bit, 5 cutting blades,
Thermax 12/110 M12 051291 — ▯ 20
5 user manuals
10 Thermax M12 A4, 10 perforated sleeves 20 x 130, 3 bit, 3 cutting blades,
Thermax 12/110 M12 — 051537 ▯ 10
3 user manual
2 Thermax M12, 2 perforated sleeves 20 x 130 , 1 bit, 1 cutting blade,
Thermax 12/110 M12 B 051290 — ▯ 1
1 user manual
Thermax 16/170 M12 051293 — ▯ 20
5 applicator tip extension hoses, 5 user manuals
Thermax 16/170 M12 — 051543 ▯ 10
3 applicator tip extension hoses, 3 user manual
2 Thermax M16, 2 perforated sleeves 20 x 200, 1 bit, 1 cutting blade,
Thermax 16/170 M12 B 051292 — ▯ 1
1 applicator tip extension hose, 1 user manual
215
INSTALLATION DATA
td
l
h ef e
t tol t WDVS
t fix
3 T inst
d0
Chemical fixings
Ü
Example for simple fixing Example for multiple fixing
Building material + insulation Fixture
Type Length of Threaded Building material Suitable injection Drill Min. Drill hole depth Thickness Max. Con- Max. Required
Thermax rod in anchor sleeve hole ancho- of fixture nection instal- resin
incl. anti- building diameter rage non-bearing thick- thread lation quantity
cold cone material depth layer ness torque
l d0 hef td e tfix Tinst
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Scale unit]
Concrete 14 70 hef + e 62 - 170 5
Solid brick 14 80 hef + e 62 - 160 6
Thermax M12 240 M12 16 1) M12 20
Perforated brick FIS H 20x130 K 20 130 h ef + e + 10 mm 62 - 110 26
Aerated concrete 14 100 h ef + e 62 - 140 8
Concrete 18 80 hef + e 62 - 290 7
Solid brick 18 80 hef + e 62 - 290 7
Thermax M16 370 M16 16 1) M12 20
1) The setscrews may be replaced by a setscrew / fixing screw up to a length 200 mm.
TECHNICAL DATA
Epoxy mortar Superbond mortar

FIS EM 390 S FIS SB 390 S
Injection mortar All-round adhesive gluing and

FIS V 360 S sealing KD-290
Injection mortar
FIS GREEN 300 T

Approval

FIS EM 390 S 093048 ▯ ■ D, GB, F, NL, E, P 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS EM 390 S 093049 ▯ ■ GB, CZ, PL, GR, PRC, ROK 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS V 360 S 094404 ▯ ■ D, F, NL, TR, H, UAE 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS V 360 S 094405 ▯ ■ GB, I, P, E, PRC, JP 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS SB 390 S 519451 ▯ ■ D, F, NL 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS SB 390 S 518831 ▯ ■ GB, E, P 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS GREEN 300 T 522989 — ■ F 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x FIS MR with transparent Clip 4
FIS GREEN 300 T 523245 — ■ I 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x FIS MR with transparent Clip 12
FIS GREEN 300 T 538219 — ■ CZ, SK 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x FIS MR 12
FIS GREEN 300 T 532972 — ■ DK, SE, NO, FIN 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x FIS MR with transparent Clip 12
KD WHITE 290ML 059389 — — D, GB 1 cartridge 290 ml 12
216
Cleaning brush BS
Chemical fixings
BS ø 14 078180 250 80 16 14 1
BS ø 16/18 078181 250 80 20 16/18 1
BS ø 20/22 052277 180 80 25 20/22 1
Blow-out pump AB G
Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Blow-out pump ABG 089300 1
217
LOADS
Stand-off installation Thermax 12 and 16 with load-bearing anchor rod made of zinc-plated steel 8.8 and a displacement of
1 mm
The below load table is valid for short-term loading (e.g. wind load). If the sealing of the annular gap between Thermax and plaster is
assured by fischer all-round sealing KD, the Thermax version with an anchor rod on base substrate side made of zinc-plated steel may be
used.
3 Highest permissible loads1) 5) 7) of a Thermax within an anchor group2) in concrete with the injection mortars FIS V or FIS SB and in
masonry with the injection mortar FIS V.
Chemical fixings
Type Minimum Permissi- Permissi- Permissi- Permissi- Permissi- Permissi- Permissi- Permissi- Permissi- Permissi- Minimum Minimum Minimum
effective ble tensile ble shear ble shear ble shear ble shear ble shear ble shear ble shear ble shear ble shear member spacing edge
anchorage load load at load at load at load at load at load at load at load at load at thickness distance
depth
e= e= e= e= e= e= e= e= e=
62 mm 100 mm 120 mm 140 mm 160 mm 180 mm 200 mm 250 mm 300 mm
smin║/
hef4)8) Nperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) hmin cmin
smin┴9)
[mm] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm]
Concrete, cracked and non-cracked, strength class ≥ C20/25
Thermax 128) 70 3,406) 1,07 0,69 0,58 0,42 0,32 0,24 0,18 0,08 0,04 100 55 55
Thermax 168) 80 3,406) 1,51 0,98 0,83 0,71 0,63 0,48 0,34 0,16 0,08 116 65 65
Solid brick, Mz, EN 771-1; f b ≥ 12 N/mm2; ρ ≥ 1,8 kg/dm3; LxWxH ≥ 240x115x71 mm, NF
Thermax 128) 200 2,71 0,85 0,55 0,47 0,40 0,32 0,24 0,18 0,08 0,04 240 80/80 60
Thermax 168) 200 2,71 1,29 0,98 0,83 0,71 0,63 0,48 0,34 0,16 0,08 240 80/80 60
Solid sand-lime brick, KS, EN 771; fb ≥ 20 N/mm2; ρ ≥ 2,0 kg/dm3; LxWxH ≥ 250x240x240 mm, 8DF
Thermax 128) 50 2,86 0,85 0,55 0,47 0,40 0,32 0,24 0,18 0,08 0,04 240 80/80 60
Thermax 168) 50 2,14 1,51 0,98 0,83 0,71 0,63 0,48 0,34 0,16 0,08 240 80/80 60
Vertically perforated brick type B, HLz, EN 771-1; fb ≥ 12 N/mm2; ρ ≥ 1,0 kg/dm3; LxWxH = 370x240x237 mm resp. 500x175x237 mm
Thermax 124) 110 1,14 0,57 0,55 0,47 0,40 0,32 0,24 0,18 0,08 0,04 175 100/100 100
Thermax 164) 110 1,14 0,57 0,57 0,57 0,57 0,57 0,48 0,34 0,16 0,08 175 100/100 100
Perforated sand-lime brick, KSL, EN 771-2; fb ≥ 12 N/mm2; ρ ≥ 1,4 kg/dm3; LxWxH = 240x175x113 mm, 3DF
Thermax 124) 85 1,00 0,85 0,55 0,47 0,40 0,32 0,24 0,18 0,08 0,04 175 100/115 80
Thermax 164) 85 1,00 1,14 0,98 0,83 0,71 0,63 0,48 0,34 0,16 0,08 175 100/115 80
Hollow block made of light weight concrete, Hbl, EN 771-3; fb ≥ 2 N/mm2; ρ ≥ 1,0 kg/dm3; LxWxH = 362x240x240 mm
Thermax 124) 110 0,43 0,26 0,26 0,26 0,26 0,26 0,24 0,18 0,08 0,04 240 100/240 60
Thermax 164) 180 0,71 0,26 0,26 0,26 0,26 0,26 0,26 0,26 0,16 0,08 240 100/240 60
Aerated concrete (cylindrical drill hole), EN 771-4; f b ≥ 2 N/mm2; ρ ≥ 0,35 kg/dm3; LxWxH ≥ 599x240x249 mm
Thermax 128) 200 1,43 0,43 0,43 0,43 0,40 0,32 0,24 0,18 0,08 0,04 240 80/80 100
Thermax 168) 200 1,43 0,43 0,43 0,43 0,43 0,43 0,43 0,34 0,16 0,08 240 80/80 100
For the design the complete approval Z-21.8-1837 as well as the European Technical Assessments ETA-10/0383, ETA-02/0024 or ETA-12/0258 have to be considered.
1)
2)
Set-up of one or more Thermax in a row in direction of shear, for which the clamping of the attachment prevents a torsion on attachment side due to a sufficient stiffness of the attachment or connecting
construction. For a clamping on base substrate side only, see approval.
3)
For combinations of tensile and shear loads as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval. The values for tensile loads in masonry are valid only, if the joints of the masonry
is completely filled with masonry mortar. If the joints are not filled with masonry mortar are not filled with masonry mortar and the edge distance towards the joints is less than cmin, the loads have
to be reduced by the factor aj = 0,75. The values for shear loads are valid only, if the joints are filled with masonry mortar. For not completely filled joints they have to be handled like a free edge and a
minimum edge distance cmin of the anchors to the joints has to be observed. For compression loads and perforated bricks or hollow blocks see approval. Calculative assumed thickness of the attachment
tfix = 6 mm.
4)
In vertically perforated bricks HLz, perforated sand-lime bricks KSL as well as hollow blocks made of light weight concrete Hbl the Thermax 12 (standard version) can bridge non-load bearing layers up to
110 mm and the Thermax 16 can bridge them up to 170 mm. Larger usable lengths up to 300 mm are possible, if other perforated sleeves and where required longer anchor rods are used and again the
anchorage depth gets reduced - see approval.
5)
The stated permissible loads are valid for anchorages in dry base substrates - use category d/d - and for temperatures up to +50 °C (resp. short-term up to +80 °C) in the area of the injection mortar and duri-
ng drill hole cleaning in accordance with the approval. The load values apply to anchor rods on base substrate side made of zinc-plated steel grade 8.8 - for other steel grades or stainless steel see approval.
6)
Complies with the permissible tensile load of the Thermax Cone.
7)
Intermediate values of the shear load may be linearly interpolated in dependence of "e", if nothing else is mentioned in the approval.
8)
In solid bricks Mz and solid sand-lime bricks KS the Thermax 12 (standard version) can bridge non-load bearing layers up to 190 mm (140 mm in aerated concrete) and the Thermax 16 can bridge them up
to 300 mm (270 mm in aerated concrete) - but in solid brick Mz and aerated concrete the above load values have to be reduced. In concrete the Thermax 12 (standard version) can bridge non-loadbearing
layers up to 170 mm and the Thermax 16 can bridge them up to 290 mm. Larger usable lengths up to 300 mm are possible, if longer anchor rods are used and again in solid bricks Mz if the anchorage depth
(compared to above values) gets reduced where required - see approval.
9)
Minimum spacings for at the same time reduced permissible loads, where required.
218
LOADS
Stand-off installation Thermax 12 and 16 with load-bearing anchor rod made of stainless steel A4-70 and a displacement
of 3 mm
The below load table is valid for short-term loading (e.g. wind load). Measures for sealing see approval, section 3.2.4.
Highest permissible loads1) 5) 7) of a Thermax within an anchor group2) in concrete with the injection mortars FIS V or FIS SB and in
Type Minimum Permissi- Permissi- Permissi- Permissi- Permissi- Permissi- Permissi- Permissi- Permissi- Permissi- Minimum Minimum Minimum 3
Chemical fixings
depth
e= e= e= e= e= e= e= e= e=
smin║/
smin┴9)
Thermax 128) 70 3,406) 1,07 0,69 0,58 0,50 0,44 0,39 0,35 0,24 0,12 100 55 55
8)
Thermax 16 80 3,406) 1,51 0,98 0,83 0,71 0,63 0,56 0,51 0,41 0,24 116 65 65
Solid brick, Mz, EN 771-1; fb ≥ 12 N/mm2; ρ ≥ 1,8 kg/dm3; LxWxH ≥ 240x115x71 mm, NF
Thermax 128) 200 2,71 0,59 0,39 0,33 0,28 0,25 0,22 0,20 0,16 0,12 240 80/80 60
Thermax 168) 200 2,71 1,29 0,96 0,81 0,70 0,62 0,56 0,50 0,41 0,24 240 80/80 60
Thermax 128) 50 2,86 0,59 0,39 0,33 0,28 0,25 0,22 0,20 0,16 0,12 240 80/80 60
Thermax 168) 50 2,14 1,46 0,96 0,81 0,70 0,62 0,56 0,50 0,41 0,24 240 80/80 60
Thermax 124) 110 1,14 0,57 0,39 0,33 0,28 0,25 0,22 0,20 0,16 0,12 175 100/100 100
Thermax 164) 110 1,14 0,57 0,57 0,57 0,57 0,57 0,56 0,50 0,41 0,24 175 100/100 100
Thermax 124) 85 1,00 0,59 0,39 0,33 0,28 0,25 0,22 0,20 0,16 0,12 175 100/115 80
Thermax 164) 85 1,00 1,14 0,96 0,81 0,70 0,62 0,56 0,50 0,41 0,24 175 100/115 80
Thermax 124) 110 0,43 0,26 0,26 0,26 0,26 0,25 0,22 0,20 0,16 0,12 240 100/240 60
Thermax 164) 180 0,71 0,26 0,26 0,26 0,26 0,26 0,26 0,26 0,26 0,24 240 100/240 60
Thermax 128) 200 1,43 0,43 0,39 0,33 0,28 0,25 0,22 0,20 0,16 0,12 240 80/80 100
Thermax 168) 200 1,43 0,43 0,43 0,43 0,43 0,43 0,43 0,43 0,41 0,24 240 80/80 100
1)
2)
3)
tfix = 6 mm.
4)
5)
The stated permissible loads are valid for anchorages in dry base substrates - use category d/d - and for temperatures up to +50 °C (resp. short-term up to +80 °C) in the area of the injection mortar and
during drill hole cleaning in accordance with the approval. The load values apply to anchor rods on base substrate side made of stainless steel of the grade A4-70.
6)
7)
8)
9)
219
The professional façade repair for two-leaf cavity walls
3
Chemical fixings
Repairing outer leafs Detail: Repairing outer leafs
▪ Stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Facing masonry with and without an
air layer

▪ The expansion-force-free fixing pre- ▪ Post-installation needling of two-skin ▪ The remedial wall tie VBS 8 comprises
vents splitting and cracks. This means cavity walls a perforated plastic sleeve and a pro-
that VBS 8 can be used even in old filed A4 stainless steel tie Ø 4 mm.
and sensitive masonry. ▪ VBS 8 is used together with the injec-
▪ The drill bit diameter of just 8 mm tion mortar FIS V.
means that a minimal amount of ▪ The anchor is inserted in the bed joint
mortar is required for each fixing point. of the outer leaf using push-through
Thus VBS 8 is particularly economical. installation.
▪ The installation is approved anywhere
along the entire bed joint, thus ensu-
ring a high level of installation safety.
▪ The grey colour of the injection mortar
is similar to the colour of the bed joint.
This means that the fixing is almost
invisible to the eye.
FOR USE WITH
FIS V mortar
see page 113
220
INSTALLATION
Chemical fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
stainless steel Cavity or Drill hole Outer leaf Depth = embe- Fixing length Anchorage Fill quantity Sales unit
Approval
insulation diameter dment depth depth FIS V bearing

wall
d0 h0 = hs l hef
Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [scale units] [pcs]
Item A4
VBS 8/20 078763 1)2) ▯ 0 - 20 8 ≥ 90 195 188 >60 4 100
VBS 8/50 078799 1)2) ▯ 20 - 50 8 ≥ 90 225 218 >60 4 100
VBS 8/80 078800 1)2) ▯ 50 - 80 8 ≥ 90 255 248 >60 4 100
VBS 8/120 078801 1)2) ▯ 80 - 120 8 ≥ 90 295 288 >60 6 100
VBS 8/150 078802 1)2) ▯ 120 - 150 8 ≥ 90 325 318 >60 6 100
1) Product consisting of perforated plastic sleeve, profiled wire A4 and injection nozzle.
2) For the closing of the curtain walling about 2-3 additional scale units of mortar FISV are required.
ACCESSORIES
Compressed-air cleaning tool Hammer drill SDS-Plus Pointer, DIN 8039

Technical details Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]

VBS 8 cleaning set 090241 content: cleaning brush and extension tube for blow-out pump 1
Compressed-air cleaning tool 093286 for professional cleaning of the drill hole 1
SDS-Plus Pointer 8,0 / 460 mm 074330 Hammer drill with self-centring drill bit and relief-ground drill grooving 1
TECHNICAL DATA
Injection mortar FIS V 360 S Dispenser FIS DM S

Approval

FIS DM S 511118 — — — — — 1
221
Weather facing reconctruction system FWS II
The economical solution for the repair of triple-skin outer wall

panels
3
Chemical fixings
Repairing weather shells Detail: Repairing weather shells
▪ Stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Triple-skin outer wall panels made of
concrete ≥ C12/15

▪ The FWS II achieves a high shear ▪ For post-installation securing of tri- ▪ The FWS II weather facing reconstruc-
load-bearing capacity due to its large ple-skin outer wall panels tion anchors can be bedded in mortar
anchor diameter. This reduces the ▪ Strengthening outer wall panels for into the load-bearing skin and weather
number of reconstruction anchors additional exterior insulation shell with the FIS V, FIS VW or FIS VS
needed for each plate to a minimum, injection mortar.
thus saving costs. ▪ The red plastic coating protects the
▪ The drill hole can be drilled in one insulation from being penetrated with
step using standard diamond drill bits. mortar.
This ensures quick progress is made. ▪ You can see the correct anchor filling
▪ Installation is already approved from a with the weather shell through the
sub-base thickness ≥ 80 mm. inspection openings on the head of
▪ Approval with a new measuring the anchor.
strategy allows a safer and econom-
ically static calculation while making
it possible to document loads from
temperature changes.
FOR USE WITH
FIS V mortar
see page 113
222
Weather facing reconctruction system FWS II
INSTALLATION
Chemical fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
l
hef

FWS II - A
d0
Total length Nom. drill diameter Effect. anchorage depth Anchors per cartridge Sales unit
Approval
in the load-bearing skin FIS V / FIS VS / FIS VW

360 ml
l d0 hef
Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item
FWS II - A 180 532883 ▯ 180 40 - 41 70 5 5
FWS II - A 205 532884 ▯ 205 40 - 41 70 5 5
FWS II - A 230 532885 ▯ 230 40 - 41 70 5 5
TECHNICAL DATA
Injection mortar FIS V 360 S Dispenser FIS DM S

Approval

FIS DM S 511118 — — — — — 1
LOADS
Weather facing reconstruction system FWS II
Highest permissible shear loads1) 5) for a single anchor in a load-bearing skin made of concrete ≥ C12/15.
Cracked or non-cracked concrete
Type Effective Thickness of Thickness of Thickness of Permissible Permissible Minimum
anchorage depth load-bearing layer thermal insolution2) outer leaf bending moment shear load 4) edge distance 3)
in the load bearing
skin
hef ≥ hT ≥ hD ≤ hw ≥ Mperm Vperm c min(cW, cT)
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [mm]
FWS II - A 180 70 80 70 40 1310 11,5 150
FWS II - A 205 70 80 95 40 1310 9,5 150
FWS II - A 230 70 80 120 40 1310 8,1 150
1)
Required safety factors are considered. The given loads are valid under the pre-condition that an additional thermal insulation will be applied on the weather facing.
2)
For bigger insulation thicknesses special lengths are possible.
3)
For exact arrangement of the bolts as well as for eventually needed additional proofs see approval.
4)
The determination of the permissible shear load for special lengths is done according Annex 3 and 4 of the approval.
5)
The given loads are valid for fixations in dry and humid concrete for temperatures in the substrate up to +50 °C (resp. short term up to 80 °C) and drillhole cleaning according to approval.
223
Can System FCS
The epoxy resin for repair work
3
Chemical fixings
Filling cracks Reconstructing corners and edges
BUILDING MATERIALS
Suitable for:
▪ Concrete

▪ The FCS based on epoxy resin has a ▪ Filling holes and cracks in concrete ▪ The resin and hardener are stored in
high bond strength and a low shrink- and similar surfaces two separate containers.
age value. This guarantees a high ▪ Reconstructing chipped corners and ▪ The hardener is added to the resin and
performance and opens up a wide edges mixed thoroughly until the material is
range of applications. the same colour throughout.
▪ The two product variants, FCS Liquid ▪ Note: The quality of the mixing of
(low viscosity = liquid) and FCS (high components and the proper filling of
viscosity = paste-like), allow for use the holes (without air pockets) has an
both in horizontal situations and on effect on the load-bearing capacity of
walls and ceilings. Therefore, there the system!
is always the right product for every ▪ FCS Liquid can be poured into holes
occasion. or cracks, or applied using a brush.
▪ FCS can be applied with a palette
knife.
▪ Once mixed, the material can be
used until the maximum open time is
reached.
224
Can System FCS
INSTALLATION FCS
Chemical fixings
INSTALLATION FCS LIQUID
TECHNICAL DATA
fischer Can System FCS fischer Can System FCS liquid

Languages on the can Sales unit
Item [pcs]
FCS - fischer Can System 043676 GB, E, P 12
FCS Liquid - fischer Can System 043917 GB, E, P 12
CURING TIME
Temperature Gelling time Curing time
+ 5°C 70 min. 60 hrs.

+10°C 60 min. 30 hrs.
+20°C 45 min. 24 hrs.
+30°C 30 min. 20 hrs.
+40°C 15 min. 16 hrs.
The gelling time starts when the components get in contact. Stir the components thoroughly until the colour of the mortar is evenly. This is essential to achieve the full performance of the mortar.
225
Fill & Fix injection fixing
Liquid plugs and repair compounds for serious cases
3
Chemical fixings
Repairing damaged towel rails Repairing damaged hinges
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete
concrete
and concrete
▪ Wooden materials
▪ Panel building materials
concrete
▪ Solid brick

▪ The Fill & Fix injection fixing works ▪ Repairing cracked or over-sized drill ▪ Fill & Fix is a 2-component, sol-
whatever the drill hole size and build- holes vent-free injection compound based
ing material. As a result, a number of ▪ Repairing broken furniture hinges etc. on polyurethane. It is applied into the
applications can be completed with ▪ Fixing lightweight objects in difficult drill hole, where it foams lightly and
just one product. or damaged building materials (old sets quickly.
▪ Wood screws can be screwed directly buildings) ▪ The increase in volume during the set-
into the hardened injection fixing. This ▪ Fixing lightweight objects in internal ting process guarantees a secure hold,
allows for a fast and simple installa- and UV-protected external areas even in dilapidated or difficult building
tion. materials.
▪ Due to the special formulation, ▪ After approx. 2 minutes, screws,
the screw can be screwed into the hooks, eye screws etc. with a diameter
injection fixing and removed. Thus, of up to 6 mm that are normally used
components can be reattached to the in wood can be screwed into and
same point. removed from the set material without
▪ Fill & Fix can be sanded and painted, pre-drilling.
and is suitable for filling drill holes that ▪ Use the perforated sleeves (included)
are no longer needed prior to painting. for hollow and board building mate-
rials.
226
Fill & Fix injection fixing
INSTALLATION IN SOLID BUILDING MATERIALS
Chemical fixings
INSTALLATION IN HOLLOW AND PANEL BUILDING MATERIALS
TECHNICAL DATA
Fill & Fix Injection fixing
Contents Languages on Sales unit

the cartridge
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Fill & Fix K (D) 051097 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes D 4
Fill & Fix K (D/F) 503227 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes D, F 8
Fill & Fix K (F) 513500 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes F 8
Fill & Fix K (I) 051098 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes I 8
Fill & Fix K (S/DK) 505083 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes S, DK 8
Fill & Fix K (GR) 505084 1 cartridge 25 ml, 2 static mixer, 4 anchor sleeves, 2 extension tubes GR 8
Fill & Fix Static mixer 502735 6 static mixer - 1
LOADS
Fill & Fix
The given loads are valid for chipboard screws with the specified diameters.
Type Fill & Fix
Diameter of chipboard screw Ø [mm] 4,0 5,0 6,0

Nominal drill diameter d0 [mm] 10 10 10
Anchorage depth hef ≥ [mm] 45 45 45
Drill hole depth h1 ≥ [mm] 50 50 50
Anchorage in solid substrates
Recommended load2) in concrete ≥ C12/15 [kN] 0,50 0,60 0,70
Recommended load2) in sand-lime bricks ≥ KS 20 a. ≥ NF [kN] 0,50 0,60 0,70
Anchorage in perforated bricks/hollow blocks using the perforated sleeve
Recommended load2) in vertically perforated bricks ≥ HLz 12, ρ ≥ 0,9 kg/dm3 a. ≥ 16DF [kN] 0,20 0,25 0,30
Recommended load2) in per forated sand-lime bricks ≥ KSL 12, ρ ≥ 1,4 kg/dm3 a. ≥ 5DF [kN] 0,20 0,25 0,30
Recommended load2) in lightweight concrete hollow blocks [kN] 0,20 0,25 0,30
Anchorage in aerated concrete
Recommended load2) in aerated concrete ≥ PP2 [kN] 0,10 0,15 0,20
Anchorage in board materials using the perforated sleeve
Recommended load2) in gypsum plasterboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,12 0,12 0,12
Recommended load2) in gypsum plasterboard 25 mm (= 2 × 12,5 mm) [kN] 0,20 0,20 0,20
Recommended load2) in gypsum fibreboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,21 0,21 0,21
1)
2)
227
High performance
4 steel anchors
Page
Bolt anchor FAZ II 232
4
High performance anchor FH II 239
High performance steel anchors

High performance anchor FH II-I 245
ZYKON undercut anchor FZA 248
ZYKON hammerset anchor FZEA II 256
Concrete screw ULTRACUT FBS II 8-14 260
Concrete screw FBS 8-12 A4 267
Concrete screw FBS 6 270
Hammerset anchor EA II 273
Nail anchor FNA II 278
Nail anchor FNA II RB 282
Ceiling nail FDN 285
Bolt anchor FBN II 287
Heavy-duty anchor TA M 291
Heavy-duty anchor TA M-T 295
Sleeve anchor FSA 297
Fixing set for Diamond Drills FDBB 300
Wall screw MR 302
Hollow-ceiling anchor FHY 304
Aircrete anchor FPX-I 307
229
Range of steel anchors
Economical due to high Can be removed and reused

performance due to the screw thread
Bolt anchor FAZ II Concrete screw ULTRACUT FBS II
For highest demands. Powerful and flexible. The powerful concrete screw
Page 232 for top installation comfort
Page 260
4
Bolt anchor FBN II

The cost-efficient fixing for flexible use in non-cracked
concrete
Page 287
Concrete screw FBS A4
The powerful concrete screw for outdoor use
Page 267
Fixing set for diamond drills FDBB
The reusable fixing system for diamond drills and saws
Page 300
Concrete screw FBS 6

The versatile screw solution for a fast and
The best safety margin simple installation
Page 270
thanks to the undercutting
technology
ZYKON undercut anchor FZA
The fixing system with the highest safety in cracked con-
crete
Page 248
ZYKON hammerset anchor FZEA II

The internally threaded anchor with low anchoring depth
for individual fixings in cracked concrete
Page 256
230
318
Easy to install due to low Easy to install due to

setting energy hammerset installation
High performance anchor FH II without torque wrench
The push-through anchor for fixings with sophisticated
design in cracked concrete Nail anchor FNA II / FNA II RB
Page 239 The installation-friendly hammerset anchor
for multiple fixings
4
Page 278

Sleeve anchor FSA
The push-through anchor for structural fixings in non-
cracked concrete Ceiling nail FDN
Page 297 The cost-efficient push-through anchor
for multiple fixings
Page 285
Heavy-duty anchor TA M
The installation-friendly internally threaded anchor for Hammerset anchor EA II
fixings in non-cracked concrete The internally threaded anchor with rim for simple
Page 291 hammerset installation
Page 273
Hollow-ceiling anchor FHY

The installation-friendly internally threaded anchor for Wall screw MR
fixings in pre-stressed hollow-core concrete slabs The fixing with simple hammerset installation in non-
Page 304 cracked concrete
Page 302
Aircrete anchor FPX-I

The strong internally threaded anchor with unique 4-way
expansion for fixings in aerated concrete
Page 307
231
Bolt anchor FAZ II
For highest demands. Powerful and flexible.
4
Balcony railings Steel girders
▪ Stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15
▪ Concrete C80/95

▪ According to the new assessment ▪ Steel constructions ▪ The FAZ II is suitable for pre-positioned
(ETA) the tensile load capacities are ▪ Guard rails and push-through installation and
decisively increased. This requires less ▪ Consoles is also ideal for stand-off installation
anchors. ▪ Ladders thanks to the long thread.
▪ The variable anchorage depths for the ▪ Cable trays ▪ When applying the torque, the cone
sizes M8 to M16 allow for the first ▪ Machines bolt is pulled into the expansion sleeve
time a millimeter-accurate adjustment ▪ Staircases and expand it against the drill hole
to the loads. ▪ Gates wall.
▪ The design with cap nut offers a vis- ▪ Façades ▪ The anchor is set in line with the
ually attractive anchoring and protects ▪ Timber constructions approval once the preset installation
against injuries due to the round head torque is achieved.
shape. ▪ In the case of series installation, we
▪ The first bolt anchor M6 with ETA recommend using the FABS anchor
Assessment for Option 1, for secure bolt setting tool.
and approved anchorage.
▪ The international approvals guaran-
tees maximum safety and the best
performance.
232
Bolt anchor FAZ II
DRILL HOLE PREPARATION PUSH-THROUGH INSTALLATION WITH HEXAGON NUT
4
PUSH-THROUGH INSTALLATION OF THE CUP NUT VERSION WITH SETTING GAUGE

TECHNICAL DATA
h2
hef, max. t fix
M max.
Bolt anchor FAZ II M
min.
hef, min. t fix

h2
zinc-plated stainless highly corro- Seismic- Drill hole Min. drill Anchor Max. usa- Thread Width Sales unit
steel steel sion resistant Approval diameter hole depth length ble length across nut
Approval
steel for through hef,max./

fixings hef,min.
d0 h2 l tfix Ø x length  SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA ICC [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 C
FAZ II 6/10 542621 542623 — ■ — — 6 60 65 10/- M 6 x 25 10 50
FAZ II 6/20 542622 542624 — ■ — — 6 70 75 20/- M 6 x 35 10 50
FAZ II 8/10 094871 1) 501396 1) — ■ ▲ C1 8 65 75 10/20 M 8 x 38 13 50
FAZ II 8/10 — — 501428 1) ■ ▲ C1 8 65 75 10/20 M 8 x 38 13 10
FAZ II 8/30 094877 1) 501399 1) — ■ ▲ C1 8 85 95 30/40 M 8 x 58 13 50
FAZ II 8/30 — — 501429 1) ■ ▲ C1 8 85 95 30/40 M 8 x 58 13 10
FAZ II 8/50 094878 1) 501401 — ■ ▲ C1 8 105 115 50/60 M 8 x 78 13 50
FAZ II 8/100 094879 1) — — ■ ▲ C1 8 155 165 100/110 M 8 x 128 13 25
FAZ II 8/160 503251 1) — — ■ ▲ C1 8 215 225 160/170 M 8 x 100 13 20
FAZ II 10/10 094981 501403 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 10 85 95 10/30 M 10 x 53 17 50
FAZ II 10/10 — — 501430 ■ ▲ C1 10 85 95 10/30 M 10 x 53 17 10
FAZ II 10/20 094982 — — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 10 95 105 20/40 M 10 x 63 17 25
FAZ II 10/20 — 501406 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 10 95 105 20/40 M 10 x 63 17 50
FAZ II 10/30 094983 — — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 10 105 115 30/50 M 10 x 73 17 25
FAZ II 10/30 — 501407 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 10 105 115 30/50 M 10 x 73 17 50
FAZ II 10/30 — — 503185 ■ ▲ C1 10 105 115 30/50 M 10 x 73 17 10
FAZ II 10/50 094984 501409 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 10 125 135 50/70 M 10 x 93 17 20
FAZ II 10/70 — 501410 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 10 145 155 70/90 M 10 x 113 17 20
FAZ II 10/80 094985 — — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 10 155 165 80/100 M 10 x 123 17 20
FAZ II 10/100 — 501411 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 10 175 185 100/120 M 10 x 100 17 20
FAZ II 10/100 094986 — — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 10 175 185 100/120 M 10 x 143 17 20
FAZ II 10/160 — 501412 — ■ ▲ — 10 235 245 160/180 M 10 x 100 17 20
FAZ II 10/160 503252 — — ■ ▲ — 10 235 245 160/180 M 10 x 193 17 20
FAZ II 12/10 095419 501413 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 12 100 110 10/30 M 12 x 61 19 20
1) With minimum embedment depth only for statically interdeterminate systems
Approval Seismic C1/C2 only with maximum embedment depth
233
Bolt anchor FAZ II
TECHNICAL DATA
h2
hef, max. t fix
M max.
Bolt anchor FAZ II M
min.
4
hef, min. t fix

h2
zinc-plated stainless highly corro- Seismic- Drill hole Min. drill Anchor Max. usa- Thread Width Sales unit
steel steel sion resistant Approval diameter hole depth length ble length across nut
steel Approval for through hef,max./
fixings hef,min.
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA ICC [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 C
FAZ II 12/10 — — 503186 ■ ▲ C1 12 100 110 10/30 M 12 x 61 19 10
FAZ II 12/20 095420 501415 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 12 110 120 20/40 M 12 x 71 19 20
FAZ II 12/30 095421 501416 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 12 120 130 30/50 M 12 x 81 19 20
FAZ II 12/30 — — 501431 ■ ▲ C1 12 120 130 30/50 M 12 x 81 19 10
FAZ II 12/50 095446 501419 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 12 140 150 50/70 M 12 x 101 19 20
FAZ II 12/60 — 501420 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 12 150 160 60/80 M 12 x 111 19 20
FAZ II 12/80 095454 — — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 12 170 180 80/100 M 12 x 131 19 20
FAZ II 12/100 095470 501421 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 12 190 200 100/120 M 12 x 151 19 20
FAZ II 12/160 503253 — — ■ ▲ — 12 250 260 160/180 M 12 x 186 19 10
FAZ II 12/160 — 503180 — ■ ▲ — 12 250 260 160/180 M 12 x 100 19 20
FAZ II 12/200 095605 — — ■ ▲ — 12 290 300 200/220 M 12 x 186 19 10
FAZ II 16/5 522124 — — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 16 115 128 5/25 M 16 x 64 24 20
FAZ II 16/5 — 522125 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 16 115 128 5/25 M 16 x 64 24 10
FAZ II 16/25 — 501423 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 16 135 148 25/45 M 16 x 84 24 20
FAZ II 16/25 — — 501432 ■ ▲ C1 16 135 148 25/45 M 16 x 84 24 10
FAZ II 16/25 095836 — — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 16 135 148 25/45 M 16 x 84 24 10
FAZ II 16/50 095864 — — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 16 160 173 50/70 M 16 x 109 24 10
FAZ II 16/50 — — 503187 ■ ▲ C1 16 160 173 50/70 M 16 x 109 24 10
FAZ II 16/50 — 501424 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 16 160 173 50/70 M 16 x 109 24 20
FAZ II 16/100 095865 501425 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 16 210 223 100/120 M 16 x 159 24 10
FAZ II 16/160 503254 — — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 16 270 283 160/180 M 16 x 189 24 10
FAZ II 16/200 095967 — — ■ ▲ — 16 310 323 200/220 M 16 x 189 24 10
FAZ II 16/250 095968 — — ■ ▲ — 16 360 373 250/270 M 16 x 100 24 10
FAZ II 16/300 096188 — — ■ ▲ — 16 410 423 300/320 M 16 x 100 24 10
FAZ II 20/30 046632 — — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 20 155 172 30/- M 20 x 54 30 5
FAZ II 20/30 — 501426 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 20 155 172 30/- M 20 x 54 30 4
FAZ II 20/60 046633 — — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 20 185 202 60/- M 20 x 84 30 5
FAZ II 20/60 — 503183 — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 20 185 202 60/- M 20 x 84 30 4
FAZ II 20/160 503255 — — ■ ▲ C1 / C2 20 285 302 160/- M 20 x 100 30 5
FAZ II 24/30 046635 — — ■ ▲ C1 24 185 205 30/- M 24 x 58 36 5
FAZ II 24/30 — 501427 — ■ ▲ C1 24 185 205 30/- M 24 x 58 36 4
FAZ II 24/60 046636 — — ■ ▲ C1 24 215 235 60/- M 24 x 88 36 5
FAZ II 24/60 — 503184 — ■ ▲ C1 24 215 235 60/- M 24 x 88 36 4
1) With minimum embedment depth only for statically interdeterminate systems
234
Bolt anchor FAZ II
TECHNICAL DATA
h2
hef, max. t fix
M max.
Bolt anchor FAZ II H M
min.
4

hef, min. t fix
h2
zinc-plated stainless Seismic- Drill hole Min. drill Anchor Max. usable Thread Width Sales unit
steel steel Approval Approval diameter hole depth length length across nut
for through hef,max./
fixings hef,min.
Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA ICC [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FAZ II 10/10 H 543392 1) 543396 1) ■ — C1 / C2 10 87 95 10/30 M 10 x 53 17 20
FAZ II 10/20 H 543393 1) 543397 1) ■ — C1 / C2 10 97 105 20/40 M 10 x 63 17 20
FAZ II 12/10 H 543394 1) 543398 1) ■ — C1 / C2 12 99 109 10/30 M 12 x 61 19 20
FAZ II 12/20 H 543395 1) 543399 1) ■ — C1 / C2 12 109 119 20/40 M 12 x 71 19 20
1) Available from spring 2018
TECHNICAL DATA
h2
t fix
M
Bolt anchor FAZ II K
hef, min.
zinc-plated stainless Drill hole Min. drill Anchor Usable Thread Washer (outer diameter x Sales unit
steel steel diameter hole depth length length (hef thickness)
Approval
for through min.)

fixings
d0 h2 l tfix Ø x length
Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FAZ II 8/5 K 538989 538990 ■ 8 45 60 5 M 8 x 23 16 x 1,6 50
FAZ II 10/10 K 522108 522116 ■ 10 65 75 10 M 10 x 33 20 x 2 50
FAZ II 10/20 K 522110 — ■ 10 75 85 20 M 10 x 43 20 x 2 25
FAZ II 10/20 K — 522117 ■ 10 75 85 20 M 10 x 43 20 x 2 50
FAZ II 12/10 K 522118 522122 ■ 12 80 90 10 M 12 x 41 24 x 2,5 20
FAZ II 12/20 K 522119 522123 ■ 12 90 100 20 M 12 x 51 24 x 2,5 20
FAZ II 10/10 K GS 522115 — ■ 10 65 75 10 M 10 x 33 25 x 3 50
FAZ II 12/10 K GS 522121 — ■ 12 80 90 10 M 12 x 41 30 x 3 20
235
Bolt anchor FAZ II
TECHNICAL DATA
h2
hef, max. t fix
Bolt anchor FAZ II GS (with large washer) M max.
min.
4
Bolt anchor FAZ II HBS (washer compliant
hef, min. t fix

to wood construction standard DIN 1052)
h2
steel, stainless Seismic- Drill hole Min. Anchor Max. usable Thread Width U15 Sales
zinc-plated, steel, with Approval diameter drill hole length length hef,max./ across nut unit
Approval
with large large washer depth for hef,min.

washer through
fixings
Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
Item gvz A4
FAZ II 8/10 GS 094872 501398 ■ C1 8 65 75 10/20 M 8 x 38 13 22 x 2,5 50
FAZ II 8/30 GS 096189 501400 ■ C1 8 85 95 30/40 M 8 x 58 13 22 x 2,5 50
FAZ II 10/10 GS 096291 501405 ■ C1 / C2 10 85 95 10/30 M 10 x 53 17 25 x 3 50
FAZ II 10/30 GS 096297 — ■ C1 / C2 10 105 115 30/50 M 10 x 73 17 25 x 3 25
FAZ II 10/30 GS — 501408 ■ C1 / C2 10 105 115 30/50 M 10 x 73 17 25 x 3 50
FAZ II 12/10 GS 096303 501414 ■ C1 / C2 12 100 110 10/30 M 12 x 61 19 30 x 3 20
FAZ II 12/20 GS 502530 — ■ C1 / C2 12 110 120 20/40 M 12 x 71 19 30 x 3 20
FAZ II 12/30 GS 096340 501418 ■ C1 / C2 12 120 130 30/50 M 12 x 81 19 30 x 3 20
FAZ II 12/50 GS 502531 — ■ C1 / C2 12 140 150 50/70 M 12 x 101 19 30 x 3 20
FAZ II 12/80 GS 538430 — ■ C1 / C2 12 170 180 80/100 M 12 x 131 19 44 x 4 20
FAZ II 12/100 GS 502532 — ■ C1 / C2 12 190 200 100/120 M 12 x 151 19 30 x 3 20
FAZ II 12/100 GS 538702 — ■ C1 / C2 12 190 200 100/120 M 12 x 151 19 44 x 4 20
FAZ II 12/120 GS 096367 — ■ C1 / C2 12 210 220 120/140 M 12 x 171 19 30 x 3 20
FAZ II 12/120 GS 538703 — ■ C1 / C2 12 210 220 120/140 M 12 x 171 19 44 x 4 20
FAZ II 12/140 GS 538433 — ■ C1 / C2 12 230 240 140/160 M 12 x 186 19 44 x 4 20
FAZ II 12/160 GS 538431 — ■ C1 / C2 12 250 260 160/180 M 12 x 186 19 44 x 4 20
FAZ II 12/160 GS — 503181 ■ — 12 250 260 160/180 M 12 x 186 19 44 x 4 20
FAZ II 12/180 GS 538434 — ■ C1 / C2 12 270 280 180/200 M 12 x 186 19 44 x 4 20
FAZ II 12/200 GS 538432 — ■ C1 / C2 12 290 300 200/220 M 12 x 186 19 44 x 4 20
FAZ II 16/160 GS 503261 — ■ C1 / C2 16 270 283 160/180 M 16 x 189 24 56 x 5 10
FAZ II 16/160 GS — 503182 ■ C1 / C2 16 270 283 160/180 M 16 x 100 24 56 x 5 4
FAZ II 16/200 GS 096370 — ■ — 16 310 323 200/220 M 16 x 189 24 56 x 5 10
FAZ II 12/100 HBS 522951 — ■ C1 / C2 12 190 205 100/120 M 12 x 151 19 58 x 6 20
FAZ II 12/120 HBS 522952 — ■ C1 / C2 12 210 225 120/140 M 12 x 171 19 58 x 6 20
FAZ II 16/160 HBS 522953 — ■ C1 / C2 16 270 278 160/180 M 16 x 189 24 68 x 6 10
FAZ II 16/200 HBS 522954 — ■ — 16 310 328 200/220 M 16 x 189 24 68 x 6 10
ACCESSORIES
fischer Anchor bolt setting tool FABS
Matching anchor type Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FABS 077937 FAZ II, FBN II, EXA for diameter from M6 - M12 1
236
Bolt anchor FAZ II
LOADS
Bolt anchor FAZ II, FAZ II K and FAZ II GS (HBS)
reducing the load
element thickness depth
load load Max. Load 4
hmin hef 4) Tinst Nperm 6) Vperm 6) c c s smin 7) cmin 7)

gvz 3,4 80
FAZ II 6 A4 80 40 8 0,7 45 120 35 45
5,0 125
C
80 355) 2,6 40 200 105
gvz 7,8
90 45 3,8 45 185 135
80 355) 2,6 8,9 40 105
FAZ II 8 A4 20 35 40
90 45 3,8 9,6 45 135
235
80 355) 2,6 8,9 40 105
C
90 45 3,8 9,6 45 135
90 40 4,3 11,3 60 275 120
gvz
110 60 6,2 12,2 65 255 180
90 40 4,3 11,3 60 275 120
FAZ II 10 A4 45 40 45
110 60 6,2 15,1 65 325 180
90 40 4,3 11,3 60 275 120
C
110 60 6,2 15,1 65 325 180
100 50 6,1 75 400 150
gvz 17,5
120 70 9,5 100 350 210
100 50 6,1 18,8 75 435 150
FAZ II 12 A4 60 50 55
120 70 9,5 21,9 100 450 210
100 50 6,1 18,8 75 435 150
C
120 70 9,5 21,9 100 450 210
65 9,0 28,7 100 545 195
gvz
85 13,4 31,4 130 585 255
65 9,0 28,7 100 545 195
FAZ II 16 A4 140 110 65 65
85 13,4 39,9 130 760 255
65 9,0 28,7 100 545 195
C
85 13,4 39,9 130 760 255
gvz
FAZ II 20 A4 170 100 200 17,1 44,6 150 745 300 95 85
C
gvz
FAZ II 24 A4 210 125 270 24,0 57,5 170 840 375 100 100
C
For the design the complete assessment ETA-05/0069, issue date 03.07.2017 has to be considered.8)
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor under tension load and shear load
without edge influence counts e.g. an anchor with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1.5·h ef. Concerning shear loads under edge influence and accurate data see ETA.
2)
3)
Drill method hammer drilling, hollow drilling resp. Diamond drilling.
4)
Eff. anchorage depth: min. anchorage depth, max. anchorage depth.
5)
The anchorage depths smaller than 40 mm are only allowed for single anchors as part of a multiple fixing of non-structural systems.
6)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see ETA.
7)
8)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-05/0069, issue date 03.07.2017. Design of the loads according TR055/ETAG 001, Annex C, Method A (for static resp. quasi-static loads).
9)
A reinforcement in the concrete to prevent splitting is required. The width of the cracks has to be limited under consideration of the splitting forces at wk ∼ 0.3mm.
237
Bolt anchor FAZ II
LOADS
Bolt anchor FAZ II, FAZ II K and FAZ II GS (HBS)
reducing the load
4 load load Max. Load
hmin hef 4) Tinst Nperm 6) Vperm 6) c c s smin 7) cmin 7)
gvz 3,6 3,4 45 55
FAZ II 6 A4 80 40 8 120 35 45
5,0 5,0 50 85
C
80 355) 5,0 85 140 105
gvz 7,8
90 45 6,7 80 125 135
80 355) 5,0 85 175 105
FAZ II 8 A4 20 40 40
90 45 6,7 80 160 135
9,6
80 355) 5,0 85 175 105
C
90 45 6,7 80 160 135
90 40 6,1 80 205 120
gvz 12,2
110 60 9,5 75 175 180
90 40 6,1 80 260 120
FAZ II 10 A4 45 40 45
110 60 9,5 75 220 180
15,1
90 40 6,1 80 260 120
C
110 60 9,5 75 220 180
100 50 8,5 100 275 150
gvz 17,5
120 70 10,5 80 240 210
100 50 8,5 100 350 150
FAZ II 12 A4 60 50 55
120 70 10,5 80 305 210
21,9
100 50 8,5 100 350 150
C
120 70 10,5 80 305 210
65 12,6 130 410 195
gvz 31,4
85 18,8 170 400 255
65 12,6 130 535 195
FAZ II 16 A4 140 110 65 65
85 18,8 170 520 255
39,9
65 12,6 130 535 195
C
85 18,8 170 520 255
gvz 46,5 530
FAZ II 20 A4 170 100 200 24,0 230 300 95 95
60,7 515
C
gvz 62,9 630
FAZ II 24 A4 210 125 270 33,6 265 375 100 135
80,7 835
C
For the design the complete assessment ETA-05/0069, issue date 03.07.2017 has to be considered.8)
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor under tension load and shear load
without edge influence counts e.g. an anchor with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1.5·h ef. Concerning shear loads under edge influence and accurate data see ETA.
2)
3)
Drill method hammer drilling, hollow drilling resp. Diamond drilling.
4)
Eff. anchorage depth: min. anchorage depth, max. anchorage depth.
5)
The anchorage depths smaller than 40 mm are only allowed for single anchors as part of a multiple fixing of non-structural systems.
6)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see ETA.
7)
8)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-05/0069, issue date 03.07.2017. Design of the loads according TR055/ETAG 001, Annex C, Method A (for static resp. quasi-static loads).
238
High performance anchor FH II
The push-through anchor for fixings with sophisticated design

in cracked concrete

Steel girders Banisters
▪ Stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15

▪ The anchor design allows for ▪ Guard rails ▪ The FH II is suitable for push-through
wide-ranging head shapes for fixing ▪ Staircases installation.
points with sophisticated design. ▪ Consoles ▪ When applying the torque, the cone is
▪ The ideal interaction of screw shank ▪ Steel constructions pulled into the expansion sleeve and
and sleeve allows for a high shear ▪ Ladders expands it against the drill hole wall.
load. Thus fewer fixing points are ▪ Cable trays ▪ The black plastic ring prevents rotation
required. ▪ Machines when tightening the anchor, and acts
▪ The international approvals guarantee ▪ Gates as a crumple zone to take the torque
maximum safety and the best perfor- ▪ Façades slippage so that the fixture is pulled
mance. These applications are also ▪ Gratings onto the anchor base.
approved for use in earthquake zones ▪ Available head shapes for flexible
(seismic C1). design solutions:
▪ The optimised geometry reduces the Countersunk head (type SK), hexa-
energy required for assembly. gon head (type S), bolt version with
▪ The approval regulates the use of nut and washer (type B) and cap nut
hollow drills. (type H).
▪ When using hollow drills with suction,
drill hole cleaning is not required.
239
INSTALLATION
4
TECHNICAL DATA
High performance anchor FH II-S

with hexagonal head
zinc-plated stainless Seismic- Drill hole Min. drill Anchor Max. fixture Thread Width Sales unit
steel steel Approval diameter hole depth length thickness across nut
Approval
for through
fixings
d0 h2 l t fix M  SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA ICC [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FH II 10/10 S 503133 — ■ — — 10 65 70 10 M6 10 50
FH II 10/10 S — 510923 ■ — — 10 65 69 10 M6 10 50
FH II 10/25 S 503134 — ■ — — 10 80 85 25 M6 10 50
FH II 10/25 S — 510924 ■ — — 10 80 84 25 M6 10 50
FH II 10/50 S 503135 — ■ — — 10 105 110 50 M6 10 50
FH II 12/10 S 044884 — ■ ▲ C1 12 90 90 10 M8 13 50
FH II 12/10 S — 510925 ■ — — 12 90 90 10 M8 13 50
FH II 12/25 S 044885 — ■ ▲ C1 12 105 105 25 M8 13 50
FH II 12/25 S — 510926 ■ — — 12 105 105 25 M8 13 20
FH II 12/50 S 044886 — ■ ▲ C1 12 130 130 50 M8 13 25
FH II 15/10 S 044887 — ■ ▲ C1 15 100 106 10 M 10 17 25
FH II 15/10 S — 510927 ■ — — 15 100 107 10 M 10 17 50
FH II 15/25 S 044888 — ■ ▲ C1 15 115 121 25 M 10 17 25
FH II 15/25 S — 510928 ■ — — 15 115 122 25 M 10 17 20
FH II 15/50 S 044889 — ■ ▲ C1 15 140 146 50 M 10 17 25
FH II 18/10 S 046847 — ■ ▲ C1 18 115 118 10 M 12 19 20
FH II 18/25 S 044894 — ■ ▲ C1 18 130 132 25 M 12 19 20
FH II 18/25 S — 510929 ■ — — 18 130 133 25 M 12 19 10
FH II 18/50 S 044896 — ■ ▲ C1 18 155 157 50 M 12 19 20
FH II 24/25 S 044898 — ■ ▲ C1 24 150 160 25 M 16 24 10
FH II 24/25 S — 502711 ■ — — 24 150 160 25 M 16 24 8
FH II 24/50 S 044900 — ■ ▲ C1 24 175 185 50 M 16 24 10
FH II 28/30 S 044901 — ■ ▲ C1 28 185 192 30 M 20 30 4
FH II 28/60 S 044902 — ■ ▲ C1 28 215 222 60 M 20 30 4
FH II 32/30 S 044903 — ■ ▲ C1 32 210 215 30 M 24 36 4
FH II 32/60 S 044904 — ■ ▲ C1 32 240 245 60 M 24 36 4
240
TECHNICAL DATA
h2
t fix
X
d0 90° D
High performance anchor FH II-SK

with countersunk head
l
SW 4

X ØD
[mm] [mm]
FH II 10/... SK 5,0 19,5
FH II 12/... SK 5,8 22
FH II 15/... SK 5,8 25
FH II 18/... SK 8,0 32
zinc-plated stainless Seismic- Drill hole Min. drill Anchor Max. fixture Thread Width Sales unit
steel steel Approval diameter hole depth length thickness across nut
Approval
for through (hexagon

fixings socket)
Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA ICC [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FH II 10/15 SK 503136 — ■ — — 10 70 65 15 M6 4 50
FH II 10/25 SK 503137 — ■ — — 10 80 75 25 M6 4 50
FH II 10/50 SK 503138 — ■ — — 10 105 100 50 M6 4 50
FH II 12/15 SK — 510931 ■ — — 12 95 90 15 M8 5 25
FH II 12/15 SK 044917 — ■ — C1 12 95 90 15 M8 5 25
FH II 12/25 SK 044918 — ■ — C1 12 105 100 25 M8 5 25
FH II 12/30 SK — 510932 ■ — — 12 110 105 30 M8 5 25
FH II 12/50 SK 044919 — ■ — C1 12 130 125 50 M8 5 25
FH II 12/50 SK — 510933 ■ — — 12 130 125 50 M8 5 25
FH II 15/15 SK 044920 — ■ ▲ C1 15 105 100 15 M 10 6 25
FH II 15/15 SK — 510934 ■ ▲ — 15 105 100 15 M 10 6 25
FH II 15/25 SK 044921 — ■ ▲ C1 15 115 110 25 M 10 6 25
FH II 15/50 SK 044922 — ■ ▲ C1 15 140 135 50 M 10 6 25
FH II 18/15 SK 044923 — ■ ▲ C1 18 120 115 15 M 12 8 20
FH II 18/25 SK 044924 — ■ ▲ C1 18 130 125 25 M 12 8 20
FH II 18/30 SK — 510935 ■ — — 18 135 130 30 M 12 8 20
FH II 18/50 SK 044925 — ■ ▲ C1 18 155 150 50 M 12 8 20
TECHNICAL DATA
High performance anchor FH II-H

with cap nut
zinc-plated Seismic- Drill hole Min. drill Anchor length Max. fixture Thread Width across Sales unit
steel Approval diameter hole depth thickness nut
Approval
for through
fixings
Art.-No. ETA ICC [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
FH II 10/10 H 503139 ■ — — 10 65 75 10 M6 13 50
FH II 10/25 H 503140 ■ — — 10 80 90 25 M6 13 50
FH II 10/50 H 503141 ■ — — 10 105 115 50 M6 13 50
FH II 12/10 H 044905 ■ — C1 12 90 100 10 M8 17 50
241
TECHNICAL DATA
High performance anchor FH II-H

with cap nut
4
Approval
for through
fixings
Item gvz
FH II 12/25 H 044906 ■ — C1 12 105 115 25 M8 17 50
FH II 12/50 H 044907 ■ — C1 12 130 140 50 M8 17 25
FH II 15/10 H 044908 ■ ▲ C1 15 100 115 10 M 10 17 25
FH II 15/25 H 044909 ■ ▲ C1 15 115 130 25 M 10 17 25
FH II 15/50 H 044910 ■ ▲ C1 15 140 155 50 M 10 17 25
FH II 18/25 H 044915 ■ ▲ C1 18 130 145 25 M 12 19 20
FH II 18/50 H 044916 ■ ▲ C1 18 155 170 50 M 12 19 20
TECHNICAL DATA
High performance anchor FH II-B

with hexagon nut and threaded bolt
Approval
for through
fixings
Item gvz
FH II 10/10 B 503142 ■ — — 10 65 70 10 M6 10 50
FH II 10/25 B 503143 ■ — — 10 80 85 25 M6 10 50
FH II 10/50 B 503144 ■ — — 10 105 110 50 M6 10 50
FH II 12/10 B 048773 ■ ▲ C1 12 90 95 10 M8 13 50
FH II 12/100 B 046832 ■ ▲ C1 12 180 185 100 M8 13 25
FH II 12/25 B 048774 ■ ▲ C1 12 105 110 25 M8 13 50
FH II 12/50 B 048775 ■ ▲ C1 12 130 135 50 M8 13 25
FH II 15/10 B 048776 ■ ▲ C1 15 100 110 10 M 10 17 25
FH II 15/100 B 046835 ■ ▲ C1 15 190 200 100 M 10 17 20
FH II 15/25 B 048777 ■ ▲ C1 15 115 125 25 M 10 17 25
FH II 15/50 B 048778 ■ ▲ C1 15 140 150 50 M 10 17 25
FH II 18/100 B 046841 ■ ▲ C1 18 205 215 100 M 12 19 10
FH II 18/25 B 048779 ■ ▲ C1 18 130 140 25 M 12 19 20
FH II 18/50 B 048780 ■ ▲ C1 18 155 165 50 M 12 19 20
FH II 24/100 B 046842 ■ ▲ C1 24 225 242 100 M 16 24 5
FH II 24/25 B 048886 ■ ▲ C1 24 150 167 25 M 16 24 10
FH II 24/50 B 048887 ■ ▲ C1 24 175 192 50 M 16 24 10
FH II 28/30 B 047547 ■ ▲ C1 28 185 199 30 M 20 30 4
242
TECHNICAL DATA
High performance anchor FH II-B

with hexagon nut and threaded bolt

Approval
for through
fixings
Item gvz
FH II 28/60 B 047548 ■ ▲ C1 28 215 229 60 M 20 30 4
FH II 32/30 B 047549 ■ ▲ C1 32 210 231 30 M 24 36 4
FH II 32/60 B 047550 ■ ▲ C1 32 240 261 60 M 24 36 4
LOADS
High performance anchor FH II-B, FH II-S, FH II-H and FH II-SK
reducing the load
Type Material Minimum Effective Installation Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
load load Max. Load
gvz 7)
FH II 10 80 40 10 / 15 3,6 4,3 50 100 120 40 40
A4
gvz 17,58) / 22,59)
FH II 12 120 60 5,7 15,410) / 15,9 60 31010) / 320 180 50 50
A4 25
gvz
FH II 15 140 70 388) / 40 7,6 20,1 75 365 210 60 60
A4
gvz
FH II 18 160 80 80 / 10012) 11,9 24,5 115 410 240 70 70
A4
gvz
FH II 24 200 100 1208) / 160 17,1 34,3 150 495 300 80 80
A4
FH II 28 gvz 250 125 180 24,0 47,9 190 605 375 100 100
FH II 32 gvz 300 150 200 31,5 63,0 225 715 450 120 120
For the design the complete assessment ETA-07/0025 has to be considered.6)
1)
2)
3)
Drill method Hammer drilling resp. hollow drilling.
4)
5)
6)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Assessment ETA-07/0025, issue date 09/12/2016. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Annex C, Method A (for static resp. quasi-static loads).
7)
Only valid for FH II-S A4.
8)
Only valid for FH II-B.
9)
Only valid for FH II-S, -SK and -H.
10)
Only valid for FH II-B and -H.
11)
A reinforcement in the concrete to prevent splitting is required. The width of the cracks has to be limited under consideration of the splitting forces at wk ∼ 0.3mm.
12)
Only valid for FH II-S A4 and -SK A4.
243
LOADS
High performance anchor FH II-B, FH II-S, FH II-H and FH II-SK
reducing the load
Type Material Minimum Effective Installation Permissible Permissible shear Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
fixing member anchorage torque tensile load load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
Max. tension
4 load Max. shear load Max. Load
gvz
FH II 10 80 40 10 / 157) 6,1 6,1 95 100 120 40 40
A4
gvz 17,58) / 22,59) 11,2 15,410) / 18,911) 150 19510) / 18011)
FH II 12 120 60 180 50 50
A4 25 9,5 16,0 125 220
gvz 23,410) / 28,211) 29510) / 36011)
FH II 15 140 70 388) / 40 14,1 160 210 60 60
A4 11,412) / 24,67) 310
gvz
FH II 18 160 80 80 / 10013) 17,2 34,4 170 405 240 70 70
A4
gvz
FH II 24 200 100 1208) / 160 24,0 48,1 190 490 300 80 80
A4
FH II 28 gvz 250 125 180 33,6 67,2 240 605 375 100 100
FH II 32 gvz 300 150 200 44,2 88,4 285 710 450 120 120
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
Only valid for FH II-S A4.
8)
Only valid for FH II-B.
9)
Only valid for FH II-S, -SK and -H.
10)
Only valid for FH II-B and -H.
11)
Only valid for FH II-S, -SK.
12)
Only valid for FH II-SK A4.
13)
Only valid for FH II-S A4 and -SK A4.
244
High performance anchor FH II-I
The intelligent internally threaded anchor with easy mounting

for fixings in cracked concrete

Stadium seating Air conditioning units
▪ Stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15

▪ The functional principle of the FH II-I ▪ Steel constructions ▪ The FH II-I is suitable for pre-positioned
enables fast, deformation-controlled ▪ Guard rails installation.
expansion with a hexagon wrench, ▪ Consoles ▪ When a hexagon wrench is used for
thus ensuring top installation comfort ▪ Ladders installation, the internal thread bolt
and highest load-bearing capacity. ▪ Cable trays starts to rotate. This pulls the cone into
▪ The visual setting control with a ▪ Machines the expansion sleeve and expands it
predefined gap U between the anchor ▪ Staircases against the drill-hole wall. At the same
and the concrete surface allows a ▪ Pipeline routes time, the anchor is tightened through
compliant approved setting process ▪ Ventilation systems compression of the black plastic ring.
without a torque wrench. ▪ Sprinkler systems A gap U to the concrete surface is
▪ The metric internal thread allows created (see image 4).
for the use of standard screws and ▪ The anchor is set according to the
threaded rods for perfect adaptation in approval when the gap U is 3-5 mm.
line with the attachment. Alternatively, an installation torque of
▪ The FH II-I enables surface-flush Tinst can also be applied.
removal and the reuse of the undam-
aged fixing point, thus offering opti-
mum flexibility.
▪ Furthermore, the FH II-I offers all of the
benefits of the FH II.
245
TECHNICAL DATA
4
zinc plated, stainless Drill hole Min. drill hole Anchor Thread Min. bolt Max. bolt penetration Sales unit
steel grade steel Approval diameter depth for pre- length penetration
8.8 positioned
installation
d0 h1 l M lE,min lE,max
Item gvz A4
FH II 12/M6 I 520358 520360 ■ 12 85 77.5 M6 11 + U 25 25
FH II 12/M8 I 520359 520361 ■ 12 85 77.5 M8 13 + U 25 25
FH II 15/M10 I 519014 519018 ■ 15 95 90 M 10 10 + U 25 25
FH II 15/M12 I 519015 519019 ■ 15 95 90 M 12 12 + U 25 20
ACCESSORIES
Setting tool FH II-I

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Setting tool FH II-I M6-M10 532780 FH II 12/M6 I, FH II 15/M 10 I 10
Setting tool FH II-I M8-M12 532781 FH II 12/M8 I, FH II 15/M 12 I 10
LOADS
High performance anchor with internal thread FH II-I
reducing the load
Type Screw Minimum Effective Installation Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
material member anchorage torque tensile shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
resp. screw thickness depth load
load load Max. Load
hmin hef Tinst Nperm 4) Vperm 4) c c s smin cmin
5.8 2,9 55
FH II 12/M 6 I 8.8 130 60 15 4,3 4,6 55 80 180 50 50
A4-70 3,2 60
5.8 5,1 90
FH II 12/M 8 I 8.8 130 60 15 4,3 8,0 55 145 180 50 50
A4-70 6,0 105
5.8 8,6 135
FH II 15/M 10 I 8.8 150 70 25 5,7 13,1 65 220 210 60 60
A4-70 9,2 145
5.8 12,0 200
FH II 15/M 12 I 8.8 150 70 25 5,7 65 210 60 60
13,7 230
A4-70
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-07/0025 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of F = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-07/0025..
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
A reinforcement in the concrete to prevent splitting is required. The width of the cracks has to be limited under consideration of the splitting forces at wk ∼ 0.3mm begrenzt.
246
LOADS
High performance anchor with internal thread FH II-I
reducing the load
material member anchorage torque tensile shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
resp. screw thickness depth load
hmin hef Tinst Nperm 4) Vperm 4) c c s smin cmin

5.8 4,8 2,9 60
FH II 12/M 6 I 8.8 130 60 15 7,6 4,6 85 60 180 60 60
A4-70 5,3 3,2 60
5.8 9,0 5,1 115 65
FH II 12/M 8 I 8.8 130 60 15 8,0 100 180 60 60
9,5 125
A4-70 6,0 75
5.8 13,8 8,6 95
FH II 15/M 10 I 8.8 150 70 25 13,1 160 150 210 70 70
14,1
A4-70 9,2 100
5.8 12,0 135
FH II 15/M 12 I 8.8 150 70 25 14,1 160 210 70 70
13,7 155
A4-70
1)
with a spacing s ≥ 3·hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5·h ef. Accurate data see ETA-07/0025..
2)
3)
4)
5)
247
The fixing system with the highest safety in cracked concrete
4
Steel girders Installations in tunnels
▪ Stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15

▪ The special ZYKON undercut technol- ▪ Steelwork constructions ▪ The FZA is suitable for pre-positioned
ogy allows for a positive fit connection ▪ Guard rails installation, whereas the FZA-D is suit-
and ensures maximum safety, even in ▪ Consoles able for push-through installation.
large cracks. ▪ Step irons (FZA-ST) ▪ The undercut drill hole is created using
▪ The almost expansion-free installation ▪ Ladders the special FZUB drill.
of the anchor allows small edge dis- ▪ Cable trays ▪ Once the anchor has been placed in
tances and axial spacing, and thereby ▪ Machines the drill hole, the expansion sleeve is
enables flexible use. ▪ Staircases driven over the cone using the FZE
▪ The FZUB special drill allows for a fast ▪ Gates Plus setting tool, and the undercut drill
installation by creating the undercut ▪ Façades hole is filled with a positive fit.
without having to change tools.
▪ The drill hole geometry allows for a
very low setting energy, thus reducing
the energy required for installation.
▪ The ideal interaction of threaded bolts
and sleeve with FZA-D allows for a
high shear load and therefore fewer
fixing points.
248
TECHNICAL DATA
ZYKON Bolt anchor FZA

zinc-plated stainless Seismic- Required drill Required Bolt length Max. fixture Thread Width across Sales unit
Approval
steel steel Approval bit FZUB setting tool thickness nut
FZE plus
l t fix M  SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FZA 10 x 40 M6/10 060712 060772 ■ — 10 x 40 FZE 10 plus 60 10 M6 10 25
FZA 12 x 40 M 8/15 060715 060775 ■ — 12 x 40 FZE 12 plus 69 15 M8 13 25
FZA 12 x 50 M 8/15 060716 060776 ■ — 12 x 50 FZE 12 plus 79 15 M8 13 20
FZA 12 x 50 M 8/50 — 060774 ■ — 12 x 50 FZE 12 plus 114 50 M8 13 20
FZA 14 x 40 M10/25 060718 — ■ C1 14 x 40 FZE 14 plus 79 25 M 10 17 25
FZA 14 x 40 M10/25 — 060778 ■ C1 14 x 40 FZE 14 plus 79 25 M 10 17 20
FZA 14 x 60 M10/25 060719 060779 ■ C1 14 x 60 FZE 14 plus 102 25 M 10 17 10
TECHNICAL DATA
ZYKON Through anchor FZA-D
zinc-plated stainless Seismic- Required drill Required Bolt length Max. fixture Thread Width Sales unit
Approval
steel steel Approval bit FZUB setting tool thickness across nut
FZE plus
l t fix M  SW
Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FZA 12 x 50 M 8 D/10 060652 060664 ■ — 12 x 50 FZE 12 plus 69 10 M8 13 25
FZA 14 x 80 M10 D/20 060657 060669 ■ C1 14 x 80 FZE 14 plus 102 20 M 10 17 10
FZA 14 x 100 M 8 D/30 060658 060670 ■ C1 14 x 100 FZE 14 plus 126 40 M 10 17 10
249
TECHNICAL DATA
Zykon anchor for fixing step irons

FZA ST A4
4
stainless Required drill bit Required setting Max. fixture Thread Width across nut Sales unit
steel FZUB tool FZE plus thickness
t fix M  SW
Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item A4
FZA 14 x 40 ST A4 060686 1) 14 x 40 FZE 14 plus 30 M 10 16 20
FZA 14 x 60 ST A4 060687 1) 14 x 60 FZE 14 plus 30 M 10 16 20
1) According to DIN 1211GS/1212GS.
TECHNICAL DATA
ZYKON Internally-threaded anchor FZA-I
zinc-plated stainless Required drill bit Required setting Internal thread Min. bolt pene- Max. bolt pene- Sales unit
Approval
steel steel FZUB tool FZE plus tration tration
ETA A1 lE,min lE,max

Item gvz A4
FZA 12 x 40 M6 I 060758 060783 ■ 12 x 40 FZE 12 plus M6 10 15 25
FZA 12 x 50 M6 I — 060784 ■ 12 x 50 FZE 12 plus M6 10 15 25
FZA 14 x 60 M8 I 060760 060786 ■ 14 x 60 FZE 14 plus M8 11 17 20
FZA 18 x 80 M10 I 060761 060787 ■ 18 x 80 FZE 18 plus M 10 13 21 10
250
ACCESSORIES
Drill bit FZUB
Fits anchor Sales unit

Item
FZUB 10 x 40
Art.-No.
060622
bolt anchor
FZA 10 x 40 M6
push-through anchor
-
internal thread anchor
-
[pcs]
1
4

FZUB 12 x 40 060623 FZA 12 x 40 M8 - FZA 12 x 40 M6 I 1
FZUB 12 x 50 060627 FZA 12 x 50 M8 FZA 12 x 50 M8 D/10 FZA 12 x 50 M6 I 1
FZUB 12 x 60 060625 - FZA 12 x 60 M8 D/10 - 1
FZUB 12 x 80 060626 - FZA 12 x 80 M8 D/30 - 1
FZUB 14 x 40 060624 FZA 14 x 40 M10 - - 1
FZUB 14 x 80 060629 - FZA 14 x 80 M10 D/20 - 1
FZUB 14 x 100 060630 - FZA 14 x 100 M10 D/40 - 1
FZUB 18 x 80 060634 FZA 18 x 80 M12 - FZA 18 x 80 M10I 1
FZUB 18 x 100 060632 - FZA 18 x 100 M12 D/20 - 1
FZUB 18 x 130 060633 - FZA 18 x 130 M12 D/50 - 1
FZUB 22 x 125 060638 FZA 22 x 125 M16 FZA 22 x 125 M16 D/25 FZA 22 x 125 M12 I 1
ACCESSORIES
Setting tool FZE plus
Fits anchor Sales unit

Item Art.-No. bolt anchor push-through anchor internal thread anchor [pcs]
FZE 10 plus 044637 1) FZA 10 x ... M6 - - 1
FZE 12 plus 044638 FZA 12 x ... M8 FZA 12 x ... M8 D FZA 12 x ... M6 I 1
1) Without centring pin.
251
LOADS
ZYKON Bolt anchor FZA
reducing the load
hmin hef Tinst Nperm 4) Vperm 4) c c s smin 5) 6) cmin 5) 6)
gvz 4,6 95
FZA 10 x 40 M6 100 40 8,5 2,4 35 120 40 35
A4 3,2 65
gvz
FZA 12 x 40 M8 100 40 20 2,4 5,6 40 120 120 40 40
A4
gvz 7,9 160
FZA 12 x 50 M8 110 50 20 4,3 45 150 50 45
A4 5,9 115
gvz
FZA 14 x 40 M10 100 40 40 2,4 5,6 70 115 120 70 70
A4
gvz 13,3 245
FZA 14 x 60 M10 130 60 40 5,7 60 180 60 55
A4 9,3 165
gvz 19,3 315
FZA 18 x 80 M12 160 80 60 9,5 85 240 80 70
A4 13,5 210
gvz 34,3 500
FZA 22 x 100 M16 200 100 100 17,1 150 300 100 100
A4 25,2 355
gvz 35,9 450
FZA 22 x 125 M16 250 125 100 19,0 140 375 125 125
A4 25,2 300
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
252
LOADS
ZYKON-Bolt anchor FZA
reducing the load

gvz 4,6 65
FZA 10 x 40 M6 100 40 8,5 3,6 40 120 40 35
A4 3,2 50
gvz 7,9 120
FZA 12 x 40 M8 100 40 20 3,6 40 120 40 40
A4 5,9 85
gvz 8,4 115
FZA 12 x 50 M8 110 50 20 5,7 45 150 50 45
A4 5,9 75
gvz
FZA 14 x 40 M10 100 40 40 3,6 7,9 70 115 120 70 70
A4
gvz 13,3 170
FZA 14 x 60 M10 130 60 40 9,5 75 180 60 55
A4 9,3 110
gvz 19,3 210
FZA 18 x 80 M12 160 80 60 14,3 95 240 80 70
A4 13,5 140
gvz 35,9 355
FZA 22 x 100 M16 200 100 100 19,0 110 300 100 100
A4 25,2 235
gvz 35,9 300
FZA 22 x 125 M16 250 125 100 19,0 125 375 125 125
A4 25,2 195
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
253
LOADS
reducing the load
gvz
FZA 12 x 50 M8 D 100 40 20 2,4 5,6 35 120 120 40 35
A4
gvz 7,9 160
FZA 12 x 60 M8 D 110 50 20 4,3 45 150 50 45
A4 5,9 115
gvz 13,3 245
FZA 14 x 80 M10 D 130 60 40 5,7 60 180 60 55
A4 9,3 165
gvz 19,3 315
FZA 18 x 100 M12 D 160 80 60 9,5 85 240 80 70
A4 13,5 210
gvz 34,3 500
FZA 22 x 125 M16 D 200 100 100 17,1 150 300 100 100
A4 25,2 355
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
A reinforcement in the concrete to prevent splitting is required. The width of the cracks has to be limited under consideration of the splitting forces at wk ∼ 0,3mm.
LOADS
reducing the load
load load Max. Load
gvz 7,9 120
FZA 12 x 50 M8 D 100 40 20 3,6 40 120 40 35
A4 5,9 85
gvz 8,4 115
FZA 12 x 60 M8 D 110 50 20 5,7 45 150 50 45
A4 5,9 75
gvz 13,3 170
FZA 14 x 80 M10 D 130 60 40 9,5 75 180 60 55
A4 9,3 110
gvz 19,3 210
FZA 18 x 100 M12 D 160 80 60 14,3 95 240 80 70
A4 13,5 140
gvz 35,9 355
FZA 22 x 125 M16 D 200 100 100 19,0 110 300 100 100
A4 25,2 235
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
254
LOADS
ZYKON-Internally-threaded anchor FZA-I
reducing the load
material member anchorage torque tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
resp. screw thickness depth

8.8 4,1 85
FZA 12 x 40 M6 I 100 40 8,5 2,4 35 120 40 35
A4-70 3,2 65
FZA 12 x 50 M6 I A4-70 110 50 8,5 4,3 3,2 45 65 150 50 45
8.8 5,4 90
FZA 14 x 60 M8 I 130 60 15 5,7 60 180 60 55
A4-70 4,3 75
8.8 9,5 5,6 85 85
FZA 18 x 80 M10 I 160 80 30 240 80 70
A4-70 9,0 5,4 80 80
8.8 13,2 165
FZA 22 x 100 M12 I 200 100 60 17,1 150 300 100 100
A4-70 12,7 155
8.8 13,2 150
FZA 22 x 125 M12 I 250 125 60 19,0 140 375 125 125
A4-70 12,7 145
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
LOADS
ZYKON-Internally-threaded anchor FZA-I
reducing the load
load load Max. Load
8.8 4,1 60
FZA 12 x 40 M6 I 100 40 8,5 3,6 40 120 40 35
A4-70 3,2 50
FZA 12 x 50 M6 I A4-70 110 50 8,5 5,4 3,2 45 50 150 50 45
8.8 9,3 5,4 75 70
FZA 14 x 60 M8 I 130 60 15 180 60 55
A4-70 7,1 4,3 55 60
8.8 9,6 5,6
FZA 18 x 80 M10 I 160 80 30 70 70 240 80 70
A4-70 9,0 5,4
8.8 13,2 120
FZA 22 x 100 M12 I 200 100 60 19,0 110 300 100 100
A4-70 12,7 115
8.8 13,2
FZA 22 x 125 M12 I 250 125 60 19,0 125 125 375 125 125
A4-70 12,7
7)
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
255
The internally threaded anchor with low anchoring depth for

individual fixings in cracked concrete
4
Emergency exit signs in tunnels Air conditioning units
▪ Stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15

▪ Hammerset anchor with Zykon under- ▪ Pipelines ▪ The FZEA II is suitable for pre-posi-
cut technology for individual fixings in ▪ Ventilation systems tioned installation.
cracked and non-cracked concrete. ▪ Sprinkler systems ▪ The undercut drill hole is created using
▪ The combination of hammerset and ▪ Cable trays the special FZUB drill.
ZYKON undercut anchor allows for ▪ Suspended ceilings ▪ Once the anchor has been placed in
individual fixings in cracked concrete. the drill hole, the expansion sleeve
▪ The special ZYKON undercut technol- is expanded by the driving in of the
ogy reduces the energy required for internal expansion pin with the FZED
installation. Plus setting tool, and the undercut drill
▪ The FZUB special drill allows for a fast hole is filled with a positive fit.
installation by creating the undercut
without having to change tools.
▪ The embossing that is applied when
expanding the anchor secures the
simple control of the anchoring.
▪ The almost expansion-free installa-
tion of the anchor allows small edge
distances and axial spacing, thereby
enabling flexible use.
256
TECHNICAL DATA
Zykon-Hammerset anchor FZEA II

zinc-plated stainless highly corro- Required drill Required setting Length Internal Max. bolt Min. bolt Sales unit
Approval
steel steel sion resistant bit FZUB tool FZED plus thread penetration penetration
steel l A1 lE,max lE,min
Item gvz A4 C
FZEA II 10 x 40 M 8 047303 047306 047309 1) ■ 10 x 40 FZED 10 plus 43 M8 17 11 100
FZEA II 12 x 40 M10 047304 047307 047310 1) ■ 12 x 40 FZED 12 plus 43 M 10 19 13 100
FZEA II 14 x 40 M12 047305 047308 — ■ 14 x 40 FZED 14 plus 43 M 12 21 15 50
1) Delivery on request.
ACCESSORIES
Drill bit FZUB

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FZUB 10 x 40 060622 FZEA II 10 x 40, FZA 10 x 40 M6 1
FZUB 12 x 40 060623 FZEA II 12 x 40, FZA 12 x 40 M8 1
FZUB 14 x 40 060624 FZEA II 14 x 40, FZA 14 x 40 1
ACCESSORIES
Setting tool FZED plus

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FZED 10 plus 044642 FZEA II 10 x 40 1
257
LOADS
ZYKON Hammerset Anchor FZEA II
reducing the load
Type Screw Minimum Effective Maximum Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
material member anchorage installation tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
resp. screw thickness depth torque
hmin hef Tmax Nperm 4) Vperm 4) c c s smin 5) 6) cmin 5) 6)
5.6 3,7 85
5.8 10
4,7 115
FZEA II 10 x 40 M8 8.8 80 40 1,6 40 120 40 40
A4-70
15 5,6 135
C-70
5.6
5.8 15
FZEA II 12 x 40 M10 8.8 80 40 3,0 5,6 65 135 120 45 45
A4-70
20
C-70
5.6
5.8 20
FZEA II 14 x 40 M12 8.8 80 40 3,6 5,6 85 130 120 50 50
A4-70
40
C-70
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
258
LOADS
ZYKON Hammerset Anchor FZEA II
reducing the load
material member anchorage installation tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
resp. screw thickness depth torque

5.6 3,7 60
5.8 10
4,7 75
FZEA II 10 x 40 M8 8.8 80 40 3,6 55 120 40 40
A4-70
15 5,7 95
C-70
5.6 6,1 100
5.8 15
7,8 130
FZEA II 12 x 40 M10 8.8 80 40 3,6 55 120 45 45
A4-70
20 7,9 135
C-70
5.6
5.8 20
FZEA II 14 x 40 M12 8.8 80 40 3,6 7,9 55 130 120 50 50
A4-70
40
C-70
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
259
Concrete screw ULTRACUT FBS II 8-14
The powerful concrete screw for top installation comfort
4
Inclined supports Banisters
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15
▪ Solid building materials
▪ Masonry with a dense structure
ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTIONALITY

▪ Top flexibility with regard to load and ▪ Guard rails ▪ The ULTRACUT FBS II is suitable for
fixture thickness due to up to three ▪ Consoles/Base plates push-through installation.
approved embedment depths. ▪ Metal profiles ▪ Drill hole cleaning is not required for
▪ The special saw tooth geometry ena- ▪ Shelving systems installation in ceilings and floors. For
bles fast cutting into the concrete. ▪ Protection barriers drill holes in floors, you must drill 3x
▪ No drill hole cleaning is required for ▪ Results / beam anchors deeper than the drill diameter.
installation in ceilings or floors, or use ▪ Temporary anchoring, e.g. of building ▪ For the installation, we recommend a
of hollow drills with suction. site equipment tangential impact driver with a com-
▪ The expansion-free anchorage (under- ▪ Shuttering props patible socket or a special TORX bit.
cut) ensures really low edge and axial ▪ If the screw head is in contact with the
clearances. fixture, the correct installation of the
▪ The ETA approval covers applications screw is ensured (visual setting check).
in cracked concrete and seismic
power categories C1 and C2.
▪ Approval-compliant adjustment allows
the concrete screw to be undone
twice and the fixture to be underlaid
or adjusted.
▪ The national approval allows multiple
usage for temporary anchorings (for
example, formwork construction).
260
INSTALLATION
4
FIXTURE ADJUSTMENT ADDITIONAL FOR SEISMIC

TECHNICAL DATA
h2
hnom tfix
ULTRACUT FBS II US - hexagon head with

integral washer
d0
Drill hole Min. drill Screw Screw-in Screw-in Screw-in Drive Sales
diameter hole depth depth with depth with depth with unit
Approval
for through fixture fixture fixture

fixings thickness thickness thickness
d0 h2 da x ls hnom1 / tfix hnom2 / tfix hnom3 / tfix
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
ULTRACUT FBS II 8x55 5/- US TX 536851 ■ 8 65 10 x 55 50 / 5 -/- -/- TX40/SW13 50
ULTRACUT FBS II 8x70 20/5 US TX 536852 ■ 8 80 10 x 70 50 / 20 -/- 65 / 5 TX40/SW13 50
ULTRACUT FBS II 10x60 5/-/- US 536858 ■ 10 70 12 x 60 55 / 5 -/- -/- SW 15 50
ULTRACUT FBS II 10x70 15/5/- US 536859 ■ 10 80 12 x 70 55 / 15 65 / 5 -/- SW 15 50
ULTRACUT FBS II 10x90 35/25/5 US 536861 ■ 10 100 12 x 90 55 / 35 65 / 25 85 / 5 SW 15 50
261
TECHNICAL DATA
h2
hnom tfix
ULTRACUT FBS II SK - countersunk head

d0 90°
4 SW
Drill hole Min. drill Screw Screw-in Screw-in Screw-in Drive Sales unit
diameter hole depth depth with depth with depth with
Approval
for through fixture fixture fixture
fixings thickness thickness thickness
d0 h2 da x ls hnom1 / tfix hnom2 / tfix hnom3 / tfix
Item gvz
ULTRACUT FBS II 8x60 10/- SK 536880 ■ 8 70 10 x 60 50 / 10 -/- -/- TX40 50
ULTRACUT FBS II 8x80 30/15 SK 536881 ■ 8 90 10 x 80 50 / 30 -/- 65 / 15 TX40 50
ULTRACUT FBS II 8x90 40/25 SK 536882 ■ 8 100 10 x 90 50 / 40 -/- 65 / 25 TX40 50
ULTRACUT FBS II 10x65 10/-/- SK 536884 ■ 10 75 12 x 65 55 / 10 -/- -/- TX50 50
ULTRACUT FBS II 10x80 25/15/- SK 536885 ■ 10 90 12 x 80 55 / 25 65 / 15 -/- TX50 50
ULTRACUT FBS II 10x95 40/30/10 SK 536886 ■ 10 105 12 x 95 55 / 40 65 / 30 85 / 10 TX50 50
ACCESSORIES
Checking gauge FUP Nut SW Nut TX
FMB T40 Maxx Bit Profi-bit FPB T50 5/16"

Internal diameter Drive Match Sales unit
D
Checking gauge FUP 10 537201 12,0 — FBS II 10 1
Nut SW13 538578 — 1/2“ / SW13 FBS II 8 1
Nut SW15 538579 — 1/2“ / SW15 FBS II 10 1
Nut SW17 538580 — 1/2“ / SW17 FBS II 12 1
Nut SW21 538581 — 1/2“ / SW21 FBS II 14 1
Nut TX40 538575 1) — 1/2“ - 1/4‘‘ FBS II 8 / FBS II 8 SK 1
Nut TX50 538576 2) — 1/2“ - 5/16“ FBS II 10 / FBS II 10 SK 1
FMB T40 Maxx Bit W 5 533159 — TX40 FBS II 8 / FBS II 8 SK 10
FPB Profi-Bit T50 5/16“ 538574 — TX50 FBS II 10 SK 1
1) Suitable for FMB T40 Maxx Bit
2) Suitable for FPB Profi-Bit T50 5/16"
262
ACCESSORIES
Filling washer FFD Washer U

Internal diameter External-Ø Match Sales unit
d 4

FFD 26 x 12 x 6 538458 12,0 26 FBS II 8 4
FFD 30 x 14 x 6 538459 14,2 30 FBS II 10 / FBS II 12 4
FFD 38 x 19 x 7 538460 19.2 38 FBS II 14 4
Washer for FBS 10 520471 13,5 44 FBS II 10 50
INSTALLATION DATA - CONCRETE C20/25 - C50/60

Type US Type SK
h2 h2
hnom tfix hnom x
d0 d0 dc 90°
SW
l X dc
[mm] [mm]
ULTRACUT FBS II 8 6 20
ULTRACUT FBS II 10 7 23
ULTRACUT FBS II Concrete screw 8 10 12 14
Drill hole diameter d0 [mm] 8 10 12 14

hnom1 [mm] 50 55 60 65
Nominal screw-in depth hnom2 [mm] - 65 75 85
hnom3 [mm] 65 85 100 115
Drill hole depth (push-through installation) h2 ≥ [mm] l + 10 l + 10 l + 10 l + 15
Clearance hole diameter df 10,6 - 12 12,8 - 14 14,8 - 16 16,9 - 18
Max. torque for installation with impact screw driver in concrete T imp, max 600 650 650 650
Max. torque for manual installation in concrete T max 65 100 150 250
Width across flat SW 13 15 17 21
Drive Torx T40 (SK a. US) T50 (SK) - -
INSTALLATION DATA - MASONRY

ULTRACUT FBS II Concrete screw
Compressive strength class Size [mm] 8 10

Building material
[N/mm2] hnom [mm] 65 85
Solid clay brick (EN771-1) ≥ 12 Tinst [Nm] 5 10
Solid sand-lime brick (EN771-2) ≥ 12 T inst [Nm] 15 15
Aerated concrete (EN771-4) ≥6 T inst [Nm] 5 10
263
LOADS
Concrete screw with hexagon head and washer FBS II US and counter sunk head FBS II SK
zinc plated steel
reducing the load
Type Material Minimum Screw-in Installation Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
fixing member depth torque tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
element thickness
hmin hnom Timp,max 4) Nperm 5) Vperm 5) c c s smin 6) 7) cmin 6) 7)
FBS II 8 x 50 gvz 100 50 600 2,9 4,3 40 90 120 35 35
FBS II 8 x 65 gvz 120 65 600 5,7 9,0 85 180 160 35 35
FBS II 10 x 55 gvz 100 55 650 4,3 4,8 70 100 130 40 40
FBS II 10 x 65 gvz 120 65 650 5,7 12,5 90 250 155 40 40
FBS II 10 x 85 gvz 140 85 650 9,6 16,6 130 305 205 40 40
FBS II 12 x 60 gvz 110 60 650 5,5 11,0 90 230 140 50 50
FBS II 12 x 75 gvz 130 75 650 8,0 15,2 115 290 180 50 50
FBS II 12 x 100 gvz 150 100 650 12,5 20,3 150 355 245 50 50
FBS II 14 x 65 gvz 120 65 650 6,1 12,1 100 235 150 60 60
FBS II 14 x 85 gvz 140 85 650 9,4 18,8 130 340 200 60 60
FBS II 14 x 115 gvz 180 115 650 15,4 29,4 175 465 280 60 60
1)
2)
3)
Drill method hammer drilling. For further allowable drill methods see ETA-15/0352.
4)
Maximum allowable torque for installation with any tangential impact screw driver.
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
264
LOADS
Concrete screw with hexagon head and washer FBS II US and counter sunk head FBS II SK
zinc plated steel
reducing the load
Type Material Minimum Screw-in Installa- Permissi- Permissible Required edge distance Required spacing for Min. Min.
fixing member depth tion ble tensile shear load (with one edge) for spacing edge distance
element thickness torque load
Timp,max
load load Max. Load Max. Load 4
5) 5)
hmin hnom 4) Nperm Vperm c c scr s smin 6) 7) cmin 6) 7)

[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
FBS II 8 x 50 gvz 100 50 600 6,1 6,1 75 90 120 120 35 35
FBS II 8 x 65 gvz 120 65 600 9,0 9,0 100 125 160 160 35 35
FBS II 10 x 55 gvz 100 55 650 6,8 6,8 85 100 130 130 40 40
FBS II 10 x 65 gvz 120 65 650 8,8 14,0 100 195 155 155 40 40
FBS II 10 x 85 gvz 140 85 650 13,5 16,6 130 210 205 205 40 40
FBS II 12 x 60 gvz 110 60 650 7,7 15,2 90 220 145 140 50 50
FBS II 12 x 75 gvz 130 75 650 11,2 15,2 115 195 180 180 50 50
FBS II 12 x 100 gvz 150 100 650 17,5 20,3 150 240 305 245 50 50
FBS II 14 x 65 gvz 120 65 650 8,5 17,0 100 235 150 150 60 60
FBS II 14 x 85 gvz 140 85 650 13,2 22,1 130 275 205 200 60 60
FBS II 14 x 115 gvz 180 115 650 21,6 29,4 175 315 350 280 60 60
1)
2)
3)
Drill method hammer drilling. For further allowable drill methods see ETA-15/0352.
4)
Maximum allowable torque for installation with any tangential impact screw driver.
5)
6)
7)
8)
LOADS
Concrete screw ULTRACUT FBS II
Highest recommended loads1) 3) for each fixing point 4) 5) 6) 7) in solid brick masonry.
Type ULTRACUT
FBS II 8 FBS II 10
Screw-in depth hnom [mm] 65 85
Anchorage in masonry
≥ 12 2) [kN] 1,1 1,4
Recommended loads in solid clay brick (EN771-1) ≥ 240x113x115 mm
≥ 20 2) 8) [kN] 1,6 1,6
≥ 12 2) 8) [kN] 1,2 1,2
Recommended loads in solid sand-lime brick (EN771-2) ≥ 240x71x115 mm
≥ 20 2) 8) [kN] 1,2 1,2
Recommended loads in aerated concrete (EN771-4) ≥ 499x100x100 mm ≥ 6 2) [kN] 0,7 0,9
Minimum spacing within anchor groups of 2 or 4 anchors smin [mm] 80
Minimum distance to the horizontal joint cmin,v [mm] 20
Minimum distance to the vertical joint cmin,h [mm] 40
Minimum distance to the free edge cmin,free [mm] 200
1)
An appropriate safety factor is considered.
2)
The given loads apply to the given brick measures. For bigger sizes higher recommended loads may be possible. In this case please contact our technical department for further advice.
3)
4)
On - site screw testing is recommended to validate technical data. If the joints are not visible 100% anchor testing is recommended due to the screws are only working in the bricks and not in the mortar
joints.
5)
The given data are valid for multiple fixings of non-structural applications.
6)
A fixing point can be a single anchor, 2 anchors or 4 anchors with a minimum spacing smin. Anchor groups of 4 anchors are arranged in rectangular disposition.
7)
The fixing points have to be arranged in this way that there will be always maximum one fixing point arranged in one brick.
8)
Brick pull-out is decisive.
265
LOADS
Highest permissible loads1) for a single anchor for use as a temporary fixing of site equipment4)
Type Screw-in Min. Max. torque- Max. Permissible loads for tension, shear and Min. Min. edge Min.
depth member moment with torque- obligue load under any angle spacing distance ob- edge distance
thickness impact moment for cracked and non-cracked concrete depending to the lique to the rectangular to
screw driver with standard concrete cube compressive strength fck,cube shear load the shear load
torque wrench direction direction
≥ 10 N/mm² ≥ 15 N/mm² ≥ 20 N/mm² ≥ 25 N/mm²
hnom hmin5) Timp,max Tmax Fperm 3) Fperm 3) Fperm 3) Fperm 3) s2) c12) c22)
4 [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm]
50 100 400 45 1,9 2,3 2,6 2,9 200 65 100
FBS II 8
65 150 400 65 3,6 4,4 5,1 5,6 300 100 150

55 105 400 65 2,2 2,7 3,1 3,5 210 70 105
FBS II 10 65 130 400 65 2,9 3,5 4,1 4,5 260 85 130
85 205 650 100 5,8 7,1 8,1 9,1 410 135 205
60 120 400 75 2,8 3,4 3,9 4,4 240 80 120
FBS II 12 75 150 400 75 4,0 4,9 5,6 6,4 300 100 150
100 240 650 150 7,6 9,3 10,8 12,0 480 160 240
65 115 400 75 2,3 2,8 3,2 3,6 230 75 115
FBS II 14 85 150 400 75 3,6 4,4 5,0 5,6 300 100 150
115 255 650 150 8,9 10,9 12,6 14,0 510 170 255
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1.4 are considered. Only single anchors are covered by the approval.
2)
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angel.
4)
E.g. braces for formwork, fall protection and scaffolding.
5)
According the approval thinner member thickness is possible while reducing the loads (see approval).
266
Concrete screw FBS 8-12 A4
The powerful concrete screw for outdoor use

Steel girders Banisters
▪ Stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Also suitable for:

▪ The FBS A4 ensures very high loads, ▪ Guard rails ▪ The FBS is suitable for push-through
thus resulting in fewer anchoring ▪ Consoles/Base plates installation.
points. ▪ Steel constructions ▪ When the concrete screw is screwed
▪ The FBS A4 can be installed in a sin- ▪ Metal profiles into the drill hole, the thread fl anks
gle step, which saves energy and time. ▪ Guardrails cut positively into the concrete.
▪ The enhanced stainless steel version ▪ Ladders ▪ For installation, a tangential impact
A4 now also allows anchoring applica- ▪ Gates screw driver with a socket suited to
tions in outdoor and damp areas. impact wrenches is recommended.
▪ The version type SK (countersunk ▪ Use FBS A4 for external applications
head) offers expanded use for applica- and those in a damp environment.
tions with challenging designs.
▪ The ETA assessment Option 1 governs
the use of single-point fixings in
cracked and non-cracked concrete.
267
TECHNICAL DATA
Concrete screw FBS-US A4 with hexagon

head and molded washer, stainless steel A4
4
h2
hnom tfix
x
Concrete screw FBS-US A4 - with hexagon d0 dc 90°

head and molded washer, stainless steel A4
SW
X dc
[mm] [mm]
FBS II 8 7 23
FBS II 10 7 25
stainless Drill hole Min. drill hole Screw length Screw-in depth Max. fixture Drive Sales unit
Approval
steel diameter depth for thickness

through fixings
d0 h2 ls hnom t fix
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item A4
FBS 8 x 70/5 US A4 523899 ■ 8 80 70 65 5 SW 13 25
FBS 8 x 80/15 US A4 523900 ■ 8 90 80 65 15 SW 13 25
FBS 8 x 90/25 US A4 523901 ■ 8 100 90 65 25 SW 13 25
FBS 10 x 90/5 US A4 523902 ■ 10 100 90 85 5 SW 15 25
FBS 10 x 100/15 US A4 523903 ■ 10 110 100 85 15 SW 15 25
FBS 10 x 120/35 US A4 523904 ■ 10 130 120 85 35 SW 15 25
FBS 12 x 110/10 US A4 523905 ■ 12 120 110 100 10 SW 17 20
FBS 12 x 130/30 US A4 523906 ■ 12 140 130 100 30 SW 17 20
FBS 8 x 90/25 SK A4 534064 ■ 8 100 90 65 25 T40 20
INSTALLATION OF CONCRETE SCREWS (USE A CORDLESS OR CABLED IMPACT WRENCH)

Concrete Screw FBS 8-14 Recommended nominal torque Maximum nominal torque
zinc plated steel/stainless steel A4 of the tangential impact wrench*) wrench of the tangential impact wrench*)
[Nm] [Nm]
FBS 8 250 350
FBS 10 300 600
FBS 12 450 650
FBS 14 450 650
*) The values apply to concrete strength of approx. 40N/mm 2, for other concrete strength classes the values may differ.
The conversion of nominal output into effective tightening torque varies from machine to machine - always therefore use torque control.
268
LOADS
Concrete screw FBS US A4 and FBS SK A4
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in cracked concrete (concrete tension zone) C20/254)
Type Screw-in Min. Torque Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
depth member moment tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
thickness
load load Max. Load
hnom hmin Tinst, max Nperm 3) Vperm 3) c c s smin 2) cmin 2)
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] 4
FBS 8 A4 65 120 ≤ 20 4,3 6,2 50 120 155 50 50

FBS 10 A4 85 130 ≤ 40 7,6 19,0 75 375 205 70 70
FBS 12 A4 100 150 ≤ 60 12,3 23,3 120 420 240 80 80
For the design the complete approval ETA - 11/0095 has to be considered.
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor with a
spacing s ≥ 3 x hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5 x h ef.
2)
3)
For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see approval.
4)
LOADS
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) in non-cracked concrete (concrete compression zone) C20/254)
Type Screw-in Min. Torque Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
depth member moment tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
thickness
load load Max. Load
FBS 8 A4 65 120 ≤ 20 5,7 8,8 50 120 155 50 50
FBS 10 A4 85 130 ≤ 40 13,5 19,0 75 375 205 70 70
FBS 12 A4 100 150 ≤ 60 17,2 23,3 120 420 240 80 80
1)
2)
3)
4)
LOADS
Highest recommended loads1) for each fixing point5) 6) in solid brick masonry.
Type FBS 8 A4
Minimum member thickness hmin [mm] 115

Embedment depth hnom [mm] 65
Minimum spacing within anchor groups of 2 or 4 anchors smin2) [mm] 70
Minimum edge distance cmin2) [mm] 200
Minimum distance to the horizontal joint smin  [mm] 20
Minimum distance to the vertical joint smin [mm] 40
Minimum distance between anchor groups a [mm] 7)
Minimum brick dimensions 240x115x71

Recommended total load for a single anchor resp. anchor group Frec 3) 6)
Recommended load3) in solid brick Mz 4) fck ≥ 12 N /mm² [kN] 1,14
Recommended load3) in Solid sand-lime brick KS4) fck ≥ 12 N /mm² [kN] 0,90
1)
2)
Smallest possible spacing resp. edge distance without reducing the recommended load.
3)
4)
Solid bricks acc. EN 771-1 resp. EN 772-2.
5)
The given data are valid for multiple fixings of non-structural applications. If the joints are not visible 100% anchor testing is recommended.
6)
A fixing point can be a single anchor, 2 anchors or 4 anchors with a minimum spacing smin. Anchor groups of 4 anchors are arranged in rectangular disposition.
7)
269
The versatile screw solution for fast and simple installation
4
Pre-stressed concrete hollow ceilings Suspended mounting rails
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
cracked, for the multiple fixings of non-
load-bearing systems
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15

▪ The FBS 6 with two different screw-in ▪ Suspension for individual pipes ▪ FBS 6 type SK, US and P are suited
depths offers maximum flexibility. ▪ Rail anchoring for push-through installation. FBS type
▪ The small drill hole depths of the ▪ Suspended mounting rails M8 and type M8/M10 I are suited for
reduced screw-in depths noticeably ▪ Ventilation ducts pre-positioned assembly.
speeds up and facilitates the assem- ▪ Cable trays ▪ When the concrete screw is screwed
bly. ▪ Perforated tapes into the drill hole, the thread flanks cut
▪ The short FBS 6 version (reduced ▪ Temporary anchors positively into the concrete.
screw-in depth) is the quick, cost-ef- ▪ Prestressed concrete hollow core ▪ For installation, a tangential impact
fective choice for a wide range of ceilings screw driver with a socket or bit suited
applications. to impact wrenches is recommended.
▪ The head types P, US, SK, M8 with
external thread and M8/M10 I type
with stepped internal thread provide
for a broad variety of applications.
▪ The FBS 6 is approved for multi-point
fixings of non-load-bearing systems
and is now also approved for applica-
tions in prestressed concrete hollow
ceilings.
270
TECHNICAL DATA
Concrete screw FBS-P, panhead
Concrete screw FBS-SK, countersunk head

4

Concrete screw FBS-US - hexagon head
with integral washer
Drill hole Min. drill hole Screw length Head-Ø Screw-in depth Usable length Drive Sales unit
diameter depth for
Approval
through fixings
hnom, stand. / tfix, stand. / tfix,
d0 h2 ls dK
hnom, red. red.
Item gvz
FBS 5 x 60/5 P 066774 ■ 5 65 60 15 55 / - 5/- T30 100
FBS 6 x 40/5 P 523910 ■ 6 50 40 15 - / 35 -/5 T30 100
FBS 6 x 40/5 LP 523911 ■ 6 50 40 18 - / 35 -/5 T30 100
FBS 6 x 60/5 P 066939 ■ 6 70 60 15 55 / 35 5 / 25 T30 100
FBS 6 x 80/25 P 066948 ■ 6 90 80 15 55 / 35 25 / 45 T30 100
FBS 6 x 40/5 SK 523914 ■ 6 50 40 13.0 - / 35 -/5 T30 100
FBS 6 x 60/5 SK 066935 ■ 6 70 60 13.0 55 / 35 5 / 25 T30 100
FBS 6 x 80/25 SK 523915 ■ 6 90 80 13.0 55 / 35 25 / 45 T50 100
FBS 6 x 100/45 SK 523916 ■ 6 110 100 13.0 55 / 35 45 / 65 T30 100
FBS 6 x 40/5 US 523907 ■ 6 50 40 17 - / 35 -/5 T30/SW13 100
FBS 6 x 60/5 US 523908 ■ 6 70 60 17 55 / 35 5 / 25 T30/SW13 100
FBS 6 x 80/25 US 523909 ■ 6 90 80 17 55 / 35 25 / 45 T30/SW13 100
TECHNICAL DATA
Concrete screw FBS-M8,
outside diameter M8
Concrete screw FBS-M8/M10 I,

internal thread M8/M10
zinc-plated Drill hole Min. drill hole Projection length Screw-in depth Drive Sales unit
steel diameter depth for
Approval
pre-positioned
installation
hnom, stand. /
d0 h1 l1
hnom, red.
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
FBS 6 x 35 M8/M10 I 523912 1) ■ 6 45 26.5 - / 35 SW 13 100
FBS 6 x 55 M8/M10 I 066950 1) ■ 6 65 26.5 55 / - SW 13 100
FBS 6 x 35 M8/19 523913 1) ■ 6 45 19 - / 35 SW 10 100
FBS 6 x 55 M8/15 066949 1) ■ 6 65 19 55 / - SW 10 100
1) Further lengths and highly corrosion resistant material 1.4529 on request.
271
INSTALLATION OF CONCRETE SCREWS (USE A CORDLESS OR CABLED IMPACT WRENCH)

Concrete Screw FBS 6 Recommended nominal torque Maximum nominal torque
zinc plated steel/stainless steel A4 of the tangential impact wrench*) wrench of the tangential impact wrench*)
[Nm] [Nm]
FBS 6 100 150
) 2
* The values apply to concrete strength of approx. 40N/mm , for other concrete strength classes the values may differ.
The conversion of nominal output int o effective tightening torque varies from machine to machine - always therefore use torque control.
LOADS
4 Concrete screw FBS 6 zinc plated
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1) for multiple use for non-structural applications in cracked and non-cracked concrete
C20/25 to C50/60.
Type Screw-in Min. Installation Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.
depth member torque tensile load shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
thickness
load load
FBS 6 35 80 ≤ 10 0,6 2,4 35 75 80 35 35
FBS 6 55 100 ≤ 10 3,6 3,3 50 70 135 40 40
1)
2)
3)
LOADS
Concrete screw FBS 6 zinc plated
Highest permissible loads1) for a single anchor for multiple use for non-structural applications in pre-stressed hollow core slabs4)
Type Bottom flange thick- Screw-in depth Installation torque Permissible load Min. spacing Min. edge distance
ness
hnom Tinst,max Fperm3) s1, s22) c1, c22)

[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm]
≥ 25 35 ≤ 10 0,4 100 100
FBS 6 ≥ 30 35 ≤ 10 0,8 100 100
≥ 35 35 ≤ 10 1,2 100 100
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the approval as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered.
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance. For further measures see approval.
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angel.
4)
Concrete strength class C30/37 up to C50/60.
LOADS
Concrete screw FBS 6 zinc plated
Highest recommended loads1) for each fixing point5) 6) in solid brick masonry.
Type FBS 6

Embedment depth hnom [mm] 55
Minimum spacing within anchor groups of 2 or 4 anchors smin2) [mm] 60
2)
Minimum edge distance c min [mm] 200
Minimum distance to the horizontal joint smin  [mm] 20
Minimum distance to the vertical joint smin [mm] 40
Minimum distance between anchor groups a [mm] 7)
Minimum brick dimensions 240x115x113

Recommended total load for a single anchor resp. anchor group Frec 3) 6)
Recommended load3) in solid brick Mz4) fck ≥ 12 N /mm² [kN] 0,85
3)
Recommended load in Solid sand-lime brick KS 4) fck ≥ 12 N /mm² [kN] 0,66
1)
2)
Smallest possible spacing resp. edge distance without reducing the recommended load.
3)
4)
Solid bricks acc. EN 771-1 resp. EN 772-2.
5)
The given data are valid for multiple fixings of non-structural applications. If the joints are not visible 100% anchor testing is recommended.
6)
A fixing point can be a single anchor, 2 anchors or 4 anchors with a minimum spacing s min. Anchor groups of 4 anchors are arranged in rectangular disposition.
7)
272
Hammerset anchor EA II
The internally threaded anchor with rim for simple hammerset

installation

Sprinklers Pipelines
▪ Stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
cracked
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15

▪ The embossed rim prevents the ▪ Pipelines and ventilation ducts ▪ The EA II is suitable for pre-positioned
anchor sleeve from slipping, thus ▪ Sprinkler systems installation.
ensuring a trouble-free hammerset ▪ Cable conduits and wires ▪ Position the hammerset anchor in
installation. ▪ Gratings the drill hole and drive in flush to the
▪ The metric internal thread means that ▪ Steel constructions surface of the anchor base using the
it is possible to use standard screws or ▪ Machines hammer.
threaded rods for the ideal adaptation ▪ Consoles ▪ The sleeve is then expanded by driving
to suit the intended use. ▪ Shuttering props in the internal bolt with the EHS Plus
▪ The EMS machine setting tool allows ▪ Diamond or core drilling devices setting tool (alternative: EMS machine
for effortless installation, particularly in (EA II M12 D) setting tool), and expanded against
the case of series installations. the drill hole wall.
▪ The embossing that is applied when ▪ The setting tools must sit on the rim of
expanding with the EHS Plus setting the anchor to ensure correct expan-
tool offers a simple control of the sion.
anchoring and provides increased ▪ Use the special EA II M12 x 50 D /
safety. EA M 12 x 50 N D with thicker sleeve
▪ Fixing point at hef 25 mm prevents for fixing diamond and core drilling
anchor of falling out of the drill hole devices.
before being expanded.
273
TECHNICAL DATA
Hammerset anchor EA II, with reduced

anchorage depth hef 25 mm.
4 Hammerset anchor EA II. Not suitable for

diamond drilling appliances and diamond
saws.
zinc-plated stainless Drill hole Min. drill hole Anchor Internal Min. bolt Max. bolt penetration Sales unit
steel steel diameter depth for pre- length thread penetration
Approval
positioned
installation
d0 h1 l A1 lE,min lE,max
Item gvz A4
EA II M 6 x 25 532230 — ■ 8 27 25 M6 6 14 100
EA II M 6 x 30 048264 048410 ■ 8 32 30 M6 6 14 100
EA II M 8 x 25 532231 — ■ 10 27 25 M8 8 14 100
EA II M 8 x 30 048284 048411 ■ 10 33 30 M8 8 14 100
EA II M 8 x 40 048323 048412 ■ 10 43 40 M8 8 14 50
EA II M 10 x 25 532232 — ■ 12 27 25 M 10 10 14 50
EA II M 10 x 30 048332 — ■ 12 33 30 M 10 10 14 50
EA II M 10 x 40 048339 048414 ■ 12 43 40 M 10 10 17 50
EA II M 12 x 25 532233 — ■ 15 27 25 M 12 12 14 25
EA II M 12 x 50 048406 048415 ■ 15 54 50 M 12 12 22 25
EA II M 16 x 65 048408 048416 ■ 20 70 65 M 16 16 28 20
EA II M 20 x 80 048409 048417 ■ 25 85 80 M 20 20 34 10
Associated setting tool for manual installation (EHS Plus), for installation with hammer drill (EMS)
TECHNICAL DATA
Hammersetcnchor Hammerset anchor
EA II M 12 x 50 D. Suitable for EA M 12 x 50 N D. Suitable for
diamond drilling appliances diamond drilling machines and
and diamond saws. diamond saws.
zinc-plated Drill hole Min. drill hole Anchor length Internal thread Min. bolt pene- Max. bolt pene- Sales unit
Approval
steel diameter depth tration tration

d0 h1 l A1 lE,min lE,max
Item gvz
EA II M 12 x 50 D 048407 ■ 16 54 50 M 12 12 22 25
EA M 12 x 50 N D 500872 — 16 54 50 M 12 12 22 50
Associated setting tool for manual installation (EHS Plus), for installation with hammer drill (EMS)
ACCESSORIES
Stop drill EBB
Tool holder Drill hole diameter Drill hole depth Match Sales unit
EBB 8 x 25 532607 SDS plus 8 27 EA II M 6 x 25 1
274
ACCESSORIES
Machine setting tool EMS
Tool holder Match Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
EMS M 6 x 25/30 048065 SDS plus EA II M 6 x 25, EA II M 6 x 30 1
EMS M 8 x 25/30 048066 SDS plus EA II M 8 x 25, EA II M 8 x 30 1
EMS M 8 x 40 048067 SDS plus EA II M 8 x 40 1
EMS M 10 x 25/30 048068 1) SDS plus EA II M 10 x 25, EA II M 10 x 30 1 4
EMS M 10 x 40 048070 SDS plus EA II M 10 x 40 1

EA II M 12 x 50 D, EA II M 12 x 50,
EMS M 12 x 50 048071 SDS plus 1
EA M 12 x 50 N D
EMS M 16 x 65 048072 1) SDS max EA II M 16 x 65 1
EMS M 20 x 80 048073 1) SDS max EA II M 20 x 80 1
ACCESSORIES
Setting tool EHS Plus with hand

impact protection for your safety Setting tool EA-ST
and embossing tool.
Match Sales unit

Item [pcs]
EHS M 6 x 25/30 Plus 044630 EA II M 6 x 25, EA II M 6 x 30 1
EHS M 8 x 40 Plus 044632 EA II M 8 x 40 1
EHS M 12 x 50 Plus 044634 EA II M 12 x 50, EA II M 12 x 50 D 1
275
LOADS
reducing the load
material member anchorage installation tensile shear load (with one edge) for spacing for spacing edge distance
resp. screw thickness depth torque load
5.8 2,9
EA II M6 x 308) 8.8 80 30 4 3,9 3,9 150 150 90 70 150
A4-70 3,2
5.8
4,9
EA II M8 x 308) 8.8 80 30 8 3,9 150 150 90 110 150
A4-70 5,6
5.8
4,9
EA II M8 x 40 8.8 80 40 8 6,1 150 150 120 200 150
A4-70 5,6
5.8
6,2
EA II M10 x 40 8.8 100 40 15 6,1 180 180 120 150 180
A4-70 7,1
5.8
11,3
EA II M12 8.8 100 50 35 8,5 200 200 150 200 200
A4-70 12,9
5.8
18,3
EA II M16 8.8 160 65 60 12,6 240 240 195 180 240
A4-70 21,1
5.8
29,1 285
EA II M20 8.8 200 80 120 17,2 280 240 190 280
A4-70 33,7 340
1)
with a spacing s ≥ 3-hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1.5-hef. Accurate data see ETA-07/0135.
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
Only approved for statically intederminate systems.
276
LOADS
Hammerset anchor EA II galvanised / corrosion resistant steel A4
Highest permissible loads for a single anchor1)6) for multiple use for non-structural applications in cracked and non-cracked concrete
C20/25 up to C50/605).
Type Effective Min. Maximum Permissible load Required spacing for Min. Min.
anchorage depth member torque moment spacing edge distance
thickness
Max. Load
hef hmin4) Tinst, max Fperm 3) s smin 2) cmin 2) 4
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm]

EA II M6 x 25 25 80 4,0 1,0 75 30 60
EA II M6 x 30 30 80 4,0 1,2 90 65 115
EA II M8 x 25 25 80 8,0 1,4 75 50 100
EA II M8 x 30 30 80 8,0 2,0 90 70 115
EA II M8 x 40 40 80 8,0 2,0 120 70 115
EA II M10 x 25 25 80 15,0 1,9 75 60 100
EA II M10 x 30 30 80 15,0 2,0 90 85 140
EA II M10 x 40 40 80 15,0 3,0 200 95 150
EA II M12 x 25 25 80 35,0 1,9 75 100 110
EA II M12 x 50 50 100 35,0 4,3 300 145 200
For the design the complete approval ETA-07/0142 has to be considered.
1)
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distances while increasing the member thickness. The combination of minimum axial spacing and minimum edge distance with the minimum member thick-
ness is not possible. Exact data see approval.
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads as well as bending moments see approval.
4)
Minimum possible member thickness while increasing the axial spacings and edge distances. The combination of minimum axial spacing and minimum edge distance with the minimum member thickness
is not possible. Exact data see approval.
5)
Further data for concrete C12/15 see approval.
6)
Screw property class 4.6 and A4-50.
LOADS
Hammerset anchor EA II (screw property class 4.6 and A4-50)
Highest permissible loads1) for a single anchor for multiple use for non-structural applications in pre-stressed hollow core slabs4)
Type Bottom flange thick- Effective Maximum Permissible load Min. spacing Min. edge distance
ness anchorage depth torque moment
hef Tinst,max Fperm3) smin2) cmin2)

EA II M6 x 25 4,0 1,0
EA II M8 x 25 8,0 1,4
≥ 355) 25 200 150
EA II M10 x 25 15,0 1,9
EA II M12 x 25 35,0 1,9
1)
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance. For further measures see approval.
3)
4)
Concrete strength class C30/37 up to C50/60.
5)
The anchor may be used in a flange thickness db = 30 mm with the same characteristic resistance, but the drill hole must not cut a cavity.
277
Nail anchor FNA II
The installation-friendly hammerset anchor for multiple fixings
4
Suspended ceilings Fire protection boards
▪ Stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
cracked, for multiple fixings of
non-structural applications
Also suitable for:
▪ Prestressed hollow-core concrete slabs

▪ The special active principle allows for ▪ Fire protection plates ▪ The FNA II with nail head is suitable
a simple hammerset installation and, ▪ Fire protection boards for push-through installation. The
therefore, a short processing time. ▪ Ventilation systems FNA II M6 is suitable for pre-posi-
▪ The extremely short anchor depth ▪ Wire and nonious hangers tioned and push-through installation.
prevents reinforcement hits, and cre- ▪ Mounting rails The FNA II OE and H are suitable for
ates the conditions for a trouble-free ▪ Metal clamps pre-positioned installation.
installation. ▪ Substructures made of wood and ▪ The installed FNA II nail anchor
▪ The optimised expansion clip ensures metal expands automatically under load. The
hold when placing in the drill hole, and cone is pulled into the expansion clip
prevents it falling out during overhead and expands it against the drill hole
installations. wall.
▪ The massive shaft cross-section guar- ▪ Available setting tools:
antees a high load-bearing capacity, FNA S-SBO to slip onto the drill,
thus offering an extremely high level FNA S-SDS for series installation with
of safety. a drilling hammer,
▪ A range of head shapes allows for the FNA S-H for the manual installation of
fixing of wide-ranging fixtures, and mounting rails.
for the ideal adaptation to suit the
intended use.
278
Nail anchor FNA II
TECHNICAL DATA
Nail anchor FNA II with nail head

zinc-plated stainless highly corro- Drill hole Min. drill Anchor Max. fixture Head-Ø Sales unit
steel steel sion resistant diameter hole depth length thickness
Approval
steel for through
fixings
d0 h2 l t fix dK
Item gvz A4 C
FNA II 6 x 25/5 044121 1) — — ■ 6 40 35 5 13.0 100
FNA II 6 x 30/5 044115 1) 044122 — ■ 6 45 40 5 13.0 100
FNA II 6 x 30/5 — — 044124 ■ 6 45 40 5 13.0 25
FNA II 6 x 30/30 044116 044123 — ■ 6 70 65 30 13.0 50
FNA II 6 x 30/30 — — 044125 ■ 6 70 65 30 13.0 25
FNA II 6 x 30/50 044117 046024 500569 ■ 6 90 85 50 13.0 50
FNA II 6 x 30/75 044118 — 500573 2) ■ 6 115 110 75 13.0 50
FNA II 6 x 30/100 044119 — 500574 3) ■ 6 140 135 100 13.0 50
FNA II 6 x 30/120 044120 — 500575 3) ■ 6 160 155 120 13.0 50
1) with hexagon below the nail head for anti-rotation lock of hole and wire hangers (for example) and centring for optional setting tool FNA-S
2) On request.
TECHNICAL DATA
Nail anchor FNA II M6

with thread and flange nut
zinc-plated highly corro- stainless Drill hole Min. drill Anchor Max. fixture Thread Width across Sales unit
steel sion resistant steel diameter hole depth length thickness nut
Approval
steel for through

fixings
Item gvz A4 C
FNA II 6 x 25 M6/5 044111 — — ■ 6 40 45 5 M6 10 100
FNA II 6 x 30 M6/5 044109 — — ■ 6 45 50 5 M6 10 100
FNA II 6 x 30 M6/5 — — 044112 2) ■ 6 45 50 5 M6 10 50
FNA II 6 x 30 M6/5 — 044113 2) — ■ 6 45 50 5 M6 10 25
FNA II 6 x 30 M6 x 41 044110 1) — — ■ 6 40 41 — M6 10 100
FNA II 6 x 30 M6/10 046022 — — ■ 6 45 55 10 M6 10 100
FNA II 6 x 30 M8/5 044114 — — ■ 6 45 51 5 M8 13 50
1) without nut; e.g. for fixing of pipe clamps
2) with nut and washer (no flange nut)
279
Nail anchor FNA II
TECHNICAL DATA
Nail anchor FNA II-H with hook
4 Nail anchor FNA II-OE with eye

zinc-plated Drill hole Anchor length Min. drill hole Inner diameter of Sales unit
Approval
steel diameter depth the hook/eye
d0 l h1
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [Ø mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
FNA II 6 x 25 H 044126 — 6 54 35 10 50
FNA II 6 x 25 OE 044127 ■ 6 54 35 10 50
TECHNICAL DATA
Machine setting tool FNA S-SDS
Machine setting tool FNA S-SBO for
mounting on the drill bit (drill-Ø 6mm)
Hand tool FNA S-H
Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
The ideal setting tool for the serial installation with
FNA S-SDS 061547 for all FNA II with nail head SDS-plus adapter for driving in FNA II with nail head 1
using a hammer drill.
For a power saving and fast installation to be placed
FNA S-SBO 061548 for all FNA II with nail head 1
on the drill.
E.g. for the fixing of installation of mounting rails.
FNA S-H 095990 for FNA II with metric thread M6 Chuck with outer diameter of 15mm for the installati- 1
on of FNA II M6 by hand.
280
Nail anchor FNA II
LOADS
Nail anchor FNA II
Minimum spacings
Highest permissible loads1) for a single fixing point6) as part of a multiple fixing of non-structural systems4) in concrete C20/25 up to C50/603).
while reducing the load
Type Material Effective ancho- Minimum Maximum torque Permissible load Required edge Required spacing Min. Min.
fixing rage depth member thick- moment distance for for spacing edge distance
element ness
Max. Load Max. Load
hef hmin Tinst Fperm 2) c s smin 5) cmin 5) 4
[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]

FNA II 6 x 25 gvz 25 - 1,4
gvz
FNA II 6 x 30 A4 30 - 2,4
C
FNA II 6 x 25 M6 gvz 25 4 1,4 100 100
80 40 40
gvz for s ≥ 200 for c ≥ 200
FNA II 6 x 30 M6 A4 30 4 2,4
C
FNA II 6 x 30 M8 gvz 30 4 2,4
FNA II 6 x 25 OE gvz 25 - 0,7
1)
2)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads, bending moments as well as reduced edge distances or spacings (anchor groups) see
approval.
3)
For concrete compressive strength C12/15 see approval.
4)
Multiple use is defined acc ETAG 001 Part 6 with min. 3 fixing points with min. one anchor per fixing point and a permissible load of 1.4 kN or min. 4 fixing points with min. one anchor an a permissible
load of 2.1 kN.
5)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distances. Smaller permissible loads acc. approval are required.
6)
A fixing point is defined as a single anchor or a group of 2 or 4 anchor.
281
Nail anchor FNA II RB
The easy-to-assemble fixing solution for removable fire

protection panel
4
Fire protection boards Fire protection boards
▪ Stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
cracked and non-cracked, for multiple
fixings of non-structural applications

▪ Easy removal of fire protection panel ▪ Fixing of fire protection panel in tunnel ▪ Nail anchor with low anchoring depth.
without damage. construction. ▪ The washer increases the pull through
▪ Reusability of removed fire protection ▪ For fixing of one and more layers of forces significantly and provides the
panel. fire protection panel of all manufactur- damage of the panel during disman-
▪ Secure fixing, particularly when ers e.g. Aestuver and Promat. tling.
exposed to vibration, wind and push- ▪ Mounting: Drill, hammer in, and you’re
ing/pulling effects. done!
▪ Easy-to-assemble solution. ▪ Easy pinching off of nail head thanks
▪ Low anchoring depth (30 mm). to special 2-stage pliers.
▪ Convenient assembly without ▪ For a fast assembly process, we rec-
torque-controlled setting tool. ommend the fischer compressed air
▪ Approved system which has proven setting device (item no. 093731).
itself one million times over.
▪ Large range of anchor lengths possi-
ble.
282
TECHNICAL DATA

stainless highly corro- Drill hole Min. drill Min. drill hole Anchorage Anchor Max. usable length Sales unit
steel sion resistant diameter hole depth depth for pre- depth length
Approval
steel 1.4529 for through positioned
fixings installation
d0 h2 h1 hef l tfix
Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item A4 C
FNA II 6 x30/30 RB 530674 1) — ■ 6 66 36 30 68 30 50
FNA II 6 x30/30 RB 530798 1) — ■ 6 66 36 30 68 30 200
FNA II 6 x30/30 RB — 530675 1) ■ 6 66 36 30 68 30 50
1) delivery on request
Other effective lengths available on request.
TECHNICAL DATA
Washer 30/1,5/7,5
stainless highly corro- Internal diameter External-Ø Thickness Sales unit

steel sion resistant
steel d S
[mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item A4 C
Washer 30/1,5/7,5 531161 531162 7,5 30 1.5 100
ACCESSORIES
FNA RB Z - 2-stage plier

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FNA RB Z 531142 Plier for removal of FNA II RB 1
283
ACCESSORIES
Air compressed setting tool
4
Match Required for Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Air compressed setting tool 093731 for FNA II + FNA II RB - 1
Drop in element 093729 - Air compressed setting tool Art No. 93731 1
Stop ring 093730 - Air compressed setting tool Art No. 93731 1
Fitting 093732 - Air compressed setting tool Art No. 93731 1
LOADS
stainless steel / high corrosion resistant steel
Minimum spacings
Highest permissible loads1) for a single fixing point6) as part of a multiple fixing of non-structural systems4) in concrete C20/25 up to C50/603).
while reducing the load
Type Material Effective ancho- Minimum Maximum torque Permissible load Required edge Required spacing Min. Min.
fixing rage depth member thick- moment distance for for spacing edge distance
element ness
Max. Load Max. Load
hef hmin Tinst Fperm 2) c s smin 5) cmin 5)
A4 100 for 100 for
FNA II 6 x 30 RB 30 80 - 2,4 40 40
C s ≥ 200 c ≥ 200
1)
2)
approval.
3)
For concrete compressive strength C12/15 see approval.
4)
Multiple use is defined acc ETAG 001 Part 6 with min. 3 fixing points with min. one anchor per fixing point and a permissible load of 1.4 kN or min. 4 fixing points with min. one anchor an a permissible
load of 2.1 kN.
5)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distances. Smaller permissible loads acc. approval are required.
6)
A fixing point is defined as a single anchor or a group of 2 or 4 anchor.
284
Ceiling nail FDN
The cost-efficient push-through anchor for multiple fixings

Suspended ceilings with Nonius hangers Suspended ceilings
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15

▪ The simple active principle allows for ▪ Wire and Nonius hangers ▪ The FDN is suitable for push-through
cost-efficient hammerset installation. ▪ Ventilation systems installation.
▪ The flush-sunk expansion nail signifies ▪ Slats ▪ The FDN ceiling nail is driven into
the complete expansion of the anchor, ▪ Metal profiles the drill hole with a hammer until it is
and thereby ensures minimum move- ▪ Perforated tapes firmly in position. Do not hit the expan-
ment when under load. ▪ Sub-structures made of metal sion wedge at this stage.
▪ The two hit zones (first nail head, then ▪ Then, drive the expansion wedge in
expansion pin) ensure correct instal- flush to the nail head. This causes the
lation - especially in narrow drill holes FDN to expand against the drill hole
- and also ensure high safety in use. wall.
▪ The head embossing offers a simple
control of the anchoring, and thus
saves time.
285
Ceiling nail FDN
TECHNICAL DATA
Ceiling nail FDN

4
zinc-plated Drill hole Anchor length Max. fixture Min. drill hole Head-Ø Sales unit
Approval
steel diameter thickness depth

d0 l t fix h1 dK
Item gvz
FDN 6/5 (6 x 35) 078644 ■ 6 43 5 45 15 100
FDN 6/35 (6 x 65) 078645 ■ 6 73 35 75 15 100
LOADS
Ceiling nail FDN
Highest permissible loads1) for a single anchor as part of a multiple fixing of non-structural systems in concrete C20/25 up to C50/60.
Type Effective Min. Torque- Permissible load Min. Min.
anchorage depth member moment spacing edge distance
thickness
hef hmin Tinst Fperm 3) smin 2) cmin 2)

FDN 6 32 80 - 2,4 200 150
1)
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance.
3)
286
Bolt anchor FBN II
The cost-efficient fixing for flexible use in non-cracked

concrete

Column bases Stormwater overflow tank manholes
▪ Stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
cracked
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15

▪ The standard anchorage depth ▪ Steel constructions ▪ The FBN II is suitable for pre-posi-
achieves the maximum load-bearing ▪ Guard rails tioned and push-through installation;
capacities. ▪ Consoles also suitable for stand-off installation
▪ The reduced anchorage depth reduces ▪ Ladders under certain conditions.
the drill hole depth. This minimises the ▪ Cable trays ▪ Prior to installation, place the hexagon
amount of time needed for installation ▪ Machines nut in the optimal position (the drive-in
whilst increasing flexibility. ▪ Staircases pin projects by approx. 3 mm out of
▪ Additional short version “K” with short ▪ Gates the hexagon nut).
anchoring depth. ▪ Façades ▪ When applying the torque, the cone
▪ The long thread balances component bolt is pulled into the expansion clip
tolerances and allows for stand-off and expands it against the drill hole
installations, thus increasing flexibility. wall.
▪ Few hammer blows and the minimal ▪ The head embossing offers a simple
torque slippage allow for a noticeably control of the anchoring.
simpler installation. ▪ In the case of series installation, we
▪ The drive-in pin protects the thread recommend using the FABS bolt
from damage, and thus ensures a anchor setting tool.
faster installation and dismantling of
the attachment.
▪ The larger washer included with the
FBN II GS creates a larger supporting
surface and, as such, allows for the
fixing of wood constructions.
▪ When using hollow drills with suction
is no drill hole cleaning required..
287
Bolt anchor FBN II
TECHNICAL DATA
Bolt anchor FBN II
4
zinc-plated steel stainless steel hot-dip galva- Drill hole Min. drill Anchor Max. Thread Width across Sales unit
nised steel diameter hole depth length usable length nut
Approval
for through hef,max./
fixings hef,min.
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 fvz
FBN II 6/5 505526 1)2) — — ■ 6 45 50 5/- M 6 x 12 10 100
FBN II 6/10 505527 1)2) 505532 1)2) — ■ 6 50 55 10/- M 6 x 17 10 100
FBN II 6/30 505528 1)2) 505535 1)2) — ■ 6 70 75 30/- M 6 x 35 10 100
FBN II 8/5 040662 — — ■ 8 61 66 5/15 M 8 x 34 13 50
FBN II 8/10 040664 507555 507575 ■ 8 66 71 10/20 M 8 x 39 13 50
FBN II 8/20 040669 — — ■ 8 76 81 20/30 M 8 x 49 13 50
FBN II 8/30 040700 507556 507576 ■ 8 86 91 30/40 M 8 x 59 13 50
FBN II 8/50 040771 507557 507577 ■ 8 106 111 50/60 M 8 x 79 13 50
FBN II 8/70 040777 — 507578 ■ 8 126 131 70/80 M 8 x 99 13 20
FBN II 8/100 040783 — — ■ 8 156 161 100/110 M 8 x 129 13 20
FBN II 10/10 040827 507558 507579 ■ 10 78 86 10/20 M 10 x 46 17 50
FBN II 10/20 040851 507559 — ■ 10 88 96 20/30 M 10 x 56 17 50
FBN II 10/30 040854 — — ■ 10 98 106 30/40 M 10 x 66 17 —
FBN II 10/30 — 507560 507580 ■ 10 98 106 30/40 M 10 x 66 17 50
FBN II 10/50 040855 507561 507582 ■ 10 118 126 50/60 M 10 x 86 17 20
FBN II 10/70 040931 — — ■ 10 138 146 70/80 M 10 x 106 17 20
FBN II 10/100 040943 507562 507583 ■ 10 168 176 100/110 M 10 x 136 17 20
FBN II 10/140 040944 — — ■ 10 208 216 140/150 M 10 x 176 17 20
FBN II 10/160 040945 — — ■ 10 228 236 160/170 M 10 x 196 17 20
FBN II 12/10 040950 507563 507589 ■ 12 95 106 10/25 M 12 x 59 19 20
FBN II 12/20 044558 507564 — ■ 12 105 116 20/35 M 12 x 69 19 20
FBN II 12/30 045263 507565 507591 ■ 12 115 126 30/45 M 12 x 79 19 20
FBN II 12/50 045264 507566 507592 ■ 12 135 146 50/65 M 12 x 99 19 20
FBN II 12/80 045265 — — ■ 12 165 176 80/95 M 12 x 129 19 20
FBN II 12/100 045266 507567 507596 ■ 12 185 196 100/115 M 12 x 149 19 20
FBN II 12/120 045267 — — ■ 12 205 216 120/135 M 12 x 169 19 20
FBN II 12/140 045268 — — ■ 12 225 236 140/155 M 12 x 189 19 20
FBN II 12/160 045269 — — ■ 12 245 256 160/175 M 12 x 189 19 20
FBN II 16/10 — 507568 — ■ 16 114 130 10/25 M 16 x 74 24 10
FBN II 16/25 045564 507569 507598 ■ 16 129 145 25/40 M 16 x 89 24 10
FBN II 16/50 045565 507570 507553 ■ 16 154 170 50/65 M 16 x 105 24 10
FBN II 16/80 045566 — — ■ 16 184 200 80/95 M 16 x 144 24 10
FBN II 16/100 045567 — 507554 ■ 16 204 220 100/115 M 16 x 164 24 10
FBN II 16/140 045568 — — ■ 16 244 260 140/155 M 16 x 184 24 10
FBN II 16/160 045569 — — ■ 16 264 280 160/175 M 16 x 184 24 10
FBN II 16/200 045570 — — ■ 16 304 320 200/215 M 16 x 184 24 10
FBN II 20/30 045573 507571 508015 ■ 20 165 187 30/55 M 20 x 90 30 10
FBN II 20/60 045574 507572 — ■ 20 195 217 60/85 M 20 x 90 30 10
FBN II 20/80 045575 — — ■ 20 215 237 80/105 M 20 x 90 30 10
FBN II 20/120 045576 — — ■ 20 255 277 120/145 M 20 x 90 30 10
1) Use restricted to anchoring of structural components which are statically indeterminate.
2) Nut and washer not pre-assembled/supplied loose.
288
Bolt anchor FBN II
TECHNICAL DATA
Bolt anchor FBN II K

zinc-plated stainless steel, hot-dip Drill hole Min. drill Anchor Max. Thread Width across Sales unit
steel, short short version galvanised diameter hole depth length usable length nut
Approval
version steel, short for through hef,max./
version fixings hef,min.
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4 fvz
FBN II 8/5 K 040806 508007 508012 ■ 8 51 56 -/5 M 8 x 24 13 50
FBN II 8/10 K 040807 — — ■ 8 56 61 -/10 M 8 x 29 13 50
FBN II 10/5 K 040946 508010 508013 ■ 10 63 71 -/5 M 10 x 31 17 50
FBN II 10/10 K 040947 — — ■ 10 68 76 -/10 M 10 x 36 17 50
FBN II 12/5 K 045272 508011 508014 ■ 12 75 86 -/5 M 12 x 39 19 20
FBN II 12/10 K 045273 — — ■ 12 80 91 -/10 M 12 x 44 19 20
FBN II 12/30 K 045274 — — ■ 12 100 111 -/30 M 12 x 64 19 20
FBN II 16/15 K 045571 508745 507597 ■ 16 104 120 -/15 M 16 x 64 24 10
FBN II 16/25 K 045572 — — ■ 16 114 130 -/25 M 16 x 74 24 10
FBN II 20/10 K 045577 — — ■ 20 120 142 -/10 M 20 x 50 30 10
TECHNICAL DATA
Bolt anchor FBN II-GS with large washer
steel, Drill hole Min. drill hole Anchor length Max. Thread Width across Washer (outer Sales unit
zinc-plated, diameter depth for usable length nut diameter x
Approval
with large through fixings hef,max./ thickness)

washer hef,min.
Art.-No. ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
FBN II 12/80 GS 045578 ■ 12 165 176 80/95 M 12 x 129 19 44 x 4 20
FBN II 12/100 GS 045579 ■ 12 185 196 100/115 M 12 x 149 19 44 x 4 20
FBN II 12/120 GS 045580 ■ 12 205 216 120/135 M 12 x 169 19 44 x 4 20
FBN II 12/140 GS 045581 ■ 12 225 236 140/155 M 12 x 189 19 44 x 4 10
FBN II 12/160 GS 045583 ■ 12 245 256 160/175 M 12 x 189 19 44 x 4 10
FBN II 12/180 GS 045584 ■ 12 265 276 180/195 M 12 x 189 19 44 x 4 10
FBN II 12/200 GS 045585 ■ 12 285 296 200/215 M 12 x 189 19 44 x 4 10
FBN II 12/250 GS 045586 ■ 12 335 346 250/265 M 12 x 100 19 44 x 4 10
FBN II 16/100 GS 045588 ■ 16 204 220 100/115 M 16 x 164 24 56 x 5 10
FBN II 16/140 GS 045590 ■ 16 244 260 140/155 M 16 x 184 24 56 x 5 10
FBN II 16/160 GS 045591 ■ 16 264 280 160/175 M 16 x 184 24 56 x 5 10
FBN II 16/200 GS 045593 ■ 16 304 320 200/215 M 16 x 100 24 56 x 5 10
289
Bolt anchor FBN II
ACCESSORIES
fischer Anchor bolt setting tool FABS

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FABS 077937 FAZ II, FBN II, EXA for diameter from M6 - M12 1
LOADS
4 Bolt anchor FBN II
zinc plated steel / stainless steel / hot dip galvanised steel

reducing the load
load load Max. Load
gvz 4 2,9 3,4 60
FBN II 6 100 308) 100 90 40 40
A4 4 2,9 3,0 55
gvz 15 2,9 7,1 115 40 40
100 308) 65 90
A4 10 2,9 7,1 115 50 45
FBN II 8 gvz 15 7,6 120 40
A4 100 40 10 6,1 7,3 95 115 120 40 45
fvz 15 7,6 120 40
gvz 30 12,0 190
100 40 6,1 100 120 50 80
A4 20 11,6 185
FBN II 10 gvz 30 12,0 185 50 50
A4 100 50 20 8,5 11,6 100 180 150 70 55
fvz 30 12,0 185 50 50
gvz 50 17,9 280
100 50 8,5 145 150 70 100
A4 35 15,7 245
FBN II 12 gvz 50 17,9 245
A4 120 65 35 12,6 15,7 145 215 195 70 70
fvz 40 17,9 245
gvz 100
120 65 12,6 29,0 175 410 195 90 120
A4 80
FBN II 16 gvz 100 31,5 375 90 90
A4 160 80 80 17,2 29,1 175 340 240 120 80
fvz 70 31,5 375 90 90
gvz 200 38,3 455 120
160 80 17,2 185 240 120
A4 150 39,6 470 140
FBN II 20 gvz 200 38,3 385
A4 200 105 150 25,9 49,1 185 510 315 120 120
fvz 200 38,3 385
1)
with a spacing s ≥ 3-hef and an edge distance c ≥ 1.5-h ef. Accurate data see ETA-07/0211.
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
Anchoring depth smaller than 40 mm are only approved for statically intederminate systems.
290
The installation-friendly internally threaded anchor for fixings

in non-cracked concrete

Fall protection devices Plant construction
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
cracked
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15

▪ The optimised geometry minimises ▪ Steel constructions ▪ The TAM is suitable for pre-positioned
setting energy and allows for use in ▪ Handrails installation.
extremely narrow spaces. This allows ▪ Consoles ▪ When applying the torque, the cone is
for user-friendly installation. ▪ Ladders pulled into the expansion sleeve and
▪ The three-part expansion sleeve ▪ Cable trays expands it against the drill hole wall.
creates even load distribution, thus ▪ Machines ▪ For correct installation, it must be
allowing small edge and axial spacing. ▪ Staircases ensured that the pre-positioned
Thus the TA M is extremely flexible. ▪ Gates anchor TA M can be supported on the
▪ The metric internal thread allows to ▪ Façades attachment, or that the threaded rod is
use standard screws or threaded rods ▪ Stand-off installations countered.
for the ideal adaptation to suit the ▪ Determining the screw length ls:
intended use. Screw length ls =
▪ The red plastic cap protects against Length of fixing
soiling and thus ensures free-running + Thickness of fixture tfix
of the thread. + Thickness of washer.
291
TECHNICAL DATA
4
zinc-plated Drill hole Min. drill hole Anchor length Thread Sales unit
Approval
steel diameter depth
d0 h1 l M
Item gvz
TA M6 090245 ■ 10 65 49 M6 50
TA M8 090246 ■ 12 70 56 M8 50
TA M10 090247 ■ 15 90 69 M 10 25
TA M12 090248 ■ 18 105 86 M 12 25
TECHNICAL DATA
Heavy-duty anchor TA M-S with screw
zinc-plated Drill hole Min. drill hole Anchor length Max. fixture Screw Width across nut Sales unit
Approval
steel diameter depth thickness
d0 h1 l t fix Ø x length  SW
ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
TA M6 S/10 090249 ■ 10 65 49 10 M 6 x 60 10 50
TA M8 S/10 090250 ■ 12 70 56 10 M 8 x 65 13 50
TA M10 S/20 090251 ■ 15 90 69 20 M 10 x 90 17 25
TA M12 S/25 090252 ■ 18 105 86 25 M 12 x 110 19 20
292
LOADS
zinc plated steel
reducing the load
Type Screw Min. Effective Installation Permissible Permissible Required edge distance Required Min. Min.

TA M6 8.8 100 40 10 3,6 3,3 50 55 120 80 50
TA M8 8.8 100 45 20 5,7 6,7 65 95 135 90 60
TA M10 8.8 110 55 40 9,5 11,0 160 150 165 110 70
TA M12 8.8 140 70 75 11,9 17,0 170 200 210 160 120
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Approval ETA-04/0003, issue date 11/06/2013. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Annex C, Method A (for static resp. quasi-static loads).
TECHNICAL DATA
Heavy-duty anchor SL M
zinc-plated Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Internal thread Min. bolt pene- Sales unit
steel depth tration
d0 h1 l A1 lE,min
Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
SL M 16 050556 24 110 90 M 16 90 10
SL M 20 050557 30 130 110 M 20 110 5
SL M 24 050558 35 150 125 M 24 125 5
293
TECHNICAL DATA
Heavy-duty anchor SLM-N A4

4
stainless Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Internal thread Min. bolt pene- Sales unit
steel depth tration
d0 h1 l A1 lE,min
Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item A4
SL M 8 N A4 050526 12 60 54 M8 52 25
SL M 10 N A4 050527 16 70 62 M 10 62 20
LOADS
Heavy-duty anchor SL M
Recommended loads1) 3) of a single anchor in non-cracked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25.
Type Effective Min. Torque- Recommended Char. Char. Min. Min.
anchorage- member moment load spacing edge distance spacing edge distance
depth thickness
hef hmin Tinst Frec 2) scr,N ccr,N smin 4) cmin 4)

SL M 8 N A4 45 100 25 3,5 135 68 50 90
SL M 10 N A4 50 100 50 5,0 150 75 50 100
SL M 16 gvz 62 130 100 8,0 186 93 60 120
SL M 20 gvz 77 150 150 11,0 231 116 80 160
SL M 24 gvz 90 200 200 13,9 270 135 90 180
1)
2)
3)
Valid for screws with grade 8.8 and A4-70
4)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the recommended load.
294
Heavy-duty anchor TA M-T
The installation-friendly push-through anchor for fixings in non-

cracked concrete

Collision protection Benches
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
cracked
Also suitable for:
▪ Concrete C12/15

▪ The optimised geometry minimises ▪ Steel constructions ▪ The TA M-T is suitable for push-
setting energy and allows for use in ▪ Handrails through installation.
extremely narrow spaces. This allows ▪ Consoles ▪ When applying the torque, the cone is
for user-friendly installation. ▪ Ladders pulled into the expansion sleeve and
▪ The three-part expansion sleeve ▪ Cable trays expands it against the drill hole wall.
creates even load distribution, thus ▪ Machines ▪ The hexagonal head of the TA M-BP is
allowing small edge and axial spacing. ▪ Staircases tightened until it breaks off.
Thus the TA M-T is extremely flexible. ▪ Gates
▪ The TA M-BP version with twist-off ▪ Façades
head hinders the dismantling of the
fixture for use as a theft-deterrent and
break-in protection.
▪ The detachable screw connection
allows for surface flush removal.
295
TECHNICAL DATA
Heavy-duty anchor TA M-T,

for push-through installation
4
zinc-plated Drill hole Min. drill hole Anchor length Max. fixture Thread Width across nut Sales unit
Approval
steel diameter depth for through thickness

fixings
Item gvz
TA M8 T/25 S 090268 ■ 12 95 84 25 M8 13 50
TA M10 T/25 S 090269 ■ 15 110 100 25 M 10 17 25
TA M12 T/25 S 090270 ■ 18 120 114 25 M 12 19 20
TECHNICAL DATA
Heavy-duty anchor TA M-T BP,

with twist-off head
zinc-plated Drill hole Min. drill hole Anchor length Max. fixture Thread Width across nut Sales unit
steel diameter depth for through thickness
fixings
Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz
TA M8 BP 090265 12 95 84 25 M8 13 50
LOADS
zinc plated steel
reducing the load
load load Max. Load
TA M8 T gvz 100 45 20 5,7 6,7 65 95 135 90 60
TA M10 T gvz 110 55 40 9,5 11,0 160 150 165 110 70
TA M12 T gvz 140 70 75 11,9 17,0 170 200 210 160 120
1)
The partial safety factors for material resistance as regulated in the ETA-04/0003 as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of γL = 1.4 are considered. As an single anchor counts e.g. an anchor
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
The given loads refer to the European Technical Approval ETA-04/0003, issue date 11/06/2013. Design of the loads according ETAG 001, Annex C, Method A (for static resp. quasi-static loads).
296
Sleeve anchor FSA
The push-through anchor for structural fixings in non-cracked

concrete

Bicycle racks Waste bins
VERSIONS
BUILDING MATERIALS
Suitable for:
cracked

▪ The optimised geometry minimises ▪ Handrails ▪ The FSA is suitable for push-through
setting energy and enables the use in ▪ Consoles installation.
extremely narrow spaces. This allows ▪ Ladders ▪ When applying the torque, the cone is
for user-friendly installation. ▪ Cable trays pulled into the expansion sleeve and
▪ The anchor design makes it possible ▪ Gates expands it against the drill hole wall.
to use different head shapes for flex- ▪ Façades ▪ The half-moon shaped recesses act
ible design solutions: Hexagon head ▪ Temporary or structural fixings as a crumple zone to take the torque
(type S), bolt version with nut and slippage, so that the attachment is
washer (type B). pulled onto the anchor base.
▪ The detachable screw connection
allows for surface flush removal.
297
Sleeve anchor FSA
TECHNICAL DATA
Sleeve anchor FSA-S
4
zinc-plated Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Max. fixture Anchor length Thread Width across nut Sales unit
steel depth for through thickness
fixings
d0 h2 t fix l M  SW
Item gvz
FSA 8/15 S 068520 8 65 15 64 M6 10 50
FSA 8/40 S 068521 8 90 40 89 M6 10 50
FSA 8/65 S 068522 8 115 65 114 M6 10 50
FSA 10/10 S 068523 10 65 10 65 M8 13 20
FSA 10/35 S 068524 10 90 35 90 M8 13 20
FSA 10/60 S 068525 10 115 60 115 M8 13 20
FSA 12/10 S 068526 12 75 10 76 M 10 17 20
FSA 12/25 S 068527 12 90 25 91 M 10 17 20
FSA 12/50 S 068528 12 115 50 116 M 10 17 20
TECHNICAL DATA
Sleeve anchor FSA-B
zinc-plated Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Max. fixture Anchor length Thread Width across nut Sales unit
fixings
d0 h2 t fix l M  SW
Item gvz
FSA 8/15 B 068500 8 65 15 65 M6 10 50
FSA 8/40 B 068501 8 90 40 90 M6 10 50
FSA 8/65 B 068502 8 115 65 115 M6 10 50
FSA 10/10 B 068503 10 65 10 69 M8 13 20
FSA 10/35 B 068504 10 90 35 94 M8 13 20
FSA 10/60 B 068505 10 115 60 119 M8 13 20
FSA 12/10 B 068506 12 75 10 81 M 10 17 20
FSA 12/25 B 068507 12 90 25 96 M 10 17 20
FSA 12/50 B 068508 12 115 50 121 M 10 17 20
FSA 12/75 B 068509 12 140 75 146 M 10 17 20
298
Sleeve anchor FSA
LOADS
Sleeve anchor FSA zinc plated steel
Recommended loads1) of a single anchor in non-craked normal concrete (concrete compression zone) of strength class C20/25.
Type Effective Minimum Torque- Recommended Recommended Char. Char. Min. Min.
anchorage- member moment Tensile load shear load spacing edge distance spacing edge distance
depth thickness
hef hmin Tinst Nrec 2) Vrec 2) scr,N ccr,N smin 3) cmin 3)

[mm] [mm] [Nm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] 4
FSA 8 35 70 8 2,0 3,4 105 53 70 50

FSA 10 40 80 25 3,5 6,3 120 60 80 604)
FSA 12 50 100 40 5,0 9,9 150 75 100 754)
1)
2)
For combination of tensile and shear loads a detailled anchor design is necessary.
3)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance while reducing the recommended load.
4)
No reduction of the recommended tensile load.
299
The reusable fixing system for diamond drills and saws
4
Diamond drills Detail: Diamond drills
VERSIONS
BUILDING MATERIALS
Suitable for:
cracked

▪ The detachable screw connection ▪ Diamond and core drilling devices ▪ The FDBB is suitable for pre-positioned
between the expansion element and ▪ Diamond saws and push-through installation.
spindle enables simple dismantling ▪ An expansion element must be added
and ensures that the spindle bolt can to the spindle bolt before installation.
be reused. ▪ Use a hammer to drive the FDBB
▪ The robust, reusable spindle bolt guar- through the base plate of the drilling
antees a long life span. device into the drill hole.
▪ The active principle of the anchor ▪ When the nut is tightened, the cone
bolt enables an active controlled bolt is pulled into the expansion clip
expansion, thus offering a high level and expands it against the drill hole
of safety. wall.
▪ The large steel cross-section provides ▪ The expansion element remains in the
high shear load-bearing capability and, drill hole when dismantling the spindle
as such, high security for the jerky bolt. The spindle bolt is once again
stoppage of the drill bit. completed with an expansion element
and can be reused.
300
TECHNICAL DATA
Expansion element FDBB SE

4

Drill hole Usable Min. drill hole Width across nut Length Contents Sales unit
diameter length depth for through
fixings
d0 tfix h2  SW l
Item gvz
1 expansion element 16 SE,
FDBB 16/50 Set 090680 16 50 135 27 200 1 spindle bolt 16/50/160, 1
1 washer, 1 nut
FDBB 16 SE 090681 16 — — — — Expansion element 25
LOADS
Fixing set for Diamond Drills FDBB
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor in non-cracked concrete.
C20/25 C12/15
Type Recommended Recommended Recommended Recommended Recommended
bending moment Tensile load shear load Tensile load shear load
Mrec Nrec Vrec2) Nrec Vrec2)

[Nm] [kN] [kN] [kN] [kN]
FDBB 98 12,0 13,3 9,0 13,3
1)
2)
Steel failure value.
301
Wall screw MR
The fixing with simple hammerset installation in non-cracked

concrete
4
Radiators
VERSIONS
BUILDING MATERIALS
Suitable for:
cracked

▪ The special construction of the anchor ▪ Non-approval-relevant fixings only ▪ The MR is suitable for pre-positioned
sleeve enables it to be set into the drill ▪ Handrails and push-through installation.
hole with a low number of hammer ▪ Gratings ▪ The anchor sleeve is driven into the
blows. This enables easy installation. ▪ Garden gates drill hole with a hammer, without the
▪ The flush-sunk expansion pin signifies need for an expansion pin.
the complete expansion of the anchor, ▪ Then the expansion pin is driven in
and thereby ensures minimum move- with a hammer, and the wall screw
ment when under load. expands against the drill hole wall.
▪ The special geometry of the expansion
pin reduces the setting energy, thereby
enabling a fast and energy-saving
installation.
302
Wall screw MR
TECHNICAL DATA
Wall screw MR

zinc-plated Drill hole diameter Anchor length Min. drill hole Thread Width across nut Max. fixture Sales unit
fixings
d0 l h2 M  SW t fix
Item gvz
MR 8 050583 8 70 70 M8 13 22 25
MR 10 050584 10 85 85 M 10 15 24 20
MR 12 050585 12 100 100 M 12 18 27 10
303
The installation-friendly internally threaded anchor for fixings

in pre-stressed hollow-core concrete slabs
4
Air conditioning units in pre-stressed hol- Cable trays in pre-stressed hollow-core concrete
low-core concrete slabs slabs
▪ Stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
▪ Pre-stressed hollow-core concrete
slabs ≧ C45/55

▪ The active principle of the anchor ▪ Pipelines ▪ The FHY is suitable for pre-positioned
means that the FHY can be used in ▪ Cable trays installation.
cavities or in solid materials up to 5 ▪ Ventilation systems ▪ Position the FHY hollow-ceiling anchor
cm from the tensioning wire. This ▪ Sprinkler systems in the drill hole and drive in flush to
ensures the highest flexibility and user- ▪ Suspended ceilings the surface of the anchor base using
friendly installation. ▪ Consoles the hammer.
▪ The embossed edge prevents the ▪ Steel constructions ▪ The FHY pre-positioned anchor must
anchor sleeve from slipping in the ▪ Timber constructions be able to be supported on the attach-
cavity, thus allowing for trouble-free ment for expansion.
installation. ▪ When applying the torque, the cone is
▪ The optimised geometry minimises pulled into the expansion sleeve and
setting energy and allows for use in expands it into the cavity or expands
extremely narrow spaces. This allows it in the solid material against the drill
for user-friendly installation. hole wall.
▪ The metric internal thread means that ▪ Screw length ls =
it is possible to use standard screws or Minimum screw-in depth e2
threaded rods for the ideal adaptation + Thickness of fixture tfix
to suit the intended use. + Thickness of washer
(with threaded rod: + height of nut)
304
TECHNICAL DATA

4

zinc-plated stainless Drill hole Anchor Thread Min. drill Min. bolt Sales unit
Approval
steel steel diameter length hole depth penetration
d0 l M h1 lE,min
Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
FHY M 6 030138 — ▯ 10 37 M6 50 37 50
FHY M 6 — 030139 — 10 37 M6 50 37 50
FHY M 8 030146 — ▯ 12 43 M8 60 43 25
FHY M 8 — 030147 — 12 43 M8 60 43 25
FHY M10 030148 — ▯ 16 52 M 10 65 52 20
FHY M10 — 030151 — 16 52 M 10 65 52 20
LOADS
Hollow-ceiling anchor FHY zinc plated steel
Highest permissible loads1)3) for a single anchor in pre-stressed hollow-core concrete slabs of strength class ≥ C45/55.
Type Bottom flange Installation Permissible Required edge distance (with Min. Min.
thickness torque load one edge) for spacing edge distance
max. load
du Tinst Fperm2) smin4) cmin4)
[mm] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm]
25 - 29 0,7 70
FHY M6 30 - 39 10 0,9 80
≥40 2,0 100
25 - 29 0,7 70
150 100
FHY M8 30 - 39 10 0,9 80
≥40 2,0 100
30 - 39 1,2 80
FHY M10 20
≥40 3,0 100
1)
The required safety factors as regulated in the approval are considered.
2)
approval.
3)
For screw strength class 4.6.
4)
305
LOADS
Hollow-ceiling anchor FHY stainless steel A4
Highest recommended loads 1) 3) for a single anchor in pre-stressed hollow-core concrete slabs of strength class ≥ C45/55.
Type Bottom flange Installation Recommended Required edge distance (with Min. Min.
thickness torque load one edge) for spacing edge distance
Max. load
du Tinst Frec2) smin4) cmin4)
[mm] [Nm] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm]
25 - 29 0,7 70
4 FHY M6 A4 30 - 39 10 0,9 80
≥40 2,0 100
25 - 29 0,7 70
150 100
FHY M8 A4 30 - 39 10 0,9 80
≥40 2,0 100
30 - 39 1,2 80
FHY M10 A4 20
≥40 3,0 100
1)
2)
3)
For screw strength class A4-70.
4)
306
The strong internally threaded anchor with unique 4-way

expansion for fixings in aerated concrete

Rail fixing Air conditioning units
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
▪ Aerated concrete with compressive
strength 2 to 7 N/mm²
▪ Aerated concrete wall or ceiling
boards with compressive strength 3.3
to 4.4 N/mm²
▪ Planked aerated concrete masonry,
e.g. plastered, tiled, papered etc.

▪ The FPX-I enables easy tightening via ▪ Suspended ceilings ▪ The FPX-I with internal thread is suita-
the hexagon wrench using a cordless ▪ Cable trays ble for pre-positioned installation.
screwdriver or ratchet and therefore ▪ Pipelines ▪ Pre-drilling enables easy hammering
offers top installation comfort. ▪ Ventilation ducts in, even in high-strength aerated
▪ The deformation-controlled expan- ▪ Guard rails/hand rails concrete. There is no need to clean
sion of the anchor with the hexagon ▪ TV consoles the drill hole.
wrench ensures safe, even and gentle ▪ Kitchen cupboards ▪ When the anchor is tightened with the
installation. ▪ Stand-off installations hexagon wrench, the internal thread
▪ The unique 4-way expansion of the sleeve starts to rotate and the cone
FPX-I with a square expansion sleeve is pulled into the square expansion
prevents the rotation of the anchor in sleeve. The aerated concrete is com-
the drill hole and ensures high tension pressed on the four sides and gener-
and shear loads, which means fewer ates an undercut in the drill hole.
fixing points. ▪ When reached the optimum expan-
▪ The releasing of the hexagonal wrench sion, the hexagon wrench is released
guarantees an automatical setting con- automatically from the anchor.
trol for each installation process.
▪ The first steel anchor with an ETA-Ap-
proval and fire protection certificate
for fixings in aerated concrete enables
use for safety-relevant fixings, too.
307
TECHNICAL DATA
4
Drill diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Effect. anchorage Min. bolt pene- Max. bolt pene- Sales unit
depth for depth tration tration
Approval
pre-positioned
installation
d0 h1 l hef lE,min lE,max
Item gvz
FPX M6-I 519021 ■ 10 95 75 70 10 15 25
FPX M8-I 519022 ■ 10 95 75 70 8 15 25
FPX M10-I 519023 ■ 10 95 75 70 10 15 25
FPX M12-I 519024 ■ 10 95 75 70 12 15 25
ACCESSORIES
Setting tool FPX M6 I Setting tool FPX M8-M12 I

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Setting tool FPX M6 I 522517 FPX M6-I 10
Setting tool FPX M8-M12 I 522518 FPX M8-I - FPX M12-I 10
308
LOADS
AAC anchor FPX-I
Highest permissible loads1)5) and required component dimensions in aerated concrete masonry.
Type FPX-I M6 , M8 , M10 , M12
Permissible load1)5) per anchor Fperm

Effective anchoring depth hef [mm] 70
fck ≥ 1,6 N /mm² / ρm ≥ 0,25 kg/dm³ [kN] 0,32
fck ≥ 2,0 N /mm² / ρm ≥ 0,35 kg/dm³ [kN] 0,43 4
fck ≥ 4,0 N /mm² / ρm ≥ 0,50 kg/dm³ [kN] 0,89

fck ≥ 6,0 N /mm² / ρm ≥ 0,65 kg/dm³ [kN] 1,43
Component dimensions
Minimum member thickness with drill hole cleaning hmin [mm] 100
Minimum member thickness without drill hole cleaning hmin [mm] 120
Single anchor
Min. spacing between single anchors a [mm] 375
Min. edge distance c1 [mm] 125
Min. distance to joints cF4) [mm] 752) / 125
Min. edge distance orthogonal to c1 c2 [mm] 190
Anchor groups3) with 2 or 4 Ancors
Actions shear + oblique tension only axial tension
Min. spacing smin [mm] 100 100
Min. edge distance c1 [mm] 250 125
Min. spacing between single anchors a [mm] 750 375
Min. edge distance orthogonal to c1 c2 [mm] 375 190
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for load a c2 ≥ 1,5 x c1
actions of L = 1,4 are considered.
2)
cF for tensile load and/or shear load parallel to the joint which is not filled with mortar with width
≤ 2 mm.
c1 c1
3)
4)
Fperm,Group = 2 x Fperm,single anchor valid in case of anchor groups with 2 or 4 anchors. smin
In case of non visible joints Fperm has to be divided in half.
5)
Grade of the screw, resp. threaded rod ≥ 4.8.
smin
cF
hmin
309
LOADS
AAC anchor FPX-I
Highest permissible loads1)4) and required component dimensions in cracked and non-cracked aerated concrete wall and slab plates.
Type FPX-I M6 , M8 , M10 , M12
Permissible load1)4) per anchor Fperm

Effective anchoring depth hef [mm] 70
Tensile area of the AAC plate
4 fck ≥ 3,3 N /mm² / ρm ≥ 0,50 kg/dm³ [kN] 0,62
fck ≥ 4,4 N /mm² / ρm ≥ 0,55 kg/dm³ [kN] 0,83
Compression area of the AAC plate

fck ≥ 3,3 N /mm² / ρm ≥ 0,50 kg/dm³ [kN] 0,83
fck ≥ 4,4 N /mm² / ρm ≥ 0,55 kg/dm³ [kN] 1,24
Component dimensions
Minimum member thickness with drill hole cleaning hmin [mm] 100
Minimum member thickness without drill hole cleaning hmin [mm] 120
Single anchor
Min. spacing between single anchors a [mm] 600
Min. edge distance c1 [mm] 125 / 3003)
Min. edge distance orthogonal to c1 c2 [mm] 190
Anchor groups2) with 2 or 4 anchors
Actions shear + oblique tension only axial tension
Min. spacing smin [mm] 100 100
Min. edge distance c1 [mm] 250 125 / 1503)
Min. spacing between single anchors a [mm] 750 600
Min. edge distance orthogonal to c1 c2 [mm] 375 190
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for load c1
actions of L = 1,4 are considered. a
2)
Fperm,Group = 2 x Fperm,single anchor valid in case of anchor groups with 2 or 4 anchors.
3)
In case of reinforced plates with a width ≤ 700 mm. c2 ≥ 1,5 x c1 c1
4)
Grade of the screw, resp. threaded rod ≥ 4.8.
a smin
smin
c1
a
310
4
311
Frame fixings /
5 Stand-off installation
Page
Frame fixing SXRL 315
Frame fixing SXR 320

55
Frame fixing SXS 326
Frame fixings / Stand-off installation

Frame fixing FUR 330
Anti-corrosion spray FTC-CP 334
Hammerfix N 335
Hammerfix N GREEN 339
Nail sleeve FNH 341
Window frame fixing F-S 343
Metal frame fixing F-M 345
Window frame screws FFSZ and FFS 348
Wall tie VB 352
Adjustable fixing S10J 353
Adjustable screw JUSS 355
Spacing screw ASL 356
Remedial wall tie mechanical VBS-M 367
313
Range of frame and stand-off fixings
Frame fixings Window frame fixings

Frame fixing SXRL Window frame fixing F-S
The versatile with multiple anchorage depth The nylon fixing for stress-free stand-off
installation of window and door frames
Page 315 Page 343
Frame fixing SXR Metal frame fixing F-M

The efficient with short expansion element The fixing for stress-free installation of
5 window and door frames with high fire
Page 320 classification
Page 345
Frame fixing SXS
The high-performance specialist Window frame screws FFSZ and FFS
The economical special screw for window
Page 326 installation
Page 348
Frame fixing FUR
The lamella plug with gentle power transfer
Page 330
Nailplugs Stand-off installation

Hammerfix N Spacing screw ASL
The hammer-in plug for a simple, fast and economical The spacing screw for flexible positioning
installation and alignment of wooden fixtures
Page 335 Page 356
Nail sleeve FNH Stand-off installation Thermax 8 / 10

The user-friendly spring sleeve for light fixings in solid The thermally separated stand-off installation
building materials in external thermal insulation composite
Page 341 systems (ETICS)
Page 358

Adjustable fixings The approved stand-off installation with
thermal barrier in external insulation com-
Adjustable fixing S10J posite systems (ETIC)
The fixing for infinite adjustment of timber constructions
in all standard solid building materials
Page 361
Page 353
Adjustable screw JUSS Remedial wall tie VBS-M

The adjustable screw for fast and infinitely adjustable The quick façade repair for two-leaf cavity
installation of timber constructions walls
Page 355
Page 367
314
Frame fixing SXRL
The versatile with multiple anchorage depth

Timber substructures Wall consoles
▪ Stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
concrete
▪ Thermal insulation blocks
▪ Solid block made from lightweight and
normal weight concrete
▪ Solid brick
▪ Concrete ≧ C12/15
Also suitable for:

▪ The long expansion element with mul- ▪ Façade, ceiling and roof substructures ▪ In hollow building materials, the two
tiple anchorage depths of 50, 70 or made of wood and metal expansion zones ensure that the
90 mm for SXRL 8 and SXRL 10 and ▪ Facade substructures under compres- introduction of force is gentle on the
70 or 90 mm for SXRL 14 makes the sion load (e.g. distance installation substrate. The porous block fillets are
SXRL a versatile applicable product. without a wall bracket) not crushed by the second expansion
▪ Through the special geometry of the ▪ Windows zone and therefore serve to transmit
plug, the loads are evenly distributed ▪ Gates and doors the force
in the drill hole. ▪ Wardrobes ▪ In aircrete and solid building material,
▪ When the plug is to be set below the ▪ Kitchen hanging cabinets the two expansion zones combine
plaster, the longer ribs prevent plug ▪ Squared timbers to form one long expansion element,
rotation during installation. ▪ Beams thus providing for a uniform and flat
▪ When anchoring in hollow and solid ▪ TV consoles distribution of the load into substrate.
construction materials, the two expan- ▪ Wall covering ▪ SXRL-T with countersunk head screw
sion zones lead to optimum retention ▪ Metal brackets is recommended for the installation
values. ▪ Metal supports of timber constructions; in the case
▪ SXRL 14 is approved for the applica- ▪ Cable ducts of metal constructions, use SXRL-FUS
tion under compression load and is ▪ Cable trays with a wide sleeve rim and a moulded
thus for example useable for facade washer on the screw, which also fea-
substructures that are mounted at a tures an integrated hexagon socket.
distance without wall brackets.
▪ Complete range available with diame-
ters of 8, 10 and 14 mm and usable
lengths up to 290 mm.
315
Frame fixing SXRL
INSTALLATION
TECHNICAL DATA
5 d0
SXRL-T - with fischer countersunk head

safety screw
hef t fix
l
h2
zinc-plated stainless Drill Min. drill Usable Usable Usable Anchor Drive Sales unit
steel steel diameter hole depth length at length at length at length
Approval
for through anchorage anchorage anchorage

fixings depth 50mm depth 70mm depth 90mm
d0 h2 tfix tfix tfix l
Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
SXRL 8 x 60 T 540113 540119 ■ — 8 70 10 — — 60 T30 50
SXRL 8 x 80 T 540114 540121 ■ — 8 90 30 10 — 80 T30 50
SXRL 8 x 100 T 540115 540123 ■ — 8 110 50 30 10 100 T30 50
SXRL 8 x 120 T 540116 540124 ■ — 8 130 70 50 30 120 T30 50
SXRL 8 x 140 T 540117 540125 ■ — 8 150 90 70 50 140 T30 50
SXRL 8 x 160 T 540118 540126 ■ — 8 170 110 90 70 160 T30 50
SXRL 10 x 80 T 522698 522709 ■ — 10 90 30 10 — 80 T40 50
SXRL 10 x 100 T 522699 522710 ■ — 10 110 50 30 10 100 T40 50
SXRL 10 x 120 T 522700 522711 ■ — 10 130 70 50 30 120 T40 50
SXRL 10 x 140 T 522701 522712 ■ — 10 150 90 70 50 140 T40 50
SXRL 10 x 160 T 522703 522713 ■ — 10 170 110 90 70 160 T40 50
SXRL 10 x 180 T 522704 522714 ■ — 10 190 130 110 90 180 T40 50
SXRL 10 x 200 T 522705 522715 ■ — 10 210 150 130 110 200 T40 50
SXRL 10 x 230 T 522706 522716 ■ — 10 240 180 160 140 230 T40 50
SXRL 10 x 260 T 522707 1) 522717 1) ■ — 10 270 210 190 170 260 T40 50
SXRL 10 x 290 T 522708 1) 522718 1) ■ — 10 300 240 220 200 290 T40 50
SXRL 14 x 80 T 530920 530932 ■ ▯ 14 95 — 10 — 80 T50 50
SXRL 14 x 100 T 530921 530933 ■ ▯ 14 115 — 30 10 100 T50 50
SXRL 14 x 120 T 530922 530934 ■ ▯ 14 135 — 50 30 120 T50 50
SXRL 14 x 140 T 530923 530935 ■ ▯ 14 155 — 70 50 140 T50 50
SXRL 14 x 160 T 530924 530936 ■ ▯ 14 175 — 90 70 160 T50 50
SXRL 14 x 180 T 530925 530937 ■ ▯ 14 195 — 110 90 180 T50 50
SXRL 14 x 200 T 530926 530938 ■ ▯ 14 215 — 130 110 200 T50 50
SXRL 14 x 230 T 530927 530939 ■ ▯ 14 245 — 160 140 230 T50 50
SXRL 14 x 260 T 530928 530940 ■ ▯ 14 275 — 190 170 260 T50 50
SXRL 14 x 300 T 530929 1) 530941 1) ■ ▯ 14 315 — 230 210 300 T50 20
SXRL 14 x 330 T 530930 1) 530942 1) ■ ▯ 14 345 — 260 240 330 T50 20
SXRL 14 x 360 T 530931 1) 530943 1) ■ ▯ 14 375 — 290 270 360 T50 20
1) not pre-assembled
316
Frame fixing SXRL
TECHNICAL DATA
d0
SXRL-FUS - with fischer hexagon head

safety screw, moulded washer and
integrated bit recess
hef t fix
l
h2
zinc-plated stainless Drill Min. drill Usable Usable Usable Anchor Drive Sales unit
steel steel diameter hole depth length at length at length at length
Approval
for through anchorage anchorage anchorage 5
fixings depth 50mm depth 70mm depth 90mm

d0 h2 tfix tfix tfix l
Art.-No. Art.-No. ETA DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
SXRL 8 x 60 FUS 540127 540135 ■ — 8 70 10 — — 60 T30/SW10 50
SXRL 8 x 80 FUS 540129 540136 ■ — 8 90 30 10 — 80 T30/SW10 50
SXRL 8 x 100 FUS 540130 540137 ■ — 8 110 50 30 10 100 T30/SW10 50
SXRL 8 x 120 FUS 540131 — ■ — 8 130 70 50 30 120 T30/SW10 50
SXRL 8 x 140 FUS 540133 — ■ — 8 150 90 70 50 140 T30/SW10 50
SXRL 8 x 160 FUS 540134 — ■ — 8 170 110 90 70 160 T30/SW10 50
SXRL 10 x 80 FUS 522719 522730 ■ — 10 90 30 10 — 80 T40/SW13 50
SXRL 10 x 100 FUS 522720 522731 ■ — 10 110 50 30 10 100 T40/SW13 50
SXRL 10 x 120 FUS 522721 522732 ■ — 10 130 70 50 30 120 T40/SW13 50
SXRL 10 x 140 FUS 522723 522733 ■ — 10 150 90 70 50 140 T40/SW13 50
SXRL 10 x 160 FUS 522724 522734 ■ — 10 170 110 90 70 160 T40/SW13 50
SXRL 10 x 180 FUS 522725 522735 ■ — 10 190 130 110 90 180 T40/SW13 50
SXRL 10 x 200 FUS 522726 522736 ■ — 10 210 150 130 110 200 T40/SW13 50
SXRL 10 x 230 FUS 522727 522737 ■ — 10 240 180 160 140 230 T40/SW13 50
SXRL 10 x 260 FUS 522728 1) 522738 1) ■ — 10 270 210 190 170 260 T40/SW13 50
SXRL 10 x 290 FUS 522729 1) 522739 1) ■ — 10 300 240 220 200 290 T40/SW13 50
SXRL 14 x 80 FUS 530946 530955 ■ ▯ 14 95 — 10 — 80 T50/SW17 50
SXRL 14 x 100 FUS 530947 530956 ■ ▯ 14 115 — 30 10 100 T50/SW17 50
SXRL 14 x 120 FUS 530948 530957 ■ ▯ 14 135 — 50 30 120 T50/SW17 50
SXRL 14 x 140 FUS 530949 530958 ■ ▯ 14 155 — 70 50 140 T50/SW17 50
SXRL 14 x 160 FUS 530950 530959 ■ ▯ 14 175 — 90 70 160 T50/SW17 50
SXRL 14 x 180 FUS 530951 530960 ■ ▯ 14 195 — 110 90 180 T50/SW17 50
SXRL 14 x 200 FUS 530952 530961 ■ ▯ 14 215 — 130 110 200 T50/SW17 50
SXRL 14 x 230 FUS 530953 530962 ■ ▯ 14 245 — 160 140 230 T50/SW17 50
SXRL 14 x 260 FUS 530954 530963 ■ ▯ 14 275 — 190 170 260 T50/SW17 50
ACCESSORIES
lS
d0
SXRL - without screw

dS
hef t fix
l
h2
Drill diameter Min. drill Usable length Usable length Usable length Anchor length Screw Min. screw Sales unit
hole depth at anchorage at anchorage at anchorage diameter length
for through depth 50mm depth 70mm depth 90mm
fixings
d0 h2 tfix tfix tfix l ds ls
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
SXRL 8 x 60 540879 8 70 10 — — 60 5,5 - 6,0 65 100
SXRL 8 x 80 540880 8 90 30 10 — 80 5,5 - 6,0 85 100
SXRL 8 x 100 540881 8 110 50 30 10 100 5,5 - 6,0 105 100
SXRL 8 x 120 540882 8 130 70 50 30 120 5,5 - 6,0 125 100
317
Frame fixing SXRL
ACCESSORIES
Cover cap ADT
Colour Cap Match Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [Ø mm] [pcs]

ADT 15 W 060326 white 15 Safety screw with integrated bit recess T40 100
ADT 15 DB 060329 dark brown 15 Safety screw with integrated bit recess T40 100
5 ADT 18 DB 060337 dark brown 18 Safety screw with integrated bit recess T40 100
ACCESSORIES
Washer U
External-Ø Hole-Ø Thickness Matching anchor type Sales unit

d D S
U 11,5 x 21 x 1,5 DIN 522 A2 010026 21 11.5 1.5 SXR 10, SXRL 10, FUR 10, SXS 10 500
LOADS
Frame fixing SXRL3)
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor as part of a multiple fixing of non-structural systems.
Type SXRL 8
Anchorage depth hnom [mm] 50 70 90

Screw diameter Ø [mm] 6,0 6,0 6,0
Min. edge distance concrete ar [mm] 60 80 100
Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,60 1,00 1,00
Solid brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 0,45 0,60 0,60
Solid sand-lime brick ≥ KS 12 [kN] 0,40 0,50 0,50
Vertically perforated brick ≥ Hlz 12 (ρ ≥ 1,0 kg/dm 3) [kN] 0,15 0,15 0,15
Perforated sand-lime brick ≥ KSL 12 [kN] 0,10 0,40 0,40
Aerated concrete AAC 2 [kN] – 0,10 0,10
Aerated concrete AAC 4 [kN] – 0,15 0,20
1)
2)
3)
Valid for zinc coated screws and for screws made of stainless steel. For exterior use of the zinc coated screws measures against incoming humidity have to be taken.
318
Frame fixing SXRL
LOADS
Frame fixing SXRL4)
Highest permissible loads1)2) of a single anchor as part of a multiple fixing of non-structural systems.
Product SXRL
Anchor diameter [mm] Ø8 Ø 10 Ø 14

Anchorage depth hnom [mm] 50 70 90 50 70 90 70 90
Anchorage in concrete ≥ C12/15
Permissible tensile load [kN] 1,59 1,98 1,98 2,58 3,37
Zinc-plated steel [kN] 4,23 5,98 12,40
Permissible shear load
Stainless steel A4 [kN] 3,93 5,98 11,63
5
Minimum member thickness hmin [mm] 80 100 120 100 120 110 130

Characteristic edge distance ccr,N [mm] 85 140 140
Characteristic spacing a resp. scr,N [mm] 90 105 120 135
Minimum spacing smin [mm] 85 70 85
with an edge distance c≥ [mm] 85 140 140
Minimum edge distance cmin [mm] 85 70 85
with a spacing s≥ [mm] 85 175 175
Anchorage in narrow concrete members (h ≥ 40 mm) made of concrete ≥ C12/15, e.g. weather shells of triple-skin outer wall panels
Permissible tensile load [kN] – 0,99 – –
Permissible shear load [kN] – 5,98 – –
Anchorage in pre-stressed hollow-core concrete slabs (mirror thickness db ≥ 30 mm) made of concrete ≥ C45/55
Permissible tensile load [kN] – 1,39 – –
Permissible shear load [kN] – 5,98 – –
≥ Mz 12 a. ≥ NF [kN] 0,57 0,71 0,57 1,14 – 0,86
Permisible load3) in solid brick
≥ Mz 20 a. ≥ NF [kN] 0,86 1,14 1,00 1,14 – 1,14
≥ KS 10 a. ≥ NF [kN] 0,57 0,57 0,71 – 0,86
Permissible load3) in solid sand-lime brick
≥ KS 20 a. ≥ NF [kN] 0,71 0,86 1,00 – 1,29
3)
≥ V 2;  ≥ 1,2 kg/dm3 [kN] 0,11 0,26 0,11 – 0,26
Permissible load in lightweight concrete block
≥ V 6;  ≥ 1,6 kg/dm3 [kN] 0,34 0,57 0,57 1,29 – 0,57
Permissible load3)5) in vertically perforated brick
≥ HLz 10;  ≥1,0 kg/dm3 [kN] 0,17 – 0,21 – 0,57 0,71
(e.g. Poroton)
≥ KSL 6 [kN] – – 0,21 – 0,26 0,34
Permissible load3) in perforated sand-lime brick
≥ KSL 12 [kN] 0,34 0,43 – 0,71 – 0,43 0,71
Permissible load in3)5) ≥ HBL 2 [kN] 0,43 0,57 0,43 0,57 0,71 – 0,34 0,21
hollow lightweight concrete blocks ≥ HBL 6 [kN] 0,43 0,71 0,43 0,71 0,43 – 0,57 –
Permissible load3)5) in ceilings made of vertically f ≥ 10 N/mm2;  ≥ 0,7 kg/dm3
b [kN] – – 0,57 – –
perforated bricks
Minimum member thickness hmin [mm] 115 110 115
Minimum spacing (single anchor) amin [mm] 250 250 250
Minimum spacing (anchor group) smin [mm] 100 100 100
Minimum edge distance (anchor group) cmin [mm] 100 100 100
2 N/mm2 [kN] – 0,14 0,21 – 0,18 0,21 0,32 0,43
3)
Permissible load in aerated concrete 4 N/mm2 [kN] – 0,32 0,43 – 0,43 0,54 0,89 1,07
6 N/mm2 [kN] – 0,54 0,71 – 0,71 0,89 1,43 1,79
Minimum member thickness hmin [mm] – 175 – 100 120 1756)/3007)
Minimum spacing (single anchor) amin [mm] – 250 – 250 250
Minimum spacing (anchor group) smin [mm] – 806)/ 1108) – 1006)/ 1208) 80 1006)/1257)
Minimum edge distance (anchor group) cmin [mm] – 906)/1108) – 120 120 1206)/1507)
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for load actions L = 1,4 are considered.
As a single anchor counts e.g. an anchor with a minimum spacing a according to table B4.1 resp. table B4.2 of the assessment.
2)
Valid for temperatures in the substrate up to +50 °C (resp. short term up to +80 °C). For long term temperatures up to +30 °C higher permissible loads may be possible.
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads and bending moments see assessment.
4)
Valid for zinc coated screws and for screws made of stainless steel. For exterior use of the zinc coated screws measures against incoming humidity according to assessment have to be taken.
5)
Rotary drilling.
6)
Only valid for AAC with compression strength ≥ 2 to < 4 N/mm 2.
7)
Only valid for AAC with compression strength ≥ 4 N/mm2.
8)
Only valid for AAC with compression strength ≥ 6 N/mm2.
319
Frame fixing SXR
The efficient with short expansion element
5
Façade substructures Façade substructures
▪ Stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
concrete
▪ Solid block made from lightweight and
normal weight concrete
▪ Solid brick
▪ Thermal insulation blocks
Also suitable for:

▪ The special functioning allows for use ▪ Façade, ceiling and roof substructures ▪ The SXR is suitable for push-through
in solid and hollow building materi- made of wood and metal installation.
als with an anchorage depth of just ▪ Windows ▪ The SXR expands in solid building
50 mm, ensuring an economical ▪ Gates and doors materials. In hollow building materi-
fixing. ▪ Wardrobes als the loads are transmitted to the
▪ The ETA assessment covers use in ▪ Kitchen hanging cabinets substrate webs.
a range of solid and hollow building ▪ Squared timbers ▪ With vertically perforated bricks, only
materials, and guarantees a secure ▪ Beams use rotary drilling (no impact drilling).
fixing. ▪ TV consoles ▪ SXR-T with countersunk head screw
▪ The specially developed combination ▪ Wall covering is recommended for the installation
of plugs and screws ensures the very ▪ Metal brackets of timber constructions; in the case
best handling. The plug has a notice- ▪ Metal supports of metal constructions, use SXR-FUS
able hold, making installation more ▪ Cable ducts with a wide sleeve rim and a moulded
convenient. ▪ Cable trays washer on the screw, which also fea-
▪ The extensive range with diameters of tures an integrated hexagon socket.
6, 8 and 10 mm, usable lengths up to
210 mm.
320
Frame fixing SXR
TECHNICAL DATA
lS
d0 d
S
SXR - without screw
hnom (hv) tfix
l 5
h2

Drill hole Min. drill hole Min. anchorage Anchor length Screw diameter Min. screw Max. fixture Sales unit
diameter depth for depth length thickness
through fixings
d0 h2 hnom (hv) l ds ls t fix
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
SXR 6 x 35 503228 6 45 30 35 4,5 40 5 100
SXR 6 x 50 503229 6 60 30 50 4,5 55 20 100
SXR 6 x 60 503230 6 70 30 60 4,5 65 30 100
SXR 8 x 60 506194 8 70 50 60 5,5 - 6,0 65 10 100
SXR 8 x 80 506196 8 90 50 80 5,5 - 6,0 85 30 100
SXR 8 x 100 506198 8 110 50 100 5,5 - 6,0 125 50 100
SXR 8 x 120 506199 8 130 50 120 5,5 - 6,0 105 70 100
TECHNICAL DATA
d0
SXR-Z - with zinc-plated countersunk head

screw with cross drive PZ
hnom (hv) tfix
l
h2
Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Min. anchorage Anchor length Max. fixture Drive Sales unit
depth for through depth thickness
fixings
d0 h2 hnom (hv) l t fix
SXR 6 x 60 Z 503233 1) 6 70 30 60 30 PZ2 50
321
Frame fixing SXR
TECHNICAL DATA
d0
SXR-T - with fischer countersunk head

safety screw
hnom (hv) tfix
l
h2
5
zinc-plated steel stainless steel hot-dip galva- Drill hole Min. drill Min. ancho- Anchor Max. fixture Drive Sales unit
nised steel diameter hole depth rage depth length thickness
Approval
for through
fixings
Item gvz A4 fvz
SXR 8 x 60 T 502999 — — ■ 8 70 50 60 10 T30 50
SXR 8 x 80 T 503000 — — ■ 8 90 50 80 30 T30 50
SXR 8 x 100 T 503001 — — ■ 8 110 50 100 50 T30 50
SXR 8 x 120 T 503002 — — ■ 8 130 50 120 70 T30 50
SXR 10 x 80 T 046263 046272 — ■ 10 90 50 80 30 T40 50
SXR 10 x 100 T 046264 046274 — ■ 10 110 50 100 50 T40 50
SXR 10 x 100 T — — 509534 — 10 110 50 100 50 T40 50
SXR 10 x 120 T 046265 046278 — ■ 10 130 50 120 70 T40 50
SXR 10 x 120 T — — 509535 — 10 130 50 120 70 T40 50
SXR 10 x 140 T 046266 046279 — ■ 10 150 50 140 90 T40 50
SXR 10 x 140 T — — 509536 — 10 150 50 140 90 T40 50
SXR 10 x 160 T 046267 046283 — ■ 10 170 50 160 110 T40 50
SXR 10 x 180 T 046268 046285 — ■ 10 190 50 180 130 T40 50
SXR 10 x 200 T 046269 046286 — ■ 10 210 50 200 150 T40 50
SXR 10 x 230 T 046270 046287 — ■ 10 240 50 230 180 T40 50
SXR 10 x 260 T 046271 046288 — ■ 10 270 50 260 210 T40 50
TECHNICAL DATA
SW
d0
SXR-FUS - with fischer hexagon head safety
screw, moulded washer and integrated
T40 bit recess
hnom (hv) tfix
l
h2
Approval
for through
fixings
Item gvz A4 fvz
SXR 10 x 52 FUS 502456 1) — — ■ 10 62 50 52 2 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 60 FUS 046329 046339 — ■ 10 70 50 60 10 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 60 FUS — — 509537 — 10 70 50 60 10 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 80 FUS 046330 046340 — ■ 10 90 50 80 30 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 80 FUS — — 509538 — 10 90 50 80 30 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 100 FUS 046331 046342 — ■ 10 110 50 100 50 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 100 FUS — — 509539 — 10 110 50 100 50 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 120 FUS 046332 046343 — ■ 10 130 50 120 70 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 140 FUS 046333 046344 — ■ 10 150 50 140 90 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 140 FUS — — 509540 — 10 150 50 140 90 T40/SW13 50
322
Frame fixing SXR
TECHNICAL DATA
SW
d0
SXR-FUS - with fischer hexagon head safety
T40 bit recess
hnom (hv) tfix
l
h2
5
Approval

for through
fixings
Item gvz A4 fvz
SXR 10 x 160 FUS 046334 046345 — ■ 10 170 50 160 110 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 180 FUS 046335 046361 — ■ 10 190 50 180 130 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 200 FUS 046336 046362 — ■ 10 210 50 200 150 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 230 FUS 046337 046363 — ■ 10 240 50 230 180 T40/SW13 50
SXR 10 x 260 FUS 046338 046364 — ■ 10 270 50 260 210 T40/SW13 50
ACCESSORIES
Cover cap ADT

ACCESSORIES
Washer U

d D S
ACCESSORIES
Aircrete hole punch GBS
Drill hole Min. drill hole Match Sales unit

depth for
through fixings
d0 h2
Item Art.-No. [Ø mm] [mm] [pcs]
GBS 10 x 80 050590 1) 9 85 SXR 10 x 52, SXR 10 x 60, SXR 10 x 80 1
GBS 10 x 100 050591 1) 9 105 SXR 10 x 100 1
GBS 10 x 135 050593 1) 9 140 SXR 10 x 120 1
GBS 10 x 160 050594 1) 9 165 SXR 10 x 140, SXR 10 x 160 1
GBS 10 x 185 050595 1) 9 190 SXR 10 x 180 1
GBS 10 x 230 050596 1) 9 235 SXR 10 x 200, SXR 10 x 230 1
1) According to the ETA, the aircrete hole punch GBS must be used for drill-hole production in aerated concrete PB < 4N/mm 2.
323
Frame fixing SXR
LOADS
Frame fixing SXR4)
Product SXR
Anchor diameter [mm] Ø8 Ø 10

Anchorage depth hnom [mm] 50 50
Permissible tensile load [kN] 0,99 1,79
Zinc-plated steel [kN] 4,23 5,98
5 Permissible shear load
Stainless steel A4 [kN] 3,93 5,98
Characteristic edge distance ccr,N [mm] 70 140

Characteristic spacing a resp. scr,N [mm] 70 100
Minimum spacing smin [mm] 70 70
with an edge distance c≥ [mm] 70 210
Minimum edge distance cmin [mm] 70 85
with a spacing s≥ [mm] 70 100
Anchorage in narrow concrete members (h ≥ 40 mm) made of concrete ≥ C12/15, e.g. weather shells of triple-skin outer wall panels
Permissible tensile load [kN] – 1,19
Permissible shear load [kN] – 5,98
≥ Mz 12 a. ≥ NF [kN] 0,57 0,57
≥ Mz 20 a. ≥ NF [kN] 0,71 0,86
3)
≥ KS 10 a. ≥ NF [kN] 0,57 0,57
Permissible load in solid sand-lime brick
≥ KS 20 a. ≥ NF [kN] 0,71 0,71
≥ V 2;  ≥ 1,2 kg/dm 3
[kN] 0,26 0,21
Permissible load3) in lightweight concrete block
≥ V 6;  ≥ 1,6 kg/dm3 [kN] 0,26 0,71
≥ HLz 10;  ≥1,0 kg/dm 3
[kN] 0,17 0,26
(e.g. Poroton)
≥ KSL 6 [kN] 0,26 0,43
Permissible load3) in perforated sand-lime brick
≥ KSL 12 [kN] 0,57 0,57
Permissible load3)5) in hollow lightweight concrete ≥ HBL 2 [kN] – 0,43
blocks ≥ HBL 6 [kN] 0,43 0,57
Minimum spacing (single anchor) amin [mm] 250 250
Minimum spacing (anchor group) smin [mm] 100 100
Minimum edge distance (anchor group) cmin [mm] 100 100
2 N/mm2 [kN] – 0,146)
3) 2
Permissible load in aerated concrete 4 N/mm [kN] – 0,27
6 N/mm2 [kN] – 0,27
Minimum member thickness hmin [mm] – 100
Minimum spacing (single anchor) amin [mm] – 250
Minimum spacing (anchor group) smin [mm] – 400
Minimum edge distance (anchor group) cmin [mm] – 100
1)
As a single anchor counts e.g. an anchor with a minimum spacing a according to table B4.1 resp. table B4.2 of the assessment.
2)
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads and bending moments see assessment.
4)
Valid for zinc coated screws and for screws made of stainless steel. For exterior use of the zinc coated screws measures against incoming humidity according to assessment have to be taken.
5)
Rotary drilling.
6)
Drill holes to be made with aerated concrete hole punch.
324
Frame fixing SXR
LOADS
Frame fixing SXR3)
Type SXR 6 SXR 8
Anchorage depth hnom [mm] 30 50

Screw diameter Ø [mm] 4,5 6,0
Min. edge distance concrete ar [mm] 50 60
Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,25 0,40
5

Vertically perforated brick ≥ Hlz 12 (ρ ≥ 1,0 kg/dm 3) [kN] 0,10 0,10
Perforated sand-lime brick ≥ KSL 12 [kN] 0,20 0,30
1)
2)
3)
325
Frame fixing SXS
The high-performance specialist
5
Cable trays Façade substructures
▪ Stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
▪ Solid brick
Also suitable for:
concrete
▪ Three-layer composite exterior wall
panels
concrete

▪ The ideal interaction of the SXS with ▪ Façade, ceiling and roof substructures ▪ The SXS is suitable for push-through
the fischer CO-NA (CO-NA is short for made of wood and metal installation.
the German term for “conical expan- ▪ Windows ▪ Screwing in the CO-NA screw causes
sion”) screw allows for the highest ▪ Gates and doors the SXS to expand in four directions
load-bearing capacities in solid build- ▪ Kitchen hanging cabinets and anchor into the building material.
ing materials and cracked concrete. ▪ Squared timbers ▪ SXS-T with countersunk head screw
This allows for an economical fixing. ▪ Beams is recommended for the installation
▪ The CO-NA screw causes the plug to ▪ Metal brackets of timber constructions; in the case
expand in the crack. This is confirmed ▪ Metal supports of metal constructions, use SXS-FUS
by the approval for single-point fixing with a wide sleeve rim and a moulded
in cracked concrete. washer on the screw, which also fea-
▪ The large diameter of the CO-NA tures an integrated hexagon socket.
screw means that high shear loads
can be supported safely. Thus fewer
fixing points are required.
▪ Product range with diameter 10 mm
and usable lengths up to 130 mm.
326
Frame fixing SXS
TECHNICAL DATA
SXS-T - with CO-NA countersunk head

screw
zinc-plated stainless Drill hole Min. drill Min. ancho- Anchor length Max. fixture Drive Sales unit
steel steel diameter hole depth rage depth thickness 5
Approval
for through

fixings
Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
SXS 10 x 80 T 019601 019602 ▯ ■ 10 90 50 80 30 T40 50
SXS 10 x 100 T 019604 019605 ▯ ■ 10 110 50 100 50 T40 50
SXS 10 x 120 T 019616 019617 ▯ ■ 10 130 50 120 70 T40 50
SXS 10 x 140 T 019621 019623 ▯ ■ 10 150 50 140 90 T40 50
SXS 10 x 160 T 024076 024077 ▯ ■ 10 170 50 160 110 T40 50
SXS 10 x 180 T 024080 024082 ▯ ■ 10 190 50 180 130 T40 50
TECHNICAL DATA
SXS-FUS - with CO-NA hexagon head

T40 bit recess
zinc-plated stainless Drill hole Min. drill Min. ancho- Anchor length Max. fixture Drive Sales unit
steel steel diameter hole depth rage depth thickness
Approval
for through
fixings
Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt ETA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
SXS 10 x 60 FUS 019599 019600 ▯ ■ 10 70 50 60 10 T40/SW13 50
SXS 10 x 80 FUS 019603 019628 ▯ ■ 10 90 50 80 30 T40/SW13 50
SXS 10 x 100 FUS 019614 019615 ▯ ■ 10 110 50 100 50 T40/SW13 50
SXS 10 x 120 FUS 019619 019620 ▯ ■ 10 130 50 120 70 T40/SW13 50
SXS 10 x 140 FUS 019624 019626 ▯ ■ 10 150 50 140 90 T40/SW13 50
SXS 10 x 160 FUS 024045 024062 ▯ ■ 10 170 50 160 110 T40/SW13 50
SXS 10 x 180 FUS 024046 024063 ▯ ■ 10 190 50 180 130 T40/SW13 50
ACCESSORIES
Cover cap ADT

327
Frame fixing SXS
ACCESSORIES
Washer U

d D S
5
LOADS
Frame fixing SXS4)

Product SXS
Anchor diameter [mm] Ø 10

Anchorage depth hnom [mm] 50
Permissible tensile load [kN] 1,39
Zinc-plated steel [kN] 7,37
Stainless steel A4 [kN] 6,92
Characteristic edge distance ccr,N [mm] 100
Characteristic spacing a resp. scr,N [mm] 75
Minimum spacing smin [mm] 55
with an edge distance c≥ [mm] 100
Minimum edge distance cmin [mm] 50
with a spacing s≥ [mm] 250
≥ Mz 12 a. ≥ NF [kN] 0,34
≥ Mz 20 a. ≥ NF [kN] 0,57
≥ KS 10 a. ≥ NF [kN] 0,43
≥ KS 20 a. ≥ NF [kN] 0,71
≥ V 2;  ≥ 1,2 kg/dm3 [kN] 0,34
Permissible load3) in lightweight concrete block
≥ V 6;  ≥ 1,6 kg/dm3 [kN] 0,43
Minimum spacing (single anchor) amin [mm] 250
Minimum spacing (anchor group) smin [mm] 100
Minimum edge distance (anchor group) cmin [mm] 100
2 N/mm2 [kN] 0,32
3)
Permissible load in aerated concrete 4 N/mm2 [kN] 0,62
6 N/mm2 [kN] 0,92
1)
As a single anchor counts e.g. an anchor with a minimum spacing a according to tables 8, 11 and 13 of the approval.
2)
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads and bending moments see approval.
4)
Valid for zinc coated screws and for screws made of stainless steel. For exterior use of the zinc coated screws measures against incoming humidity according to approval have to be taken.
328
Frame fixing SXS
LOADS
Frame fixing SXS4)
Highest permissible loads1) for a single anchor as single fixing point in normal concrete ≥ C20/25 resp. ≥ B25.
Cracked concrete Non-cracked concrete
Type Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min. Permissible Permissible Min. Min.
embed- member tensile load shear load spacing edge tensile load shear load spacing edge
ment depth thickness distance distance
hnom (hv) hmin Nperm3)5) Vperm3)5) smin2) cmin2) Nperm3)5) Vperm3)5) smin2) cmin2)
[mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
SXS 10 50 100 1,0 2,5 55 50 1,3 2,5 55 60
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for load actions of L = 1,4 are considered. 5
2)
Minimum possible axial spacings resp. edge distance (anchor group) while reducing the permissible load. The combination of the given min. spacing and min. edge distance is not possible. One of them

has to be increased according approval.
3)
4)
Gvz and A4. For exterior applications of galvanised screws measures against incoming humidity have to be taken.
5)
Valid for temperatures in the substrate up to +50 °C (resp. short term up to 80 °C). For long term temperatures up to 30 °C higher permissible loads may be possible.
329
Frame fixing FUR
The lamella plug with gentle power transfer
5
Façade substructures Timber substructures
▪ Stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
concrete
▪ Solid brick
Also suitable for:
concrete
▪ Three-layer composite exterior wall
panels
▪ Lightweight aggregate concrete

▪ The operating principle with an ▪ Façade, ceiling and roof substructures ▪ The FUR is suitable for push-through
anchorage depth of 70 mm and made of wood and metal installation.
proven asymmetrical teeth, makes it ▪ Windows ▪ Screwing in the screw causes the
an assembly-friendly anchor even in ▪ Gates and doors individual teeth to expand. In solid
an unknown base material. ▪ Squared timbers materials, the teeth create even expan-
▪ The slim geometry guarantees a sim- ▪ Beams sion forces. In hollow materials, the
ple installation, even in cases involving ▪ Wall covering teeth expand through the solid part of
thick wooden fixtures and narrow drill the block and form an undercut in the
holes. cavity.
▪ Range available with diameters of 8 ▪ With vertically perforated bricks, only
and 10 mm and usable lengths up to use rotary drilling (no impact drilling).
160 mm. ▪ FUR-T with countersunk head screw
is recommended for the installation
of timber constructions; in the case
of metal constructions, use FUR-FUS
with a wide sleeve rim and a moulded
washer on the screw.
330
Frame fixing FUR
TECHNICAL DATA
FUR-T - with fischer countersunk head safety

screw
zinc-plated stainless Drill hole Min. drill hole Min. anchorage Anchor length Max. fixture Drive Sales unit
Approval
steel steel diameter depth for
through fixings
depth thickness
5

Item gvz A4
FUR 8 x 80 T 070110 070120 — 8 90 70 80 10 T30 50
FUR 8 x 100 T 070111 070121 — 8 110 70 100 30 T30 50
FUR 8 x 120 T 070112 070122 — 8 130 70 120 50 T30 50
FUR 10 x 80 T 088756 088784 ■ 10 90 70 80 10 T40 50
FUR 10 x 100 T 088757 088785 ■ 10 110 70 100 30 T40 50
FUR 10 x 115 T 088760 088791 ■ 10 125 70 115 45 T40 50
FUR 10 x 135 T 088758 088786 ■ 10 145 70 135 65 T40 50
FUR 10 x 160 T 088759 088787 ■ 10 170 70 160 90 T40 50
FUR 10 x 185 T 088761 088788 ■ 10 195 70 185 115 T40 50
FUR 10 x 200 T 088764 088789 ■ 10 210 70 200 130 T40 50
FUR 10 x 230 T 088762 088790 ■ 10 240 70 230 160 T40 50
TECHNICAL DATA
FUR-SS - with fischer hexagon head safety

screw
zinc-plated stainless Drill hole Min. drill hole Min. anchorage Anchor length Max. fixture Drive Sales unit
Approval
steel steel diameter depth for depth thickness

through fixings
Item gvz A4
FUR 8 x 80 SS 070130 070140 — 8 90 70 80 10 SW 10 50
FUR 8 x 100 SS 070131 070141 — 8 110 70 100 30 SW 10 50
FUR 8 x 120 SS 070132 — — 8 130 70 120 50 SW 10 50
FUR 10 x 80 SS 088776 088792 ■ 10 90 70 80 10 SW 13 50
FUR 10 x 100 SS 088777 088793 ■ 10 110 70 100 30 SW 13 50
FUR 10 x 115 SS 088783 088799 ■ 10 125 70 115 45 SW 13 50
FUR 10 x 135 SS 088778 088794 ■ 10 145 70 135 65 SW 13 50
FUR 10 x 160 SS 088779 088795 ■ 10 170 70 160 90 SW 13 50
FUR 10 x 185 SS 088780 088796 ■ 10 195 70 185 115 SW 13 50
FUR 10 x 200 SS 088781 088797 ■ 10 210 70 200 130 SW 13 50
FUR 10 x 230 SS 088782 088798 ■ 10 240 70 230 160 SW 13 50
331
Frame fixing FUR
TECHNICAL DATA
FUR-FUS - with fischer hexagon head safety

screw, moulded washer and integrated bit
recess
zinc-plated stainless Drill hole Min. drill Min. ancho- Anchor Max. fixture Drive Sales unit
5 steel steel diameter hole depth rage depth length thickness
Approval
for through
fixings
Item gvz A4
FUR 10 x 80 FUS 093527 093528 ■ 10 90 70 80 10 T40/SW13 50
FUR 10 x 100 FUS 097797 — ■ 10 110 70 100 30 T40/SW13 50
ACCESSORIES
Cover cap ADT

ACCESSORIES
Washer U

d D S
332
Frame fixing FUR
LOADS
Frame fixing FUR 104)
Product FUR 10

Permissible tensile load [kN] 1,79
Zinc-plated steel [kN] 5,37
Stainless steel A4 [kN] 4,98
5
Characteristic edge distance ccr,N [mm] 140

Characteristic spacing a resp. scr,N [mm] 90
Minimum spacing smin [mm] 70
with an edge distance c≥ [mm] 140
Minimum edge distance cmin [mm] 70
with a spacing s≥ [mm] 210
≥ Mz 12 a. ≥ NF [kN] 0,86
≥ Mz 20 a. ≥ NF [kN] 0,86
≥ KS 10 a. ≥ NF [kN] 0,57
≥ KS 20 a. ≥ NF [kN] 0,71
Permissible load3) in lightweight concrete block ≥ V 6;  ≥ 1,6 kg/dm3 [kN] 0,57
≥ HLz 10;  ≥1,0 kg/dm3 [kN] 0,37
(e.g. Poroton)
Permissible load3) in perforated sand-lime brick ≥ KSL 12 [kN] 0,57
1)
The required partial safety factors for material resistance as well as a partial safety factor for load actions F = 1,4 are considered.
As a single anchor counts e.g. an anchor with a minimum spacing a according to table 8 resp. table 10 of the approval.
2)
Valid for temperatures in the substrate up to +50 °C (resp. short term up to +80 °C).
3)
Valid for tensile load, shear load and oblique load under any angle. For combinations of tensile loads, shear loads and bending moments see approval.
4)
Valid for zinc coated screws and for screws made of stainless steel. For exterior use of the zinc coated screws measures against incoming humidity according to approval have to be taken.
5)
Rotary drilling.
LOADS
Frame fixing FUR 8 3)
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor for multiple fixings of non-structural systems.
The given loads are valid for fischer safety screws included in delivery.
Type FUR 8

Diameter of the safety screw Ø [mm] 6,0
Min. edge distance concrete ar [mm] 50
Concrete ≥ C12/15 [kN] 1,0
Solid brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 0,60
Solid sand-lime brick ≥ KS 12 [kN] 0,60
1)
2)
3)
333
Anti-corrosion spray FTC-CP
The elastic protective coating for use with frame fixings
5
Sealing of the screw heads Sealing of the screw heads
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Zinc-plated frame fixings
▪ Corrosive metals

▪ FTC-CP professionally prevents the ▪ Façade anchorings in line with the ▪ Thixotropic, bitumen-based anti-corro-
penetration of moisture into the building approvals for frame fixings, sion agent.
anchor shaft and securely protects e.g. SXS, SXR, SXRL and FUR ▪ Good stability under load; non-drip, no
the connection from corrosion - as ▪ For all substructures, e.g. made from spray mist.
required in the DIBt and ETA approvals wood, aluminium, metal. ▪ Shake canister for at least 2 minutes
/ assessments. from the time the mixing balls can be
▪ Once dry, the optimised formulation heard.
provides a long-lasting, elastic protec- ▪ Spray as evenly as possible from a
tive coating with a secure hold and a distance of 15 to 20 cm.
high abrasion resistance. ▪ Ideal processing temperature +16 °C
▪ The thixotropic anti-corrosion agent is to +25 °C.
also ideally suited to other corrosion ▪ Quick-drying (dried through after 3-4
protection applications and thus offers hours at 600 mμ and 20 °C).
a wide range of uses. ▪ Temperature-resistant from -25 °C to
80 °C.
▪ Salt and water-resistant, and resistant
to abrasion.
▪ With one can about 300 screw heads
can be coated.
TECHNICAL DATA
Anti-corrosion spray FTC-CP

Colour Content per can Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs]
FTC-CP 511440 black 500 12
334
Hammerfix N
The hammer-in plug for a simple, fast and economical

installation

Timber substructures Cable ducts
VERSIONS CHARACTERISTICS
▪ Stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete
▪ Building brick
▪ Natural stone
concrete
concrete

▪ The rapid hammerset installation ▪ Substructures made of wood and ▪ The Hammerfix N is suitable for push-
reduces the amount of time required metal through installation.
and allows for an economic series ▪ Wall connection or plaster profiles ▪ When hammered in, the nail screw
installation. ▪ Slides causes the plug to expand in two
▪ The integrated hammer-in stop ▪ Sheets directions, thus providing a secure
prevents the plug from expanding ▪ Cable and pipe clips anchoring in the building material.
prematurely (jamming), thus enabling ▪ Perforated tapes ▪ Countersunk head plugs are recom-
a problem-free installation. mended for the installation of timber
▪ Together with the cross-slot recess, constructions; in the case of metal
the thread of the nail screw allows the constructions, use flat-head plugs, and
screw to be removed, thus allowing for use pan-head plugs for long holes.
▪ The wide range of diameters, usage
lengths and head shapes provides the
correct plug for every fixing.
335
Hammerfix N
TECHNICAL DATA
Hammerfix N-S with nail, pre-assembled
Hammerfix N-S A2 with stainless steel A2

nail, pre-assembled
zinc-plated stainless Drill hole Effect. ancho- Anchor length Min. drill hole Max. fixture Drive Sales unit
5 steel steel A2 diameter rage depth depth for
through fixings
thickness
d0 hef l h2 t fix

Item gvz A2
N 5 x 30/5 S (100) 050395 2) 050370 5 25 30 45 5 PZ2 100
N 5 x 30/5 S (200) 513732 2) — 5 25 30 45 5 PZ2 200
N 5 x 40/15 S (100) 050351 — 5 25 40 55 15 PZ2 100
N 5 x 40/15 S (200) 513733 2) — 5 25 40 55 15 PZ2 200
N 5 x 50/25 S (100) 050352 — 5 25 50 65 25 PZ2 100
N 5 x 50/25 S (200) 513734 2) — 5 25 50 65 25 PZ2 200
N 6 x 40/10 S (50) 050354 050372 6 30 40 55 10 PZ2 50
N 6 x 40/10 S (100) 048788 — 6 30 40 55 10 PZ2 100
N 6 x 40/10 S (200) 513834 2) — 6 30 40 55 10 PZ2 200
N 6 x 60/30 S (50) 050355 050373 6 30 60 75 30 PZ2 50
N 6 x 60/30 S (100) 048789 — 6 30 60 75 30 PZ2 100
N 6 x 60/30 S (200) 513835 2) — 6 30 60 75 30 PZ2 200
N 6 x 80/50 S (50) 050353 — 6 30 80 95 50 PZ2 50
N 6 x 80/50 S (100) 048790 — 6 30 80 95 50 PZ2 100
N 6 x 80/50 S (200) 513836 2) — 6 30 80 95 50 PZ2 200
N 8 x 60/20 S (50) 050356 050374 8 40 60 75 20 PZ3 50
N 8 x 60/20 S (100) 048791 — 8 40 60 75 20 PZ3 100
N 8 x 80/40 S (50) 050358 050375 8 40 80 95 40 PZ3 50
N 8 x 80/40 S (100) 048792 — 8 40 80 95 40 PZ3 100
N 8 x 100/60 S (50) 050357 050376 8 40 100 115 60 PZ3 50
N 8 x 100/60 S (100) 048793 — 8 40 100 115 60 PZ3 100
N 8 x 120/80 S (50) 050359 — 8 40 120 135 80 PZ3 50
N 8 x 120/80 S (100) 048794 — 8 40 120 135 80 PZ3 100
N 10 x 100/50 S (50) 050346 1) — 10 50 100 115 50 PZ3 50
N 10 x 135/85 S (50) 050347 1) — 10 50 135 150 85 PZ3 50
N 10 x 160/110 S (50) 050348 1) — 10 50 160 175 110 PZ3 50
N 10 x 230/180 S (50) 050335 1) — 10 50 230 245 180 PZ3 50
2) also specially suitable for fischer Pipe clips FC, see chapter Electrical fixings.
336
Hammerfix N
TECHNICAL DATA
Hammerfix N-F with cylindrical head and

nail, pre-assembled
Drill hole diameter Effect. anchorage Anchor length Min. drill hole Max. fixture Drive Sales unit 5
depth depth for through thickness

fixings
d0 hef l h2 t fix
N 5 x 25/1 F (100) 514872 5 25 25 40 1 PZ2 100
N 5 x 25/1 F (200) 514873 5 25 25 40 1 PZ2 200
N 5 x 30/5 F (100) 513736 5 25 30 45 5 PZ2 100
N 5 x 30/5 F (200) 513739 5 25 30 45 5 PZ2 200
N 5 x 40/15 F (100) 513737 5 25 40 55 15 PZ2 100
N 5 x 40/15 F (200) 513740 5 25 40 55 15 PZ2 200
N 5 x 50/25 F (100) 513738 5 25 50 65 25 PZ2 100
N 5 x 50/25 F (200) 513741 5 25 50 65 25 PZ2 200
N 6 x 35/5 F (100) 522948 6 30 35 40 5 PZ2 100
N 6 x 40/10 F (50) 513837 6 30 40 55 10 PZ2 50
N 6 x 40/10 F (100) 513840 6 30 40 55 10 PZ2 100
N 6 x 40/10 F (200) 513843 6 30 40 55 10 PZ2 200
N 6 x 60/30 F (50) 513838 6 30 60 75 30 PZ3 50
N 6 x 60/30 F (100) 513841 6 30 60 75 30 PZ2 100
N 6 x 60/30 F (200) 513844 6 30 60 75 30 PZ2 200
N 6 x 80/50 F (50) 513839 6 30 80 95 50 PZ3 50
N 6 x 80/50 F (100) 513842 6 30 80 95 50 PZ2 100
N 6 x 80/50 F (200) 513845 6 30 80 95 50 PZ2 200
N 8 x 60/20 F (50) 513697 8 40 60 75 20 PZ3 50
N 8 x 60/20 F (100) 513701 8 40 60 75 20 PZ3 100
N 8 x 80/40 F (50) 513698 8 40 80 95 40 PZ3 50
N 8 x 80/40 F (100) 513702 8 40 80 95 40 PZ3 100
N 8 x 100/60 F (50) 513699 8 40 100 115 60 PZ3 50
N 8 x 100/60 F (100) 513703 8 40 100 115 60 PZ3 100
N 8 x 120/80 F (50) 513700 8 40 120 135 80 PZ3 50
N 8 x 120/80 F (100) 513704 8 40 120 135 80 PZ3 100
337
Hammerfix N
TECHNICAL DATA
Hammerfix N-P with flat edge and nail, pre-

assembled
Hammerfix N-P A2 with flat edge and stain-

less steel A2 nail, pre-assembled
5 zinc-plated stainless Drill hole Effect. ancho- Anchor length Min. drill hole Max. fixture Drive Sales unit
steel steel A2 diameter rage depth depth for thickness
through fixings
d0 hef l h2 t fix
Item gvz A2
N 5 x 30/5 P (100) 050338 — 5 25 30 45 5 PZ2 100
N 6 x 30/1 P (100) 514869 — 6 30 30 45 1 PZ2 100
N 6 x 40/7 P (50) 050339 050369 6 30 40 55 7 PZ2 50
N 6 x 40/7 P (100) 048795 092520 6 30 40 55 7 PZ2 100
N 6 x 40/7 P (200) 514871 — 6 30 40 55 7 PZ2 200
N 8 x 40/1 P (50) 015903 — 8 40 40 55 1 PZ3 50
N 8 x 40/1 P (100) 514870 — 8 40 40 55 1 PZ3 100
TECHNICAL DATA
Hammerfix N-P K with flat edge N-S M with nail and connection
and plastic nail, pre-assembled thread M 6
Hammerfix N-S D A2 with
isolating washer and nail, pre-
assembled
Drill hole Effect. ancho- Anchor length Max. fixture Min. drill hole Washer Drive Sales unit
diameter rage depth thickness depth for
through fixings
d0 hef l t fix h2
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Ø mm] [pcs]
N 6 x 40/7 P K (50) 050342 6 30 40 7 55 — — 50
N 6 x 40/10 S M6 (50) 050398 6 30 40 10 55 — — 50
N 6 x 40/10 S D A2 (50) 050367 6 30 40 10 55 19 PZ2 50
N 6 x 60/30 S D A2 (50) 050368 6 30 60 30 75 19 PZ2 50
LOADS
Hammerfix N
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor
Type N5 N6 3) N8 N10
Screw nail diameter Ø [mm] 3,5 4 5 7

Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,20 0,25 0,27 0,33
Solid brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 0,14 0,18 0,24 0,30
Solid sand-lime brick ≥ KS 12 [kN] 0,18 0,22 0,24 0,33
Solid brick of lightweight aggregate concrete ≥ V 4 [kN] 0,05 0,12 0,15 0,16
Aerated concrete ≥ PB 2 [kN] 0,03 0,04 0,05 0,10
Aerated concrete ≥ PB 4 [kN] 0,07 0,10 0,13 0,16
1) 3)
Required safety factors are considered. The values have to be reduced by 50% for N 6 x 40/7 P K.
2)
338
Hammerfix N GREEN
The hammer-in plug for simple, fast and economic installation

Timber substructures Cable fixing
BUILDING MATERIALS CHARACTERISTICS

▪ Concrete
▪ Building brick
▪ Natural stone
concrete
concrete

▪ Produced with at least 50% renewable ▪ Substructures made of wood and ▪ The hammerfix N GREEN is suitable
raw materials and therefore particu- metal for push-through installation.
larly environmentally friendly. ▪ Wall connection or plaster profiles ▪ The easiest installation: drill, knock in
▪ Just as effective, secure and durable ▪ Slides and you’re done.
as regular hammerfix N plugs. ▪ Sheets ▪ When being hammered in, the nail
▪ The rapid push-through and ham- ▪ Cable and pipe clips screw causes the plug to expand in
mer-set installation reduces the ▪ Perforated tapes two directions, thus providing a secure
amount of work required and allows anchoring in the building material.
for economic series installation.
▪ The integrated hammer-in stop
prevents the plug from expanding pre-
maturely, thus enabling problem-free
installation.
▪ Together with the cross-slot recess,
the thread of the nail screw allows the
screw to be removed, thus allowing for
339
Hammerfix N GREEN
TECHNICAL DATA
Hammerfix N GREEN S with countersunk

head and zinc-plated nail, pre-assembled
Drill hole Effect. anchorage Anchor length Min. drill hole Max. fixture Drive Sales unit
5 diameter depth depth for through
fixings
thickness
d0 hef l h2 t fix

N GREEN 6 x 40/10 S 524845 6 30 40 55 10 PZ2 45
N GREEN 6 x 60/30 S 524847 6 30 60 75 30 PZ2 45
N GREEN 6 x 80/50 S 524848 6 30 80 95 50 PZ2 45
N GREEN 8 x 80/40 S 524849 8 40 80 95 40 PZ3 45
N GREEN 8 x 100/60 S 524850 8 40 100 115 60 PZ3 45
LOADS
Hammerfix N GREEN S
Type N GREEN 6 N GREEN 8
Screw nail diameter Ø [mm] 4 5

Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,25 0,27
Solid brick of lightweight aggregate concrete ≥ V 4 [kN] 0,12 0,15
1)
2)
340
Nail sleeve FNH
The user-friendly spring sleeve for light fixings in solid building

materials

Timber substructures
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete
▪ Solid brick

▪ No plugs or screws are required for the ▪ Squared timbers ▪ The FNH nail sleeve is suitable for
one-piece nail sleeve. This guarantees ▪ Substructures made of wood and push-through installation.
a simple and easy installation. metal ▪ The nail sleeve is hammered in and
▪ The geometry of the nail sleeve makes ▪ Metal profiles expands its entire length in the hole.
it easy to push it into the drill hole. ▪ FNH is suitable for interior applications
This saves time and money. and for temporary external fixings.
341
Nail sleeve FNH
TECHNICAL DATA
Nail sleeve FNH
Drill hole diameter Effect. anchorage Anchor length Max. fixture thick- Min. drill hole depth Sales unit
5 d0
depth
hef l
ness
t fix
for through fixings
h2

FNH 5/50 541893 5 20 50 30 60 100
FNH 6/30 541894 6 30 30 — 40 100
FNH 6/40 541895 6 30 40 10 50 100
FNH 6/50 541896 6 30 50 20 60 100
FNH 6/60 541897 6 30 60 30 70 100
FNH 6/80 541898 6 30 80 50 90 100
FNH 8/70 541899 8 40 70 30 80 100
FNH 8/90 541905 8 40 90 50 100 50
FNH 8/110 541906 8 40 110 70 120 50
FNH 8/130 541907 8 40 130 90 140 50
FNH 8/150 541908 8 40 150 110 160 50
FNH 8/180 541909 8 40 180 140 190 50
LOADS
Nail sleeve FNH
Highest recommended loads1) of a single anchor as part of a multiple fixing of non-structural systems.
Type FNH 5 FNH 6 FNH 8
Minimum member thickness [mm] 50 60 70

Recommended tensile load [kN] 0,10 0,50 0,70
Recommended shear load [kN] 0,40 1,40 2,00
1)
342
Window frame fixing F-S
The nylon fixing for stress-free stand-off installation of window

and door frames

Window frames

▪ Concrete
concrete
concrete
▪ Solid brick

▪ The operating principle of the plug ▪ Window frames ▪ The F-S is suitable for push-through
prevents the frame from being pulled ▪ Door frames installation.
against the substrate, and ensures a ▪ By tightening the screw, the glass-fi-
stress-free and long-lasting fixing of bre-reinforced plastic cone is drawn
the frame. into the sleeve, whereby it is expanded
▪ The special plug geometry anchors and wedged inside the drill hole. The
the metal and plastic profiles against window frames are thus fixed in a
compressive and tensile loads, and stress-free manner.
allows for a secure hold of the window ▪ The maximum installation torque is
frame. 3 Nm for F8S and 6 Nm for F10S.
▪ The cover cap (available separately)
can be used to discreetly cover the
screw head.
343
TECHNICAL DATA
d0
F-S - with zinc-plated countersunk screw and
cross drive Z3
h ef t fix
l
h2
5 Drill hole diameter Effect. anchorage Anchor length Max. fixture Min. drill hole Max. installation Sales unit
depth thickness depth for through torque
fixings
d0 hef l t fix h2 Tinst
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [pcs]
F 8 S 100 088635 8 40 100 50 115 3 50
F 8 S 120 088636 8 40 120 70 135 3 50
F 8 S 140 088637 8 40 140 90 155 3 50
F 10 S 75 088625 10 50 75 15 90 6 50
F 10 S 100 088626 10 50 100 40 115 6 50
F 10 S 120 088627 10 50 120 60 135 6 50
F 10 S 140 088628 10 50 140 80 155 6 50
F 10 S 165 088629 10 50 165 105 180 6 50
ACCESSORIES
Cover cap for F-S - with countersunk screw
and cross drive Z3
Diameter Colour Sales unit

ADF 12W 060275 12.0 white 100
LOADS
Type F8S F 10 S

Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,78 1,48
Solid brick of lightweight aggregate concrete ≥V2 [kN] 0,25 ‒
Perforated sand-lime brick ≥ KSL 6 [kN] 0,25 -
1)
2)
344
Metal frame fixing F-M
The fixing for stress-free installation of window and door

frames with fire classification

Fire protection doors

▪ Concrete
concrete
concrete
▪ Solid brick

▪ The F-M metal frame plug achieves ▪ Window frames ▪ The F-M is suitable for push-through
fire resistance F 120. This allows for ▪ Door frames installation.
use in areas where fire resistance is ▪ Squared timbers ▪ By tightening the screw, the cone is
relevant. drawn into the sleeve and the fixing is
▪ The operating principle prevents the expanded which wedges it inside the
window frame from being pulled drill hole. The window frames are thus
against the substrate, and ensures a fixed in a stress-free manner.
stress-free and long-lasting fixing of ▪ The maximum installation torque is
the frame. 5 Nm.
▪ The special plug geometry anchors
the metal and plastic profiles against
compressive and tensile loads, and
allows for a secure hold of the window
frame.
▪ The cover caps (available separately)
can be used to discreetly cover the
screw heads.
345
TECHNICAL DATA
d0
F 8 M - with zinc-plated raised countersunk
screw and cross drive PZ2
h ef t fix
l
h2
Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Effect. anchorage Anchor length Max. fixture Drive Sales unit
5 depth for through depth thickness
fixings
d0 h2 hef l t fix
F 8 M 72 088660 8 90 30 72 42 PZ2 100
F 8 M 92 088662 8 110 30 92 62 PZ2 100
F 8 M 112 088664 8 130 30 112 82 PZ2 100
F 8 M 132 088666 8 150 30 132 102 PZ2 100
TECHNICAL DATA
d0
F 10 M - with zinc-plated countersunk head
screw and cross drive PZ3
h ef t fix
l
h2
Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Effect. anchorage Anchor length Max. fixture Drive Sales unit
fixings
d0 h2 hef l t fix
F 10 M 72 088670 10 90 30 72 42 PZ3 100
F 10 M 92 088672 10 110 30 92 62 PZ3 100
F 10 M 112 088674 10 130 30 112 82 PZ3 100
F 10 M 132 088676 10 150 30 132 102 PZ3 100
F 10 M 152 088678 10 170 30 152 122 PZ3 100
F 10 M 182 088680 10 200 30 182 152 PZ3 50
F 10 M 202 061064 10 220 30 202 172 PZ3 50
ACCESSORIES
Cover cap ADM 10 W
Colour Cap height Cap Match Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [mm] [Ø mm] [pcs]

ADM 10 W 088688 white 4 16,5 F 10 M 100
ASM 10 W 060320 white 3 15 F 10 M 100
346
LOADS
Type F8M F 10 M

Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 1,00 1,40
Solid brick of lightweight aggregate concrete ≥V2 [kN] - 0,50
Perforated sand-lime brick ≥ KSL 12 [kN] 0,25 0,60
1)
5
2)

347
Window frame screws FFSZ and FFS
The economical special screw for window installation
5
Window frames

▪ Concrete
concrete
▪ Perforated sand-lime brick Test Report No.:
14-000559-PR02
concrete
▪ Solid brick

▪ Screw installation without plug for ▪ Window frames made of wood, plastic ▪ Note the drill hole and screw-in depths
economical processing. and aluminium for the different building materials
▪ The small drill bit diameter of 6 mm ▪ Door frames listed in the table.
allows for efficient series installation. ▪ Squared timbers ▪ Cylinder head screws are recom-
▪ The continuous thread ensures a mended for recessed installation in
stress-free fixing of the frame in the wooden profiles.
substrate. ▪ Flat head screws are recommended
▪ The high-low-thread at the screw tip for installation in plastic and alumin-
as well as several cutting notches ium profiles.
reduce the amount of force required
for screwing in the screws. The
installation process can be completed
without excessive effort.
▪ With two head types applicable for all
common frame materials.
▪ According to the ift Rosenheim suita-
ble for the fixation of a plastic window
in brick masonry.
348
INSTALLATION

TECHNICAL DATA
Window frame screw with cylinder head

FFSZ
Anchorage depth h ef
h ef ≥ 30 mm in concrete
h ef ≥ 40 mm in solid brick
h ef ≥ 60 mm in perforated brick /
aerated concrete
t d : drill hole depth ≥ h ef + 10 mm
Drill hole diameter Screw length Drive Head Sales unit

d0 ls
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [Ø mm] [pcs]
FFSZ 7,5 x 52 T30 532906 6 52 T30 8 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 62 T30 532907 6 62 T30 8 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 72 T30 532908 6 72 T30 8 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 82 T30 532909 6 82 T30 8 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 92 T30 532910 6 92 T30 8 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 102 T30 532911 6 102 T30 8 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 112 T30 532912 6 112 T30 8 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 122 T30 532913 6 122 T30 8 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 132 T30 532914 6 132 T30 8 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 152 T30 532915 6 152 T30 8 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 182 T30 532916 6 182 T30 8 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 202 T30 532917 6 202 T30 8 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 212 T30 532919 6 212 T30 8 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 252 T30 532920 6 252 T30 8 100
FFSZ 7,5 x 302 T30 532921 6 302 T30 8 100
No pre-drilling in aerated concrete.
349
TECHNICAL DATA
d0
h ef
Window frame screw with flat head FFS
lS
td
5 Anchorage depth h ef
h ef ≥ 30 mm in concrete
h ef ≥ 40 mm in solid brick
h ef ≥ 60 mm in perforated brick /
aerated concrete
t d : drill hole depth ≥ h ef + 10 mm
Drill hole diameter Screw length Drive Head Sales unit

d0 ls
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [Ø mm] [pcs]
FFS 7,5 x 42 T30 532922 6 42 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 52 T30 532923 6 52 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 62 T30 532925 6 62 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 72 T30 532927 6 72 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 82 T30 532928 6 82 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 92 T30 532930 6 92 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 102 T30 532931 6 102 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 112 T30 532932 6 112 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 122 T30 532934 6 122 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 132 T30 532935 6 132 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 152 T30 532941 6 152 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 182 T30 532942 6 182 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 202 T30 532943 6 202 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 212 T30 532944 6 212 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 252 T30 532945 6 252 T30 11,5 100
FFS 7,5 x 302 T30 532946 6 302 T30 11,5 100
No pre-drilling in aerated concrete.
ACCESSORIES
Cover cap FFSZ-A
Colour Cap Cap height Match Sales unit

FFSZ-A W 538708 white 14 2,2 FFSZ - cylinder head 100
FFSZ-A BR 538709 brown 14 2,2 FFSZ - cylinder head 100
ACCESSORIES
Cover cap FFS-A
Colour Cap Cap height Match Sales unit

FFS-A W 061560 white 15 4,8 FFS - flat head 100
FFS-A BR 061561 brown 15 4,8 FFS - flat head 100
350
LOADS
Highest recommended loads1) of a single screw.
Type FFSZ FFS
Screw diameter Ø [mm] 7,5 7,5

Anchorage depth hef ≥ [mm] 30 40 60 30 40 60
Recommended tensile load [kN] 1,00 – 1,00 –
Recommended shear load [kN] 0,70 – 0,70 –
Min. edge distance5) cmin [mm] 30 – 30 –
5
Recommended tensile load in solid brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] – 0,403) 0,80 – 0,403) 0,80

Recommended shear load in solid brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] – 0,303) 0,70 – 0,303) 0,70
Recommended tensile load in solid sand-lime brick ≥ KS 12 [kN] – 1,00 – – 1,00 –
Recommended shear load in solid sand-lime brick ≥ KS 12 [kN] – 0,60 – – 0,60 –
Recommenced tensile load in vertically perforated brick ≥ HLz 12 [kN] – 0,253) – 0,253)
Recommenced shear load in vertically perforated brick ≥ HLz 12 [kN] – 0,40 3) – 0,403)
Min. edge distance5) cmin [mm] – 40 – 40
≥ AAC 2 [kN] – 0,104) – 0,104)
Recommended load2) in aerated concrete
≥ AAC 4 [kN] – 0,254) – 0,254)
Min. Randabstand5) cmin [mm] – 40 – 40
1)
Required safety factors are considered. As a single screw counts e.g. a screw with a spacing s ≥ 3 x h ef and an edge distance c ≥ 1,5 x h ef.
2)
3)
Rotary drilling.
4)
Without pre-drilling.
5)
Minimal possible edge distance while reducing the recommended loads.
351
Wall tie VB
The stainless steel A4 joint for two-shell masonry
5
Facing masonry
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ All concrete and masonry materials
in conjunction with the appropriate
frame fixing

▪ The VB securely connects the facing ▪ Two-shell external walls (facings) ▪ The frame fixings SXR 10, SXRL 10,
masonry with the load-bearing layer. ▪ Closers and economy facings FUR 10 and SXS 10 are suitable for
▪ The high quality A4 stainless steel the anchoring of wall ties in concrete
connecting wire guarantees a and masonry.
long-lasting fixing. ▪ Where the distance between masonry
▪ The VB is flexible and can be mounted shells is up to 12 cm, 5 wire anchors
on any point of the external wall. are to be used per square metre, and
where the distance is up to 15 cm,
7 wire anchors. An additional 3 wall
ties per metre are to be used along all
free edges of the outside shells.
▪ 5 wall ties per square metre are to be
used for mortared closers and econ-
omy facings.
TECHNICAL DATA
Cladding tie VB
Contents Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
VB 050495 1) 1 wire anchor stainless steel A4, 1 washer stainless steel A4, 1 drip ring 50
1) Wire: angled 265 mm.
352
Adjustable fixing S10J
The fixing for infinite adjustment of timber constructions in all

standard solid building materials

Stand-off installations

▪ Concrete
▪ Wood
concrete
▪ Solid brick

▪ The combination of adjustment plug ▪ Substructures made of wooden bat- ▪ The S10J is suitable for push-through
and spacing screw allows for universal tens of 20-25 mm thickness. installation.
usage in wooden and solid building ▪ Once the screw has been screwed in,
materials. the fixture distance can be infinitely
▪ The special operating principle of the adjusted by modifying the rotation
adjustable fixing S10J and the spac- direction.
ing screw allows for infinite adjust- ▪ For the fixing of wood on wood, e.g.
ment. This saves on the use of wedges in the roof truss, only use adjustment
and blocks when fixing the fixture. screw JS.
353
Adjustable fixing S10J
TECHNICAL DATA
Adjustable fixing S 10 J 75 S
Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Effect. anchorage Anchor length Max. timber Max. adjustment Sales unit
5 depth for through
fixings
depth thickness travel
d0 h2 hef l da x
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
S 10 J 75 S 080710 10 115 50 75 25 30 50
TECHNICAL DATA
Adjustable screw JS
Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole depth Effect. anchorage Max. timber thick- Max. adjustment Sales unit
for through fixings depth ness travel
d0 h2 hef da x
JS 6 x 110 080700 5 50 - 110 30 25 55 50
354
Adjustable screw JUSS
The adjustable screw for fast and infinitely adjustable

installation of timber constructions

Stand-off installations Stand-off installations
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Wood and wooden materials or
wooden panels

▪ The special operating principle of ▪ Substructures made of wooden bat- ▪ The JUSS is suitable for push-through
the adjustable screw JUSS allows for tens of 20-25 mm thickness. installation.
infinite adjustment. This saves on the ▪ Once the screw has been screwed in,
use of wedges and blocks when fixing the parallel thread below the screw
the fixture. head causes the fixture to initially pull
▪ The self-drilling thread cuts directly against the substrate. The fixture dis-
into the wood. Therefore pre-drilling tance can then be infinitely adjusted
is not required. For the installation by modifying the rotation direction.
in hardwood pre-drilling is recom-
mended.
TECHNICAL DATA
Adjustable screw JUSS
Effect. anchorage Max. distance Screw Max. timber thick- Drive Sales unit
depth ness
hef a ds x ls da
JUSS 6 x 60 059040 30 30 6 x 60 20 T25 100
JUSS 6 x 70 059041 30 40 6 x 70 25 T25 100
JUSS 6 x 80 059042 30 50 6 x 80 25 T25 100
JUSS 6 x 90 059043 30 60 6 x 90 25 T25 100
JUSS 6 x 100 059044 30 70 6 x 100 25 T25 100
JUSS 6 x 110 059045 30 80 6 x 110 25 T25 100
JUSS 6 x 120 059046 30 90 6 x 120 25 T25 100
JUSS 6 x 145 059047 30 115 6 x 145 25 T25 100
355
Spacing screw ASL
The spacing screw for flexible positioning and alignment of

wooden fixtures
5
Stand-off installations Stand-off installations
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Without plug: suitable for wooden
materials and wooden panels
▪ With SX or UX plugs: all concrete and
masonry materials

▪ The coordinated threads with the ▪ Window frames ▪ The ASL is suitable for push-through
same pitch allow for the pin-point posi- ▪ Door frames installation.
tioning and alignment of the fixture, ▪ Squared timbers ▪ Pre-drill the fixture at the desired
which can even be mounted at an ▪ Claddings angle in order to achieve the correct
angle to the screw. This allows for an ▪ Substructures made of wood positioning and alignment.
exact and flexible fixing. ▪ When screwing in the screw, the
▪ During the installation, the fixture is external thread cuts into the pre-drilled
not pulled onto the substrate, instead fixture, and fixes it into the stipulated
it is brought directly to the desired position.
distance and position. This allows for a ▪ The angled position of the screws
simple and exact installation. (15° - 30°) allows high shear loads to
▪ When combined with SX 8 and be supported.
UX 8 plugs, it can be used in almost
all wall materials, guaranteeing a
secure fixing.
356
Spacing screw ASL
TECHNICAL DATA
Spacing screw ASL
Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole depth Max. distance Screw Drive Sales unit 5
d0 h1 a ds x ls

ASL 4,5 x 60 059050 6 40 25 4,5 x 60 T25 100
ASL 4,5 x 70 059051 6 40 35 4,5 x 70 T25 100
ASL 4,5 x 80 059052 6 40 45 4,5 x 80 T25 100
ASL 4,5 x 100 059054 6 40 65 4,5 x 100 T25 100
ASL 6 x 80 059061 8 55 35 6 x 80 T25 100
ASL 6 x 100 059062 8 55 55 6 x 100 T25 100
ASL 6 x 120 059063 8 55 75 6 x 120 T25 100
ASL 6 x 150 059064 8 55 105 6 x 150 T25 50
357
The thermally separated stand-off installation in external

thermal insulation composite systems (ETICS)
5
External lighting Down pipes
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete
concrete
▪ Building brick
▪ Wood

▪ The stand-off installation allows for For the thermally separated fixing of: ▪ The Thermax 8 and 10 systems are
the fixture to be adjusted to the exact ▪ Signs suitable for pre-positioned installation.
position required, whereby pressure ▪ Lighting ▪ The self-tapping, glass-fibre-reinforced
marks and damage to the ETICS are ▪ Letter boxes cone cuts its own way through the
avoided. ▪ Motion detectors plaster into the insulation during
▪ The plastic cone creates a thermal bar- ▪ Downpipes installation.
rier between the fixture and the inner ▪ Lightning rods ▪ The anti-cold cone uses a thermal
fixture, and offers an energy-optimised ▪ Blind guide rails barrier to minimise heat losses.
fixing. ▪ Installation without any special tools.
▪ The glass-fibre-reinforced plastic cone ▪ For use in wood without plug, the
cuts its own way through the ETICS wood (footnote below load table) as
with a positive fit, and allows for a well as the plaster has to be pre-drilled:
simple and fast installation without the Thermax 8:
need for any special tools. d02 = 14 mm, h02 = 50 mm;
▪ Combining Thermax 8 and 10 with Thermax 10:
the universal plug UX provides a d02 = 18 mm, h02 = 50 mm
secure anchoring in the substrate. ▪ The extensive range features fit-
▪ Without UX plug direct mounting in ting options with metric screws
wood substrate is possible after pre- (M6/8/10), sheet screws (6.3 mm),
drilling. chipboard screws (6.0 mm) or chip-
board screws (4.5 - 5.5 mm) when
using an SX 5 expansion plug.
358
INSTALLATION - MASONRY

INSTALLATION - WOOD SUBSTRATE
TECHNICAL DATA
h0
h ef e
22-25
Ø ADK
Thermax 8 and 10 d0
t fix
ls
Drill hole Drill hole Usable length Anchorage Cover cap-Ø Width across Chipboard / metric / Sales unit
diameter depth depth nut sheet metal screw
d0 h0 e hef ADK  SW
Thermax 8/60 M6 045685 1) 2) 10 120 45 - 60 60 18 10 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 8/80 M6 045686 1) 2) 10 140 60 - 80 60 18 10 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 8/100 M6 045687 1) 2) 10 160 80 - 100 60 18 10 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 8/120 M6 045688 1) 2) 10 180 100 - 120 60 18 10 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 8/140 M6 045689 1) 2) 10 200 120 - 140 60 18 10 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 8/160 M6 045690 1) 2) 10 220 140 - 160 60 18 10 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 8/180 M6 045691 1) 2) 10 240 160 - 180 60 18 10 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 10/100 M6 045692 1) 2) 12 160 80 - 100 70 22 13 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 10/120 M6 045693 1) 2) 12 180 100 - 120 70 22 13 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 10/140 M6 045694 1) 2) 12 200 120 - 140 70 22 13 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 10/160 M6 045695 1) 2) 12 220 140 - 160 70 22 13 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 10/180 M6 045696 1) 2) 12 240 160 - 180 70 22 13 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 10/200 M6 512605 1) 2) 12 260 180 - 200 70 22 13 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
1) including SX 5
2) Min. screw length l s = 22mm + thickness of mounting member e; for use in wood without universal plug UX, consider drill hole diameter in footnote under load table.
359
TECHNICAL DATA
h0
h ef e
22-25
Ø ADK
Thermax 8 and 10 d0
t fix
ls
5 Drill hole Drill hole Usable length Anchorage Cover cap-Ø Width across Chipboard / metric / Sales unit
diameter depth depth nut sheet metal screw
d0 h0 e hef ADK  SW
Thermax 10/220 M6 514250 1) 2) 12 280 200 - 220 70 22 13 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 10/240 M6 514251 1) 2) 12 300 220 - 240 70 22 13 4,5 - 6,0 / M6 / 6,3 20
Thermax 10/100 M8 045697 2) 12 160 80 - 100 70 22 13 M8 20
Thermax 10/120 M8 045698 2) 12 180 100 - 120 70 22 13 M8 20
Thermax 10/140 M8 045699 2) 12 200 120 - 140 70 22 13 M8 20
Thermax 10/160 M8 045700 2) 12 220 140 - 160 70 22 13 M8 20
Thermax 10/180 M8 514252 2) 12 240 160 - 180 70 22 13 M8 20
Thermax 10/200 M8 514253 2) 12 260 180 - 200 70 22 13 M8 20
Thermax 10/220 M8 514254 2) 12 280 200 - 220 70 22 13 M8 20
Thermax 10/240 M8 514255 2) 12 300 220 - 240 70 22 13 M8 20
Thermax 10/100 M10 045702 2) 12 160 80 - 100 70 22 13 M10 20
Thermax 10/120 M10 045703 2) 12 180 100 - 120 70 22 13 M10 20
Thermax 10/140 M10 045704 2) 12 200 120 - 140 70 22 13 M10 20
Thermax 10/160 M10 045705 2) 12 220 140 - 160 70 22 13 M10 20
Thermax 10/180 M10 514256 2) 12 240 160 - 180 70 22 13 M10 20
Thermax 10/200 M10 514257 2) 12 260 180 - 200 70 22 13 M10 20
Thermax 10/220 M10 514258 2) 12 280 200 - 220 70 22 13 M10 20
Thermax 10/240 M10 514259 2) 12 300 220 - 240 70 22 13 M10 20
1) including SX 5
2) Min. screw length l s = 22mm + thickness of mounting member e; for use in wood without universal plug UX, consider drill hole diameter in footnote under load table.
LOADS
Stand-off installation Thermax 8 and 10
Highest recommended loads1) of a single anchor in concrete and masonry.
Type Thermax 8 Thermax 10
Supplied type of plug for the anchorage in the base material UX 10 x 60 UX 12 x 70

Recommended tensile loads in the respective base material Nrec2)
Concrete3) 4) ≥ C20/25 [kN] 1,00 1,00
Solid brick3) 4) ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 0,50 0,70
Perforated sand-lime brick 3) 4) ≥ KSL 12 [kN] 0,60 0,80
Vertically perforated brick 4) ≥ Hlz 12 [kN] 0,20 0,30
Aerated concrete3) 4) ≥ PB 4 [kN] 0,40 0,60
Recommended shear load Vrec, valid für all above mentioned base materials for the stated insulation thickness
External Thermal Insulation Composite System5) ≤ 240 mm [kN] 0,15 0,20
1)
2)
The drilling method is to be adapted to the building material used. As different joint qualities are possible, the given values only apply for installation in the brick.
3)
The given recommended tensile loads apply for fastenings with metric screws. When using chipboard screws with diameter 6,0 mm they have to be reduced to 0,35 kN.
4)
The given recommended tensile loads apply for fastenings with metric screws. When using a SX 5-plug chipboard screws with diameter 4,5 - 5,5 mm they have to be reduced to 0,1 kN.
5)
Values are valid for an ETICS made from PS- respectively PU-rigid foam panels. Thickness of rendering minimum 6 mm.
360
The approved stand-off installation with thermal barrier in

external thermal insulation composite systems (ETICS)

Awnings Satellite dishes and air conditioning units
▪ Stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
Approved for:
concrete
▪ Solid brick

▪ When combined with the injection For the thermally separated fixing of: ▪ The Thermax 12 and 16 systems are
mortars FIS EM, FIS V, FIS SB and ▪ Awnings suitable for pre-positioned installation.
FIS GREEN, the stand-off installation ▪ Canopies ▪ The self-tapping, glass-fibre-reinforced
is approved for high loads in a range ▪ French balcony railings cone cuts its own way through the
of materials. This allows for a secure ▪ Air conditioning units plaster into the insulation during
fixing. ▪ Satellite dishes installation.
▪ Usable lengths of 62 to 290 mm can ▪ The anti-cold cone uses a thermal
be covered with just one Thermax. barrier to minimise heat losses.
▪ The plastic cone creates a thermal bar- ▪ In the case of resistant plaster (e.g.
rier between the fixture and the inner thick cement plaster), it is recommen-
fixture, and offers an energy-optimised ded that the Thermax cutting blade
fixing. included is used for grinding out the
▪ The glass-fibre-reinforced plastic cone plaster.
cuts its own way through the ETICS ▪ The sealing of the annular gap with
with a positive fit, and allows for a the adhesive and sealant KD seals the
simple, fast and adjustable installation façade at plaster level.
without the need for any special tools.
FOR USE WITH

FIS GREEN
FIS EM mortar FIS V mortar FIS SB mortar mortar
361
INSTALLATION
5
TECHNICAL DATA
Thermax 12/110 M12
Thermax 16/170 M12
zinc-plated stainless Contents Sales unit

Approval
steel steel
DIBt
Art.-No. Art.-No. [pcs]
Item gvz A4
Thermax 12/110 M12 051291 — ▯ 20
5 user manuals
Thermax 12/110 M12 — 051537 ▯ 10
3 user manual
2 Thermax M12, 2 perforated sleeves 20 x 130 , 1 bit, 1 cutting blade,
Thermax 12/110 M12 B 051290 — ▯ 1
1 user manual
Thermax 16/170 M12 051293 — ▯ 20
5 applicator tip extension hoses, 5 user manuals
Thermax 16/170 M12 — 051543 ▯ 10
3 applicator tip extension hoses, 3 user manual
2 Thermax M16, 2 perforated sleeves 20 x 200, 1 bit, 1 cutting blade,
Thermax 16/170 M12 B 051292 — ▯ 1
1 applicator tip extension hose, 1 user manual
362
INSTALLATION DATA
td
l
h ef e
t tol t WDVS
t fix
T inst
d0
Example for simple fixing

Ü
Example for multiple fixing
5

Building material + insulation Fixture
Type Length of Threaded Building material Suitable injection Drill Min. Drill hole depth Thickness Max. Con- Max. Required
Thermax rod in anchor sleeve hole ancho- of fixture nection instal- resin
incl. anti- building diameter rage non-bearing thick- thread lation quantity
cold cone material depth layer ness torque
l d0 hef td e tfix Tinst
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Scale unit]
Concrete 14 70 hef + e 62 - 170 5
Solid brick 14 80 hef + e 62 - 160 6
Thermax M12 240 M12 16 1) M12 20
Concrete 18 80 hef + e 62 - 290 7
Solid brick 18 80 hef + e 62 - 290 7
Thermax M16 370 M16 16 1) M12 20
1) The setscrews may be replaced by a setscrew / fixing screw up to a length 200 mm.
TECHNICAL DATA
Epoxy mortar Superbond mortar

FIS EM 390 S FIS SB 390 S
Injection mortar All-round adhesive gluing and

FIS V 360 S sealing KD-290
Injection mortar
FIS GREEN 300 T

Approval

FIS EM 390 S 093048 ▯ ■ D, GB, F, NL, E, P 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS EM 390 S 093049 ▯ ■ GB, CZ, PL, GR, PRC, ROK 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS V 360 S 094404 ▯ ■ D, F, NL, TR, H, UAE 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS V 360 S 094405 ▯ ■ GB, I, P, E, PRC, JP 1 cartridge 360 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS SB 390 S 519451 ▯ ■ D, F, NL 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS SB 390 S 518831 ▯ ■ GB, E, P 1 cartridge 390 ml, 2 x FIS MR 6
FIS GREEN 300 T 522989 — ■ F 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x FIS MR with transparent Clip 4
FIS GREEN 300 T 523245 — ■ I 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x FIS MR with transparent Clip 12
FIS GREEN 300 T 538219 — ■ CZ, SK 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x FIS MR 12
FIS GREEN 300 T 532972 — ■ DK, SE, NO, FIN 1 cartridge 300 ml, 2 x FIS MR with transparent Clip 12
KD WHITE 290ML 059389 — — D, GB 1 cartridge 290 ml 12
363
Cleaning brush BS

BS ø 14 078180 250 80 16 14 1
BS ø 16/18 078181 250 80 20 16/18 1
5 BS ø 20/22 052277 180 80 25 20/22 1
Blow-out pump AB G
Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
Blow-out pump ABG 089300 1
364
LOADS
Stand-off installation Thermax 12 and 16 with load-bearing anchor rod made of zinc-plated steel 8.8 and a displacement of
1 mm
The below load table is valid for short-term loading (e.g. wind load). If the sealing of the annular gap between Thermax and plaster is
assured by fischer all-round sealing KD, the Thermax version with an anchor rod on base substrate side made of zinc-plated steel may be
used.
depth
e= e= e= e= e= e= e= e= e= 5

smin║/
smin┴9)
Thermax 128) 70 3,406) 1,07 0,69 0,58 0,42 0,32 0,24 0,18 0,08 0,04 100 55 55
Thermax 168) 80 3,406) 1,51 0,98 0,83 0,71 0,63 0,48 0,34 0,16 0,08 116 65 65
Solid brick, Mz, EN 771-1; f b ≥ 12 N/mm2; ρ ≥ 1,8 kg/dm3; LxWxH ≥ 240x115x71 mm, NF
Thermax 128) 200 2,71 0,85 0,55 0,47 0,40 0,32 0,24 0,18 0,08 0,04 240 80/80 60
Thermax 168) 200 2,71 1,29 0,98 0,83 0,71 0,63 0,48 0,34 0,16 0,08 240 80/80 60
Thermax 128) 50 2,86 0,85 0,55 0,47 0,40 0,32 0,24 0,18 0,08 0,04 240 80/80 60
Thermax 168) 50 2,14 1,51 0,98 0,83 0,71 0,63 0,48 0,34 0,16 0,08 240 80/80 60
Thermax 124) 110 1,14 0,57 0,55 0,47 0,40 0,32 0,24 0,18 0,08 0,04 175 100/100 100
Thermax 164) 110 1,14 0,57 0,57 0,57 0,57 0,57 0,48 0,34 0,16 0,08 175 100/100 100
Thermax 124) 85 1,00 0,85 0,55 0,47 0,40 0,32 0,24 0,18 0,08 0,04 175 100/115 80
Thermax 164) 85 1,00 1,14 0,98 0,83 0,71 0,63 0,48 0,34 0,16 0,08 175 100/115 80
Thermax 124) 110 0,43 0,26 0,26 0,26 0,26 0,26 0,24 0,18 0,08 0,04 240 100/240 60
Thermax 164) 180 0,71 0,26 0,26 0,26 0,26 0,26 0,26 0,26 0,16 0,08 240 100/240 60
Thermax 128) 200 1,43 0,43 0,43 0,43 0,40 0,32 0,24 0,18 0,08 0,04 240 80/80 100
Thermax 168) 200 1,43 0,43 0,43 0,43 0,43 0,43 0,43 0,34 0,16 0,08 240 80/80 100
1)
2)
3)
tfix = 6 mm.
4)
5)
The stated permissible loads are valid for anchorages in dry base substrates - use category d/d - and for temperatures up to +50 °C (resp. short-term up to +80 °C) in the area of the injection mortar and duri-
ng drill hole cleaning in accordance with the approval. The load values apply to anchor rods on base substrate side made of zinc-plated steel grade 8.8 - for other steel grades or stainless steel see approval.
6)
7)
8)
9)
365
LOADS
Stand-off installation Thermax 12 and 16 with load-bearing anchor rod made of stainless steel A4-70 and a displacement
of 3 mm
The below load table is valid for short-term loading (e.g. wind load). Measures for sealing see approval, section 3.2.4.
depth
e= e= e= e= e= e= e= e= e=
5 hef4)8) Nperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) Vperm3) hmin
smin║/
smin┴9)
cmin

Thermax 128) 70 3,406) 1,07 0,69 0,58 0,50 0,44 0,39 0,35 0,24 0,12 100 55 55
8)
Thermax 16 80 3,406) 1,51 0,98 0,83 0,71 0,63 0,56 0,51 0,41 0,24 116 65 65
Solid brick, Mz, EN 771-1; fb ≥ 12 N/mm2; ρ ≥ 1,8 kg/dm3; LxWxH ≥ 240x115x71 mm, NF
Thermax 128) 200 2,71 0,59 0,39 0,33 0,28 0,25 0,22 0,20 0,16 0,12 240 80/80 60
Thermax 168) 200 2,71 1,29 0,96 0,81 0,70 0,62 0,56 0,50 0,41 0,24 240 80/80 60
Thermax 128) 50 2,86 0,59 0,39 0,33 0,28 0,25 0,22 0,20 0,16 0,12 240 80/80 60
Thermax 168) 50 2,14 1,46 0,96 0,81 0,70 0,62 0,56 0,50 0,41 0,24 240 80/80 60
Thermax 124) 110 1,14 0,57 0,39 0,33 0,28 0,25 0,22 0,20 0,16 0,12 175 100/100 100
Thermax 164) 110 1,14 0,57 0,57 0,57 0,57 0,57 0,56 0,50 0,41 0,24 175 100/100 100
Thermax 124) 85 1,00 0,59 0,39 0,33 0,28 0,25 0,22 0,20 0,16 0,12 175 100/115 80
Thermax 164) 85 1,00 1,14 0,96 0,81 0,70 0,62 0,56 0,50 0,41 0,24 175 100/115 80
Thermax 124) 110 0,43 0,26 0,26 0,26 0,26 0,25 0,22 0,20 0,16 0,12 240 100/240 60
Thermax 164) 180 0,71 0,26 0,26 0,26 0,26 0,26 0,26 0,26 0,26 0,24 240 100/240 60
Thermax 128) 200 1,43 0,43 0,39 0,33 0,28 0,25 0,22 0,20 0,16 0,12 240 80/80 100
Thermax 168) 200 1,43 0,43 0,43 0,43 0,43 0,43 0,43 0,43 0,41 0,24 240 80/80 100
1)
2)
3)
tfix = 6 mm.
4)
5)
The stated permissible loads are valid for anchorages in dry base substrates - use category d/d - and for temperatures up to +50 °C (resp. short-term up to +80 °C) in the area of the injection mortar and
during drill hole cleaning in accordance with the approval. The load values apply to anchor rods on base substrate side made of stainless steel of the grade A4-70.
6)
7)
8)
9)
366
Remedial wall tie mechanical VBS-M
The quick façade repair for two-leaf cavity walls

Facing masonry Repairing outer leafs
▪ Stainless steel
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Facing masonry with and without an
air layer

▪ The approved fixing in stone and in ▪ VBS-M is especially suitable for ▪ The remedial wall tie VBS-M is set in
joints from at least 50 mm facing applications where external thermal the load-bearing layer and into facing
masonry provides a high degree of insulation composite systems (ETICS) masonry using push-through installa-
flexibility and security. have been previously installed. tion.
▪ Use in joints and with a low anchor- ▪ Retrospective repairs of cavity ▪ In accordance with the approval, no
age depth of just 50 mm allows for a masonry walls in line with DIN drill hole cleaning is required.
quick and economical installation. 1053-1 and EN 845/846 as well as ▪ The two expansion zones in the
▪ The small anchor rim and screw head economy facings with DIN 18515. load-bearing layer and in the facing
allow for a surface-flush or deep-set masonry ensure a secure fixation.
installation. ▪ The plug doesn’t fix into the facing
▪ The drill hole can be retrospectively masonry until the head grips into the
sealed so that it is no longer visible in load-bearing layer. This ensures the
the façade. very best installation safety.
▪ A drip coil prevents condensate
running into the load-bearing layer,
thus preventing frost and corrosive
damage.
367
Remedial wall tie mechanical VBS-M
TECHNICAL DATA
Remedial wall tie VBS-M
5 zinc-plated stainless Max. shell Max. shell Facing mason- Drill diameter Drill hole depth Effect. ancho- Anchor length Sales unit
steel steel distance at distance at ry + cavity rage depth
115 mm facing 115 mm facing

masonry, flush masonry,
installation 20 mm sunk
installation
tfix d0 h0 hef l
Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item gvz A4
VBS-M 8 x 120 514243 514236 20* — 70 8 140 >50 120 100
VBS-M 8 x 185 514244 514237 20 40 135 8 205 >50 185 100
VBS-M 8 x 205 514245 514238 40 60 155 8 225 >50 205 100
VBS-M 8 x 225 514246 514239 60 80 175 8 245 >50 225 100
VBS-M 8 x 245 514247 514240 80 100 195 8 265 >50 245 100
VBS-M 8 x 265 514248 514241 100 120 215 8 285 >50 265 100
VBS-M 8 x 285 514249 514242 120 140 235 8 305 >50 285 100
* Max. 20 mm mortar layer in the case of 50 mm thick economy facing.
The drill hole depth is to be adapted accordingly in the case of sunk installation of the anchor.
ACCESSORIES / DRILLS
SDS Plus IV 8/100/400 Masonry drill bit 8/100/400
SDS Plus II Pointer
8/400/460
Description Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
SDS Plus IV 8/100/400 517689 fischer Quattric drill bit with SDS fixture and short flute for drilling in concrete 1
fischer masonry drill bit with SDS fixture and short flute, ground sharp, for rotary drilling
Masonry drill bit 8/100/400 517690 1
in perforated brick and in the bed joint
SDS Plus II 8/400/460 531785 fischer hammer drill bit for drilling in concrete and in the facing brick 1
ACCESSORIES / BITS
FPB TX 25/5 long Star recess TX
Description Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
fischer Profi-Bit long, which can be extended to 50 mm bit, allows for deep setting in stone and
FPB TX 25/5 long 517693 12
in the bed joint
FPB T 25 PROFI Bit W 10 533115 fischer Profi-Bit 10
368
5
369
6 General fixings
Page
DUOPOWER 373
Universal plug UX 376
Universal plug UX GREEN 381

6
General fixings
Expansion plug SX 383
Expansion plug SX GREEN 386
Expansion plug S 388
Threaded rod plug RODFORCE FGD 391
Metal expansion anchor FMD 393
Expansion plug M-S 395
Anchor M 397
Brass fixing MS 399
Aircrete anchor GB 401
Aircrete anchor GB GREEN 403
Turbo aircrete anchor FTP K 405
Turbo aircrete anchor FTP M 407
Brass fixing PA 4 409
Balcony cladding fixing P 9 K 411
Stair-tread fixing TB / TBB 413
Repair pad FIX.it 414
Doorstop TS 415
371
Range of general fixings
Expansion- & universal plugs Plugs for metric screws

2-component plug DUOPOWER Expansion plug M-S
The duo of power and intelligence The expansion plug for metric screws
and threaded bolts
Page 373
Page 395
Universal plug UX
The nylon plug for all building materials Anchor M
Page 376 The powerful nylon expansion anchor
cone for metric threads
6 Expansion plug SX Page 397

General fixings
Page 383 Brass fixing MS

The brass expansion fixing
with metric thread
Expansion plug S
The installation-friendly nylon plug Page 399
with 2-way expansion
Page 388
Threaded rod plug RODFORCE FGD

The economical hammerset plug -
Special applications
easy and quick fixing of threaded rods
Brass fixing PA 4
Page 391
The brass fixing for thin board building
materials abd solid building materials
Metal expansion anchor FMD
The metal anchor for wood Page 409
and chipboard screws
Balcony cladding fixing P9K
Page 393
For the rear-ventilated stand-off fastening
of balcony cladding to hollow profiles
Page 411
Plugs for aerated concrete

Stair-tread fixing TB / TBB
To fix wooden step treads in concrete and
Aircrete anchor GB steel sub-structures
Approved safety in aerated concrete
Page 413
Page 401
Repair pad FIX.it
Turbo aircrete anchor FTP K To remedy over-sized or damaged drill
The versatile plastic anchor for aerated concrete holes
Page 405
Page 414
Turbo aircrete anchor FTP M

The metal anchor for metric screws for aerated concrete Doorstop TS
Page 407 The installation-friendly doorstop
Page 415
372
DUOPOWER
The duo of power and intelligence
Wall cabinets TV-brackets 6
General fixings
▪ Concrete
▪ Solid brick
▪ Plasterboard
fibreboards
concrete
and concrete or similar
▪ Natural stone
▪ Chipboard
concrete

▪ Two component materials for top ▪ TV consoles ▪ The grey component made from high
load values and intelligent functio- ▪ Lighting quality nylon automatically activates
ning (expansion, folding, knotting), ▪ Shelves for the optimum product function
depending on building material - solid, ▪ Mirror cabinets (expansion, folding, knotting) for the
perforated or pannel material. ▪ Letter boxes best hold.
▪ Great feeback (feel-good-factor) of the ▪ Pictures ▪ The red expansion wings support the
plug. You can feel exactly when the ▪ Fixing blinds safe expansion and offer additional
plug is installed perfectly. ▪ Curtain rails safety for the grey component.
▪ The narrow plug rim prevents slipping ▪ Wash basin fixings ▪ The smooth-running opening allows
into the drill hole. ▪ Plumbing and heating fixings the simple positioning of the screw
▪ The serrated anti-rotation feature ▪ Bath and toilet installations and the secure guiding and fixing in
interlock in the building material and ▪ Wall cabinets the screw channel.
prevents rotation in the drill hole ▪ Range hood ▪ The required screw length is given by
during installation. the plug length + fixture thickness +
▪ The greater anchorage depth of the the screw diameter.
DUOPOWER 6 x 50, 8 x 65 and ▪ Suitable for wood and chipboard
10 x 80 means that the plug is screws, as well as stud screws.
especially suited to fixings in hollow ▪ In the case of fixing boards, the
building materials, aerated concrete threadless part of the screw must not
and to bridge plaster. be longer than the fixture.
373
DUOPOWER
INSTALLATION IN SOLID BUILDING MATERIALS
INSTALLATION IN HOLLOW BUILDING MATERIALS
6
General fixings
INSTALLATION IN PANEL BUILDING MATERIALS
TECHNICAL DATA
DUOPOWER
d0 dS
DUOPOWER with greater anchorage depth
l = hef tfix
h1
Drill hole Min. drill Min. panel Min. bolt Anchor Wood and Drive Max. fixture Sales unit
diameter hole depth thickness penetra- length chipboard thickness
tion screws
d0 h1 dp lE,min l ds / ds x ls t fix
without
Item screw with screw
DUOPOWER 5 x 25 555005 — 5 35 12,5 28 25 3-4 — — 100
DUOPOWER 6 x 30 555006 — 6 40 12,5 34 30 4-5 — — 100
DUOPOWER 8 x 40 555008 — 8 50 12,5 45 40 4,5 - 6 — — 100
DUOPOWER 10 x 50 555010 — 10 60 12,5 56 50 6-8 — — 50
DUOPOWER 5 x 25 S — 555105 5 35 12,5 29 25 4 x 35 PZ2 6 50
DUOPOWER 6 x 30 S — 555106 6 40 12,5 35 30 4,5 x 40 PZ2 5 50
DUOPOWER 8 x 40 S — 555108 8 60 12,5 45 40 5 x 60 PZ2 15 50
DUOPOWER 10 x 50 S — 555110 10 70 12,5 57 50 7 x 69 SW 13 / TX 40 13 25
DUOPOWER 6 x 50 538240 — 6 60 12,5 55 50 4-5 — — 100
DUOPOWER 8 x 65 538241 — 8 75 2 x 12,5 70 65 4,5 - 6 — — 50
DUOPOWER 10 x 80 538242 — 10 90 — 87 80 6-8 — — 25
DUOPOWER 12 x 60 538243 — 12 70 — 68 60 8 - 10 — — 25
DUOPOWER 14 x 70 538244 — 14 80 — 80 70 10 - 12 — — 20
DUOPOWER 6 x 50 S — 538245 6 75 12,5 55 50 4,5 x 70 PZ2 15 50
DUOPOWER 8 x 65 S — 538246 8 85 2 x 12,5 70 65 5 x 80 PZ2 10 25
DUOPOWER 10 x 80 S — 538247 10 112 — 87 80 7 x 107 SW 13 20 10
374
DUOPOWER
TECHNICAL DATA
DUOPOWER
d0 dS
DUOPOWER with greater anchorage depth
l = hef tfix
h1
Drill hole Min. drill Min. panel Min. bolt

diameter hole depth thickness penetra-
Anchor
length
Wood and
chipboard
Drive Max. fixture Sales unit
thickness
6
tion screws
General fixings
d0 h1 dp lE,min l ds / ds x ls t fix
without
Item screw with screw
DUOPOWER 12 x 60 S — 538248 12 85 — 68 60 8 x 80 SW 13 12 10
DUOPOWER 14 x 70 S — 538249 14 100 — 80 70 10 x 95 SW 17 15 8
LOADS
DUOPOWER
Type DUOPOWER
5 x 25 6 x 30 6 x 50 8 x 40 8 x 65 10 x 50 10 x 80 12 x 60 14 x 70
Wood screw diameter Ø [mm] 4 5 5 6 6 8 8 10 12
Min. edge distance concrete cmin [mm] 30 35 35 50 50 65 65 80 100
Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,40 0,95 1,65 1,10 2,30 2,15 4,20 3,30 5,30
Solid brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 0,30 0,50 0,55 0,62 0,69 1,20 1,45 1,30 1,35
Solid sand-lime brick ≥ KS 12 [kN] 0,50 1,00 1,60 1,25 2,25 2,20 3,85 2,80 4,50
Aerated concrete ≥ PB 2, PP 2 (G 2) [kN] 0,05 0,10 0,15 0,10 0,16 0,20 0,30 0,24 0,35
Aerated concrete ≥ PB 4, PP 4 (G 4) [kN] 0,25 0,38 0,55 0,42 0,60 0,60 1,10 1,00 1,45
Vertically perforated brick ≥ Hlz 12 ( ≥ 0,9 kg/dm³) [kN] 0,13 0,15 0,17 0,25 0,40 0,25 0,40 0,35 0,40
Perforated sand-lime brick ≥ KSL 12 ( ≥ 1,6 kg/dm³) [kN] 0,40 0,60 0,60 0,70 1,00 0,70 2,00 0,75 1,50
Gypsum block ( ≥ 0,9 kg/dm³) [kN] 0,10 0,18 0,37 0,25 0,50 0,35 0,65 0,50 0,50
Gypsum fibreboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,24 0,33 0,35 0,35 - 0,50 - - -
Gypsum plasterboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,12 0,15 0,15 0,15 - 0,15 - - -
Gypsum plasterboard 2 x 12,5 mm [kN] 0,13 0,15 0,24 0,20 0,32 0,30 - - -
Mattone Forato Typ F8 [kN] 0,30 0,30 - 0,25 - 0,25 - - -
Tramezza Doppio UNI 19 [kN] 0,15 0,15 0,23 0,15 0,30 0,20 0,52 0,35 0,35
Sepa Parpaing [kN] 0,30 0,45 0,253) 0,45 0,453) 0,45 0,453) 0,603) 0,603)
1)
2)
The load data are valid for tension, shear and combined tension and shear load.
3)
Load determination on plastered wall.
375
Universal plug UX
6 Mirror fixings Pictures

General fixings

▪ Concrete
fibreboards
concrete
and concrete
▪ Natural stone
▪ Chipboard
concrete
▪ Solid brick

▪ The universal operating principle ▪ Pictures ▪ The UX with rim is suitable for pre-
(knotting or expanding) allows for use ▪ Lighting positioned installation; the UX without
in all solid, hollow and board building ▪ Skirting rim is suitable for push-through
materials. Thus the UX is the correct ▪ Light cabinets installation.
choice for unknown base materials. ▪ Towel rails ▪ Turning in the screw causes the UX to
▪ The UX‘s angled connection ridges ▪ Mirror cabinets expand in the solid building material
allow for optimum screw guidance. ▪ Curtain rails and to knot within the cavity.
Serrated anti-rotation locks prevent ▪ Wash basin fixings ▪ The required screw length is given by
rotation in the drill hole. This gua- ▪ TV consoles the plug length + fixture thickness +
rantees the greatest possible installa- ▪ Plumbing and heating fixings 1 x screw diameter.
tion safety. ▪ Suitable for wood and chipboard
▪ Fixing sets with screws, eye screws screws, as well as stud screws.
and hooks provide the right solution ▪ In the case of board building materials,
for all applications. the threadless part of the screw must
not be longer than the fixture, and the
UX with rim is to be used.
one plug length.
376
Universal plug UX
TECHNICAL DATA
UX - without rim
UX R - with rim d0 ds
l = hef
h1
tfix
6
UX R S - with rim and screw
General fixings
Without rim With rim With rim and Drill hole Min. drill hole Min. panel Anchor length Wood and chip- Max. fixture Sales unit
screw diameter depth thickness board screws thickness
d0 h1 dp l ds / ds x ls t fix
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item UX UX R UX R S
UX 5 x 30 094721 094722 — 5 40 9,5 30 3-4 — 100
UX 6 x 35 062754 062756 — 6 45 9,5 35 4-5 — 100
UX 6 x 35 — — 094758 6 65 9,5 35 4,5 x 60 20 25
UX 6 x 50 072094 072095 — 6 60 9,5 50 4-5 — 100
UX 6 x 50 — — 094759 6 80 9,5 50 4,5 x 75 20 25
UX 8 x 40 — 505483 — 8 50 9,5 40 4,5 - 6 — 100
UX 8 x 50 077869 077870 — 8 60 9,5 50 4,5 - 6 — 100
UX 8 x 50 — — 094762 8 75 9,5 50 5 x 70 15 25
UX 8 x 50 — — 094760 8 85 9,5 50 5 x 80 25 25
UX 10 x 60 077871 077872 — 10 75 12,5 60 6-8 — 50
UX 10 x 60 094761 1) — — 10 90 12,5 60 6 x 85 20 10
UX 12 x 70 062758 — — 12 85 — 70 8 - 10 — 25
UX 14 x 75 062757 — — 14 95 — 75 10 - 12 — 20
1) with screw
377
Universal plug UX
TECHNICAL DATA
ls
1 x screw-Ø
d0 ds
l
h1
6 UX RH - with rim and round hook UX WH - with rim and angle hook
General fixings
UX RH N - with rim and round hook UX WH N - with rim and angle hook UX OH N - with rim and eyebolt
(white coated) (white coated) (white coated)
With rim and With round With rim and With angle With eyebolt Drill hole Min. drill hole Min. panel Anchor length Screw dimen- Sales unit
round hook hook (white angle hook hook (white (white diameter depth thickness sion
coated) coated) coated) d0 h1 dp l ds x ls
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [Ø mm] [pcs]
Item RH RH N WH WH N OH N
UX 6 x 35 094407 — — — — 6 45 9,5 35 4,5 x 67 25
UX 6 x 35 — — 094408 — — 6 45 9,5 35 4,5 x 51 25
UX 8 x 50 094409 094412 — — 094414 8 60 9,5 50 5,5 x 87 25
UX 8 x 50 — — 094410 094413 — 8 60 9,5 50 5,5 x 70 25
TECHNICAL DATA
UX in bucket
Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole depth Min. panel thickness Fixing length Wood and chipboard Sales unit
screws
UX 6 x 35 R in bucket 508027 6 45 9,5 35 4-5 2500
UX 8 x 50 R in bucket 508028 8 60 9,5 50 4,5 - 6 1000
UX 10 x 60 R in bucket 508029 10 75 12,5 60 6-8 600
378
Universal plug UX
TECHNICAL DATA
General fixings
Assortment box UX / SX Box UX / SX-S Meister-Box
Contents Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]

Box UX 6/8/10 093182 100 plugs UX 6 x 35, 70 plugs UX 8 x 50, 20 plugs UX 10 x 60 1
Box UX-R 6/8/10 093819 100 plugs UX 6 x 35 R, 70 plugs UX 8 x 50 R, 20 plugs UX 10 x 60 R 1
50 plugs UX 6 x 35, 50 screws 4,5 x 50, 50 plugs SX 6 x 30, 50 screws 4,5 x 45,
Box UX / SX-S 093181 1
25 plugs UX 8 x 50, 25 screws 5 x 65, 25 plugs SX 8 x 40, 25 screws 5 x 50
60 plugs SX 6 x 30, 50 plugs SX 8 x 40, 20 plugs SX 10 x 50, 60 plugs UX 5 x 30 R,
Assortment box UX / SX 040991 1
40 plugs UX 6 x 50 R, 50 plugs UX 8 x 50 R, 10 plugs UX 10 x 60 R
International version: 50 Universal plugs UX 6 x 35 R, 25 Universal plugs UX 8 x 50 R,
Profi-Box UX
518526 20 Chipboard screws 4,5 x 60, 15 Chipboard screws 5 x 70, 1
+ screws + hooks
4 Angle hooks 5,5, x 70, 4 Round hooks 5,5 x 80
International version: 25 Universal plugs UX 6 x 35, 25 Universal plugs UX 6 x 35 R,
Profi-Box UX / UX-R 518527 1
25 Universal plugs UX 8 x 50, 25 Universal plugs UX 8 x 50 R, 10 Universal plugs UX 10 x 60
German version: 50 Universal plugs UX 6 x 35 R, 25 Universal plugs UX 8 x 50 R,
Meister-Box UX
513894 20 Chipboard screws 4,5 x 60, 15 Chipboard screws 5 x 70, 1
+ screws + hooks
4 Angle hooks 5,5, x 70, 4 Round hooks 5,5 x 80
German version: 25 Universal plugs UX 6 x 35, 25 Universal plugs UX 6 x 35 R,
Meister-Box UX / UX-R 513893 1
25 Universal plugs UX 8 x 50, 25 Universal plugs UX 8 x 50 R, 10 Universal plugs UX 10 x 60
379
Universal plug UX
LOADS
Universal plug UX
Highest recommended tensile loads1) for a single anchor.
Type UX 5 x 30 UX 6 x 35 UX 6 x 50 UX 8 x 40 UX 10 x 60 UX 12 x 70 UX 14 x 75
UX 8 x 50
Wood screw diameter Ø [mm] 4 5 5 6 8 10 12
Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,30 0,40 0,60 0,60 1,00 1,50 1,80
Solid brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 0,20 0,20 0,30 0,30 0,50 0,70 0,80
Perforated sand-lime brick ≥ KSL 12 [kN] 0,30 0,40 0,40 0,50 0,60 0,80 0,80
Vertically perforated brick ≥ Hlz 12 [kN] 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,30 0,40
Aerated concrete ≥ AAC 4 [kN] 0,15 0,20 0,20 0,30 0,40 0,60 0,70
6 Gypsum plasterboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,10 0,10 0,10 0,10 0,10 - -
Gypsum plasterboard 25 mm [kN] 0,10 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,15 - -
General fixings
Gypsum fibreboard (Fermacell) [kN] 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,25 - -

Gypsum block  ≥ 0,9 kg/dm³ [kN] - - - 0,15 0,35 0,45 0,50
1)
2)
LOADS
Universal plug UX with hook screws respective eye screws
The given loads are valid for the included hook screws respective eye screws.
Type UX 6 x 35 RH UX 6 x 35 WH UX 8 x 50 RH UX 8 x 50 WH UX 8 x 50 OE

Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,25 0,30 0,40 0,45 0,40
Gypsum plasterboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,05 0,05 0,05 0,05 0,05
1)
2)
380
Curtain rails Shelves 6
General fixings
▪ Concrete
fibreboards
concrete
and concrete
▪ Natural stone
▪ Chipboard
concrete
▪ Solid brick

▪ Produced with at least 50% renew- ▪ Pictures ▪ The Universal plug UX with rim is
able raw materials and therefore ▪ Lighting suitable for pre-positioned installation;
particularly environmentally friendly. ▪ Skirting the UX without rim is suitable for
▪ Just as effective, secure and durable ▪ Light cabinets push-through installation.
as regular UX plugs. ▪ Towel rails ▪ When screwing in the screw, the
▪ The universal operating principle ▪ Mirror cabinets UX GREEN expands in solid building
(knotting or expanding) allows for use ▪ Curtain rails materials and knots itself into cavities.
in all solid, hollow and board building ▪ Wash basin fixings ▪ Suitable for wood and chipboard
materials. Thus the UX GREEN is the ▪ TV consoles screws, as well as stud screws.
correct choice for unknown base ▪ Plumbing and heating fixings ▪ The required screw length is given by:
materials. the plug length + fixture thickness +
▪ Plug collar for anti-slip safety and saw 1 x screw diameter.
tooth sides as turning lock ensure the ▪ In the case of board building materials,
highest installation safety. the threadless part of the screw must
not be longer than the fixture.
one plug length.
381
TECHNICAL DATA
d0 ds
6 l = hef
h1
tfix
Universal plug UX GREEN R - with rim

General fixings
With rim Without rim Drill hole Min. drill hole Min. panel Anchor length Wood and chip- Sales unit
diameter depth thickness board screws
Item UX R UX
UX GREEN 6 x 35 518885 — 6 45 9,5 35 4-5 40
UX GREEN 6 x 50 524855 — 6 60 9,5 50 4-5 40
UX GREEN 8 x 50 518886 — 8 60 9,5 50 4,5 - 6 40
UX GREEN 10 x 60 518887 — 10 75 12,5 60 6-8 20
UX GREEN 12 x 70 — 524858 12 85 — 70 8 - 10 18
LOADS
Type UX GREEN 6 x 35 UX GREEN 6 x 50 UX GREEN 8 x 50 UX GREEN 10 x 60 UX GREEN 12 x 70
Screw diameter Ø [mm] 5 5 6 8 10

Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,40 0,60 0,60 1,00 1,50
Solid brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 0,20 0,30 0,30 0,50 0,70
Gypsum plasterboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,10 0,10 0,10 0,10 -
Gypsum plasterboard 25 mm [kN] 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,15 -
Gypsum fibreboard (Fermacell) [kN] 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,25 -
Gypsum block  ≥ 0,9 kg/dm³ [kN] - - 0,15 0,35 0,45
1)
2)
382
Expansion plug SX
Wall consoles Curtain rails 6
General fixings
▪ Concrete
concrete
and concrete
concrete
▪ Solid brick
ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS 356FUNCTIONING

▪ The 4-way expansion provides the ▪ Lighting ▪ The SX is suitable for pre-positioned
optimum force distribution in the ▪ Wardrobes and push-through installation.
material, and offers high load-bearing ▪ Motion detectors ▪ When turning in the screw, the SX
capacities in solid and hollow building ▪ Skirting expands in four directions, thus
materials. ▪ Light shelves providing a secure anchoring in the
▪ The expansion-free plug neck prevents ▪ Mirror cabinets building material.
the creation of expansion forces on ▪ Letter boxes ▪ The required screw length is given
the material surface whilst screwing ▪ TV consoles by: Plug length + fixture thickness +
in the screw. This helps to prevent ▪ Trellis 1 x screw diameter.
damage to tiles and plaster. ▪ Folding shutters ▪ Suitable for wood, chipboard and
▪ The pronounced rim prevents the plug ▪ Bath and toilet installations spacing screws (fischer ASL, see page
from slipping into the drill hole, thus 356).
allowing for a simple installation.
▪ The greater anchorage depth of the
SX 6x50, 8x65 and 10x80 means
that the plug is especially suited to
fixings in hollow building materials,
aerated concrete and to bridge plaster.
383
Expansion plug SX
TECHNICAL DATA
Plug SX with rim

d 0 ds
Plug SX - with greater anchorage depth,

without rim
l = hef tfix
h1
6
General fixings
Plug SX with rim and screw
With rim With greater With rim Drill hole Min. drill hole Anchor length Wood and chip- Max. fixture Sales unit
anchorage and screw diameter depth board screws thickness
depth, d0 h1 l ds / ds x ls t fix
without rim
Item SX SX SX-S
SX 4 x 20 070004 — — 4 25 20 2-3 — 200
SX 5 x 25 070005 — — 5 35 25 3-4 — 100
SX 6 x 30 070006 — — 6 40 30 4-5 — 100
SX 6 x 30 — — 070021 6 45 30 4,5 x 40 5 50
SX 6 x 50 078185 024827 — 6 60 50 4-5 — 100
SX 8 x 40 070008 — — 8 50 40 4,5 - 6 — 100
SX 8 x 40 — — 070022 8 65 40 5 x 60 15 50
SX 8 x 65 — 024828 — 8 75 65 4,5 - 6 — 50
SX 10 x 50 070010 — — 10 70 50 6-8 — 50
SX 10 x 80 — 024829 — 10 95 80 6-8 — 25
SX 12 x 60 070012 — — 12 80 60 8 - 10 — 25
SX 14 x 70 070014 — — 14 90 70 10 - 12 — 20
SX 16 x 80 070016 — — 16 100 80 12 (1/2") — 10
TECHNICAL DATA
SX in bucket
Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole depth Anchor length Max. fixture thick- Wood and chipboard Sales unit
ness screws
d0 h1 l t fix ds
SX 6 in bucket 507900 6 40 30 — 4-5 3200
SX 8 in bucket 507904 8 50 40 — 4,5 - 6 1200
SX 10 in bucket 507909 10 70 50 — 6-8 720
SX 12 in bucket 523269 12 80 60 — 8 - 10 350
384
Expansion plug SX
TECHNICAL DATA
General fixings
Box SX 5/6/8 Profi-Box Box UX / SX-S Assortment box UX / SX
Contents Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]

Box SX 5/6/8 030191 100 plugs SX 5 x 25, 100 plugs SX 6 x 30, 100 plugs SX 8 x 40 1
50 plugs UX 6 x 35, 50 screws 4,5 x 50, 50 plugs SX 6 x 30, 50 screws 4,5 x 45,
Box UX / SX-S 093181 1
25 plugs UX 8 x 50, 25 screws 5 x 65, 25 plugs SX 8 x 40, 25 screws 5 x 50
60 plugs SX 6 x 30, 50 plugs SX 8 x 40, 20 plugs SX 10 x 50, 60 plugs UX 5 x 30 R,
Assortment box UX / SX 040991 1
40 plugs UX 6 x 50 R, 50 plugs UX 8 x 50 R, 10 plugs UX 10 x 60 R
International version: 60 Expension plugs SX 6 x 30, 60 Expansion plugs SX 8 x 40,
Profi-Box SX 518524 1
12 Expansion plugs SX 10 x 50
International version: 50 Expansion plugs SX 6 x 30, 30 Expansion plugs SX 8 x 40,
Profi-Box SX + screws 518525 1
50 Chipboard screws 4,5 x 40, 30 Chipboard screws 5 x 60
Meister-Box SX-plug 041648 German version: 60 plugs SX 6 x 30, 60 plugs SX 8 x 40, 12 plugs SX 10 x 50 1
German version: 50 Expansion plugs SX 6 x 30, 30 Expansion plugs SX 8 x 40,
Meister-Box SX + screws 513777 1
50 Chipboard screws 4,5 x 40, 30 Chipboard screws 5 x 60
LOADS
Expansion plug SX
Type SX 4 x 20 SX 5 x 25 SX 6 x 30 SX 8 x 40 SX 10 x 50 SX 10 x 80 SX 12 x 60 SX 14 x 70 SX 16 x 80
SX 6 x 50 SX 8 x 65
Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,16 0,30 0,65 0,70 1,20 1,20 1,70 2,00 2,60
Solid brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 0,11 0,25 0,30 0,60 0,65 1,20 0,70 0,80 0,90
Solid sand-lime brick ≥ KS 12 [kN] 0,17 0,30 0,50 0,60 1,20 1,20 1,70 2,00 2,60
Aerated concrete ≥ AAC 2 [kN] 0,03 0,03 0,03 0,04 0,09 0,20 0,14 0,30 0,40
Aerated concrete ≥ AAC 4 [kN] 0,07 0,09 0,09 0,14 0,30 0,60 0,45 0,50 0,60
Vertically perforated brick ≥ Hlz 12 ( ≥ 1.0 kg/dm³) [kN] 0,13 0,07 0,07 0,17 0,17 0,50 0,26 0,40 0,60
Perforated sand-lime brick ≥ KSL 12 [kN] 0,15 0,17 0,30 0,35 0,30 0,80 0,35 0,30 0,40
Gypsum block [kN] - - - 0,26 0,37 - 1,00 1,00 -
1)
2)
385
6 Mirror fixings Wall consoles

General fixings

▪ Concrete
concrete
and concrete
concrete
▪ Solid brick

▪ Produced with at least 50% renew- ▪ Lighting ▪ The SX GREEN is suitable for pre-posi-
able raw materials and therefore ▪ Wardrobes tioned and push-through installation.
particularly environmentally friendly. ▪ Motion detectors ▪ When screwing in the screw, the
▪ Just as effective, secure and durable ▪ Skirting SX GREEN expands in four directions,
as regular SX plugs. ▪ Light shelves thus providing a secure anchoring in
▪ The powerful 4-way expansion pro- ▪ Mirror cabinets the building material.
vides optimum force transmission in ▪ Letter boxes ▪ The required screw length is given by
the building material, thus enabling ▪ TV consoles the plug length + fixture thickness +
high load values and security. ▪ Trellis 1 x screw diameter.
▪ The anti-rotation lock prevents the ▪ Folding shutters ▪ Suitable for wood, chipboard and
plug from spinning in the drill hole. ▪ Bath and toilet installations spacing screws.
▪ The expansion-free plug neck pre-
vents the creation of expansion forces
on the material whilst screwing in the
screw. This helps to prevent dam-
age to tiles and plaster.
▪ Fast and easy push-through installa-
tion reduces installation time.
386
TECHNICAL DATA
Plug SX GREEN - with rim
d0 ds
Plug SX GREEN - with greater anchorage

depth, without rim
l = hef tfix
h1
Plug SX GREEN S - with rim and screw 6
General fixings
With rim Without rim With rim and Drill hole Min. drill hole Anchor length Max. fixture Wood and chip- Sales unit
and large screw diameter depth thickness board screws
anchorage d0 h1 l t fix ds / ds x ls
depth
Item SX SX SX-S
SX GREEN 5 x 25 524859 — — 5 35 25 — 3-4 90
SX GREEN 6 x 30 524860 — — 6 40 30 — 4-5 90
SX GREEN 6 x 30 — — 524866 6 40 30 5 4,5 x 40 45
SX GREEN 6 x 50 — 524861 — 6 60 50 — 4-5 90
SX GREEN 8 x 40 524862 — — 8 50 40 — 4,5 - 6 90
SX GREEN 8 x 40 — — 524867 8 60 40 15 5 x 60 45
SX GREEN 8 x 65 — 524863 — 8 75 65 — 4,5 - 6 45
SX GREEN 10 x 50 524864 — — 10 70 50 — 6-8 45
SX GREEN 12 x 60 524865 — — 12 80 60 — 8 - 10 20
LOADS
Type SX GREEN 5 x 25 SX GREEN 6 x 30 SX GREEN 8 x 40 SX GREEN 10 x 50 SX GREEN 12 x 60
SX GREEN 6 x 50 SX GREEN 8 x 65
Wood screw diameter Ø [mm] 4 5 6 8 10
Min. edge distance concrete cmin [mm] 25 35 40 50 65
Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,30 0,65 0,70 1,20 1,70
Solid brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 0,25 0,30 0,60 0,65 0,70
Solid sand-lime brick ≥ KS 12 [kN] 0,30 0,50 0,60 1,20 1,70
Vertically perforated brick ≥ Hlz 12 ( ≥ 1.0 kg/dm³) [kN] 0,07 0,07 0,17 0,17 0,26
Gypsum block [kN] - - 0,26 0,37 1,00
1)
2)
387
Expansion plug S
The installation-friendly nylon plug with 2-way expansion
6 Small shelves Signs

General fixings

▪ Concrete
concrete
▪ Solid brick

▪ The rimless plug sleeve allows for the ▪ Pictures ▪ The expansion plug S is suitable for
plug to be set as deep as required ▪ Lighting pre-positioned and push-through
below the plaster to the bearing ▪ Skirting installation.
substrate to achieve the maximum ▪ Light shelves ▪ When turning in the screw, the expan-
load-bearing capacity. ▪ Mirror cabinets sion plug S expands in two directions,
▪ As the plug only expands in two direc- ▪ Letter boxes thus providing a secure anchoring in
tions, it is possible to direct the expan- ▪ Motion detectors the building material.
sion forces so that they run parallel ▪ Information boards ▪ The required screw length is given
to the edge of the building material ▪ Curtain rails by the plug length + plaster and/or
by turning the plug. This allows for ▪ Electrical installations insulation material thickness + fixture
smaller edge distances. thickness + 1 x screw diameter.
▪ The slimline plug geometry makes ▪ Suitable for wood and chipboard
it easy to push the plug into the drill screws.
hole. For a fast and simple installation. ▪ The edge distance must be at least
▪ The anti-rotation lock prevents the one plug length.
plug rotating in the drill hole, thus ▪ For installations close to the edge, turn
guaranteeing a high level of installa- the plug so that the expansion force
tion safety. acts parallel to the edge.
388
Expansion plug S
TECHNICAL DATA
d 0 ds
Expansion plug S
l = hef tfix
h1
Drill hole Anchor length Min. drill hole Wood and chip- Sales unit
diameter depth board screws
d0 l h1 ds 6
Art.-No. Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
General fixings
Item Standard Doublepack
S4 050104 — 4 20 25 2-3 200
S5 050105 — 5 25 35 3-4 100
S5 — 050124 5 25 35 3-4 200
S6 050106 — 6 30 40 4-5 100
S6 — 050125 6 30 40 4-5 200
S8 050108 — 8 40 55 4,5 - 6 100
S8 — 050126 8 40 55 4,5 - 6 200
S 10 050110 — 10 50 70 6-8 50
S 10 — 050127 10 50 70 6-8 100
S 12 050112 — 12 60 80 8 - 10 25
S 14 050114 — 14 75 90 10 - 12 20
S 16 050116 — 16 80 100 12 (1/2") 10
S 20 050120 — 20 90 120 16 5
TECHNICAL DATA
S in bucket
Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole depth Anchor length Wood and chipboard Sales unit
screws
d0 h1 l ds
S 6 in bucket 508024 6 40 30 4-5 3200
S 8 in bucket 508025 8 55 40 4,5 - 6 1400
389
Expansion plug S
TECHNICAL DATA
Stacking box ST fischerbox

6 Contents Sales unit
General fixings
Item Art.-No. [pcs]

ST 1 S8 S 060510 34 plugs S 8, 34 countersunk wood screws SH 5 x 60 1
ST 1 S6 S 060509 50 plugs S 6, 50 countersunk wood screws SH 4,5 x 45 1
ST 1 S6/8 060499 50 plugs S 6, 30 plugs S 8 1
Box S 5.6.8 060513 100 plugs S 5, 100 plugs S 6, 100 plugs S8 1
Box S 6.8.10 060515 100 plugs S 6, 100 plugs S 8, 25 plugs S 10 1
Box empty 060500 — 1
LOADS
Expansion plug S
Type S4 S5 S6 S8 S10 S12 S14 S16 S20

Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,16 0,28 0,40 0,60 1,10 1,50 1,85 2,26 3,88
Solid brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 0,14 0,24 0,28 0,50 - 3) - 3) - 3) - 3) - 3)
Solid sand-lime brick ≥ KS 12 [kN] 0,14 0,24 0,28 0,55 - 3) - 3) - 3) - 3) - 3)
Aerated concrete ≥ AAC 4 [kN] - 3) - 3) 0,05 0,07 0,16 0,28 0,40 - 3) - 3)
Gypsum block [kN] - 3) - 3) - 3) 0,15 0,23 0,37 0,60 - 3) - 3)
1)
2)
3)
Due to that the failure of the substrate varies too much no reproducible values can be given.
390
The economical hammerset plug - easy and quick fixing of

threaded rods
Suspended ceilings Single pipe suspension 6
General fixings
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete
▪ Solid brick

▪ The innovative plug geometry allows ▪ Suspension for individual pipes ▪ When hammering-in the threaded rod,
quick and easy installation of the ▪ Plumbing and heating fixings the plug expands in four directions as
threaded rod with a few hammer ▪ Cable and pipe clips a result of the conical inner geometry.
blows. ▪ Suspended ceilings ▪ The plug is set using pre-positioned
▪ The short plug length prevents ▪ Ceiling lights installation and this is possible in
reinforcement hits and guarantees ▪ Consoles two different ways: Pre-installation
a secure utilization in reinforced ▪ Mounting rails of the threaded rods in the plug with
concrete. both being hammered into the wall
▪ The teeth inside the plug allow together or pre-inserting of the ROD-
standard, metric threads to be held: FORCE into the drill hole followed by
This saves a large assortment of stud hammering-in of the threaded rod.
screws. ▪ The teeth inside the plug mechanically
▪ Installation without special tools: The interlock the metric thread securely
only thing needed to set the plug is with the threaded rod.
a hammer.Visible edge of the plug ▪ The unique elements on the outside of
serves as visual setting check and the plug brace against the wall of the
guarantees correct setting. drill hole.
▪ The visible edge of the plug serves as
visual setting check and guarantees
correct setting.
▪ Easy to check and adjust: To check the
setting depth, the closed plug tip is
used as a stop point. This predetermi-
ned break point also allows the threa-
ded rod to be hammered-in deeper.
391
INSTALLATION WITHIN THE SYSTEM
INSTALLATION WITH INDIVIDUAL COMPONENTS
6
General fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
d0 M
l
h1
Drill diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Min. drop-in Threaded rod Sales unit
depth penetration
d0 h1 l e1 Ø x length
RODFORCE FGD 10 M6 542106 10 40 35 33 — 50
RODFORCE FGD 10 M6 TR 50 542107 10 40 35 33 M 6 x 50 25
RODFORCE FGD 12 M8 542111 12 40 35 33 — 50
LOADS
The given loads are valid for machine screws or threaded rods with the specifi ed thread size.
Type RODFORCE RODFORCE
FGD M6 FGD M8
Thread size Ø [mm] M6 M8
Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,31 0,36
1)
2)
392
The metal anchor for wood and chipboard screws
Pipes Gas meters 6
General fixings
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete
concrete
and concrete
concrete

▪ The metal expansion anchor FMD is ▪ Gas pipes ▪ The FMD is suitable for pre-positioned
especially suited to applications in ▪ Water pipes installation.
installation technology. ▪ Cable and pipe clips ▪ Inserting the screw causes the FMD
▪ The external teeth expand in the to expand, and the metal teeth fix
building material, thus ensuring a high the anchor securely in the building
load-bearing capacity. material.
▪ The ribbed internal geometry of the ▪ The required (stud) screw length is
FMD is suitable for wood and chip- given by: Anchor length + plaster
board screws, and makes it possible to and/or insulation layer thickness +
guide the screw securely. This offers fixture thickness or installation spacing
increased installation safety, and ena- + 1 x screw diameter.
bles a broad range of applications. ▪ Suitable for wood and chipboard
screws.
▪ The drill diameter is relative to the
compressive strength of the building
material. The higher the compressive
strength, the greater the drill diameter.
The 6x32 and 8x38 sizes can be
hammered directly into low-strength
aerated concrete without the need for
pre-drilling.
393
TECHNICAL DATA
Metal expansion fixing FMD
Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Screw diameter Sales unit
6 depth
d0 h1 l ds
General fixings

FMD 6 x 32 061224 1) 6-7 38 32 5-6 100
FMD 8 x 38 061225 1) 10 - 12 46 38 6-8 100
FMD 8 x 60 061226 1) 10 - 12 68 60 6-8 50
FMD 10 x 60 061209 1) 12 - 14 68 60 8 - 10 50
1) The drill diameter is relative to the substrate compressive strength. Generally, the higher the compressive strength, the greater the drill diameter.
Details see table "Recommended drill hole diameter".
RECOMMENDED DRILL HOLE DIAMETER [mm]

Type FMD 6 x 32 FMD 8 x 38 FMD 8 x 60 FMD 10 x 60
Concrete C 20/25 7 10 12 14
Aerated concrete PB4 6 10 10 12
Vertically perforated brick HLZ 12 7 10 10 12
LOADS
Metal expansion fixing FMD
The given loads are valid for wood screws with maximum diameter.
Type FMD 8 x 38 FMD 8 x 60 FMD 10 x 60
Wood screw diameter Ø [mm] 8 8 10

Aerated concrete ≥ AAC 2 [kN] 0,20 0,30 0,40
Aerated concrete ≥ AAC 4 [kN] 0,30 0,40 0,60
1)
2)
394
Expansion plug M-S
The expansion plug for metric screws and threaded bolts
Downpipes Folding shutters 6
General fixings
▪ Concrete
and concrete
concrete
▪ Solid brick

▪ The internal geometry of the M-S ▪ Handles ▪ The M-S is suitable for pre-positioned
allows for the use of standard metric ▪ Folding shutters and push-through installation.
screws or threaded rods for the ideal ▪ Trellis ▪ When turning in the screw, the M-S
adaptation to suit the intended use. ▪ Downpipes expands in two directions, thus provid-
▪ The rimless plug sleeve allows for the ▪ Stand-off installation ing a secure anchoring in the building
plug to be set as deep as required ▪ Window fittings material.
below the plaster to the bearing ▪ Gratings ▪ The required screw length is given by:
substrate to achieve the maximum Plug length + plaster and/or insulation
load-bearing capacity. layer thickness + fixture thickness +
▪ As the plug only expands in two direc- 1 x screw diameter.
tions, it is possible to direct the expan- ▪ Suitable for metric screws and
sion forces so that they run parallel threaded bolts.
to the edge of the building material ▪ Chamfer the thread to make it easier
by turning the plug. This allows for to screw in screws and threaded rods.
smaller edge distances.
▪ The slimline plug geometry makes
it easy to push the plug into the drill
hole, for a fast and simple installation.
395
Expansion plug M-S
TECHNICAL DATA
Anchor M-S for metric screws
Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Thread Sales unit
depth
d0 h1 l M
6 Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
M6S 050152 8 55 40 M6 100
General fixings
M8S 050153 10 70 50 M8 50
M 10 S 050154 14 90 70 M 10 20
M 12 S 050155 16 100 80 M 12 10
LOADS
Anchor M-S
The given loads are valid for metric screws with the specified thread size.
Type M6 S M8 S M10 S M12 S
Thread size [M] M6 M8 M10 M12

Concrete C20/25 [kN] 0,30 0,54 0,66 1,06
Solid brick Mz 12 [kN] 0,24 0,33 0,46 0,79
Solid sand-lime brick KS 12 [kN] 0,24 0,33 0,43 0,71
1)
2)
396
Anchor M
The powerful nylon expansion anchor with brass cone for

metric threads
Plant construction Protective grilles 6
General fixings
▪ Concrete
▪ Solid brick
concrete
concrete

▪ The anchor’s large external diameter ▪ Machines ▪ The M anchor is suitable for pre-posi-
helps to achieve a large applied load ▪ Curbs tioned installation.
in the building material. This allows for ▪ Control boxes ▪ Turning in the screw causes the
maximum load-bearing capacity. internal brass cone to expand the M
▪ The anchor’s high expansion makes it anchor, thus reliably anchoring it in the
insensitive to building material toler- building material.
ances. This guarantees a simple and ▪ The required screw length is given by
secure installation. anchor length + fixture thickness.
▪ The internal thread allows for the use ▪ Suitable for metric screws and
of standard metric screws or threaded threaded bolts.
rods, and for surface flush removal and
reuse of the fixing point. This provides
great flexibility.
397
Anchor M
TECHNICAL DATA
Anchor M for metric screws
Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Thread Max. installation Sales unit
depth torque
d0 h1 l M Tinst
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [Nm] [pcs]
6 M5 050505 1) 10 45 35 M5 4 50
M6 050506 1) 12 50 40 M6 7 50
General fixings
M8 050508 1) 16 65 50 M8 16 20
M 10 050510 1) 20 80 60 M 10 32 10
M 12 050512 1) 24 90 65 M 12 54 5
1) The given torque values apply to screws of strength class ≥ 5.8.
LOADS
Anchor M
Type M5 M6 M8 M 10 M 12
Thread size [M] M5 M6 M8 M10 M12

Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 1,10 1,80 2,60 4,40 5,00
1)
2)
398
Brass fixing MS
The brass expansion fixing with metric thread
Protective wall panels Small shelves 6
General fixings
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete
▪ Solid brick

▪ The compact design of the brass ▪ Cellar shelves ▪ The MS brass fixing is suitable for
fixing reduces the amount of drilling ▪ Substructures made of wood and pre-positioned installation.
required, helping to ensure a fast metal ▪ Turning in the metric screw causes
installation. ▪ Boilers the front part of the brass fixing to
▪ The special surface structure of the ▪ Aggregates expand, thus securely anchoring it in
MS prevents the fixing from rotating in ▪ Control boxes the substrate.
the drill hole. This provides increased ▪ Curtain rails ▪ Calculating screw length for flush fix-
installation safety. ing installation: Fixing length + fixture
▪ The internal thread allows for the use thickness = min. screw length.
of standard metric screws or threaded ▪ Suitable for metric screws and
rods, and for surface flush removal and threaded bolts.
reuse of the fixing point. This provides
great flexibility.
399
Brass fixing MS
TECHNICAL DATA
Brass fixing MS for metric screws
Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Internal thread Min. bolt pene- Sales unit
6 depth tration
d0 h1 l A1 lE,min
General fixings

MS 4 x 15 026424 5 20 15 M4 15 100
MS 5 x 18 026425 6 25 18 M5 18 100
MS 6 x 22 078660 8 27 22 M6 22 100
MS 8 x 28 078981 10 35 28 M8 28 50
MS 10 x 32 078661 12 39 32 M 10 32 25
MS 12 x 37 078662 15 46 37 M 12 37 10
MS 16 x 43 078663 20 50 43 M 16 43 10
LOADS
Brass fixing MS
Type MS 4 x 15 MS 5 x 18 MS 6 x 22 MS 8 x 28 MS 10 x 32 MS 12 x 37 MS 16 x 43
Thread size [M] M4 M5 M6 M8 M10 M12 M16

Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,25 0,40 0,65 1,10 1,60 2,20 3,30
Solid brick [kN] 0,20 0,35 0,55 0,90 1,30 1,60 2,30
1)
2)
400
Aircrete anchor GB
The special plug for different fixings in aerated concrete
Pipes Suspended ceilings 6
General fixings
Approved for (GB 10) resp. suitable
for (GB 8 and GB 14):
Also suitable for:
Aerated concrete and ceiling panels of

▪ The general building approval gua- ▪ Light cable trays ▪ The GB is suitable for pre-positioned
rantees approved safety for use in ▪ Pipelines installation.
safety-relevant applications. ▪ Guard rails ▪ The spiral-shaped outer ribs ensure a
▪ The spiral-shaped outer ribs cut a ▪ Façade and roof constructions made positive fit connection between the
positive fit in the soft building material, of wood and metal building material and anchor.
thus ensuring the best pressure distri- ▪ Light canopy brackets ▪ The required screw length is given by:
bution and load-bearing capacity. ▪ Letter boxes Anchor length + fixture thickness +
▪ Can be applied with a hammer - ▪ Trellis 1 x screw diameter.
there is no need for special tools, ▪ The GB 10 must be used with fischer
thus saving time and money for the safety screws to fulfil the approval and
installation. to achieve the maximum load-bearing
▪ The GB can also be used safely out- capacity.
side (e.g. in façade installation) when ▪ Use rotary drilling to create the drill
combined with the approved fischer hole
safety screw in A4. ▪ Can be used in unplastered aerated
concrete
401
Aircrete anchor GB
TECHNICAL DATA
Aircrete anchor GB
Drill hole Min. drill hole Plug length = fischer safety Sales unit
Approval
diameter depth min. anchorage screw

6 depth
DIBt d0 h1 l = hef ds x ls
General fixings

GB 8 050491 — 8 60 50 5 25
GB 10 050492 ▯ 10 65 55 7 20
GB 14 050493 — 14 90 75 10 10
FISCHER SAFETY SCREW FOR GB

Screw material
Fixing type Usable length Screw dimension * Zinc plated and Stainless steel of the
tfix passivated steel corrosion resistance classe III,
e.g. A4
[mm] [mm]    
min. max. Ø x ls Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No.
GB 8 5 30 5 x 85 0892301) 0892401)
GB 10 0 5 7 x 67 080404
5 25 7 x 87 089170 080405 089244 080261
25 45 7 x 107 089172
40 58 7 x 120 089174 080407
60 78 7 x 140 089176 080408
85 105 7 x 167 089178
GB 14 0 10 10 x 95 080412
0 20 10 x 105 089186 080413 080271
35 55 10 x 140 089188 080415
60 80 10 x 165 080416
1)
Cross drive recess Z * Further sizes on request
LOADS
Aircrete anchor GB
Highest permissible, respectively recommended loads1) 2) for a single anchor in aerated concrete.
The given loads are valid for fischer safety screws4) acc. to selection table.
Type GB 102) GB 89) GB149)
Diameter fischer safety screw Ø [mm] 7 5 10

Min. spacings6) smin [mm] 100 150 (100)8) 300 (200)8)
Min. edge distance7) cmin [mm] 100 100 (75)8) 200 (150)8)
Minimum member thickness hmin [mm] 120 75 200
Anchorage depth hef (hv) [mm] 55 50 75
Load in the respective base material Permissible loads Fperm3) Recommended loads Frec3)
Aerated concrete AAC 2 [kN] 0,21 0,20 0,40
Aerated concrete AAC 3 [kN] 0,32 (0,43)5) 0,30 0,80
Aerated concrete AAC 4 [kN] 0,54 (0,71)5) 0,40 0,90
1)
2)
In case of the design of the GB 10 for tension, shear and bending the complete approval Z-21.2-123 has to be considered.
3)
4)
5)
6)
Minimum possible axial spacing while reducing the permissible load.
7)
8)
9)
GB 8 and GB 14 are not part of the approval.
402
Radiators Suspended ceilings 6
General fixings
▪ Aerated concrete and ceiling panels of

▪ Produced with at least 50% renewable ▪ Pipelines ▪ The aircrete anchor GB GREEN is sui-
raw materials and therefore particu- ▪ Letter boxes table for pre-positioned installation.
larly environmentally friendly. ▪ Trellis ▪ The spiral-shaped outer ribs cut a
▪ The spiral-shaped outer ribs cut a ▪ Handles positive fit into the soft building mate-
positive fit in the soft building material, ▪ Gratings rial when knocked in, thus ensuring
thus ensuring best pressure distribu- ▪ Electrical installations optimal pressure distribution and load-
tion and load-bearing capacity. bearing capacity.
▪ Can be applied with a hammer – ▪ The required screw length is given by
there is no need for special tools, the plug length + fixture thickness +
thus saving time and money for the 1 x screw diameter.
installation. ▪ Rotary drilling of the hole is required.
▪ Can be used in unplastered aerated
concrete.
403
TECHNICAL DATA
Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Plug length = min. fischer safety screw Sales unit
depth anchorage depth
6 d0 h1 l = hef ds x ls
General fixings
GB GREEN 8 524870 8 60 50 5 20
GB GREEN 10 524871 10 65 55 7 18
LOADS
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor in aerated concrete.
The given loads are valid for fischer safety screws4) acc. attached table.
Type GB GREEN 8 GB GREEN 10
Diameter fischer safety screw Ø [mm] 5 7

Min. spacing6) smin [mm] 150 (100)7) 100
Min. edge distance2) cmin [mm] 100 (75)7) 100
Anchorage depth hef (hv) [mm] 50 55
Recommended load in the respective base material Frec3)
Aerated concrete AAC 2 [kN] 0,20 0,21
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
Minimum possible axial spacing while r educing the recommended load.
7)
404
Turbo aircrete anchor FTP K
The versatile nylon anchor for aerated concrete
External lighting Radiators 6
General fixings

▪ The FTP K is suitable for both wood ▪ Pictures ▪ The FTP K is suitable for pre-positioned
screws and metric screws, and thus ▪ Lighting installation.
offers flexibility in screw choice. ▪ Shelves ▪ Set the FTP K with setting tool FTP
▪ The spiral-shaped outer thread taps ▪ Mirror cabinets EK. The aircrete anchor taps itself into
itself into the soft aerated concrete ▪ Letter boxes the aerated concrete with a positive fit
with a positive fit, thus ensuring a ▪ Signs during the installation process.
secure hold. ▪ Motion detectors ▪ Suitable for wood and metric screws
▪ Setting with the FTP EK setting tool ▪ Cable and pipe clips with diameter 4 to 10 mm.
requires only a small amount of force. ▪ Stand-off installations
For a convenient installation.
▪ The special geometry allows for an
almost expansion-force-free anchoring.
This allows for small edge and spacing
distances, and avoids splitting in the
case of plastered surfaces.
405
TECHNICAL DATA
Turbo aircrete anchor FTP K (nylon)
6 Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Woodscrew Metric screw Min. bolt pene- Max. bolt pene- Sales unit
depth diameter tration tration
General fixings
d0 h1 l ds M lE,min lE,max
FTP K 4 078411 1) 8 - (10) 60 50 4 - 4,5 M4 35 60 25
FTP K 6 078412 1) 8 - (10) 60 50 5-6 M5-6 40 60 25
FTP K 8 078413 1) 10 - (12) 70 60 7-8 M8 45 70 25
FTP K 10 078414 1) 12 - (14) 80 70 9 - 10 M 8 - 10 50 80 10
1) Values in brackets for drill hole diameter apply for aerated concrete, compressive strength of 5,0 N/mm² or higher.
ACCESSORIES
FTP EK 4/6 FTP EK 8 FTP EK 10

Match Sales unit
Item [pcs]
FTP EK 4/6 090990 FTP K4 / FTP K6 1
FTP EK 8 090991 FTP K8 1
FTP EK 10 090992 FTP K10 1
LOADS
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor in aerated concrete and gypsum blocks.
The given loads are valid for screws with the specified diameter.
Type FTP K 4 FTP K 6 FTP K 8 FTP K 10
Wood screw diameter Ø [mm] 4 5-6 8 8-10

Min. edge distance cmin [mm] 100 100 150 200
Aerated concrete AAC 2 (≥ 2,5 N/mm 2) [kN] 0,15 0,20 0,30 0,40
Aerated concrete AAC 4 (≥ 5,0 N/mm 2) [kN] 0,25 0,30 0,40 0,50
Gypsum block [kN] - - 0,29 0,54
1)
2)
406
The metal anchor for metric screws for aerated concrete
Wall consoles Shelves 6
General fixings
BUILDING MATERIALS

▪ The Allen key chuck makes it possible ▪ Pictures ▪ The FTP M is suitable for pre-posi-
to set the FTP M without the need for ▪ Lighting tioned installation.
a special setting tool. This allows for a ▪ Shelves ▪ The aircrete anchor taps itself into the
simple installation. ▪ Mirror cabinets aircrete with a positive fit during the
▪ The FTP M achieves a very high ▪ Curtain rails installation process.
load-bearing capacity in aerated con- ▪ Cable and pipe clips ▪ Suitable for metric screws with diame-
crete for increased safety. ▪ Stand-off installations ter 6 to 10 mm.
▪ The spiral-shaped outer thread taps ▪ Radiators ▪ For installation with a hexagon socket:
itself into the aerated concrete with a ▪ TV consoles Size of the hexagon socket corre-
positive fit. This means that it can be sponds to screw diameter, e.g. FTP
set without the need for much force. M6 is installed with hexagon socket
▪ The special geometry allows for an size 6.
almost expansion-force-free anchoring. ▪ For installation with cordless screw-
This allows for small edge and spacing driver: use a low torque and use the
distances, and avoids splitting in the correct 6-kt bit FTP EM.
case of plastered surfaces.
407
TECHNICAL DATA
Turbo aircrete anchor FTP M (metal)
6 Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Metric screw Min. bolt pene- Max. bolt pene- Sales unit
depth tration tration
General fixings
d0 h1 l M lE,min lE,max
FTP M 6 078415 1) 8 - (10) 60 50 M6 15 20 25
FTP M 8 078416 1) 10 - (12) 70 60 M8 20 25 25
FTP M 10 078417 1) 12 - (14) 80 70 M 10 25 30 25
1) Values in brackets for drill hole diameter apply for aerated concrete, compressive strength of 5,0 N/mm² or higher.
ACCESSORIES
Setting tool FTP EM

for FTP M (metal)
Match Sales unit

Item Art.-No. [pcs]
FTP EM 6 078577 FTP M6 1
FTP EM 8 078578 FTP M8 1
FTP EM 10 078579 FTP M10 1
LOADS
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor in aerated concrete and gypsum blocks.
Type FTP M 6 FTP M 8 FTP M 10
Thread size [M] M6 M8 M 10

Min. edge distance cmin [mm] 100 150 200
Aerated concrete AAC 2 (≥ 2,5 N/mm 2) [kN] 0,30 0,45 0,60
Aerated concrete AAC 4 (≥ 5,0 N/mm 2) [kN] 0,50 0,65 0,70
Aerated concrete AAC 6 (≥ 7,5 N/mm²) [kN] 0,70 0,80 0,90
Gypsum block [kN] - 0,45 0,65
1)
2)
408
Brass fixing PA 4
The brass fixing for thin board building materials and solid
building materials
Furniture fittings Furniture hinges 6
General fixings
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Wooden board building materials
▪ Plastic boards
▪ Concrete
▪ Solid brick

▪ The short brass fixing PA 4 only ▪ Handles ▪ The PA 4 is suitable for pre-positioned
requires a very low anchorage depth ▪ Angle brackets installation.
and is therefore the solution for thin ▪ Furniture fittings ▪ Turning in the metric screw causes
board building materials. ▪ Lamps the front part of the brass fixing to
▪ The special surface structure of expand, thus securely anchoring it in
the PA 4 prevents the fixing from the substrate.
rotating in the drill hole. This provides ▪ Calculating screw length for flush fix-
increased installation safety. ing installation: Fixing length + fixture
▪ The internal thread allows for the use thickness = min. screw length
of standard metric screws and ena-
bles the ideal adaptation to suit the
intended use.
409
Brass fixing PA 4
TECHNICAL DATA
Brass fixing PA4
6 Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Anchor length Thread Bolt penetration Effect. anchorage Sales unit
depth depth
General fixings
d0 h1 l M s hef
PA 4 M 6/7,5 050484 1) 8 7,5 7.5 M6 7,5 7,5 200
PA 4 M 6/10,5 058484 1) 8 10,5 10.5 M6 10,5 10,5 100
PA 4 M 6/13,5 059484 1) 8 13,5 13.5 M6 13,5 13,5 100
PA 4 M 8/25 050485 1) 10 25 25 M8 25 25 50
PA 4 M 10/25 050486 1) 12 25 25 M 10 25 25 25
1) Values of drill hole diameter apply for hard building materials. For soft building materials the drill diameter needs to be reduced by 0.5 mm.
LOADS
Brass fixing PA 4
Type PA 4 M 6/7,5 PA 4 M 6/10,5 PA 4 M 6/13,5 PA 4 M 8/25 PA 4 M 10/25
Thread size [M] M6 M6 M6 M8 M 10

Chipboard [kN] 0,20 0,30 0,40 - -
Fir wood [kN] 0,18 0,25 0,38 - -
Beech wood [kN] 0,50 0,75 1,00 - -
Plastic material [kN] 0,75 1,50 2,00 - -
Solid brick Mz 12 [kN] - - 0,80 1,95 2,30
1)
2)
410
Balcony cladding fixing P 9 K
For the rear-ventilated stand-off fastening of balcony cladding

to hollow profiles
Balcony cladding 6
General fixings
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ For fixing onto hollow metal profiles

▪ The wide collar of the P9K plug fixes ▪ Balcony cladding ▪ Turning in the screw causes the plug
the balcony cladding to the hollow ▪ Fittings to expand in the hollow profile, thus
profile with a spacing. This avoids the ▪ Electrical switches ensuring a load-bearing connection.
formation of rot. ▪ Lamps ▪ The wide collar prevents direct contact
▪ The expansion within the railing post ▪ Motion detectors between the fixture and the hollow
means that no second drilling on the profile.
opposite side of the post is necessary.
This allows for a practically invisible
fixing of the balcony cladding.
▪ The material quality of the P9K creates
an elastic yet load-bearing connec-
tion. This allows for the absorption of
thermal stresses, thus increasing the
lifespan of the cladding.
▪ The short expansion element means
that the balcony cladding fixing only
requires a very small cavity. It is there-
fore suitable for narrow hollow profiles.
411
Balcony cladding fixing P 9 K
TECHNICAL DATA
Plug P 9 K
6
Drill hole diameter Screw diameter Collar height Width across nut Sales unit
General fixings
d0 ds  SW
P9K 059395 9 5,0 5 15 50
LOADS
Balcony board fixing P 9 K
Type P9K
Screw diameter Ø [mm] 5

Wall thickness of hollow profile 2 mm [kN] 0,27
1)
2)
412
Stair-tread fixing TB / TBB
To fix wooden step treads in concrete and steel sub-structures
Stair treads on steel stair stringers Stair treads on concrete stair stringers 6
General fixings
BUILDING MATERIALS
TB for fixing in:
▪ Hollow steel profiles
TBB for fixing in:
▪ Concrete
▪ Solid building materials

▪ The elastic shaft geometry allows for ▪ Wooden step treads ▪ The plastic expansion plugs are
the absorption of vibrations, prevents suitable for anchoring wooden step
creaking, and thus increases comfort. treads and wooden boards >30 mm
▪ The stair-tread fixing for steel sub- to steel profiles (TB) or in solid building
structures (TB) only requires a very materials (TBB).
small cavity due to the short expan- ▪ The ideal retention forces are only
sion element. Thus it is suitable even achieved when using cold wood glue
for narrow steel profiles. for the fixing in wooden step treads.
▪ The plastic washers included with
the TBB allow you to level out any
unevenness in the substrate.
TECHNICAL DATA
Stair-tread fixing TB for installation on steel Stair-tread fixing TBB for installation on Stair-tread fixing TBZ 2 for centre-marking
staircase stringers concrete staircase stringers the stair-tread holes
Drill hole in stair Drill hole in steel Drill hole in Collar height Screw Width across nut Adapted for Sales unit
thread staircase stringer concrete
ds x ls  SW
Item Art.-No. [Ø mm] [Ø mm] [Ø mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
TB 060580 14 x 25 9 — 5 5 x 40 15 — 50
TBB 060583 14 x 25 — 8 x 55 — 5,5 x 70 — — 50
TBZ 2 060584 — — — — — — TB and TBB 10
413
Repair pad FIX.it
To remedy over-sized or damaged drill holes
6 Repairing damaged curtain rails Repairing damaged curtain rails

General fixings
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete
and concrete
▪ Vertically perforated brick made from
lightweight concrete
concrete
▪ Solid brick

▪ Using FIX.it means that you can avoid ▪ To repair over-sized or damaged drill ▪ The pad, which is covered with a spe-
having to drill another hole, and makes holes for use with plastic plugs cial mortar, hardens in the drill hole,
it possible to reuse a pre-existing drill thus anchoring the plug securely in
hole. the damaged or over-sized drill hole.
▪ The repair pad FIX.it can be used as a ▪ Wet the pad with water, wrap it
single layer or as multiple layers, and around the plug and push it into the
thus can be flexibly adapted to suit damaged drill hole.
various drill hole sizes and shapes. ▪ After about three minutes the special
▪ The pad, which is covered with a pad will harden and the fixture can
special mortar, hardens after only then be attached.
approx. three minutes in the drill hole. ▪ Use several pads for larger tolerances.
This allows for a fast installation of the ▪ The curing time for the first pad is
fixture. approx. three minutes. Add an addi-
tional minute for each additional pad
used.
TECHNICAL DATA
Contents Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]

FIX.it 092507 card with 10 FIX.it pads 10
414
Doorstop TS
The installation-friendly doorstop
Doorstop 6
General fixings
▪ Concrete
▪ Floor screed

▪ The extended plug shaft makes it pos- ▪ Doorstop with flexible positioning ▪ The doorstop TS is suitable for pre-po-
sible to attach the doorstop directly, sitioned installation.
thus simplifying installation. ▪ When turning in the screw, the plug
▪ The invisible fixing ensures visual expands and anchors itself in the
appeal. building material.
▪ The TS contains all the components ▪ The plug must be pushed into the drill
required for installation and is there- hole up to the point where the plug
fore a convenient complete solution. shaft thickens.
▪ The doorstop is available in a range of ▪ It can be removed by removing the
colours to suit every floor covering and doorstop, unscrewing the screw, and
individual design wishes. pulling out the plug.
415
Doorstop TS
TECHNICAL DATA
6 Doorstop TS Doorstop assortment TS-SORT

General fixings
Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Colour Contents Sales unit
depth
d0 h1
TS 8 G 060535 8 50 grey — 10
TS 8 W 060536 8 50 white — 10
TS 8 S 060539 8 50 black — 10
TS 8 BR 060540 8 50 brown — 10
TS 8 BG 060551 8 50 beige — 10
TS-SORT 060521 8 50 assortment 5 x grey, white, beige, black brown 1
416
6
417
General fixings
7 Cavity fixings
Page
Nylon toggle DUOTEC 420
Metal cavity fixing HM 423
Gravity- and spring-toggle K, KD, KDH,

426
KM
Board fixing PD 430 7
Cavity fixings
Plasterboard fixing GK 432
Plasterboard fixing metal GKM 436
419
Nylon toggle fischer DUOTEC
Easy to install nylon toggle for high loads in all panel building
materials
Kitchen hanging cabinets Shelves
7 BUILDING MATERIALS CERTIFICATES

Cavity fixings
Suitable for:
▪ Gypsum plasterboard
▪ Gypsum fibreboard
▪ Wooden panels, such as OSB boards,
chipboard, MDF sheets
▪ Steel plates
▪ Plastic boards
Also functioning in:
▪ Solid materials, such as concrete and
wood

▪ Flexible screw mount allows for the ▪ Kitchen hanging cabinets ▪ The fischer DUOTEC is designed for
use of screws and hooks with different ▪ Living room cabinets pre-positioned installation.
thread shapes. ▪ Shelves ▪ Simple installation with a standard
▪ Glass fibre-reinforced plastics and a ▪ Wardrobes diameter 10 or 12 mm drill bit.
metal skeleton insert (fischer DUOTEC ▪ Handrails ▪ The short toggle element makes it
12) allow the toggle to handle heavy ▪ Pictures suitable for narrow and even with
tensile and transverse loads in all ▪ Mirrors mineral wool insulated cavities. Note
panel building materials. ▪ Lamps the length of the toggle element!
▪ Soft grey nylon contact surface distri- ▪ Heavy hanging baskets ▪ Functions like an expansion plug in
butes the load over the panel surface, solid building materials such as con-
thereby minimising weakening of the crete or wood. Note, not with metric
supporting building material. screws!
▪ Standard drill hole diameters and short ▪ Flexible screw insert allows for the
tilting element for easy installation in use of wood, chipboard and metric
narrow cavities, including cavities with screws and hooks.
insulation.
▪ White flush sleeve with snap function
allows the plug to be pre-installed
quickly and securely in the drill hole.
▪ With scale on the grip strap (fischer
DUOTEC 12) for determining the
required screw length (scale value +
20 mm).
420
INSTALLATION IN PLASTERBOARD AND CAVITY FIXINGS
7
INSTALLATION HITTING IN SOLID MATERIALS
Cavity fixings
TECHNICAL DATA BOARD MATERIAL
Nylon toggle fischer DUOTEC 10 d0

ds
Nylon toggle fischer DUOTEC 12

a dp t fix
ls
Drill hole Min. panel Max. panel Min. cavity Screw diameter Screw length Sales unit
diameter thickness thickness depth
d0 dp dp a ds ls
fischer DUOTEC 10 537258 10 12 55 40 4,5 - 5,0 ≥ dp + tfix +20 50
fischer DUOTEC 10 S 537259 1) 10 12 55 40 5,0 70 25
fischer DUOTEC 10 S PH 539025 2) 10 12 55 40 5,0 70 25
fischer DUOTEC 12 542796 12 12 55 50 5,0 - 6,0 / M6 ≥ dp + tfix +20 10
fischer DUOTEC 12 S PH M 542797 2)3) 12 12 55 50 M6 55 10
fischer DUOTEC 12 RH 542798 4) 12 12 55 50 5,5 70 10
1) DUOTEC S - with chipboard screw countersunk head
2) DUOTEC S PH - with chipboard screw panhead
3) DUOTEC S PH - with machine screw panhead
4) DUOTEC RH - with screw with round hook
421
TECHNICAL DATA HITTING IN SOLID MATERIALS

l
d0
ds
h1 t fix
ls
Drill hole Min. drill hole Screw diameter Min. screw Anchor length Max. fixture Sales unit
diameter depth length thickness
d0 h1 ls l t fix
fischer DUOTEC 10 537258 10 ls - tfix + 10 4,5 - 5,0 tfix + 55 50 ls - 55 50
7 fischer DUOTEC 10 S 537259 1) 10 65 5,0 70 50 15 25
fischer DUOTEC 10 S PH 539025 2) 10 65 5,0 70 50 15 25
Cavity fixings
fischer DUOTEC 12 542796 12 ls - tfix + 10 5,0 - 6,0 tfix + 65 60 ls - 65 10

fischer DUOTEC 12 RH 542798 3) 12 75 5,5 55 60 — 10
1) DUOTEC S - with chipboard screw countersunk head
2) DUOTEC S PH - with chipboard screw panhead
3) DUOTEC RH - with screw with round hook
LOADS
Highest recommended loads1)4) for a single anchor.
Type DUOTEC 10 DUOTEC 12
Chipboard screw Metrical fischer Hook Chipboard screw Metrical fischer Hook
screw screw
Screw diameter [mm] 4,5 5 5 5 5 6 6 5,5
Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2) for a span in the construction b = 625 mm
Gypsum plasterboard 9,5 mm [kN] 0,17 0,17 0,17 0,17 0,17 0,17 0,17 0,17
Gypsum plasterboard 2 x 12,5 mm [kN] 0,43 0,43 0,43 0,30 3) 0,43 0,43 0,43 0,43
Gypsum fibreboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,51 0,51 0,51 0,303) 0,51 0,51 0,51 0,503)
Chipboard 16 mm [kN] 0,71 0,71 0,71 0,303) 0,75 0,80 0,80 0,503)
OSB board 18 mm [kN] 0,75 0,75 0,75 0,303) 0,75 1,30 1,20 0,503)
Recommended loads in the respective base material Frec2) for a span in the construction b = 120 mm
Gypsum plasterboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,36 0,36 0,36 0,30 3) 0,36 0,36 0,36 0,20
Gypsum plasterboard 2 x 12,5 mm [kN] 0,59 0,59 0,59 0,30 3) 0,70 0,80 0,80 0,503)
Gypsum fibreboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,75 0,75 0,75 0,303) 0,80 1,10 1,10 0,503)
Chipboard 16 mm [kN] 0,75 0,75 0,75 0,303) 0,80 1,40 1,30 0,503)
OSB board 18 mm [kN] 0,75 0,75 0,75 0,303) 0,80 1,50 1,40 0,503)
Recommended loads in solid building materials Frec2)
Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,45 0,75 - 0,303) 0,40 0,75 - 0,30
Wood [kN] 0,30 0,75 - 0,303) 0,20 0,65 - 0,30
Hollow block of lightweight
fb ≥ 8 N/mm² [kN] - - - - 0,65 1,00 1,00 0,503)
aggregate concrete 'Sepa Parpaing'
Pre-stressed hollow-core concrete slabs [kN] - - - - 1,00 1,40 1,30 0,50 3)
Hollow block of lightweight aggregate
fb ≥ 2 N/mm² [kN] - - - - 0,90 1,00 1,00 0,503)
concrete Hbl acc. EN 771-3
1)
2)
3)
Bending of the hook is decisive. Only for tension load.
4)
The recommended loads are reference values and depending to the building material and the workmanship. The values are only valid for the given screw diameter.
422
Metal cavity fixing HM
The versatile metal cavity fixing with metric screws
Curtain rails Shelves
BUILDING MATERIALS
7
Cavity fixings
fibreboards
▪ Cavity floor slabs
▪ Light building boards made of wood
wool
▪ Chipboard
▪ Plywood boards

▪ Due to the extensive range, the HM is ▪ Pictures ▪ The metal cavity fixing HM is suitable
suitable for board building materials ▪ Lighting for pre-positioned installation.
with a thickness of 3-50 mm and ▪ Light shelves ▪ The fixing should be selected based
thus suitable for a number of different ▪ Towel rails on the thickness of the board building
applications. ▪ Mirror cabinets material, to allow the very best expan-
▪ The metric internal thread allows the ▪ Curtain rails sion in the cavity.
attachment to be removed and refitted ▪ Sub-structures ▪ During installation, the expanding
several times, thus offering the best arms swing open and press onto the
possible flexibility. reverse side of the board.
▪ The HM’s expanding arms ensure a ▪ The HM can be installed using
large supporting surface, thus allowing installation pliers. If using a battery
a high load-bearing capacity. operated screwdriver or screwdriver
▪ The claws around the edge of the fix- for installation, the pre-assembled
ing penetrate the board building mate- screws must be removed first. When
rial, preventing the fixing from rotating, screwing in and expanding the fixing,
thus ensuring a secure installation. the attachment, or a max. 6 mm plate,
needs to be used as a turning stop.
423
TECHNICAL DATA
HM-S with metric screw
HM-SS with hexagon headed screw
7
Cavity fixings
HM-H with angle hook
Drill hole dia- Min. drill hole Anchor length Screw Panel thickness Fixture thickness Drive Sales unit
meter depth
d0 h1 l ds x ls dp t fix
HM 4 x 32 S 519769 8 40 32 M 4 x 40 3 - 13 ≤ 15 - 25 PH2 50
HM 4 x 45 S 519770 8 52 45 M 4 x 52 16 - 23 ≤ 12 - 21 PH2 50
HM 4 x 60 S 519771 8 65 60 M 4 x 65 31 - 40 ≤ 12 - 21 PH2 50
HM 5 x 37 S 519772 10 45 37 M 5 x 45 6 - 15 ≤ 8 - 17 PH2 50
HM 5 x 52 S 519774 10 58 52 M 5 x 58 7 - 21 ≤ 10 - 24 PH2 50
HM 5 x 65 S 519775 10 71 65 M 5 x 71 20 - 34 ≤ 12 - 26 PH2 50
HM 6 x 37 S 519777 12 45 37 M 6 x 45 6 - 15 ≤ 12 - 21 PH3 50
HM 6 x 52 S 519778 12 58 52 M 6 x 58 7 - 21 ≤ 14 - 28 PH3 50
HM 6 x 65 S 519782 12 71 65 M 6 x 71 17 - 34 ≤ 13 - 30 PH3 50
HM 6 x 80 S 519779 12 88 80 M 6 x 88 32 - 50 ≤ 16 - 34 PH3 50
HM 8 x 54 SS 519783 1) 12 60 54 M 8 x 60 7 - 21 ≤ 16 - 30 SW13 50
HM 4 x 32 H 519780 8 45 32 — 3 - 13 — — 50
HM 5 x 65 H 519781 10 71 65 — 20 - 34 — — 50
1) with hexagon headed screw, assembly only by using the professional installation tool HM Z 1
ACCESSORIES
HM Z 1 - the professional instal- HM Z 2 - the DIY installation

lation tool tool
Item Art.-No. [pcs]

HM Z 1 062320 HM 4 - HM 8 1
HM Z 2 062321 HM 4 - HM 6 1
424
LOADS
Type HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM HM
4 x 32 S 4 x 46 S 5 x 37 S 5 x 52 S 5 x 65 S 6 x 37 S 6 x 52 S 6 x 65 S 8 x 55 SS
Thread size [M] M4 M4 M5 M5 M5 M6 M6 M6 M8
Gypsum plasterboard 9,5 mm [kN] 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,15 - 0,15 - - -
Gypsum plasterboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,20 0,20 0,20 0,20 - 0,20 0,20 - 0,20
Gypsum plasterboard 19 mm (2 x 9,5 mm) [kN] - - - 0,25 - - 0,25 - 0,25
Gypsum plasterboard 25 mm (2 x 12,5 mm) [kN] - - - - 0,30 - - 0,30 -
Chipboard 10 mm [kN] 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 - 0,25 0,25 - 0,25
Chipboard 13 mm [kN] 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 - 0,25 0,25 - 0,25
Chipboard 28 mm [kN] - - - - 0,50 - - 0,50 -
Plywood 4 mm [kN] 0,10 - - - - - - - -
Hardboard 3 mm [kN] 0,10 - - - - - - - - 7
Wood wool slab 16 mm [kN] - 0,05 - 0,05 - - 0,05 - 0,05
Wood wool slab 25 mm [kN] - - - - 0,05 - - 0,05 -
Cavity fixings
Fibre cement board 8 mm [kN] 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 - 0,25 - - -
Gypsum fibreboard 10 mm [kN] 0,25 0,25 0,25 0,25 - 0,25 0,25 - 0,25
Gypsum fibreboard 15 mm [kN] - 0,25 0,25 0,25 - 0,25 0,25 - 0,25
1)
2)
425
Gravity- and spring-toggle K, KD, KDH, KM
The cavity fixing for different board thicknesses and large

usage lengths
Ceiling lamps Wash basins

Cavity fixings

fibreboards
and concrete
▪ Chipboard
▪ Plywood boards

▪ Universal fixing for fastenings in a ▪ Pictures ▪ The gravity and spring toggle are suita-
wide range of drywall and hollow wall ▪ Lighting ble for pre-positioned installation.
materials. ▪ Light shelves ▪ When placed in the drill hole, the
▪ When the metal crosspiece is pushed ▪ Towel rails bearing elements of the gravity and
through the drill hole, pull it firmly ▪ Mirror cabinets spring toggles independently swing
against the inner wall cavity by tug- ▪ Light cabinets open behind the board.
ging the plastic pull ring on the outer ▪ Wash basins and urinals (KM 10) ▪ The KM 10 is specially suited to fixing
wall. ▪ Cable and pipe clips wash basins and urinals into installa-
▪ Afterwards cut the plastic legs off and tion and cavity walls.
fasten the fixture with e.g. a screw or ▪ No special installation tool required.
screw in a hook or an eyebolt accord- For a fast and convenient installation.
ing to your demands.
▪ Suitable for pre-positioned installation.
426
TECHNICAL DATA
Nylon toggle K 54
Drill hole diameter Max. panel thickness Min. cavity depth Anchor length Thread Sales unit 7
d0 dp a l Ø x length
Cavity fixings
K 54 050323 10 65 58 125 woodscrew 4mm 25
TECHNICAL DATA
Spring toggle KD 3 + 4
Spring toggle with hook KDH 3 + 4
Drill hole diameter Max. panel thickness Min. cavity depth Anchor length Thread Sales unit
KD 3 080181 12 65 27 95 M 3 x 90 50
KDH 3 080182 12 51 27 105 M 3 x 80 25
KD 3 B 080192 12 65 27 95 M 3 x 90 10
KD 4 080183 14 69 34 105 M 4 x 100 25
KDH 4 080184 14 35 34 95 M 4 x 70 25
KD 4 B 080193 14 69 34 105 M 4 x 100 10
427
TECHNICAL DATA
Gravity toggle KD 5 + 6 + 8
7
Gravity toggle with hook KDH 5 + 6 + 8
Cavity fixings
Drill hole diameter Max. panel thickness Min. cavity depth Anchor length Thread Sales unit
KD 5 080187 16 63 70 100 M 5 x 100 25
KDH 5 080188 16 60 70 130 M 5 x 90 20
KD 6 080185 16 63 70 100 M 6 x 100 25
KDH 6 080186 16 60 70 130 M 6 x 100 20
KD 8 080178 20 55 75 100 M 8 x 100 20
KDH 8 080179 20 55 75 130 M 8 x 100 20
TECHNICAL DATA
a dp
d0
Gravity toggle KM 10
Drill hole diameter Max. panel thickness Min. cavity depth Anchor length Screw Sales unit
d0 dp a l ds x ls
KM 10 050326 30 90 140 180 M 10 x 180 25
428
LOADS
Toggle fixing KD
Type KD3 KD4 KD5 KD6 KD8 KDH3 KDH4 KDH5 KDH6 KDH8
Thread size [M] M3 M4 M5 M6 M8 M3 M4 M5 M6 M8

Gypsum plasterboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,18 0,07 3) 0,133) 0,15 0,15 0,18
OSB board ≥15 mm [kN] 0,34 0,58 0,85 0,85 0,89 0,073) 0,133) 0,303) 0,453) 0,89
1)
2)
Valid for axial tensile load.
3)
Bending of the hook is decisive. Only for tension load.
LOADS
Toggle fixing KM10 and K54
Mean ultimate loads 7
Type KM10 K54
Cavity fixings
Screw diameter M10 4mm
Mean ultimate loads Fu1) 2) 3) [kN] 13,0 0,8
1)
Upon these failure loads an appropriate safety factor has to be considered.
2)
3)
If the failure of the base material is not possible.
429
Board fixing PD
The expansion plug for fixings in gypsum plasterboard, gypsum

fibreboard and wooden panels
Towel rails Small shelves

Cavity fixings

fibreboards
▪ Wooden boards
▪ MDF boards
▪ Multiplex boards
▪ OSB boards
▪ Plywood boards
▪ Chipboard
▪ Wood core plywood boards

▪ The operating principle of the fixing ▪ Pictures ▪ The board fixing PD is suitable for
allows for use in various board thick- ▪ Lighting pre-positioned installation.
nesses, including in low cavity depths. ▪ Light shelves ▪ Use rotary drilling to create the drill
This provides great flexibility. ▪ Towel rails hole.
▪ The special fixing geometry with a ▪ Mirror cabinets ▪ When the screw is tightened, the
nylon cone ensures a high tightening ▪ Curtain rails plastic cone is pulled into the sleeve
torque that can be identified imme- and expands the fixing.
diately. This offers a high level of ▪ Use full-thread screws, or alternatively,
installation safety. the part of the screw without thread
▪ The longitudinal ribs prevent the fixing may not be longer than the thickness
from rotating in the drill hole, thus of the item being attached.
allowing for a reliable installation. ▪ Do not use screws with double-start
▪ The board fixing PD can be used with threads.
the most wide-ranging screws, hooks
and eye screws. This allows for a
broad range of applications.
430
Board fixing PD
TECHNICAL DATA
Board fixing PD
Board fixing PD S - with chipboard screw
Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Min. panel Anchor length Chipboard screw Max. fixture Sales unit
7
depth thickness thickness
Cavity fixings
d0 h1 dp l ds / ds x ls t fix
PD 8 024771 8 31 6 29 4 — 100
PD 10 015935 10 30 7 28 5 — 100
PD 12 015937 12 29 9 27 6 — 50
PD 8 S 024772 1) 8 31 6 29 4 x 40 11 50
PD 10 S 015936 1) 10 30 7 28 5 x 40 12 50
PD 12 S 015938 1) 12 29 9 27 6 x 50 22 25
1) PD-S with chipboard screw.
LOADS
Board fixing PD
Type PD 8 PD 10 PD 12
Chipboard screw Ø [mm] 4 5 6

Gypsum plasterboard 9,5 mm [kN] 0,10 0,10 0,10
Gypsum plasterboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,10 0,10 0,15
Gypsum plasterboard 2 x 12,5 mm [kN] 0,15 0,15 0,15
Gypsum fibreboard 12,5 mm [kN] 0,20 0,25 0,30
Plywood [kN] 0,15 0,40 0,80
Chipboard 16 mm [kN] 0,25 0,25 0,25
1)
2)
431
Plasterboard fixing GK
Wall lamps Pictures

Cavity fixings

double-planked

▪ The included setting tool combines ▪ Pictures ▪ The gypsum plasterboard fixing GK is
the drilling and fixing setting functions. ▪ Lighting suitable for pre-positioned installation.
It thus allows for a fast and simple ▪ Electrical installations ▪ The GK is screwed flush into the
installation. ▪ Fitting accessories gypsum plasterboard using the setting
▪ The sharp, self-tapping thread of the ▪ Series installations tool provided. Overtightening the
GK enables a secure, positive fit fixing. fixing should be avoided. Therefore,
This achieves a high load-bearing the installation torque should be
capacity. limited when using a battery operated
▪ The short fixing length means that screwdriver.
only a small amount of space is ▪ Adapted for wood, self-tapping and
required behind the board. As a result, chipboard screws of 4.0 to 5.0 mm
the GK can also be used in the case of diameter.
unknown board thickness and cavity ▪ For board thicknesses greater than
depth. 15 mm, drill a hole first by using the
▪ The cross-drive recess in the head of setting tool.
the fixing means that the GK can also ▪ Not suitable for gypsum fibreboard
be screwed out like a screw without a and tiled plasterboard.
setting tool.
▪ The GK can be used with the most
wide-ranging screws, hooks and eye
screws. This allows for a broad range
of applications.
432
TECHNICAL DATA
Plasterboard fixing GKS
Anchor length Min. thickness to Max. fixture thick- Screw Drive Sales unit 7
first supporting layer ness
l t t fix ds x ls
Cavity fixings
GK 052389 1) 2) 22 25 — 4,0 - 5,0 x Ls — 100
GK S 052390 1) 3) 22 25 13 4,5 x 35 PZ2 50
ACCESSORIES
Installation tool GKW PROFI-BOX GK
Contents Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]

GKW 052393 - 10
50 Plasterboard fixings GK, 1 Installation tool, 38 Chipboard screws 4,5 x 35,
PROFI-BOX GK 518528 1
6 Angle hooks 4,2 x 40, 6 Round hooks 4 x 46
LOADS
Type GK

1)
2)
433
Wall lamps Pictures

Cavity fixings

double-planked

▪ Produced with at least 50% renewable ▪ Pictures ▪ The gypsum plasterboard fixing GK
raw materials and therefore particu- ▪ Lighting GREEN is suitable for pre-positioned
larly environmentally friendly. ▪ Electrical installations installation.
▪ Just as effective, secure and durable ▪ Fitting accessories ▪ The GK GREEN is screwed flush into
as regular GK plugs. ▪ Series installations the gypsum plasterboard using the
▪ The included setting tool combine the setting tool provided. Avoid manual
functions of drilling and setting fixings and machine-aided overtightening.
for direct and easy installation. ▪ For board thicknesses greater than
▪ Sharp, self-tapping thread for a 15 mm, drill a hole first by using the
positive-fit connection with a high setting tool.
load-bearing capacity. ▪ Adapted for wood, sheet metal and
▪ The cross-drive recess in the head of chipboard screws with a diameter of
the fixing means that the GK GREEN 4.0 to 5.0 mm.
can also easily be screwed out like a ▪ Not suitable for gypsum fibreboard
screw. and tiled plasterboard.
▪ The GK GREEN can be used with
various screws, hooks and eye screws,
making it very versatile in its applica-
tions.
434
TECHNICAL DATA
Plasterboard fixing GK GREEN S
Anchor length Min. thickness to Max. fixture thick- Screw Drive Sales unit
l t t fix ds x ls 7
GK GREEN 524868 1) 2) 22 25 — 4,0 - 5,0 x Ls — 90
Cavity fixings
GK GREEN S 524869 1) 3) 22 25 13 4,5 x 35 PZ2 45
ACCESSORIES
Installation tool GKW
Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]

GKW 052393 10
LOADS
Type GK GREEN

1)
2)
435
Plasterboard fixing metal GKM
The self-tapping metal fixing for gypsum plasterboard and

gypsum fibreboard
Wall lamps Speaker cabinets
7 BUILDING MATERIALS
Cavity fixings
▪ Gypsum fibreboard

▪ Due to its material properties, the ▪ Pictures ▪ The GKM is suitable for pre-positioned
GKM can be used in gypsum plaster- ▪ Lighting installation.
board and gypsum fibreboard, and can ▪ Electrical installations ▪ The self-tapping metal fixing GKM
be used with the most wide-ranging ▪ Fitting accessories taps itself into the plasterboard with a
screws, hooks and eye screws. This positive fit.
allows for a broad range of applica- ▪ Flush installation in the board building
tions. material. Overtightening the fixing
▪ The sharp, self-tapping thread enables should be avoided. Therefore, the
a secure, positive fit fixing. This installation torque should be limited
achieves a high load-bearing capacity. when using a battery operated screw-
▪ The cross-drive recess means that driver.
a standard screwdriver or bit can ▪ Adapted for wood, self-tapping and
be used. No special setting tool is chipboard screws of 4.0 to 5.0 mm
required. diameter.
▪ The short fixing length means that ▪ Pre-drill with a Ø 8 mm drill bit when
only a small amount of space is using gypsum fibreboard and dou-
required behind the board. As a result, ble-planked gypsum plasterboard.
the GKM can also be used in the case ▪ Not suitable for tiled plasterboard.
of unknown board thickness and
cavity depth.
436
TECHNICAL DATA
Anchor length Min. thickness to Max. fixture thick- Screw Drive Sales unit 7
l t t fix ds x ls
Cavity fixings
GKM 024556 31 35 — 4,0 - 5,0 x Ls — 100
GKM 12 040432 1) 31 35 12 4,5 x 35 PZ2 100
GKM 27 040434 2) 31 35 27 4,5 x 50 PZ2 100
1) Supplied with plasterboard screws panhead.
2) Supplied with plasterboard screws countersunk head.
LOADS
Type GKM

1)
2)
437
8 Electrical fixings
Page
ClipFix plus LS/ES/ZS 440
ClipFix plus SD 442
Cable clasp KB 444
Cable harness SHA 446
Pipe clip RC 448

8
Electrical fixings
Pipe clip FC 450
Saddle clip SCH 452
Nail clip NS / MNS 454
Nail disc NSB 456
Spacer pipe clamp AM 458
Conduit clip BSM 460
Impact nail ED 462
Cable tie BN / UBN 464
Wireclip 466
439
ClipFix plus LS/ES/ZS
The user-friendly clip fixing for pipes and conduits
Cable fixing Fixing flexible pipes
8 ▪
▪
Concrete
Solid pumice block
Electrical fixings

▪ Solid brick

▪ The complete element combines For fixing of: ▪ The clip fixing is set into the drill hole
anchor, screw and clamp. This saves ▪ Individual electric cables without the need for any additional
materials, allows for one-handed instal- ▪ Cable bundles screws and fixes the pipe directly to
lation, and reduces assembly time. ▪ Flexible pipes the base material.
▪ The slimline geometry of the fixing ▪ Rigid plastic pipes ▪ The clamping force of the locking
element only protrudes slightly, thus catch allows the ClipFix to hold itself in
saving space. the drill hole.
▪ The three different sizes of each of ▪ Place the clasp of the cable strap LS
the cable strap LS, twin clamp ZS and into the drill hole so that it is level and
single clamp ES cover a range of cable the teeth grip.
diameters, thus reducing storage. ▪ Recommended loads (required safety
▪ The long-lasting nylon material is factor considered): cable strap LS up
flame resistant, halogen- and silicone- to 6 kg, twin clamp ZS and single
free, can be used all year round, clamp ES up to 11 kg.
including during a frost. This ensures a ▪ Temperature resistance once installed
high level of safety. from -20 °C to +80 °C.
440
ClipFix plus LS/ES/ZS
TECHNICAL DATA
d0 D
Clip fix plus cable strap SF plus LS
h1
D
d0
Clip fix plus single clamp SF plus ES
8
Electrical fixings
h1
D
d0
ClipFix plus twin clamp SF plus ZS
h1
Drill hole Min. drill hole Clamping range Sales unit

depth
d0 h1 D
Item Art.-No. [Ø mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
SF plus LS 3/13 058155 6 35 3 - 13 100
SF plus LS 8/28 058156 6 50 8 - 28 100
SF plus LS 20/40 058157 6 50 20 - 40 100
SF plus ES 10 048151 6 40 3 - 12 100
SF plus ES 18 048152 6 40 10 - 25 100
SF plus ES 28 058183 6 40 15 - 31 100
SF plus ZS 10 058184 6 35 3 - 12 100
SF plus ZS 18 048161 6 40 10 - 25 100
SF plus ZS 28 048162 6 40 15 - 31 75
441
ClipFix plus SD
The user-friendly clip fixing for cable ducts and cable clasps
Fixing cable ducts Fixing cable harnesses
8 ▪
▪
Concrete
Solid pumice block
Electrical fixings

▪ Solid brick

▪ The ClipFix plus SD combines anchor For fixing of: ▪ To fix, manually place the ClipFix plus
and screw. This saves on materials ▪ Cable channels SD directly into the drill hole. No addi-
and makes it easier to affix cable ducts ▪ Cable clasps tional screws are needed.
that are difficult to access without the ▪ Installation base cable harness ▪ The clamping force of the locking
need for additional tools. ▪ Flat building components catch allows the ClipFix to hold itself in
▪ The simple clip fixing reduces installa- the drill hole.
tion time. ▪ Recommended loads (required safety
▪ The extended shank of the factor considered): clip fixing SD up to
FS plus SD 40 allows bridging of non- 11 kg.
bearing plaster layers, as well as the ▪ Temperature resistance once installed
fixing of thicker attachments. from -20 °C to +80 °C.
▪ The long-lasting nylon material is
flame resistant, halogen- and silicone-
free. It can be used all year round,
including during a frost. This ensures a
high level of safety.
442
ClipFix plus SD
TECHNICAL DATA
d0
fischer ClipFix plus clip fixing SF plus SD
h1 t fix
Drill hole Min. drill hole Max. usable Sales unit

depth length
d0 h1 tfix
SF plus SD 30 058178 6 35 4 200
SF plus SD 40 058179 6 35 15 100
8
Electrical fixings
443
Cable clasp KB
The flat cable clasp for space-saving cable fixing
Fixing cable harnesses Fixing cable harnesses
8 When using ClipFix SD:

▪ Concrete
▪ Solid pumice block
Electrical fixings

▪ Solid brick

▪ The flat design of the KB cable clasp ▪ For the fixing of several individual ▪ The cable clasp KB is adapted to suit
allows for a space-saving cable fixing, cables the fixture with clip fixing SD or Ham-
and simplifies subsequent cable-lay- merfix N6.
ing. ▪ Place the ClipFix plus SD directly into
▪ The combination of cable clasp KB the drill hole by hand. No additional
and ClipFix SD allows for one-handed screws are needed.
installation, thus enabling a flexible ▪ The Hammerfix N is expanded when
and economic installation. the nail is driven in, and holds by
▪ The long-lasting nylon material is hal- friction in the drill hole.
ogen- and silicone-free. It can be used ▪ After installation, the cables are pulled
all year round, including during a frost. under the clasp. Additional cables can
This ensures a high level of safety. be easily laid after installation too.
▪ Temperature resistance once installed
from -20 °C to +80 °C.
444
Cable clasp KB
TECHNICAL DATA
d0
h1
ClipFix plus cable clasp SF plus KB 8
a
d0
h1
ClipFix plus cable clasp SF plus KB 16
a
Cable clasp KB 8
8
a
Electrical fixings
b
Cable clasp KB 16
Drill hole Min. drill hole Dimensions Dimension of slot Max. number of ducts Sales unit
depth
d0 h1 axb BxL
Item Art.-No. [Ø mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
SF plus KB 8 048171 6 35 15 x 133 6 x 10 8 ducts NYM 3 x 1,5 50
SF plus KB 16 048172 6 35 15 x 230 6 x 10 16 ducts NYM 3 x 1,5 25
KB 8 058135 — — 15 x 133 6 x 10 8 ducts NYM 3 x 1,5 50
KB 16 058136 — — 15 x 230 6 x 10 16 ducts NYM 3 x 1,5 50
445
Cable harness SHA
The adaptable cable harness for fixing cable bundles
Fixing cable bundles Fixing cable bundles

▪ Concrete
Electrical fixings

▪ Solid brick

▪ Simple bundling and economical For fixing of: ▪ Cable bundles can be laid in the cable
laying of multiple electric cables. ▪ Electric cables, loose and bundled harness SHA. The seal makes it easy
▪ The seal of the cable harness SHA to lay cables at a later date.
makes it easy to lay cables at a later ▪ The cable harness SHA can either be
date, thus ensuring high user-friend- affixed with ClipFix plus, installation
liness. base MS or with plugs and screws.
▪ Combining several SHA cable har- ▪ Several SHA cable harnesses can be
nesses allows for a cost-effective fixing combined below one another.
of cables to just one MS installation ▪ The SHA cable harnesses can also be
base. lined up adjacent to one another with
▪ The MS installation base allows for the connection piece SHA KP.
various fixing options, and offers great ▪ The maximum installation distance of
flexibility for the installation. 80 cm must not be exceeded.
▪ The long-lasting nylon material is hal- ▪ Temperature resistance once installed
ogen- and silicone-free, can be used from -20 °C to +80 °C.
all year round, including during a frost,
and thus ensures a high level of safety.
446
Cable harness SHA
TECHNICAL DATA
Cable harness SHA
a 8
Electrical fixings
Installation base SHA MS
axb
h1
Steckfix plus installation base SF plus MS
axb
Connection piece SHA KP
Drill hole Min. drill hole Dimensions Max. number of ducts Sales unit
depth
d0 h1 axb
SHA 15 058139 — — 93 x 49 15 ducts NYM 3 x 1,5 50
SHA 30 058140 — — 128 x 59 30 ducts NYM 3 x 1,5 25
SHA MS 058141 — — 41 x 27 connection piece 50
SF plus MS 048181 6 35 41 x 27 installation base with clip-plug 50
SHA KP 058142 — — — installation base 50
447
Pipe clip RC
The convenient pipe fixing
Fixing plastic insulating conduits Fixing plastic insulating conduits

▪ Concrete
Electrical fixings

▪ Solid brick

▪ The pipe clip RC can be used with For fixing of: ▪ Plastic insulation pipes are laid into
pre-installed clip fixing SD, with Ham- ▪ Flexible and rigid plastic insulating the pipe clip. The pre-tensioning of the
merfix N 6 or in 11 mm C-shaped pro- pipes pipe clip holds the pipes securely.
file-rails, and thus allows for a flexible ▪ The pipe clip RC is adapted to be fixed
and cost-effective installation. with either clip fixing SD or Hammer-
▪ The 6 mm-long hole allows for the fix N 6.
optimal alignment of the pipe fixing ▪ Manually place the ClipFix plus SD
and ensures a more user-friendly directly into the drill hole. No addi-
installation. tional screws are needed.
▪ Two additional pipe clips can be ▪ The Hammerfix N is expanded when
added to the sides of a pre-fixed pipe the nail is driven in, and holds by
clip. This saves assembly time and friction in the drill hole.
materials. ▪ Temperature resistance once installed
▪ The long-lasting nylon material is hal- from -20 °C to +80 °C.
ogen- and silicone-free. It can be used
all year round, including during a frost.
This ensures a high level of safety.
448
Pipe clip RC
TECHNICAL DATA
d0 D
Clipfix plus pipe clip RC
h1
B
d0
L D
Pipe clip RC PG
h1
8
Electrical fixings
Drill hole Min. drill hole Suitable for IEC Clamping range Dimension of slot Sales unit
depth
d0 h1 D BxL
Item Art.-No. [Ø mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
SF plus RC IEC 12 048190 6 35 12 12 - 13 6x7 100
SF plus RC IEC 16 048191 6 35 16 15 - 16 6x8 100
SF plus RC IEC 20 048193 6 35 20 20 - 21 6 x 10 100
SF plus RC IEC 25 048197 6 35 25 24 - 25 6 x 10 50
SF plus RC IEC 32 048198 6 35 32 31 - 32 6 x 10 25
SF plus RC IEC 40 048199 6 35 40 38 - 40 6 x 10 25
RC IEC 12 058194 — — 12 12 - 13 6x7 100
RC IEC 16 058120 — — 16 15 - 16 6x8 100
RC IEC 20 058122 — — 20 20 - 21 6 x 10 100
RC IEC 25 058198 — — 25 24 - 25 6 x 10 50
RC IEC 32 058199 — — 32 31 - 32 6 x 10 40
RC IEC 40 058200 — — 40 39 - 40 6 x 10 40
RC IEC 50 079194 1 — — 50 50 - 51 6 x 10 20
RC IEC 63 079196 1 — — 63 62 - 64 6 x 10 15
1) Does not include latching catches, therefore cannot be mounted side by side.
449
Pipe clip FC
The flexible pipe clip for various diameters
Cable fixing Fixing plastic insulating conduits
8 When using Hammerfix N:

▪ Concrete
Electrical fixings

concrete
▪ Building brick
▪ Natural stone
concrete

▪ The flexible pipe clip socket ensures a For fixing of: ▪ The clip clamp FC is adapted to suit
secure hold for various cable and pipe ▪ Electric cables the fixture using N5 Hammerfixes.
diameters, and reduces the number of ▪ Flexible and rigid plastic insulating ▪ The Hammerfix N is expanded when
products required. pipes the nail is driven in, and holds by
▪ The pipe clip FC can be installed with friction in the drill hole.
both N 5 Hammerfixes and 11 mm-C- ▪ The cables or pipes are then laid in
shaped profile-rails, and thus offers the clip clamp FC. The pre-tensioning
great flexibility. of the clip clamp holds the cables or
▪ Two additional pipe clips can be pipes securely.
added to the sides of a pre-fixed clip ▪ Temperature resistance once installed
clamp. This saves assembly time and from -40 °C to +80 °C.
materials.
▪ The long-lasting nylon material is halo-
gen-free. It can be used all year round,
including during a frost. This ensures a
high level of safety.
450
Pipe clip FC
TECHNICAL DATA
Pipe clip FC D
Clamping range Sales unit

D
FC 6 - 9 GR 068060 6-9 100
FC 9 - 12 GR 068062 9 - 12 100
FC 12 - 16 GR 068064 12 - 16 50
FC 16 - 20 GR 068066 16 - 20 25 8
Electrical fixings
451
Saddle clip SCH
The flexible cable clamp for various diameters
Fixing cable harnesses Cable fixing
8 When using Hammerfix N:

▪ Concrete
Electrical fixings

concrete
▪ Building brick
▪ Natural stone
concrete

▪ With its elastic spring tabs, the saddle For fixing of: ▪ The clamp SCH is adapted to suit the
clip SCH can bear different cable ▪ Electric cables fixture using N 5 Hammerfixes.
diameters. This increases flexibility ▪ Flexible and rigid plastic insulating ▪ The Hammerfix N is expanded when
and reduces the number of products pipes the nail is driven in, and holds by
required. friction in the drill hole.
▪ Additional clips can be added to the ▪ The cables or pipes are then laid in the
sides of a pre-fixed clip. This saves clamp SCH and fixed by inserting the
installation time and materials. locking latch.
▪ The long-lasting nylon material is hal- ▪ The internal tabs adapt to fit various
ogen- and silicone-free. It can be used cable or pipe diameters.
all year round, including during a frost. ▪ Temperature resistance once installed
This ensures a high level of safety. from -40 °C to +80 °C.
452
Saddle clip SCH
Saddle SCH, colour: Nylon transparent
Saddle SCH, colour: grey RAL 7035
Art.-No. Clamping range Dimension of insulated pipes Sales unit
Grey RAL Nylon trans- D

8
7035 parent [mm] [pcs]
Electrical fixings
SCH 812 068012 060012 8 - 12 6x1-8x1 100
SCH 1216 068016 060016 12 - 16 10 x 1 - 12 x 1 50
SCH 1619 068019 060019 16 - 19 — 50
SCH 1623 068023 060023 16 - 23 15 x 1 - 18 x 1 50
SCH 2332 068032 060032 23 - 32 22 x 1 - 22 x 1,5 25
SCH 3242 — 060042 32 - 42 22 x 1 - 22 x 1,5 25
453
Nail clip NS / MNS
The fast fixing for electric cables
Cable fixing Cable fixing
BUILDING MATERIALS
8 ▪
▪
Hardboard
Wood
Electrical fixings
▪ Chipboard
▪ Plywood
▪ Solid gypsum panels and other plas-
tered substrates

▪ The nail clip features a pre-assembled ▪ To fix single electric cables with vary- ▪ Position the nail clip with the laid
zinc-plated nail, allowing for a fast ing diameters cable. Hammer in the pre-assembled
fixing, thus reducing assembly time. nail with a hammer.
▪ The small space required for fixing
simplifies installation in narrow spaces.
▪ The nail clip MNS covers cable diam-
eters from 4 mm to 14 mm with just
3 sizes.
454
Nail clip NS / MNS
TECHNICAL DATA
Nail clip NS
Nail clip MNS

8
Electrical fixings
For cable Clamping range Length of nail Sales unit
D L
NS 7 058173 7 7 25 100
NS 8 058174 8 8 25 100
NS 9 058175 9 9 25 100
NS 10 058176 10 10 30 100
NS 12 058177 12 12 35 100
MNS 4-7 094673 — 4-7 25 100
MNS 7-11 094674 — 7 - 11 25 100
MNS 10-14 094675 — 10 - 14 30 100
455
Nail disc NSB
The secure cable fixing in wall slots
Cable fixing Cable fixing in slits
BUILDING MATERIALS
8 ▪
▪
Vertically perforated brick
Pumice
▪ Lightweight aggregate concrete
Electrical fixings
▪ Hardboard
▪ Wood
▪ Chipboard
▪ Plywood

▪ The nail disc NSB allows for use in two ▪ For fixing cables in wall slots ▪ Remove cable.
slot widths. ▪ Align the nail disc with either dimen-
▪ The vaulted structure of the nail disc sions 27 mm or 34 mm, depending
ensures an optimal contact pressure on the slot width, and hit the nail in
and, as such, for a secure hold. with a hammer.
▪ The flat nail disc only protrudes ▪ The cables are fixed in the wall slots
slightly, and can thus be easily plas- by the curved washer.
tered over.
▪ The nail disc NSB is made from high-
strength polypropylene. The nail is
made from hardened, galvanised steel.
The tried and tested material combina-
tion for in-wall installation.
456
Nail disc NSB
TECHNICAL DATA
a bxl
Nail disc NSB
Dimension of nail Dimension of disc Sales unit

axb bxl
NSB 2/40 048308 2 x 40 27 x 34 200
NSB 2/50 048309 2 x 50 27 x 34 150
NSB 2/60 048310 2 x 60 27 x 34 100
NSB 3/40 048311 3 x 40 27 x 34 150 8
NSB 3/50 048312 3 x 50 27 x 34 150
Electrical fixings
NSB 3/60 048313 3 x 60 27 x 34 100
457
Spacer pipe clamp AM
The installation-friendly metal spacing disc for cables and pipes
Fixing steel armoured conduits Fixing conduits
BUILDING MATERIALS
8 When using nail anchor FNA II:

▪ Concrete
Electrical fixings

▪ Pre-stressed concrete hollow slabs
When using Hammerfix N:
▪ Concrete
▪ Building brick
▪ Natural stone
concrete

▪ The fast-locking latch ensures easy For fixing of: ▪ The spacer clamp AM with M6 thread
opening and closing without comple- ▪ Steel conduits can either be affixed with fischer nail
tely removing the screw, and allows ▪ Electric cables anchor FNA II 6x30 M6x43, stud
for a simple and fast installation. ▪ Copper and metal pipes screw STST 6x60 and STST 6x80 or
▪ The pre-fitted combination screw with with Hammerfix N 6x40/10 M6.
conventional slotted or recessed screw
head allows for the use of different
screwdrivers, thus allowing for a
simple installation.
458
Spacer pipe clamp AM
TECHNICAL DATA
Metal two-piece pipe clamp AM M6 D
Dimension IEC Clamping range Sales unit

D
AM 8 060185 — 8 50
AM 10 060186 — 10 50
AM 12 060187 12 12 50
AM 14 060188 — 14 50
AM 16 060189 16 16 50
8
AM 18 060190 — 18 50
Electrical fixings
AM 20 060191 20 20 50
AM 22 060192 — 22 50
AM 24 060193 — 24 50
AM 26 060194 25 25 - 26 50
AM 28 060195 — 28 50
AM 30 060196 — 30 50
AM 32 060209 32 32 25
AM 34 060210 — 34 25
AM 37 060211 37 37 20
AM 40 090849 40 40 15
AM 50 090850 50 50 10
AM 63 090851 63 63 10
459
Conduit clip BSM
The flat metal clip for cables and pipes
Fixing armoured conduits Fixing armoured conduits
BUILDING MATERIALS
8 When using impact nail ED:

▪ Concrete
Electrical fixings

▪ The open conduit clip BSM is ideal for For fixing of: ▪ Depending on your requirements, use
the post-installation fixing of conduits. ▪ Electrical conduits a conduit clip with 1 or 2 fixing points,
▪ The conduit clip allows for a direct fix- ▪ Flexible and rigid plastic insulating or a twin clamp.
ing with impact nails and is, therefore, pipes ▪ The conduits or pipes are laid in the
quick and easy to install. ▪ Steel conduits conduit clip. Assembling the clip fixes
▪ Two conduits or pipes can be fixed the conduits / pipes.
with just one fixing point with the twin ▪ Our recommendation for fixtures on
clamp BSMZ. concrete (not older than 6 months):
Impact nail ED 15, 18, 22.
460
Conduit clip BSM
TECHNICAL DATA
Conduit clip BSM D
Conduit clip BSMD D
Electrical fixings
Conduit clip BSMZ
Art.-No. Dimension IEC Clamping range Sales unit
D
Item BSM BSMD BSMZ [mm] [pcs]
6 015014 — — — 6 100
8 015015 — — — 8 100
10 015016 — — — 10 100
10 — 015068 — — 10 50
12 015017 015069 — — 12 50
14 015018 015070 — — 14 50
15 015093 — — 15 15 50
16 060149 060169 — 16 16 50
18 060150 060170 — — 18 50
20 060151 060171 079535 20 20 50
22 060152 060172 — — 22 50
24 060153 — 079536 — 24 50
25 090839 090844 — 25 25 50
26 096958 015076 — — 26 50
28 — 060175 — — 28 25
28 060155 — 079537 — 28 50
30 015019 — — — 30 50
32 090840 — — 32 32 50
32 — 090845 — 32 32 25
37 060158 060178 — — 37 25
40 090841 090846 — 40 40 25
42 — 015081 — — 42 20
42 015021 — — — 42 25
47 — 015082 — — 47 20
50 090842 — — 50 50 20
50 — 090847 — 50 50 15
63 — 090848 — 63 63 10
63 090843 — — 63 63 15
461
Impact nail ED
Fixing in concrete without pre-drilling
Fixing armoured conduits Fixing perforated tapes
BUILDING MATERIALS
8 ▪ Fresh concrete (not older than 6

months)
Electrical fixings

▪ The stable impact nail ED can be set in For fixing of: ▪ The impact nail ED is set in the setting
concrete with the impact nail setting ▪ Conduit clips such as BSM, BSMD, tool SZE.
tool SZE without pre-drilling. This BSMZ ▪ The bracket in the setting tool holds
allows for a fast installation. ▪ Perforated band such as LBK, LBV the nail securely in place during the
▪ The setting tool SZE impact protection installation procedure.
provides the best protection for your ▪ Pre-positioning of the element to be
hand, thus ensuring a safe installation. fixed.
▪ The nail can be hammered through
the fixing element directly into the
concrete (not older than 6 months).
462
Impact nail ED
TECHNICAL DATA
Impact nail ED
l
Length Diameter Sales unit
l d
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs] 8
ED 15 048212 15 4.0 200
ED 18 079815 18 4.0 200
Electrical fixings
ED 22 014570 22 4.0 200
TECHNICAL DATA
Impact nail setting tool SZE Toolset for SZE

Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]

SZE 079820 1
Toolset for SZE 043365 4
463
Cable tie BN / UBN
For the simple bundling of cables and pipes
Cable fixing Bundling electric cables
CHARACTERISTICS
8
Electrical fixings

▪ The long-lasting nylon material is halo- For bundling of: ▪ Lie the cable tie around the object to
gen- and silicone-free. ▪ Electric cables be fixed, and pull the band through
▪ The cable tie UBN (black) is made ▪ Flexible and rigid plastic insulating the head of the cable tie. The cable tie
from UV-stabilised material. pipes can no longer be opened due to the
▪ Steel conduits latching of the tab in the teeth.
▪ Temperature resistance once installed
from -40 °C to +85 °C.
▪ Recommended installation tempera-
ture from -10 °C to +85 °C.
464
Cable tie BN / UBN
TECHNICAL DATA
b
Cable tie BN, colour: transparent l
Cable tie UBN, colour: black
Cable tie GBN, colour: green
Art.-No. Dimensions Bundle diameter Sales unit Outer carton
Colour:
Item Colour: black transparent Colour: green [mm] [mm] [pcs] [pcs]
BN/UBN/GBN 2,5 x 100 087488 087478 543924 2,5 x 100 max. 20 100 20000
BN/UBN 2,5 x 120 087489 087479 — 2,5 x 120 max. 27 100 15000
GBN 2,5 x 150 — — 543925 2,5 x 150 max. 36 100 20000
BN/UBN/GBN 2,5 x 200 087490 087480 543926 2,5 x 200 max. 52 100 10000
BN/UBN 2,5 x 160 069363 037489 — 2,5 x 160 max. 39 100 20000
BN/UBN/GBN 3,6 x 150 087491 087481 543927 3,6 x 150 max. 36 100 10000 8
BN/UBN 3,6 x 200 037573 019802 — 3,6 x 200 max. 52 100 10000
Electrical fixings
BN/UBN 3,6 x 300 069364 037490 — 3,6 x 300 max. 84 100 7500
BN/UBN 4,5 x 160 069365 037501 — 4,5 x 160 max. 36 100 10000
BN/UBN 4,6 x 190 069366 037581 — 4,6 x 190 max. 46 100 10000
BN/UBN/GBN 4,6 x 200 087494 087484 543928 4,6 x 200 max. 49 100 7500
BN/UBN 4,8 x 250 069367 — — 4,8 x 250 max. 65 100 5000
BN/UBN 4,8 x 250 — 037582 — 4,8 x 250 max. 65 100 5000
BN/UBN/GBN 4,8 x 280 087495 087485 543929 4,8 x 280 max. 74 100 5000
BN/UBN 4,8 x 350 069368 037653 — 4,8 x 350 max. 97 100 5000
BN/UBN 4,8 x 370 069369 037583 — 4,8 x 370 max. 103 100 5000
BN/UBN 4,8 x 430 069370 037708 — 4,8 x 430 max. 122 100 5000
BN/UBN 7,6 x 200 069372 037945 — 7,6 x 200 max. 50 100 4500
BN/UBN 7,8 x 300 069373 037949 — 7,6 x 300 max. 82 100 2500
BN/UBN 7,6 x 350 087497 087487 — 7,6 x 350 max. 98 100 2500
BN/UBN 7,6 x 450 069374 037996 — 7,6 x 450 max. 130 100 2500
BN/UBN 7,6 x 550 069375 037997 — 7,6 x 550 max. 162 100 2000
BN/UBN 8,8 x 760 069376 037998 — 8,8 x 760 max. 229 100 1000
BN/UBN 8,8 x 810 069377 038000 — 8,8 x 810 max. 245 100 1000
BN/UBN 8,8 x 1220 069379 038002 — 8,8 x 1168 max. 340 100 500
465
Wireclip WIC
Infinitely variable fixing of wire suspensions
Suspension of signs Suspensions for trade show exhibits
8
Electrical fixings
▪ The simple system guarantees ease For suspension of: ▪ Loops are formed from the wire, which
of use. ▪ Lighting strips can be threaded through the wireclip.
▪ The Wireclip’s simple closing mecha- ▪ Cable trays This allows objects to be hung. The
nism means that no tools are needed. ▪ Ventilation ducts wireclips can be adjusted at any time.
This allows for a cost-effective instal- ▪ Pipes ▪ The FNA II 6x25 OE is suitable for
lation. ▪ Signs fixing the wire.
▪ The reclosable Wireclips make it pos- ▪ Chilled ceilings Note:
sible to adjust the length at any time. ▪ Do not apply paint or any other
This guarantees the greatest flexibility. coating.
▪ Do not apply lubricant.
▪ Do not use for lifting loads.
▪ Remove damaged wire ends using the
wire cutter WIZ prior to introducing
wires into the wire clip.
466
Wireclip WIC
TECHNICAL DATA
WIC 2 WIC 3 WIC 4

Wire-Ø Sales unit

WIC 2 VE20 044559 2 - 2,5 20
WIC 3 VE20 044561 2,5 - 3,5 20
WIC 2 VE100 044560 2 - 2,5 100 8
WIC 4 VE50 044564 3-4 50
Electrical fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
WIS cable set with eyelet Wire cutter WIZ

Cable length Wire-Ø Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [m] [mm] [pcs]

WIS 2/1 045956 1 2 10
WIS 2/2 045957 2 2 10
WIS 2/3 045958 3 2 10
WIS 2/5 045959 5 2 10
WIS 2/10 045960 10 2 10
WI Ø 2 mm 044565 1) 200 2 1
WIZ 044721 — — 1
1) on a roll
LOADS
Wireclip
Highest recommended loads1) per Wireclip
Type Diameter of wire cable Recommended tensile load
[mm] [kN]
WIS complete system 2,0 0,5
WIC 22) 2,0 0,6
WIC 22) 2,5 1,0
WIC 32) 3,0 1,2
WIC 42) 4,0 2,3
1)
2)
Only in combination with fischer wire cable.
467
9 Sanitary fixings
Page
Sanitary fixings for board materials 470
Ceramic fixings 472
Wash basin and urinal fixings 474
Sanitary fixings
469
Sanitary fixings for board materials
Complete fixing sets for wash basins and urinals in board

building materials and plumbing walls
Urinals Wash basins
BUILDING MATERIALS
fibreboards
▪ Chipboard
9
Sanitary fixings

▪ With their special geometries, KM and ▪ Wash basins ▪ KM is suitable for push-through instal-
WDP are the specialists for fixings in ▪ Urinals lation.
plumbing and hollow walls. ▪ When placed in the drill hole, the
▪ The wide transition beams of the wide transition beam of the KM
KM and the large base plate of the independently swings open behind
WDP ensure a good load distribution, the board.
thus allowing for a high load-bearing ▪ WDP is set into the plumbing walls
capacity. during wall installation.
470
Sanitary fixings for board materials
TECHNICAL DATA
Wash basin and urinal fixing WDP
Contents per plastic bag Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs] [pcs]

2 Threaded rods M10 x 170 with base plate 60x60x3, 2 flanged bushes BDH M10,
WDP 10 x 170 014320 10
2 hexagon nuts M10 zinc-plated
TECHNICAL DATA 9
a dp
Sanitary fixings
d0
Gravity toggle KM 10
Drill hole diameter Anchor length Min. cavity depth Max. panel thickness Screw Sales unit
d0 l a dp ds x ls
KM 10 050326 30 180 140 90 M 10 x 180 25
471
Ceramic fixings
Complete fixing sets for free-standing toilets and bidets
Free-standing toilets Bidets

▪ Concrete
9 ▪ Solid brick made from lightweight
concrete
▪ Solid brick
Sanitary fixings

▪ Complete fixing sets including brass ▪ Free-standing toilets ▪ S 8 RD is suitable for push-through
screws allow for quick and easy ▪ Bidets installation.
installation. ▪ Ceramic shelves ▪ WCN and S 8 D are suitable for both
▪ A pronounced rim prevents contact ▪ Mirrors pre-positioned and push-through
between the screw and ceramics, installation.
thus ensuring nothing gets damaged ▪ The WB5N’s assembly bracket is flex-
during fixing. ibly positioned on the base using the
▪ The WB5N’s assembly bracket with long hole. The ceramics are then fixed
pre-drilled rows of holes allows for a to the bracket via the rows of holes.
flexible fixing with two directions. These counterbalance any height
▪ The WCN is also suitable for fixing differences in the ceramic assembly
ceramic shelves and mirrors, and holes.
can thus be used for a wide range of
applications.
472
Ceramic fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
WCN

WCN 1 060561 2 wall plugs S 8, 2 brass screws 6 x 70 hex., 2 cover caps white, 2 snap-fit sleeves 50
WCN 2 060562 2 wall plugs S 8, 2 brass screws 6 x 70 hex., 2 cover caps chrome, 2 snap-fit sleeves 50
TECHNICAL DATA
S 8 D 70 WCR

2 wall plugs S 8, 2 brass screws 6 x 70 hex., 2 cover caps chrome and white,
9
S 8 D 70 WCR 060564 50
2 snap-fit sleeves
Sanitary fixings
TECHNICAL DATA
S 8 RD WCR

S 8 RD 60 WCR 060570 2 wall plugs S 8 RD 60, 2 brass screws 6 x 65 hex., 2 cover caps chrome and white 50
S 8 RD 80 WCR 060568 2 wall plugs S 8 RD 80, 2 brass screws 6 x 85 hex., 2 cover caps chrome and white 50
TECHNICAL DATA
WC fixing WB 5N
Contents Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]

2 S plugs SX 10, 2 Screws 7x65 zinc-plated, 2 Nylon angles, 2 washers 8mm,
WB 5N 018652 50
2 screws A2 stainless steel, 2 flanged sleeves, 2 cover caps chrom
473
Wash basin and urinal fixings
Complete fixing sets for wash basins, urinals and sanitary

installations
Urinals Wash basins

▪ Concrete
9 concrete
Sanitary fixings
▪ Natural stone
concrete
▪ Solid brick

▪ Complete fixing sets allow for quick ▪ Wash basins ▪ The rimless UX is suitable for pre-posi-
and easy installation. ▪ Urinals tioned and push-through installation.
▪ The universal plug UX can be used in ▪ Built-in toilets ▪ Screwing in the screw causes the UX
solid and hollow materials, thus offer- ▪ Boilers to expand in solid and hollow building
ing a high level of flexibility. ▪ Gas heaters material.
▪ Flanged nuts and collar sleeves made ▪ Cisterns ▪ Maximum load-bearing capacity is
of high-strength nylon are resistant to ▪ Consoles only achieved when the minimum
ageing and chemicals, and guarantee screw-in depth is reached.
a long-lasting fixing that will not dam- ▪ Tiles and plaster are not classed as
age the ceramics. load-bearing base materials.
▪ Cover caps with a high-quality chrome
finish ensure the fixture remains
visually attractive for a long period of
time.
474
TECHNICAL DATA
Wash basin and urinal fixing WD

WD 8 x 90 080659 2 wall plugs UX 10 x 60, 2 stud screws M8 x 90 zinc-plated, 2 flanged nuts BU M8 50
WD 8 x 110 080658 2 wall plugs UX 10 x 60, 2 stud screws M8 x 110 zinc-plated, 2 flanged nuts BU M8 50
WD 10 x 120 080655 2 wall plugs UX 14 x 75, 2 stud screws M10 x 120 zinc-plated, 2 flanged nuts BU M10 MH 50
WD 10 x 140 080656 2 wall plugs UX 14 x 75, 2 stud screws M10 x 140 zinc-plated, 2 flanged nuts BU M10 MH 50
TECHNICAL DATA
Boiler fixing BO

9
Sanitary fixings
BO 120 080654 4 wall plugs UX 14 x 75, 4 stud screws M10 x 120 zinc-plated, 4 flanged nuts BU M10 25
TECHNICAL DATA
Washbasin fixing WST

2 wall plugs UX 14 x 75, 2 stud screws M10 x 140 zinc-plated,
WST 10 x 140 080660 50
2 hexagon nuts M10 zinc-plated, 2 flanged bushes BDH M10
WST 12 x 150 080661 50
WST 12 x 180 080662 50
TECHNICAL DATA
Urinal fixing UST 8 x 110 Urinal fixing UST 10 x 120

2 wall plugs UX 10 x 60, 2 stud screws M8 x 110, 2 washers B 8.4 DIN 125,
UST 8 x 110 083578 50
2 plastic washer 8,4 x 16 x 1,6, 2 cap nuts FA 8, 2 cover caps chrome plated
2 wall plugs UX 14 x 75, 2 stud screws M10 x 120, 2 flanged nuts BU M10,
UST 10 x 120 080668 10
2 cover caps AKM 10 CR
475
TECHNICAL DATA
Sanitary fixing WL

WL 7 x 60 080651 2 wall plugs UX 10, 2 screws 7 x 65 hex. head zinc-plated, 2 washers zinc-plated 100
WL 8 x 70 080652 2 wall plugs UX 10, 2 screws 8 x 70 hex. DIN 571 zinc-plated, 2 washers zinc-plated 100
WL 10 x 80 080650 2 wall plugs UX 12, 2 screws 10 x 80 hex. DIN 571 zinc-plated, 2 washers zinc-plated 50
ACCESSORIES
Flanged nut BUM
9 Thread Width across nut Washer Match Sales unit

M  SW
Sanitary fixings
BU M8 MH 060200 M8 17 40 STS M8 25
BU M10 MH 060201 M 10 17 40 STS M10 25
BU M12 MH 060204 M 12 19 40 STS M12 25
ACCESSORIES
Cover cap AKM
Colour Match Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]

AKM 10 W 080972 white BU M10 MH 20
AKM 10 CR 080951 chrome BU M10 MH 100
AKM 12 CR 080952 chrome BU M12 MH 100
ACCESSORIES
Installation tool HED
Match Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]

HED 079831 M6, M8, M10, M12 1
476
INSTALLATION DATA
Drill diameter Min. drill hole depth Usable length Min. bolt penetration
(with assembled flanged nut)
d0 h1 tfix lE,min
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
WD 8 x 90 080659 10 75 5 68
WD 8 x 110 080658 10 75 25 68
WD 10 x 120 080655 14 95 18 85
WD 10 x 140 080656 14 95 38 85
BO 120 080654 14 95 18 85
WST 10 x 140 080660 14 95 38 85
WST 12 x 150 080661 14 95 48 85
WST 12 x 180 080662 14 95 78 85
UST 8 x 110 083578 10 75 32 68
UST 10 x 120 080668 14 95 18 85
WL 7 x 60 080651 10 70 10 57
WL 8 x 70 080652 10 70 12 58
WL 10 x 80 080650 12 80 10 70
LOADS
Washbasin and urinal fixings
9
Sanitary fixings
The given loads are valid for stud screws with the specified diameter.
Type WD 8x90 WD 10x120 WST 10x140 WST 12x150 UST 8x110 UST 10x120 WL 7x60 WL 8x70 WL 10x80
WD 8x110 WD 10x140 BO 120 WST 12x180
Screw diameter Ø [mm] 8 10 10 12 8 10 7 8 10

Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 0,90 0,90 0,90 1,80 0,90 0,90 1,10 1,10 1,50
Solid brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 0,50 0,50 0,50 0,80 0,50 0,50 - 3) - 3) - 3)
Perforated sand-lime brick ≥ KSL 12 [kN] 0,40 0,40 0,40 0,80 0,40 0,40 - - -
Vertically perforated brick ≥ Hlz 12 [kN] 0,20 0,30 0,30 0,40 0,20 0,30 - - -
Aerated concrete ≥ PB 4, PP 4 (G4) [kN] 0,30 0,30 0,30 0,70 0,30 0,30 0,16 0,16 0,28
1)
2)
3)
Due to that the failure of the substrate varies too much no reproducible values can be given.
477
Scaffold and
10 eye screw fixings
Page
Scaffold anchoring GS 12 + plug 480
Scaffold anchoring FI G 482
Eye screw GS 484
Ring nut RI 486
10
Scaffold and eye screw fixings
479
Scaffold anchoring GS 12 + plug
The standard scaffold anchoring
Scaffold anchoring Façade scaffolds

GS 12 + S 14 ROE suitable for:
▪ Concrete
▪ Solid brick
concrete
GS 12 + S 16 H R suitable for:


▪ The ideal interaction of the scaffold ▪ Façade scaffolds ▪ In order to achieve the maximum
eyebolt and plug allows for a high ▪ Ropes load-bearing capacity, nylon plugs
load-bearing capacity, thus providing ▪ Chains should only be used once.
increased safety. ▪ Trellises ▪ The combination with plug S 16 H R
▪ The high-quality weld stops the eye ▪ Lighting is recommended for perforated brick
from opening. ▪ Clothes lines and aerated concrete.
▪ The large diameter of the cover caps ▪ Hanging baskets ▪ The screw-in markings provide a visual
(available separately) covers drill holes control during assembly, and thus
completely and discreetly, even those allow for a simple and problem-free
with slightly broken edges. installation.
▪ Pre-drill into wood when not using
plugs. The drill bit diameter should
equal the core diameter of the screw.
▪ Suitable cover caps AD 12x40 (see
page 483) for closing off remaining
drill holes for S14 ROE.
▪ Not suitable for swings, hammocks
etc.
480
Scaffold anchoring GS 12 + plug
TECHNICAL DATA
Scaffold eyebolt GS 12
Shaft diameter Shaft length Max. thickness of Eye-Ø Match Sales unit
non-bearing layer
ds L t fix
GS 12 x 90 080925 12 90 15 23 S 14 ROE 70 25
GS 12 x 120 080926 12 120 30 / 10 23 S 14 ROE 100 / S16 H 100 R 25
GS 12 x 160 080927 12 160 65 / 45 23 S 14 ROE 135 / S 16 H 135 R 25
GS 12 x 190 080960 12 190 110 / 70 23 S 14 ROE 185 / S 16 H 160 R 25
GS 12 x 230 080961 12 230 110 / 70 23 S 14 ROE 185 / S 16 H 160 R 25
GS 12 x 300 081269 12 300 110 / 70 23 S 14 ROE 185 / S 16 H 160 R 25
GS 12 x 350 080962 12 350 110 / 70 23 S 14 ROE 185 / S 16 H 160 R 25
TECHNICAL DATA
Plug S 14 ROE 10

Plug S 16 H R
Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Effect. anchorage Anchor length Max. thickness of Min. bolt pene- Sales unit
depth for through depth non-bearing layer tration
fixings
d0 h2 hef l t fix l+5
S 14 ROE 70 052160 14 80 70 70 — 75 25
S 14 ROE 100 052161 14 110 70 100 30 105 25
S 14 ROE 135 052162 14 145 70 135 65 140 25
S 14 ROE 185 052164 14 195 70 185 110 190 25
S 16 H 100 R 059187 1) 16 120 90 100 10 105 50
S 16 H 135 R 059188 1) 16 155 90 135 45 140 50
S 16 H 160 R 059189 1) 16 180 90 160 70 165 50
1) Also suitable for screws with metric thread M12.
LOADS
Scaffold anchoring S14 ROE / S 16 H R + GS 12
Mean ultimate loads1) for tension of a single anchor.
Type S 14 ROE + GS 12 S 16 H R + GS 12
Mean ultimate loads for tension in the respective base material Nu

Concrete ≥ C20/25 [kN] 14,5 -
Solid brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 13,0 -
Solid sand-lime brick ≥ KS 12 [kN] 14,5 -
Solid brick of lightweight aggregate concrete ≥ V 2 [kN] 3,0 -
Perforated sand-lime brick ≥ KSL 12 [kN] - 5,0
Vertically perforated brick ≥ Hlz 12 [kN] - 3,5
1)
On these values an appropriate safety factor has to be considered.
481
Scaffold anchoring FI G
The scaffold anchoring with metric thread M 12
Scaffold anchoring Façade scaffolds
BUILDING MATERIALS
When combined with internal threa-
ded anchor:
▪ Concrete C20/25 - C50/60:
Injection mortar FIS EM / FIS V
Internal threaded anchor
10 RG 18x125 M12 I,
Art.-No. 50562 (see page 105)
ZYKON undercut anchor FZA-I
FZA 22x100 M12 I, Art.-No. 060763

(see page 250)
▪ Masonry:
Injection mortar FIS V 360 S
Perforated sleeve FIS H 20x85 K,
Internal threaded anchor
FIS E 15x85 M12,

▪ When used together with an internal ▪ Façade scaffolds ▪ The scaffold anchoring FI G should be
threaded anchor or a steel fixture with ▪ Trellises used with an internal threaded anchor.
internal thread M 12, the scaffold ▪ Tensioning ropes Detailed information about its functio-
screw FI G allows for repeated installa- ▪ Chains ning can be found in the „Chemical
tion and removal using the same fixing ▪ Lighting fixings“ chapter.
point. ▪ Clothes lines ▪ Not suitable for swings, hammocks
▪ The high-quality weld stops the ▪ Hanging baskets etc.
eye from opening, thus providing
increased safety.
482
Scaffold anchoring FI G
TECHNICAL DATA
Scaffold eyebolt FI G 12
Thread Thread length Shaft diameter Max. thickness of Eye-Ø Sales unit
non-bearing layer
M LG ds t fix
FI G 12 x 40 080933 M 12 30 12 40 23 20
FI G 12 x 80 080934 M 12 30 12 80 23 20
ACCESSORIES
Cover cap AD 12 x 40
10
Colour Length Head height Match Sales unit

l
AD 12 x 40 W 060259 white 40 3 Plug-Ø 14 mm 100
AD 12 x 40 G 060260 grey 40 3 Plug-Ø 14 mm 100
483
Eye screw GS
The universal eye screw for use with fischer plugs or for direct
use in wood
Hanging baskets Trellis

GS 8 + SX 10 suitable for:
▪ Concrete
▪ Solid brick
▪ Perforated brick
10 GS 10 + S 12 R suitable for:
▪ Concrete
▪ Solid brick
GS 10 + S 14 H R suitable for:
▪ Perforated brick
GS 8 or GS 10 without plug suitable
for:
▪ Wood

▪ The ideal interaction of the eye screw ▪ Ropes ▪ Pre-drill when using with wood. The
and plug allows for a high load-bear- ▪ Chains drill bit diameter should equal the core
ing capacity, thus providing increased ▪ Trellises diameter of the screw.
safety. ▪ Lighting ▪ The maximum load-bearing capacity
▪ The high-quality weld stops the eye ▪ Clothes lines is achieved when combined with the
from opening. ▪ Hanging baskets plugs recommended by fischer (see
table “Technical Data”). The nylon plug
must only be used once.
etc.
484
Eye screw GS
TECHNICAL DATA
Eye screw GS
Shaft diameter Shaft length Bolt penetration Match Eye-Ø Sales unit
ds L s
GS 8 x 50 Ø15 502620 8 50 50 SX 10 15 20
GS 8 x 80 Ø15 540677 8 80 58 SX 10 15 20
GS 8 x 120 Ø15 540678 8 120 58 SX 10 15 20
GS 8 x 80 Ø22 080918 8 80 58 SX 10 22 20
GS 8 x 100 Ø22 080919 8 100 58 SX 10 22 20
GS 8 x 120 Ø22 080920 8 120 58 SX 10 22 20
GS 10 x 160 Ø30 080929 10 160 — S 12 R, S 14 H R, SX12 30 20
TECHNICAL DATA
Plug S 12 R 10

Plug S 14 H R
Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Bolt penetration Effect. anchorage Anchor length Max. fixture Sales unit
fixings
d0 h2 s hef l t fix
S 12 R 100 050177 12 120 110 60 100 40 100
S 12 R 135 050178 12 155 145 60 135 75 100
S 14 H 100 R 059179 14 120 110 90 100 10 50
S 14 H 135 R 059180 14 155 145 90 135 45 50
LOADS
Eye screw GS
The given loads are valid for the eye screw GS with the specified fischer plugs.
Type SX 10x50 + GS 8 SX 12 + GS 10 S 12 R + GS 10 S 14 H-R + GS 10
Recommended tensile loads in the respective base material Nrec

Concrete ≥ C12/15 [kN] 1,20 1,70 1,03 -
Solid brick ≥ Mz 12 [kN] 0,65 0,70 1,00 -
Solid sand-lime brick ≥ KS 12 [kN] 1,20 1,70 0,84 -
Solid brick of lightweight aggregate concrete ≥V4 [kN] - - 0,29 0,43
Perforated sand-lime brick ≥ KSL 12 [kN] 0,35 0,35 0,30 0,34
Vertically perforated brick ≥ Hlz 12 ( ≥ 1 kg/dm3) [kN] - - 0,36 0,50
Aerated concrete ≥ AAC 2 [kN] 0,09 0,20 ‒ -
Aerated concrete ≥ AAC 4 [kN] 0,30 0,60 - -
1)
485
Ring nut RI
The ring nut for all fixings with threaded studs
Transmission of loads
BUILDING MATERIALS
In line with the anchor used:
▪ Solid and perforated brick

10 ▪ The metric internal thread gives the ▪ Ropes ▪ The ring nut is to be used with an
ring nut RI flexibility and means it can ▪ Chains anchor with threaded studs.
be used with a range of steel anchors ▪ Trellises Detailed information about its func-
or threaded rods; e.g. FH II, FHB II-A, ▪ Lighting tioning can be found in the „High
RG M, FZA, FAZ II, FIS A. ▪ Clothes lines performance steel anchors“ and „Che-
▪ Hanging baskets mical fixings“ chapters. The following
anchors, for example, can be used:
FHB II, RG M, FZA, FAZ II, FIS A.
etc.
TECHNICAL DATA
Ring nut RI
Match Eye-Ø Total height Sales unit

RI M 8 080840 M8 20 36 20
RI M 10 080842 M 10 25 45 10
RI M 12 080844 M 12 30 53 10
486
Ring nut RI
LOADS
Ring nut RI
Highest recommended loads1) for ring nuts.
The given loads apply for the use of ring nuts as permanent anchorage. For varying use at different components to be lifted ring nuts
with next larger thread diameter has to be use (see DIN 582).
Type RI M 8 RI M 10 RI M 12
Thread size [M] M8 M 10 M 12

Recommended load per ring nut for respective set-up Frec
Axial tension on single ring nut [kN] 1,40 2,30 3,40
45°
Axial tension or oblique tension up to 45°

[kN] 1,00 1,70 2,40
on a group of two ring nuts
Shear or oblique tension up to 45° 45° 10

on a group of two ring nuts [kN] 0,70 1,15 1,70
for lateral set-up

1)
487
Insulation fixings /
11 Façade fixings
Page
Insulation support DHK 490
Insulation support DHM 492
Render fixing DIPK 494
Render fixing FIF-K 496
Render fixing FIF-S 498
Insulation discs 500
Retaining disc with screw DHT S 502

11
Insulation fixing FID 504
Insulation fixings / Façade fixings

Insulation fixing FID GREEN 506
Holding clamp DVN 508
Fibre cement panel screw FAFZ H 509
489
Insulation support DHK
The cost-effective plastic insulation support for all conventional

insulating boards
Insulating materials in rear-ventilated façades Insulating materials in rear-ventilated façades
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete
concrete
concrete
▪ Solid brick

▪ The optimised geometry of the expan- To fix soft and pressure-resistant ▪ The DHK is set in push-through instal-
sion section ensures a low anchorage insulating materials in rear-ventilated lation using a hammer.
depth and reduces the amount of façades, such as: ▪ The plate size of the insulation support
drilling required. ▪ Mineral / glass wool is to be selected in line with the
▪ Flexible pins in the plate area adapt to ▪ PU panels compressive strength of the insulating
the insulating material, and ensure a ▪ Light building boards made of wood material: DHK 45 for pressure-re-
sustained contact pressure. wool sistant; DHK 90 for soft insulating
▪ The simple hammerset installation ▪ Cork boards / coir matting materials.
allows for a quick installation process ▪ Polystyrene ▪ The expansion of the ribs in the drill
and thus reduces workload. ▪ Foam glass tiles hole gives the DHK an ideal contact
▪ The colouring of the DHK means that pressure.
it does not stand out on black clad ▪ Temperature range when installed:
insulating material in rear-ventilated -40 °C to +80 °C.
façades.
▪ The DHK 45 is suitable for use in
pressure-resistant insulating boards
and reveals.
490
TECHNICAL DATA
Insulation support DHK 45, Insulation support DHK,

plate-ø 45 mm plate-ø 90 mm
Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole depth Effect. anchorage Anchor length Max. fixture thick- Sales unit
depth ness
d0 h1 hef l t fix
DHK 40 080937 8 30 20 65 40 250
DHK 60 080938 8 30 20 85 60 250
DHK 80 080939 8 30 20 105 80 250
DHK 100 080940 8 30 20 125 100 250
DHK 120 080941 8 30 20 145 120 200
DHK 140 080949 8 30 20 165 140 200 11
DHK 160 512150 8 30 20 185 160 100
DHK 180 512151 8 30 20 205 180 100

DHK 200 512153 8 30 20 225 200 100
DHK 220 512154 8 30 20 245 220 100
DHK 45/40 080892 8 30 20 65 40 250
DHK 45/60 080893 8 30 20 85 60 250
DHK 45/80 080894 8 30 20 105 80 250
DHK 45/100 080895 8 30 20 125 100 250
LOADS
Type DHK

Solid brick Mz 12 [kN] 0,03
Solid sand-lime brick KS 12 [kN] 0,03
Perforated sand-lime brick KSL 6 [kN] 0,03
Vertically perforated brick Hlz 12 [kN] 0,02
Aerated concrete ≥ PB 2, PP 2 (G2) [kN] 0,02
1)
2)
491
Insulation support DHM
The fire-protection-tested metal insulation support for fire-

resistant insulating boards
Pressure-resitant insulating materials on ceiling Pressure-resistant insulating materials in curtain

undersides façades

▪ Concrete
concrete
concrete
▪ Solid brick

▪ The metal insulation support achieves To fix fire-resistant soft or pressure- ▪ The insulation support is set in push-
fire resistance F 120. This means that resistant insulating materials, such through installation using a hammer.
it can be used where there are fire as: ▪ The spring steel expands when ham-
resistance requirements. ▪ Mineral / glass wool mered into the base material.
▪ The DTM 80 plate for soft insulating ▪ Light building boards made of wood ▪ Use the DTM 80 plate (available sepa-
materials (available separately) simpli- wool rately) to fix soft insulating materials.
fies storage and minimises costs. ▪ Foam glass tiles
▪ The simple hammerset installation Also suitable for:
allows for a quick installation process ▪ Polystyrene boards
and thus reduces workload. ▪ Coir matting
▪ The shaft geometry allows setting in
aerated concrete without pre-drilling,
thus saving a stage of installation.
▪ Stainless steel version DHM A2
(1.4301) for wet and extirior applica-
tions.
492
TECHNICAL DATA
Insulation support metal DHM, Insulation retaining metal washer DTM 80,
washer-ø 35 mm washer-ø 80 mm, inside-ø 11 mm
hot-dip galva- stainless Drill hole dia- Min. drill hole Effect. anchorage Anchor length Usable length Sales unit
Approval
nised steel steel A2 meter depth depth
d0 h1 hef l tfix
Art.-No. Art.-No. DIBt [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs]
Item fvz A2
DHM 40 536253 536262 ▯ 8 50 40 80 10 - 40 250
DHM 70 536254 536264 ▯ 8 50 40 110 40 - 70 250
DHM 100 536256 536265 ▯ 8 50 40 140 70 - 100 250
DHM 130 536257 536266 ▯ 8 50 40 170 100 - 130 250 11
DHM 160 536258 536267 ▯ 8 50 40 200 130 - 160 250
DHM 210 536259 536268 ▯ 8 50 40 250 170 - 210 125

DHM 260 536260 536269 ▯ 8 50 40 300 220 - 260 125
DTM 80 536261 536271 ▯ — — — — — 250
ACCESSORIES
Cover cap DHM ADK-W Cover cap DHM ADK-GR Cover cap DHM ADK-BG
Diameter Colour Outer carton Sales unit
d
Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs] [pcs]
DHM ADK-W 013330 37 white 5000 250
DHM ADK-GR 046843 37 grey 10000 250
DHM ADK-BG 046844 37 beige 2500 250
LOADS
Type DHM

Concrete3) ≥ C12/15 [kN] 0,25
Aerated concrete (without pre-drilling) ≥ PB 2, PP 2 (G2) [kN] 0,10
1)
2)
3)
Acc. to German approval in cracked concrete 0,07 kN. The complete approval has to be considered.
493
Render fixing DIPK
The cost-effective drive anchor with plastic nail
Pressure-resistant insulation boards with

rendering
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete
concrete
▪ Solid brick
11
▪ The glass-fibre-reinforced plastic nail To fix pressure-resistant insulating ▪ Non-bearing layers, such as adhesive
(GRP nail) reduces the heat transmis- materials in façades, such as: and/or old render, are to be included
sion and prevents marks on the plaster ▪ Polystyrene boards in the anchor’s useful length.
surface. ▪ Light building boards made of wood ▪ The DIPK is set in push-through instal-
▪ The simple hammerset installation wool lation using a hammer.
allows for a quick installation process ▪ Cork boards / coir matting ▪ In solid materials the GRP nail needs
and thus reduces workload. ▪ PU panels to be shortened at the predetermined
▪ The well-proven design with low breaking point.
anchorage depth reduces the amount ▪ Driving the nail into the anchor shaft
of drilling required, thus achieving a causes the DIPK to expand in the base
high level of efficiency. material.
▪ The DIPK can be used universally in
rear-ventilated curtain façades, as well
as in plaster façades.
▪ The surface of the anchor plate is
suitable to use as a plaster base
494
Render fixing DIPK
TECHNICAL DATA
Render fixing DIPK
Drill hole diameter Usable length Min. drill hole Effect. anchorage Nail length Fixing length Sales unit
depth depth
d0 tfix h1 hef l
DIPK 8/20-40 041865 8 20 - 40 40 30 77 70 200
DIPK 8/40-60 041866 8 40 - 60 40 30 97 90 200
DIPK 8/60-80 041867 8 60 - 80 40 30 117 110 200
DIPK 8/80-100 041868 8 80 - 100 40 30 137 130 200
DIPK 8/100-120 041869 8 110 - 120 40 30 157 150 200
DIPK 10/10-30 043966 10 10 - 30 40 30 67 60 200 11
DIPK 10/40-60 043967 10 40 - 60 40 30 97 90 200
DIPK 10/60-80 043968 10 60 - 80 40 30 117 110 200

DIPK 10/80-100 043969 10 80 - 100 40 30 137 130 200
DIPK 10/100-120 043970 10 110 - 120 40 30 157 150 200
DIPK 10/120-140 043971 1) 10 120 - 140 40 30 117 170 200
DIPK 10/140-160 043972 1) 10 140 - 160 40 30 137 190 200
1) Installation with setting tool, included in each package.
495
Render fixing FIF-K
The pre-assembled drive anchor with reinforced plastic nail

rendering
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete
concrete
11 concrete
▪ Solid brick

▪ The pre-assembled fixing element To fix pressure-resistant insulating ▪ Non-bearing layers, such as adhesive
simplifies installation and saves time. materials in plaster façades, such as: and/or old render, are to be included
▪ The simple hammerset installation ▪ Polystyrene boards in the FIF-K’s useful length.
allows for a quick installation process ▪ Mineral wool boards ▪ The FIF-K is set in push-through instal-
and thus reduces workload. ▪ Light building boards made of wood lation using a hammer.
▪ The geometry of the expansion sec- wool ▪ Driving the nail into the anchor shaft
tion ensures a low anchorage depth ▪ Cork boards / coir matting causes the FIF-K to expand in the base
and reduces the amount of drilling ▪ PU panels material.
required. ▪ Temperature range when installed:
▪ The integrated hammer-in stop pre- -40 °C to +80 °C.
vents the fixing from expanding pre-
maturely, thus enabling a problem-free
installation.
▪ The glass-fibre-reinforced plastic nail
reduces the heat transmission and
prevents marks on the plaster surface.
496
TECHNICAL DATA
Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Effect. anchorage Anchor length Max. fixture Disc Ø Sales unit
depth depth thickness
d0 h1 hef l t fix
FIF-K 8/60 511771 8 45 35 108 70 58 100
FIF-K 8/80 511772 8 45 35 128 90 58 100
FIF-K 8/100 511773 8 45 35 148 110 58 100
FIF-K 8/120 511774 8 45 35 168 130 58 100
FIF-K 8/140 511775 8 45 35 188 150 58 100
FIF-K 8/160 511776 8 45 35 208 170 58 100
FIF-K 8/180 511777 8 45 35 228 190 58 100
LOADS
Highest recommended loads1) for a single anchor. 11
Type FIF-K

Vertically perforated brick HLz 12,  ≥ 1 kg/dm³ [kN] 0,15
Hollow block of lightweight aggregate concrete Hbl 10 [kN] 0,15
1)
2)
497
Render fixing FIF-S
The pre-assembled drive anchor with innovative steel-plastic

nail

Detail: innovative steel-plastic combination
rendering
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete
concrete
11 concrete
▪ Solid brick

▪ The innovative plastic nail with steel To fix pressure-resistant insulating ▪ Non-bearing layers, such as adhesive
tip allows for high load-bearing materials in plaster façades, such as: and/or old render, are to be included
capacities. This reduces the number of ▪ Polystyrene in the FIF-S‘s useful length.
anchors required per m². ▪ Mineral wool boards ▪ The FIF-S is set in push-through instal-
▪ The long plastic nail breaks up the ▪ Light building boards made of wood lation using a hammer.
heat transmission. This in turn pre- wool ▪ Driving the nail into the anchor shaft
vents marks on the plaster surface. ▪ Cork boards / coir matting causes the FIF-S to expand in the base
▪ The pre-assembled fixing element sim- ▪ PU panels material.
plifies installation and thus saves time. ▪ Temperature range when installed:
▪ The simple hammerset installation -40 °C to +80 °C.
allows for a quick installation process
and thus reduces workload.
▪ The geometry of the expansion sec-
tion ensures a low anchorage depth
and reduces the amount of drilling
required.
▪ The integrated hammer-in stop pre-
vents the fixing from expanding pre-
maturely, thus enabling a problem-free
installation.
498
TECHNICAL DATA
Drill hole diameter Min. drill hole Effect. anchorage Anchor length Max. fixture Disc Ø Sales unit
depth depth thickness
d0 h1 hef l t fix
FIF-S 8/60 511810 8 45 35 108 70 58 100
FIF-S 8/80 511811 8 45 35 128 90 58 100
FIF-S 8/100 511812 8 45 35 148 110 58 100
FIF-S 8/120 511813 8 45 35 168 130 58 100
FIF-S 8/140 511814 8 45 35 188 150 58 100
FIF-S 8/160 511815 8 45 35 208 170 58 100
FIF-S 8/180 511816 8 45 35 228 190 58 100
FIF-S 8/200 511817 8 45 35 248 210 58 100
FIF-S 8/220 511818 8 45 35 268 230 58 100
FIF-S 8/240 511819 8 45 35 288 250 58 100
FIF-S 8/260 511820 8 45 35 308 270 58 100 11
FIF-S 8/280 511821 8 45 35 328 290 58 100
FIF-S 8/300 511822 8 45 35 348 310 58 100

FIF-S 8/320 511823 8 45 35 368 330 58 100
FIF-S 8/340 511824 8 45 35 388 350 58 100
LOADS
Type FIF-S

Solid block of normal weight concrete Vbn 20 [kN] 0,25
Vertically perforated brick HLz 12,  ≥ 1 kg/dm³ [kN] 0,20
Hollow block of lightweight aggregate concrete Hbl 10 [kN] 0,20
Solid block of lightweight aggregate concrete Vbl 8 [kN] 0,20
Lightweight aggregate concrete LAC 4 [kN] 0,15
Lightweight aggregate concrete LAC 6 [kN] 0,20
1)
2)
499
Insulation discs
Discs for combining nail and frame fixings, as well as screws
Insulating materials in two-leaf external walls
11

▪ The various disc diameters allow ▪ To fix soft and pressure-resistant insu- ▪ The disc size is to be selected in line
for individual adaptation to various lation materials. with the compressive strength of the
insulation materials and requirements ▪ DT 90/4 on VB wall tie insulating material.
and offer the greatest flexibility with ▪ DT 60/10, DTM 60/10 and ▪ To be combined with anchors, screws
wide-ranging applications. DTM 70/10 in combination with or nails corresponding to the available
▪ The flexible pins in the DT 90 ensure 10 mm frame fixing base material.
sustained pressure on the insulation, ▪ DT 90/8 and insulation washer 8/60 ▪ DT90/4 is suitable for pushing on to
thus providing a secure hold. in combination with 8 mm hammerfix fischer wall tie VB.
▪ The DTM 60 made of stainless steel ▪ HV and HK 36 with 5 mm screws
A4 makes it possible to use a frame
fixing, and allows for a secure fixing
of the insulation material in façade
construction in cases of high require-
ments.
500
Insulation discs
TECHNICAL DATA
HV 36 plastic HV 36 zinc ISO-disk 8/60 DT 60/10 DTM-A4 DTM 70/10 DT 90

Disc Ø Disc height Through hole Steel sheet thickness Sales unit
df s
HK 36 plastic 004283 36 4.5 5 — 100
HV 36 zinc 004286 36 3.5 5 0,7 100
ISO-disk 8/60 001680 60 7 8 — 100
DT 60/10 044317 60 7 10 — 50
DTM 60/10 A4 088805 60 3 10,5 0,5 100 11
DTM 70/10 zinc 044318 70 3 10,5 — 50
DT 90/4 080957 1) 90 9.3 4 — 250

DT 90/8 080958 90 9.3 8,2 — 250
1) The central hole is adapted in such a way that the disc clamps well on the 4 mm wire of the VB walltie.
501
Retaining disc with screw DHT S
The installation-friendly polyamide retaining disc for panel

building materials
Pressure-resistant insulation boards on timber Pressure-resistant insulation boards on timber

constructions constructions

▪ Wood and wooden materials
▪ Sheet thickness up to 0.8 mm

11 ▪ The DHT-S screw allows setting with- To fix pressure-resistant insulating ▪ Non-bearing layers, such as adhesive,
out pre-drilling, thus saving a stage of materials in plaster façades, such as: are to be included in the useful length.
installation. ▪ Polystyrene ▪ The retaining disc with screw is set
▪ The plug reduces the heat transmis- ▪ PU panels in push-through installation with a
sion and prevents marks on the plaster ▪ Light building boards made of wood cordless screwdriver.
surface. wool ▪ A PH2 bit is required for installation.
▪ The extremely thin disc construction ▪ Cork boards / coir matting ▪ After installation, seal the screw hole
allows for use with thin layers of with the enclosed plug.
plaster and reinforcements and offers
maximum flexibility.
502
TECHNICAL DATA
DHT 50/ ... disc
Colour Usable length Shaft length Screw length Effect. anchorage Disc Ø Sales unit
depth
tfix L ls hef
DHT 50/20 W 044490 white — 20 — — 50 500
DHT 50/40 W 044491 white — 40 — — 50 500
DHT S 30 W 044390 white 30 20 45 25 50 500 11
DHT S 50 W 044392 white 40 - 50 20 65 25 50 500
DHT S 70 W 044394 white 60 - 70 40 65 25 50 500

DHT S 80 W 044395 white 70 - 80 40 75 25 50 500
DHT S 100 W 044388 white 90 - 105 40 100 25 50 500
DHT S 120 W 044389 white 110 - 125 40 120 25 50 500
DHT S 150 W 516154 white 140 - 155 40 150 25 50 500
503
Insulation fixing FID
Letterbox External lighting
BUILDING MATERIALS
lating boards
boards

11 ▪ Since the anchor is set exclusively in To fix lightweight fixtures in pla- ▪ The FID can be set in the insulating
the insulation itself, fixtures can be stered and non-plastered insulating board with a cordless screwdriver or
installed without thermal bridges. boards made of polystyrene and by hand.
▪ The geometry of the FID allows for polyurethane. ▪ The special spiral thread taps itself in
a simple installation in thin layers of The areas of application are: the insulating board.
plaster, without the need for pre-drill- ▪ Façade construction (ETICS) ▪ Fixtures are fixed with a 4.5 mm
ing, thus saving a stage of installation. ▪ Insulating construction screw for the FID 50, and with a
▪ The FID 50 is used in thin insulating ▪ Electric construction 6 mm screw for the FID 90.
boards from 50mm. The FID 90 is ▪ Refrigerated and climate construction ▪ Water ingress in the insulation can be
used in thicker insulating boards, and ▪ Acoustic construction prevented by sealing the plug collar
can bear higher loads. with a suitable sealant after successful
▪ The bit mounting allows for setting pre-positioned installation.
with standard tools, thus allowing for a ▪ We recommend to predrill an 6 mm
fast and economic installation. hole in ETICs rendering.
504
TECHNICAL DATA
Insulation fixing FID 50

Ø 25 mm
Insulation fixing FID 90

l
Anchor length Min. bolt penetration Wood and chipboard Drive Sales unit
screws
l ds
FID 50 048213 50 50 4,5 - 5 T40 50
FID 90 510971 90 90 6 6 mm / 6-kt 25
LOADS
Type FID 50 FID 90

Recommended loads in the respective base material Nrec2) 11

1)
2)
505
External lighting Letterbox

lating boards
boards

11 ▪ Produced with at least 50% renewable To fix lightweight fixtures in pla- ▪ The FID GREEN can be set in pre-
raw materials and therefore particu- stered and non-plastered insulating positioned installation with a cordless
larly environmentally friendly. boards made of polystyrene and screwdriver or by hand.
▪ Just as effective, secure and durable polyurethane. ▪ With its strong drill tip, the insulation
as regular FID plugs. To fix lightweight The areas of application are: fixing FID GREEN breaks through
fixtures in plastered and non-plastered ▪ Façade construction (ETICS) thin plaster layers and cuts a positive
insulating boards. ▪ Insulating construction fit into the insulation panel with its
▪ Thermal bridge-free mounting when ▪ Electric construction specially shaped spiral thread.
exclusively set in insulation material. ▪ Refrigerated and climate construction ▪ From a plaster thickness of 5 mm, we
▪ Installation without pre-drilling even ▪ Acoustic construction recommend to create a 6 mm hole.
through thin plaster layers, thus saving This serves for better guidance of the
a work step. fastener in the setting process.
▪ Easy to set using a standard bit. ▪ Water ingress in the insulation mate-
rial can be prevented by sealing the
plug collar after successful installation.
▪ Attachment parts can be easily
attached with screws.
▪ We recommend to predrill an 6 mm
hole in ETICs rendering.
506
TECHNICAL DATA

Ø 25 mm

l
Anchor length Min. bolt penetration Wood and chipboard Drive Sales unit
screws
l ds
FID GREEN 50 524851 50 50 4,5 - 5 T40 45
FID GREEN 90 524852 90 90 6 Inbus 6 mm 20
LOADS
Type FID GREEN 50 FID GREEN 90

Recommended loads in the respective base material Nrec2) 11

1)
2)
507
Holding clamp DVN
The installation-friendly insulation clamp
Pressure-resistant insulation boards on timber Pressure-resistant insulation boards on ceiling

constructions undersides
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Wooden panel materials

▪ The holding clamp DVN allows for a ▪ To fix pressure-resistant insulation ▪ The holding clamp is fixed with the
hidden installation for a homogeneous materials (e.g. polystyrene, PU panels, supplied nails on the wooden sub-
surface. glass foam boards) onto timber strate with a hammer.
11 ▪ The complete fixing system, compris- sub-structures, predominantly in the ▪ The points of the holding clamp
ing the clamp and zinc-plated nails, ceiling area DVN are pushed into the slot side of
allows for an immediate installation in the insulating board until it is held
line with building requirements. securely.

▪ The Sendzimir-galvanised steel claw
allows for durable use for the secure
anchoring of pressure-resistant insula-
tion materials.
TECHNICAL DATA
Clamp DVN
For insulation thickness Sales unit

DVN 15 047240 up to 60 250
DVN 30 047243 from 80 250
508
Fibre cement panel screw FAFZ H
The pre-assembled fibre cement panel screw
Corrugated root tiles made of fibre cement
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Wood
▪ Wooden panel materials

11
▪ The screw is pre-fitted with a seal For fixing of: ▪ The screw is set in push-through instal-
washer. This provides a complete ▪ Fibre cement panels lation using a cordless screwdriver. No

fixing set for a simple installation. ▪ Undulating roof tiles pre-drilling of the fibre cement panel
▪ The screw is protected against corro- is required.
sion and thus withstands the stresses
of weather when used outside.
TECHNICAL DATA
Fibre cement panel screw FAFZ H
Diameter x length Min. bolt penetration Sales unit

l+5
FAFZ-H 6,5 x 130 DS 25 092210 6,5 x 130 50 100
509
12 Foams, sealants
Page Page
One-component gun foam PUP S 750 512 Premium silicone for natural stone DNS 532

513 Premium B1 silicone DFS 533
PUP 750
One-component maxi gun foam

514 Construction sealant Premium DKM 534
PUP S 500
One-component premium gun foam com-

515 Façade acrylic Premium DFA 535
pact PUP 500

516 Premium painting acrylic DMA 536
PUP 750 B3

517 Acrylic sealant DA 537
PUP BS 750
One-component premium B1 gun foam

518 Premium structured acrylic DSA 538
PUP B1 750
One-component premium adhesive foam

PUP ETICS 750
519 Repair mortar DEC 539 12
One-component premium perimeter adhe-
Foams, sealants
520 Premium all-weather sealant DDK 540
sive foam PUP P 750
One-component rapid installation foam

521 Roof sealing compound DD 541
PU S 500/750
One-component premium rapid installa-

522 Accessories for sealants 542
tion foam PU 500/750
2-component premium rapid foam 2K

523 Sealant selection matrix 544
PU 400
Accessories 524 Zinc Spray FTC-ZS 546
Premium sanitary silicone DSSA 526 Zinc Spray Bright Grade FTC-ZB 547
Sanitary silicone DSSI 527 Zinc-Alu Spray FTC-ZA 548
Multi-silicone DMS 528
Premium high temperature silicone DHS 529
Premium construction silicone DBSA 530
Roof and wall silicone DBSI 531
511
One-component gun foam PUP S 750
The gun foam with proven joint sound-proofing, thermal

insulation and water pressure resistance for professionals
Window connection joints Filling pipe penetrations

Bonds to all standard building materi- ▪ General test certificate from building
als such as: authorities P-NDS04-137 for B2
▪ Concrete ▪ Proven joint soundproofing
▪ Anodised layer R(ST,w)=61 (-1;-3) dB in line with ISO
▪ Fibre cement EN 717-1
▪ Gypsum plasterboard ▪ Proven thermal conductivity: Reduces
▪ Wood heat loss at 0.0345 W / (m * K)
▪ Sand-lime brick ▪ Based on DIN 18542 proven air tight-
▪ Plastics (not on PE, PP, Teflon, silicone) ness of a<0,1 m³/[h*m*(daPa)²/3]
▪ Masonry ▪ Test for watertightness for the adhe-
12 ▪ Metals with priming coat sion of manhole rings
▪ Plaster
▪ Stone
Foams, sealants

▪ The proven 61dB sound insulation ▪ Insulating and filling window connec- ▪ 1-component PU foam
fulfills the standards of modern sound tion joints, around window sills and ▪ Building material class B2
insulation and helps to reduce noise. shutter boxes ▪ Foam yield of extruded foam 45 l
▪ The thermal protection and proven ▪ To insulate and fill wall penetrations, ▪ Processing temperature environment
airtightness allows compliance with cavities, wall connections and finished +10 °C to +30 °C (aerosol can +5 °C
energy saving according to EnEV and elements to +30 °C)
substantiated as effective reduction of ▪ To seal and bind well shafts, manhole ▪ Non-tacky after approx. 15 minutes
heat loss. shafts, domestic sewage treatment ▪ Hardened after approx. 24 hours
▪ External testing of watertightness plants and cisterns ▪ Temperature resistant from -40 °C to
when used in connection with hinged +90 °C
manhole rings fulfils the requirements ▪ Layer thicknesses > 50 mm foam in
for a well foam. several layers and then dampen.
▪ The low level foam expansion during ▪ Fresh foam stains can be removed
the curing period avoids reworking, immediately with fischer PU cleaner.
thus guaranteeing a simple and time-
saving application.
TECHNICAL DATA
Content per can Max. foam yield (free foaming) Colour Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [ml] [l] [pcs]

PUP S 750 (DE) 539197 1) 750 45 beige 12
PUP S 750 B2 040302 750 45 beige 12
1) Without protective gloves, for commercial users only.
512
One-component premium gun foam PUP 750
The gun foam with proven sound and thermal insulation as well
as increased foam yield
Window connection joints Connection joints around shutter boxes

als such as: authorities P-NDS04-137
▪ Gypsum plasterboard EN 717-1
▪ Wood ▪ Proven thermal conductivity: Reduces
▪ Sand-lime brick heat loss by 0.0345 W/(m*K)
▪ Plastics (not on PE, PP, Teflon, silicone) ▪ Based on DIN 18542, proven airtight-
▪ Masonry ness of a<0.1 m³/[h*m*(daPa)²/3]
▪ Metals with priming coat
▪ Plaster 12
Foams, sealants
▪ The thermal protection and proven ▪ Insulating and filling window connec- ▪ 1-component PU foam
reduction of air permeability fulfil the tion joints, around window sills and ▪ Building material class B2
high standards for modern thermal shutter boxes ▪ Foam yield of extruded foam 55 l
protection. ▪ Insulating and filling in roofing work ▪ Processing temperature +5 °C to
▪ The proven 61dB sound insulation and dry construction +35 °C
fulfils the standards of modern sound ▪ Insulating and filling finished ele- ▪ Non-tacky after approx. 25 minutes
insulation and helps to reduce noise. ments, wall connections, wall penetra- ▪ Can be cut after approx. 1 hour
▪ The high yield of up to 55 l reduces tions and cavities ▪ Cures within 5 to 8 hours
the number of cans needed, thus ▪ Insulating and filling pipe penetrations ▪ Temperature resistant from -40 °C to
ensuring maximum economic effici- and ventilation ducts +90 °C
ency. ▪ Layer thicknesses > 50 mm: foam in
▪ The low level of foam expansion several layers and then dampen.
during the curing period avoids rewor- ▪ Fresh foam stains can be removed
king, thus guaranteeing a simple and immediately with fischer PU cleaner.
time-saving application.
▪ The solid valve prevents adhesion
when being stored horizontally or
during long interruptions of work, thus
guaranteeing long-lasting functionality.
TECHNICAL DATA

PUP 750 (DE) 053084 825 55 beige 12
513
One-component maxi gun foam PUP S 500
The proven sound and thermal insulation foam with higher

foam yield for professionals in a short can
Window connection joints Closing joints in structural work

Bonds to all standard building materi- ▪ General test certificate from buildingh
als such as: authorities P-NDS04-137 für B2
▪ Concrete ▪ Proven joint soundproofing:
▪ Sand-lime brick heat loss at 0.0345 W/(m * K)
▪ Plastics (not on PE, PP, Teflon, silicone) ▪ Based on DIN 18542 proven airtight-
▪ Masonry ness of a<0,1 m³/[h*m*(daPa)²/3]
12 ▪ Plaster

Foams, sealants
▪ The short, handy can allows the ▪ Insulating and filling window connec- ▪ 1-component PU foam
correct positioning in awkward places tion joints, around window sills and ▪ Building material class B2
and leads without premature gas loss shutter boxes ▪ Foam yield of extruded foam 43 l
to a high emptying of residues. ▪ Insulating and filling finished ele- ▪ Low post-expansion
▪ The low level of foam expansion ments, wall connections, wall penetra- ▪ For use at ambient temperature ±0 °C
during the curing period avoids rewor- tions and cavities to +35 °C (Can +5 °C to +20 °C)
king, thus guaranteeing a simple and ▪ Insulating and filling in roofing work ▪ Non-tacky after approx. 8 minutes
time-saving application. and dry construction (e.g. in the ▪ Can be cut after approx. 20 minutes
▪ The thermal protection and proven ceiling area) ▪ Temperature resistant from -40 °C to
airtightness allows compliance with ▪ Insulating and filling pipe penetrations +90 °C
energy saving according to EnEV and and ventilation ducts ▪ Fresh foam stains can be removed
substantiated as effective reduction of immediately with fischer PU cleaner.
heat loss.
▪ The high joint soundproofing of 61dB
fulfils the standards of modern sound
insulation and helps to reduce noise.
TECHNICAL DATA

PUP S 500 (DE) 539163 500 43 beige 12
514
One-component premium gun foam compact PUP 500
The grey gun foam in the compact can with high foam yield
Window connection joints Closing joints in structural work

▪ Sand-lime brick heat loss by 0.0345 W/(m*K)
▪ Plastics (not on PE, PP, Teflon, silicone) ▪ Based on DIN 18542, proven airtight-
▪ Masonry ness of a<0.1 m³/[h*m*(daPa)²/3]
▪ Plaster 12
Foams, sealants
▪ The compact, handy can allows for ▪ Insulating and filling component joints, ▪ 1-component PU foam
use in difficult to access areas, and wall connections and wall penetrati- ▪ Building material class B2
achieves a high degree of emptying ons ▪ Foam yield of extruded foam 43 l
without premature loss of gas. ▪ Insulating and filling in roofing work ▪ For use at ambient and base material
▪ The grey colour of the foam is ideally and dry construction (e.g. in the temperatures of -5 °C to +35 °C (can
suited to concrete substrates and ceiling area) temperature +5 °C to +20 °C)
allows for an inconspicuous filling of ▪ Insulating and filling window connec- ▪ Non-tacky after approx. 8 minutes
joints. tion joints, around window sills and ▪ Can be cut after approx. 20 minutes
▪ The proven thermal protection and shutter boxes ▪ Cures within 5 to 8 hours
reduction of air permeability fulfil the ▪ Insulating and filling pipe penetrations ▪ Temperature resistant from -40 °C to
high standards for modern thermal and ventilation ducts +90 °C
protection. ▪ Layer thicknesses > 50 mm: foam in
▪ The proven 61dB sound insulation several layers and then dampen.
fulfils the standards of modern sound ▪ Fresh foam stains can be removed
insulation and helps to reduce noise. immediately with fischer PU cleaner.
▪ The solid valve prevents adhesion
when being stored horizontally or
during long interruptions of work, thus
guaranteeing long-lasting functionality.
TECHNICAL DATA

PUP 500 (DE) 503259 500 43 concrete grey 12
515
One-component premium gun foam PUP 750 B3
The gun foam with the perfect dosage
Window connection joints Connection joints around shutter boxes

Bonds to all standard building materi- ▪ Proven joint soundproofing
als such as: R(ST,w)=60 (-1;-4) dB in line with ISO
▪ Concrete EN 717-1
▪ Anodised layer
▪ Wood
▪ Sand-lime brick
▪ Plastics (not on PE, PP, Teflon, silicone)
▪ Masonry
12 ▪ Plaster
ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS
FUNCTIONING
Foams, sealants
▪ The low level of foam expansion ▪ Insulating and filling window connec-
▪ 1-component PU foam
during the curing period avoids rewor- tion joints, around window sills and
▪ Building material class B3
king, thus guaranteeing a simple and shutter boxes
▪ Foam yield of extruded foam 41 l
time-saving application. ▪ Insulating and filling in roofing work
▪ Processing temperature +10 °C to
▪ The easy dosage allows for a con- and dry construction
+30 °C
trolled filling and sealing, and ensures ▪ Insulating and filling finished ele-
▪ Non-tacky after approx. 15 minutes
that the correct amount is used. ments, wall connections, wall penetra-
▪ Can be cut after approx. 45 minutes
▪ The proven 60dB sound insulation tions and cavities
▪ Cures within 5 to 8 hours
fulfils the standards of modern sound ▪ Insulating and filling pipe penetrations
▪ Temperature resistant from -40 °C to
insulation and helps to reduce noise. and ventilation ducts
+90 °C
▪ The perfect-fit connection between
▪ Layer thicknesses > 50 mm: foam in
the can and the gun means that work
several layers and then dampen.
can be interrupted for as long as you
▪ Fresh foam stains can be removed
like, and thus guarantees long-lasting
immediately with fischer PU cleaner.
functionality.
TECHNICAL DATA

PUP 750 B3 (EN) 058501 750 41 beige 12
516
One-component premium gun foam PUP BS 750
The gun foam with proven resistance to water pressure
Sealing concrete manhole rings Filling pipe penetrations

▪ Concrete ▪ Test for watertightness up to 0.5 bar
▪ Anodised layer for the adhesion of manhole rings
▪ Fibre cement ▪ Proven joint soundproofing:
▪ Gypsum plasterboard R(ST,w)=61 (-1;-3) dB in line with
▪ Wood ISO EN 717-1
▪ Sand-lime brick ▪ Proven thermal conductivity: Reduces
▪ Plastics (not on PE, PP, Teflon, silicone) heat loss by 0.0345 W/(m*K)
▪ Masonry ▪ Based on DIN 18542, proven airtight-
▪ Metals with priming coat ness of a < 0.1 m³/[h*m*(daPa)²/3] 12
▪ Plaster
▪ Stone
Foams, sealants
▪ External testing of watertightness ▪ To quickly fill joints between hinged ▪ One-component PU foam
when used in connection with hinged manhole rings ▪ Building material class B2
manhole rings fulfils the requirements ▪ To seal and bind well shafts, manhole ▪ Foam yield of extruded foam 45 l
for a well foam. shafts, domestic sewage treatment ▪ Processing temperature environment
▪ The special foam is ready and easy to plants and cisterns +10 °C to +30 °C (aerosol can +5 °C
use, and replaces the time- and work- ▪ To insulate and fill wall penetrations, to +30 °C)
intensive application of mortar. cavities, wall connections and finished ▪ Non-tacky within approx. 15 minutes
▪ The high resistance to dilute chemi- elements ▪ Bind manholes together before skin
cals and mineral oil, the resistance to formation.
acids and bacteria found in soil, and ▪ Do not cut or spread foam coming
the resistance to rot all guarantee a from the hinge.
lasting function. ▪ Hardened after approx. 24 hours
▪ The easy dosage allows for a con- ▪ Temperature resistant from -40 °C to
trolled filling and sealing, and ensures +90 °C
that the correct amount is used. ▪ Layer thicknesses > 50 mm foam in
TECHNICAL DATA

PUP BS 750 B2 (DE/EN) 513763 750 45 beige 12
517
One-component premium B1 gun foam PUP B1 750
The hardly flammable B1 gun foam
Filling cavities in the insulation Foaming steel door frames

▪ Concrete
▪ Anodised layer
▪ Wood
▪ Sand-lime brick
▪ Masonry
12 ▪ Plaster

Foams, sealants
▪ The PUFS is hardly flammable in line ▪ High-efficiency thermal insulation on ▪ 1-component PU foam
with the B1 test and can therefore be façades ▪ Building material class B1
used between solid, mineral or metal ▪ Insulating and filling in roofing work ▪ Foam yield of extruded foam 45 l
building materials. Thus it provides the ▪ Insulating and filling window connec- ▪ Processing temperature +10 °C to
highest level of safety. tion joints, around window sills and +25 °C
▪ The high-quality solid valve prevents shutter boxes ▪ Non-tacky after approx. 10 minutes
adhesion when being stored horizon- ▪ Insulating and filling finished ele- ▪ Can be cut after approx. 40 minutes
tally or during long interruptions of ments, wall connections, wall penetra- ▪ Cures within 5 to 8 hours
work, thus guaranteeing long-lasting tions and cavities ▪ Temperature resistant from -40 °C to
functionality. +90 °C
▪ The easy dosage allows for a con- ▪ Layer thicknesses > 50 mm: foam in
trolled filling and sealing, and ensures several layers and then dampen.
that the correct amount is used. ▪ Fresh foam stains can be removed
TECHNICAL DATA

PUP B1 750 (DE/EN) 045300 750 45 concrete grey 12
518
One-component premium adhesive foam PUP ETICS 750
The adhesive foam for ETIC systems with general technical

approval
Insulation of cellar ceiling Wall insulation

▪ EPS-insulation panels ▪ Building approval for bonding EPS
▪ Concrete boards in ETIC systems
▪ Bitumen coatings ▪ Adhesive tensile strength values
▪ Anodised layer (based on ETAG guideline 004/2013,
▪ Gypsum plasterboard section 5.1.4.1.2)
▪ Wood
▪ Cold bitumen sheeting
▪ Masonry
▪ Plaster 12
Foams, sealants
▪ The special recipe guarantees high ▪ Bonding of EPS rigid foam panels ▪ 1-component PU foam
adhesive tensile strength for secure in accordance with ETAG Guideline ▪ Foam yield sufficient for up to 12 m²
fixing. 004/2013 wall area
▪ The high foam yield allows for the bon- ▪ Fixing of external wall insulation, inter- ▪ Processing temperature +10 °C to
ding of up to 12 m² of wall space and nal wall insulation and attic insulation +25 °C, Ambient air temperature at
is therefore especially economical. ▪ Fixing of basement ceiling insulation least +5 °C (optimal +20 °C)
▪ Really low post-expansion avoids the ▪ Bonding of perimeter insulation panels ▪ Open Time approx. 10 minutes
formation of cavities between the wall ▪ Can be cut after approx. 20 minutes
and insulation panel and guarantees a ▪ Temperature resistant from -40 °C to
secure connection. +90 °C
▪ The use of the can/gun system provi- ▪ Extremely high heat insulation pro-
des a time saving of approx. 30% and perties
thus guarantees efficient work. ▪ Shear resistance (EN 12090)
38,7 kPa
▪ When pressed on, an adhesive surface
percentage of at least 40% must be
achieved.
▪ Do not knock the insulation panels
against the wall (this damages the
foam structure).
TECHNICAL DATA
Content per can Max. foam yield Colour Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [ml] [m²] [pcs]

PUP WDVS 750 (DE) 539164 750 up to 12 light green 12
PUP 750 ETICS (EN) 543448 750 up to 12 light green 12
519
One-component premium perimeter adhesive foam PUP P 750
The economic adhesive foam for perimeter insulation boards
Bonding perimeter insulation boards Filling pipe penetrations

▪ Concrete ▪ General test certificate from building
▪ Bitumen coatings authorities P-NDS04-772
▪ Anodised layer
▪ Wood
▪ Cold bitumen sheeting
▪ Masonry
▪ Plaster
12
▪ The high foam yield allows for the bon- ▪ Bonding expanded polystyrene panels ▪ 1-component PU foam
Foams, sealants
ding of approx. 13 m² of wall space, ▪ Insulating and filling wall penetrations ▪ Building material class B2
and is therefore especially economical. ▪ Foaming in electrical installations ▪ Foam yield of extruded foam 45 l
▪ The use of the can/gun system provi- ▪ Filling joints and cavities in all internal ▪ Processing temperature +10 °C to
des a time saving of approx. 30% and constructions +25 °C
thus guarantees efficient work. ▪ Fixing and sealing walls and ceilings ▪ Non-tacky after approx. 10 minutes
▪ The special PU foam formulation ▪ Can be cut after approx. 40 minutes
ensures the best adhesion to concrete ▪ Temperature resistant from -40 °C to
and bituminous substrates, and allows +90 °C
for the long-term fixing of insulation ▪ Low heat conductivity
boards. ▪ Applications comparable to conventio-
▪ The very low level of post-expansion nal gun foams.
avoids the formation of cavities and ▪ Fresh foam stains can be removed
guarantees a long-lasting insulation. immediately with fischer PU cleaner.
▪ Apply a min. of 3 end-to-end stripes
per board, vertically from bottom
to top on the external wall (spacing
approx. 30 cm). The bottom board
should be on fixed ground as protec-
tion from later slipping. After approx.
10 minutes apply the boards onto the
holding surface and press hard.
TECHNICAL DATA

PUP P 750 (DE) 506671 750 45 concrete grey 12
520
One-component rapid installation foam PU S 500/750
The high-quality rapid installation foam with proven sound

insulation and resistance of water pressure for professionals
Window connection joints Sealing concrete manhole rings

▪ Concrete ▪ Proven joint soundproofing for B2:
▪ Anodised layer R(ST,w) ≥ 63 (-1; -4) dB according ISO
▪ Gypsum plasterboard 10140-1
▪ Wood ▪ Test for watertightness for the adhe-
▪ Sand-lime brick sion of manhole rings
▪ Masonry
▪ Plaster 12
Foams, sealants
▪ The proven 63 dB sound insulation ful- ▪ Insulating and filling window connec- ▪ 1-component PU foam
fills the modern sound insulation and tion joints, around window sills and ▪ Building material class B2
helps to reduce noise. shutter boxes ▪ Foam yield of extruded foam 750 ml:
▪ The adapter foam has been approved ▪ Bonding and sealing manhole rings approx. 45 l (500 ml: approx. 30 l)
as watertight by an external inspection ▪ Insulating and filling in roofing work ▪ Processing temperature +5 °C to
and is thus suitable for use in wet and dry construction +35 °C
conditions. It fulfils the requirements ▪ Insulating and filling finished ele- ▪ Non-tacky after approx. 15 minutes
of a well foam. ments, wall connections, wall penetra- ▪ Can be cut after approx. 45 minutes
▪ The fast screwed adapter allows tions and cavities ▪ Hardened after approx. 24 hours
immediate use and is thus uncompli- ▪ Temperature resistant from -40 °C to
cated to use without need for additio- +90 °C
nal processing equipment. ▪ Layer thicknesses > 50 mm: foam in
TECHNICAL DATA

PU S 750 (DE) 040301 1) 750 45 beige 12
PU S 1/500 B2 (DE) 040300 500 30 beige 12
521
One-component premium rapid installation foam PU 500/750
The high-quality installation foam with reusable fix adapter

system
Window connection joints Sealing concrete manhole rings

▪ Concrete ▪ Proven joint soundproofing:
▪ Anodised layer R(ST,w)=61 (-1; -3) dB in line with ISO
▪ Wood ▪ Test for watertightness for the adhe-
▪ Sand-lime brick sion of manhole rings
▪ Masonry
12 ▪ Plaster

Foams, sealants
▪ The reclosable fix adapter allows for ▪ Bonding and sealing manhole rings ▪ 1-component PU foam
immediate use and for the reuse of ▪ Insulating and filling in roofing work ▪ Building material class B2 or B3
opened cans, thus guaranteeing long- and dry construction ▪ Processing temperature +5 °C to
lasting functionality. ▪ Insulating and filling window connec- +35 °C
▪ The used solid valve prevents adhe- tion joints, around window sills and ▪ Non-tacky after approx. 20 minutes
sion when being stored horizontally shutter boxes ▪ Can be cut after approx. 40 minutes
and premature gas loss. ▪ Insulating and filling finished ele- ▪ Cures within 5 to 8 hours
▪ The rapid installation foam has been ments, wall connections and wall ▪ Temperature resistant from -40 °C to
approved as watertight by an external penetrations +90 °C
inspection and is thus suitable for use ▪ Layer thicknesses > 50 mm: foam in
in wet conditions. It fulfils the require- several layers and then dampen.
ments of a well foam. ▪ Fresh foam stains can be removed
▪ The ergonomic handle sits perfectly in immediately with fischer PU cleaner.
the hand and allows for easy use.
TECHNICAL DATA

PU 500 B2 (DE) 050426 500 30 beige 12
PU 500 B3 (EN/FR/AR) 058500 500 28 beige 12
PU 750 B2 (DE) 053080 750 45 beige 12
PU 750 B3 (EN/FR/AR) 050427 750 41 beige 12
PU 750 B2 (EN, FR, AR) 534466 750 45 beige 12
522
2-component premium rapid foam 2K PU 400
The high-quality 2-component rapid foam with high yield for

secure fixing with pull activation
Foaming door frames Foaming below bath tubs

▪ Concrete
▪ Anodised layer
▪ Wood
▪ Sand-lime brick
▪ Masonry
▪ Plaster 12
Foams, sealants
▪ The humidity-independent system ▪ Installation of door frames (install ▪ 2-component PU foam
guarantees a controlled foaming, expanders) ▪ Building material class B2
thus ensuring a safe and fast curing ▪ Filling and insulating of cavities in ▪ Foam yield of extruded foam 13 l
without repressing. walls and ceilings ▪ Processing temperature +15 °C to
▪ The pull mechanism allows for a ▪ Foaming in windows, bath tubs and +25 °C
simple, safe activation of the compo- showers ▪ Non-tacky after approx. 6 minutes
nents. ▪ Fixing insulating elements, wooden ▪ Can be cut after approx. 10 minutes
▪ The used solid valve prevents adhe- cladding, sheet metal panels, control ▪ Cures after approx. 30 minutes
sion when being stored horizontally boxes ▪ Temperature resistant from -40 °C to
and premature gas loss. +90 °C
▪ The extremely uniform and fine-pore ▪ Fresh foam stains can be removed
foam structure provides high strength immediately with fischer PU cleaner.
values and offers a maximum of
functionality.
▪ The high foam yield allows for the set-
ting of up to 3 door frames. Thus the
foam is particularly economical.
▪ The high resistance to rotting and
ageing ensures consistent quality and
guarantees a long-lasting fixing.
TECHNICAL DATA

2K PU 400 (DE) 053081 400 13 light blue 12
523
Accessories
PUP K2 PUP M3 PUP M4 BLACK
ADVANTAGES ADVANTAGES ADVANTAGES

▪ The light construction facilitates use ▪ The PUP M3 meets the tough require- ▪ The complete PTFE coating reduces
on construction sites and allows for ments of a construction site and thus cleaning to a minimum.
fatigue-free work. offers a long lifespan. ▪ Non-return ball and basket are coated
▪ The impact-requiring control prevents ▪ The ergonomic handle allows for an with PTFE. This prevents bonding and
the unintentional unscrewing of the ideal position of centre of gravity, and guarantees a long-lasting function.
regulating screw, and is therefore therefore precise handling. ▪ The perfect combination of the
particularly user-friendly. ▪ The infinitely variable control of the ergonomically shaped handle and
▪ The gun adapter is suitable for all foam expulsion allows for a controlled trigger makes handling particularly
standard systems and enables univer- filling and insulating, and enables user-friendly.
12 sal application. application-orientated work. ▪ The tubes included with the 19 cm
▪ Opened cans can remain screwed ▪ Opened cans can remain screwed long, tapered pistol pipe mean that it
onto the gun during interruptions of onto the gun during interruptions of can be individually lengthened for use
Foams, sealants
work without curing. work without curing. in the narrowest joints, thus offering a
high degree of flexibility.
TECHNICAL DATA
Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
PUP K2 062400 1
PUP M3 033208 1
PUP M4 BLACK 513429 1
524
Accessories
PU-cleaner
ADVANTAGES
▪ The active components ensure a high
cleaning effect, making the cleaner 12
ideal for the safe removal of fresh PU
foam.
Foams, sealants
▪ The gun adapter is suitable for all
standard systems and enables univer-
sal application.
▪ The separate spray head allows for the
cleaning of external surfaces, making
the product extremely versatile.
▪ The highly active cleaner can etch
sensitive surfaces (paint, dye, textiles,
plastics). Thus you should always
conduct preliminary tests.
TECHNICAL DATA
Contents Sales unit
PUR 150 (DE) 053083 150 12
PUR 500 (DE/EN) 053085 500 12
525
Premium sanitary silicone DSSA
The high-quality premium sanitary silicone
Joints in sanitary areas Sealings in the kitchen

▪ Chrome ▪ Tested according to EN 15651 - Part
▪ Stainless steel 1: F EXT-INT-CC
▪ Anodised layer ▪ Tested according to EN 15651 - Part
▪ Enamel, Tiles 3: S
▪ Glass, glazed surfaces
▪ Wood (with primer)
▪ H-PVC
▪ Ceramics
▪ Polyester
▪ Sanitary acrylic
12
▪ The high-quality formulation allows for ▪ Corner, movement and connection ▪ Chemical base: 1-component silicone
Foams, sealants
easy application and smoothing, and joints in sanitary areas (sinks, showers, acetate
ensures efficient work. bath tubs, expansion joints between ▪ Permanently elastic
▪ The outstanding movement capacity tiles etc.) ▪ With fungicide
means that DSSA is ideal for high- ▪ Connection joints in the kitchen ▪ Skin formation time: approx. 6 minutes
stress expansion joints. This guaran- ▪ Window and glass sealings ▪ Processing temperature: +5 °C to
tees long-lasting jointing. ▪ Seal welds for display cabinets and +35 °C
▪ The very good hold on smooth sur- glass blocks ▪ Temperature resistance: -50 °C to
faces prevents damp from forming in ▪ Small-scale adhesions (e.g. window +200 °C
the substrate and guarantees reliable bars) ▪ Good chemical resistance
functioning. ▪ Very good resistance to weather,
▪ The high wear resistance gives the ageing and UV
surface a high level of protection when ▪ Compatible with paint
cleaning. Together with the fungicidal ▪ Not paintable
properties, an ideal jointing can be ▪ Free of MDI and solvents
achieved that will last over the long ▪ Selection table for substrates - refer to
term. page 544
TECHNICAL DATA
Colour Contents Sales unit
DSSA TP (DE/EN) 053100 transparent 310 12
DSSA W (DE/EN) 053101 white 310 12
DSSA GR (DE/EN) 053102 grey 310 12
DSSA BG (DE/EN) 053103 bahama beige 310 12
DSSA DG (DE/EN) 053105 dark grey 310 12
DSSA SW (DE/EN) 053120 black 310 12
DSSA SG (DE/EN) 058530 silver grey 310 12
DSSA FUG (DE/EN) 512208 joint grey 310 12
DSSA SAG (DE/EN) 512209 sanitary grey 310 12
DSSA MA (DE/EN) 512210 manhattan 310 12
DSSA AN (DE/EN) 512211 anthracite 310 12
526
Sanitary silicone DSSI
The standard sanitary silicone
Joints in sanitary areas Wash basins

▪ Stainless steel ▪ Tested according to EN 15651 - Part
▪ Anodised layer 1: F EXT-INT-CC
▪ Epoxy ▪ Tested according to EN 15651 - Part
▪ Tiles 2: G-CC
▪ Glazed surfaces ▪ Tested according to EN 15651 - Part
▪ Glass 3: S
▪ H-PVC
▪ Ceramics
▪ Painted wood
▪ Polyester
12
▪ The 25% elasticity means that DSSI ▪ Joints in sinks and toilets ▪ Chemical base: 1-component silicone
Foams, sealants
is ideal for expansion and connection ▪ Expansion joints between floor and acetate
joints. This guarantees long-lasting wall tiles ▪ Permanently elastic
jointing. ▪ Joints around enamel and plastic ▪ With fungicide
▪ The very good hold on smooth showers and bath tubs ▪ Skin formation time: approx. 5 minutes
surfaces, e.g. tiles, prevents damp for- ▪ Connection joints between timber and ▪ Processing temperature: +5 °C to
ming in the substrate and guarantees tiles +30 °C
reliable functioning. ▪ Connection joints in the kitchen ▪ Temperature resistance: -50 °C to
▪ The fungicidal properties ensure a ▪ Seal welds for display cabinets and +120 °C
clean look over the long term. glass blocks ▪ Permitted overall deformation: 25%
▪ Glazing wood and aluminium win- ▪ Good chemical resistance
dows ▪ Very good resistance to weather,
ageing and UV
▪ Not paintable
▪ Selection table for substrates - refer to
page 544
TECHNICAL DATA
DSSI TP (EN/FR/AR) 058515 transparent 280 24
DSSI W (EN/FR/AR) 058516 white 280 24
527
Multi-silicone DMS
The silicone sealant with an acetate base for internal and

external applications
Joints in sanitary areas Sealings in the kitchen

▪ Anodised layer 1: F EXT-INT-CC
▪ Epoxy ▪ Tested according to EN 15651 - Part
▪ Tiles 2: G-CC
▪ Glazed surfaces ▪ Tested according to EN 15651 - Part
▪ Glass 3: S
▪ H-PVC
▪ Ceramics
▪ Painted wood
▪ Polyester
12
▪ Thanks to the practical elasticity of ▪ Bathrooms, showers and toilets ▪ Chemical base: 1-component silicone
Foams, sealants
25%, DMS is ideally suited to con- ▪ Connection joints to sinks acetate

nection joints with expansion. This ▪ Expansion joints between tiles ▪ Permanently elastic
guarantees long-lasting jointing. ▪ Connection joints in the kitchen ▪ With fungicide
▪ The fungicidal properties ensure a ▪ Joints between timber and tiles ▪ Skin formation time: approx. 5 minutes
clean look over the long term. ▪ Seal welds for display cabinets and ▪ Processing temperature: +5 °C to
▪ The very good hold on smooth sur- glass blocks +40 °C
faces prevents damp from forming in ▪ Temperature resistance: -50 °C to
the substrate and guarantees reliable +120 °C
functioning. ▪ Permitted overall deformation: 25%
▪ The good resistance to UV, weathering ▪ Very good resistance to weather,
and ageing means that DMS can be ageing and UV
used both indoors and outdoors, and ▪ Not paintable
offers a high level of security over the ▪ Selection table for substrates - refer to
long term. page 544
TECHNICAL DATA
DMS TP (EN/FR/AR) 040385 transparent 280 24
DMS W (EN/FR/AR) 040386 white 280 24
DMS GR (EN/FR/AR) 040389 grey 280 24
DMS SW (EN/FR/AR) 504413 black 280 24
528
Premium high temperature silicone DHS
The silicone sealant for high temperature requirements
Sealing fireplaces Sealing cookers
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Aluminium (with primer) ▪ Glass
▪ Chrome ▪ Glazed surfaces
▪ Stainless steel ▪ Ceramics
▪ Anodised layer ▪ Not for corrosive adhesive surfaces
▪ Enamel such as non ferrous heavy metal,
▪ Tiles sheet zinc etc.

12
▪ The high temperature resistance of up ▪ Sealing of joints around cookers, ▪ Chemical base: 1-component silicone
to +300°C means that DHS can be ovens and fireplaces acetate
Foams, sealants
used for joints with increased thermal ▪ Sealing of joints around boilers and ▪ Permanently elastic
load. industrial furnaces ▪ Skin formation time: approx. 15
▪ Meanwhile, the high resistance to ▪ Sealing of joints around pipes and minutes
chemicals also allows for use in areas channels subjected to high tempera- ▪ Processing temperature: +5 °C to
subjected to chemical loads, thus tures +40 °C
offering a high level of application ▪ Sealing of ventilation grilles ▪ Temperature resistance: -60 °C to
safety. ▪ Sealing of air conditioning units +280 °C (short term to +300 °C)
▪ The very good adhesion to smooth ▪ Very good resistance to chemicals
surfaces allows for the components to ▪ Very good resistance to weather,
be completely sealed. This allows for ageing and UV
reliable functioning. ▪ Not paintable
▪ DHS is easy to apply and smooth ▪ Free of MDI and solvents
out. This allows for efficient work, ▪ Selection table for substrates - refer to
and helps to guarantee a simple and page 544
time-saving application.
TECHNICAL DATA
DHS RB (DE/EN) 053125 reddish brown 310 12
529
Premium construction silicone DBSA
The low-odour premium construction silicone with high

adhesive spectrum
External connection joints Fixing mirrors

▪ Concrete ▪ Tested according to EN 15651 - Part
▪ Chrome 1: F-EXT-INT-CC (class 25LM)
▪ Anodised layer 2: G-CC (class 25LM)
▪ Enamel, Tiles, Ceramics ▪ Tested according to EN 15651 - Part
▪ Glass, glazed surfaces 3: S (class XS1)
▪ H-PVC
▪ Copper, brass
▪ Masonry
12 ▪ PMMA, PC, Polyester
FUNCTIONING
▪ Steel
▪ Zinc
▪ Chemical base: 1-component silicone
Foams, sealants
neutral alkoxy
ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS ▪ Fulfils DIN EN ISO 11600 F+G 25
▪ The high-quality, neutral silicone seal- ▪ Connection and expansion joints in ▪ Permanently elastic
ant with a very low volume shrinkage the construction industry (e.g. win- ▪ Low-odour
is suitable for demanding applications dows, doors, façades, light domes) ▪ With fungicide
in construction and the industrial ▪ Window glazing ▪ Skin formation time: approx. 12 min
sector, and guarantees a high degree ▪ Movement and connection joints in ▪ Processing temperature: +5 °C to +40 °C
of functional safety. kitchens, sanitary areas and installa- ▪ Temperature resistance: -40 °C to
▪ DBSA is low-odour and is therefore tions +120 °C
ideal for use in confined spaces. ▪ Fixing mirrors (transparent version) ▪ Permitted overall deformation: 25%
▪ The silicone is easy to apply and ▪ Sealing machines, containers and ▪ Non-corrosive
smooth out, thus allowing for efficient building apparatus ▪ Very good resistance to weather,
work and a simple and time-saving ageing and UV
jointing. ▪ Compatible with paint
▪ The high wear resistance gives the ▪ Not paintable
surface a high level of protection when ▪ Resistant to wear and streak-free
cleaning and thus ensures a perfect ▪ Selection table for substrates - refer to
look over a long period. page 544
TECHNICAL DATA
DBSA TP (DE/EN) 053090 transparent 310 12
DBSA W (DE/EN) 053091 white RAL 9003 310 12
DBSA GR (DE/EN) 053092 concrete grey RAL 7042 310 12
DBSA BR (DE/EN) 053093 brown RAL 8014 310 12
DBSA SW (DE/EN) 053094 black RAL 9005 310 12
DBSA BG (DE/EN) 053095 beige RAL 1015 310 12
DBSA SLG (DE/EN) 512213 slate grey RAL 7015 310 12
DBSA ANG (DE/EN) 540084 anthracite grey RAL 7016 310 12
DBSA CW (DE/EN) 540085 cream white RAL 9001 310 12
DBSA WAL (DE/EN) 540086 white aluminium RAL 9006 310 12
DBSA GAL (DE/EN) 540087 grey aluminium RAL 9007 310 12
530
Roof and wall silicone DBSI
The versatile construction silicone
External connection joints Joints between buildings

▪ Chrome 1: F-EXT-INT-CC
▪ Anodised layer 2: G-CC
▪ Enamel ▪ Tested according to EN 15651 - Part
▪ Epoxy 3: S
▪ Tiles
▪ H-PVC
▪ Ceramics 12
▪ Copper
▪ Masonry
▪ Brass
Foams, sealants
▪ Polyester
▪ Steel
▪ Zinc

▪ The neutral silicone sealant is suitable ▪ Connection and expansion joints in ▪ Chemical base: 1-component silicone
for various applications in construction the construction industry (e.g. win- neutral oxime
and the industrial sector, and thus dows, doors, façades, light domes) ▪ Permanently elastic
offers a high level of flexibility. ▪ Connection joints on windows and ▪ With fungicide
▪ The high movement capacity means doors ▪ Skin formation time: approx. 5 minutes
that DBSI is ideal for expansion joints. ▪ Sealing façades, curtain walling panels ▪ Processing temperature: +5 °C to +30
This guarantees long-lasting jointing. and metal structures °C
▪ DBSI is non-corrosive and is therefore ▪ Movement and connection joints in ▪ Temperature resistance: -40 °C to
well suited to copper and zinc-plated kitchens, sanitary areas and installa- +120 °C
surfaces. Thus it can be used without tions ▪ Non-corrosive
problems in the metal processing ▪ Very good resistance to weather,
industry. ageing and UV
▪ Compatible with paint
▪ Not paintable
page 544
TECHNICAL DATA
DBSI W (DE/EN) 094416 white 310 12
DBSI TP (DE/EN) 094417 transparent 310 12
531
Premium silicone for natural stone DNS
The discolouration-free silicone sealant for marble and natural

stone
Joints on tiles and natural stone and marble

Joints on natural stone panels
panels

▪ Marble ▪ Tested according to EN 15651 - Part
▪ Natural stone (e.g. granite, porphyry, 1: F-EXT-INT-CC (class 25LM)
quartzite, sandstone) ▪ Tested according to EN 15651 - Part
Also suitable for: 2: G-CC (class 25LM)
▪ Stainless steel 3: S (class XS2)
▪ Anodised layer
▪ Tiles, Ceramics
▪ Glass
12 ▪ H-PVC
▪ Copper
▪ Masonry
▪ PMMA, PC
Foams, sealants
▪ Sanitary acrylic
▪ Steel
▪ Zinc

▪ The specially adapted formulation ▪ Sealing and jointing marble and natu- ▪ Chemical base: 1-component silicone
prevents edge soiling and gives a last- ral stone for internal and external use neutral alkoxy
ing clean look, particularly for natural ▪ Joints in sanitary areas ▪ Permanently elastic
stone and marble. ▪ Joints in façade construction ▪ Low-odour
▪ DNS is easy to use and smooth, thus ▪ Corner joints in floors and walls ▪ With fungicide
allowing for efficient work. This guar- ▪ Movement-compensating adhesion ▪ Skin formation time 10 to 15 minutes
antees a fast and simple jointing. of natural stone onto metal structures ▪ Processing temperature: +5 °C to
▪ The neutral interlacing silicone with an (e.g. stair treads) +40 °C
alkoxy base is low-odour and is there- ▪ Temperature resistance: -40 °C to
fore ideal for use in confined spaces. +120 °C
▪ Non-corrosive
▪ Good chemical resistance
▪ Very good resistance to weather,
ageing and UV
▪ Not paintable
page 544
TECHNICAL DATA
DNS TP (DE/EN) 053121 transparent 310 12
532
Premium B1 silicone DFS
The hardly flammable silicone sealant
Joints on fire protection doors Sealings in public buildings

▪ Chrome 1: F-EXT-INT-CC (class 25LM)
▪ Anodised layer 2: G-CC (class 25LM)
▪ Enamel
▪ Tiles
▪ Ceramics
▪ Copper, brass
▪ Masonry
▪ Polyester 12
▪ Steel
▪ Zinc
Foams, sealants
▪ The good fire-inhibiting properties ▪ Sealing connection and expansion ▪ Chemical base: 1-component silicone
provide maximum safety for the seal- joints that are required to have a neutral
ing of solid, mineral or metal building fire-resistant effect against the spread- ▪ Hardly flammable material (building
materials. ing of fire, water, smoke and poison- material class DIN 4102-B1) in line
▪ Non-corrosive, thus can be used on ous fumes with DIN 4102-1
aluminium, copper and zinc-plated ▪ Sealing components that have ▪ Permanently elastic
surfaces. This guarantees problem-free increased requirements concerning ▪ Shore-A hardness 20
use within the metal processing their properties in the case of fire ▪ Skin formation time: approx. 10
industry. minutes
▪ Due to the audited, high 25% elas- ▪ Processing temperature: +5 °C to
ticity, DFS is particularly suitable for +40 °C
joints subjected to high stress. This ▪ 100% modulus 0,40 N/mm²
guarantees a permanent seal. ▪ Temperature resistance: -40 °C to
+120 °C
▪ Non-corrosive
▪ Very good resistance to weather,
ageing and UV
▪ Not paintable
page 544
TECHNICAL DATA
DFS GR (DE/EN) 053131 grey 310 12
533
Construction sealant Premium DKM
The universal hybrid sealant/adhesive for indoor and outdoor

use
Bonding and sealing of attachments Sealing ventilation ducts

▪ Aluminium ▪ Conform to LEED® IEQ-credits 4.1
▪ Concrete (Indoor Environmental Quality) adhesi-
▪ Chrome ves and sealants
▪ Stainless steel ▪ Coloured version:
▪ Anodised layer Tested according to the standard EN 15651
▪ Tiles part 1: F-EXT-INT-CC (Class 25 HM)
▪ Glass, glazed surfaces Tested according to the standard
▪ H-PVC EN 15651 - Part 3: S (XS3)
▪ Ceramics Tested according to the standard EN 15651
▪ Copper, brass - Part 4: PW-EXT-INT-CC (Class 25 HM)
12 ▪ Masonry ▪ Suitable for use in room ventilation
▪ PMMA, PC systems according to VDI 6022 (Ass.
▪ Polyester Of Germ. Engeneers), sheet 1 tested
▪ Steel according to DIN EN ISO 846
Foams, sealants
▪ Zinc ▪ M1 emission classification for building

materials
▪ Crystal clear version:
Tested according to the standard
EN 15651 - Part 1: F-INT

▪ Due to the high 25% flexibility, DKM is ▪ Attachment of strips, panels, cladding, ▪ Chemical base: 1K Hybrid
particularly suitable for joints subjec- insulation materials or mirrors to wall ▪ Approved acc. to DIN EN ISO 846
ted to high stress. This guarantees a ▪ Connection and expansion joints in (coloured version)
permanent seal. the building industry according to ▪ Permanently elastic
▪ The high initial adhesion from up to EN 15651-1 (20 HM) as well as for ▪ Low-odour
75 kg/m² (50 kg/m² crystal clear) general joint sealing ▪ Mould inhibiting quality
makes it possible to attach lots of ▪ In building work, and joint and seam ▪ Skin formation time: approx. 10
components without the need for sealing in climate and ventilation minutes
additional fixing, and thus reduces the technology (HVAC systems according ▪ Processing temperature: +5 °C to +40 °C
amount of time required. to DIN EN ISO 846) ▪ Temperature resistance: -40 °C to +90 °C
▪ The mould inhibiting quality gua- ▪ Sealing and attaching metal construc- ▪ Total authorised deformation: 25 %
rantees the tested antibacterial inert- tions, sheet reinforcements on chim- ▪ Non-corrosive
ness over a long period. neys and windowsills, eaves flashing ▪ Bonds on a moist base material
▪ DKM is low-odour and is therefore attachment on flat roofs and skylights ▪ Very good resistance to weather,
ideal for the use in confined spaces. ageing and UV (coloured version)
▪ Compatible with paint and paintable
▪ Free of silicone, MDI and solvents
page 544
TECHNICAL DATA
DKM-290 ML white (DE/EN) 517598 white 290 12
DKM-290 ML grey (DE/EN) 517599 grey 290 12
DKM-290 ML black (DE/EN) 517600 black 290 12
DKM-290 ML beige (DE/EN) 533831 beige 290 12
DKM-290 ML transparent (DE/EN) 533830 crystal clear 290 12
534
Façade acrylic Premium DFA
The elastic acrylic sealant for internal and external applications

with immediate rain resistance
External connection joints Connection joints in the outdoor area
BUILDING MATERIALS TEST CERTIFICATE

▪ Concrete ▪ Tested as per EN 15651-1: F-EXT-INT
▪ Anodised layer (class 12.5P)
▪ Fibre cement
▪ Gypsum
▪ Wood
▪ H-PVC
▪ Sand-lime brick
▪ Clinker brick
▪ Masonry
▪ Metal 12
▪ Plaster
▪ Brick
Foams, sealants
▪ Zinc

▪ The immediate rain resistance allows ▪ For internal and external application ▪ Chemical base: 1-component disper-
for external application in all weather ▪ Internal connection joints between sion acrylic
conditions, thus avoiding interruption wood, plastic and metal windows and ▪ Elasto-plastic
of work. walls ▪ Low-odour
▪ The high movement capacity means ▪ Joints in dry and internal construction ▪ Skin formation time: approx. 5 minu-
that DFA is ideal for expansion joints. ▪ Joints between stairs and walls, cei- tes
This guarantees long-lasting jointing. lings and walls ▪ Processing temperature: +5 °C to
▪ The optimised formulation ensures ▪ Connection joints for shutter boxes +40 °C
that strongly absorbent substrates do and window sills ▪ Temperature resistance: -20 °C to
not cause splitting in the joints. This ▪ Renovation work (split jointing) +75 °C
increases functional safety. ▪ Non-corrosive
▪ The water-based acrylate sealant has a ▪ Very good resistance to weather,
neutral odour and is therefore ideal for ageing and UV
use in confined spaces. ▪ Compatible with paint
▪ Can be painted and plastered
▪ Frost-protected in the cartridge
TECHNICAL DATA
DFA WH 310 (DE/EN) 541709 white 310 12
535
Premium painting acrylic DMA
Quick paintable sealant with maximum security against cracks

and discolourations
Wall connection joints Internal expansion joints
BUILDING MATERIALS PRÜFZEUGNIS

▪ Concrete ▪ Tested according to EN 15651-
▪ Anodised layer 1:2012: Type F -EXT-INT (class 7,5P)
▪ Gypsum
▪ Wood
▪ H-PVC
▪ Sand-lime brick
▪ Clinker brick
▪ Masonry
▪ Polystyrene
12 ▪ Aerated concrete
▪ Plaster
▪ Brick
Foams, sealants

▪ The sealant can be painted after ▪ For internal and external application ▪ Chemical base: 1-component disper-
already one hour, allowing subsequent ▪ For sealing joints between wooden sion acrylic
painting work to start more quickly. and metal window frames and con- ▪ Elasto-plastic
▪ The further-developed DMA formula- crete/masonry ▪ Low-odour
tion suppresses paint cracking, thus ▪ Joints between walls and ceilings, ▪ Skin formation time: approx. 10 minu-
eliminating the need for time-consu- steps and walls, concrete and ceiling tes
ming rework. elements and skirting ▪ Processing temperature: +5 °C to
▪ The really good paint compatibi- ▪ Connection joints for shutter boxes +40 °C
lity ensures the great adhesion of and window sills ▪ Adheres on moist substrates
commercially available paints to the ▪ Joints in dry and internal construction ▪ Practically no shrinkage
sealant and prevents the discoloura- ▪ Renovation work (split jointing) ▪ Temperature resistance: -20 °C to
tion of the paint layer. This guarantees +75 °C
a good, even appearance. ▪ Non-corrosive
▪ The water-based acrylate sealant has ▪ Very good resistance to weather,
a neutral odour and is free from phtha- ageing and UV
late plasticisers, making it ideal for use ▪ Compatible with paint
in confined spaces. ▪ Can be painted and plastered
page 544
TECHNICAL DATA
DMA W (DE/EN) 512186 white 310 12
536
Acrylic sealant DA
The acrylic sealant for internal joints
Sealing door frames Closing internal masonry cracks

▪ Anodised layer 1: F-EXT-INT
▪ Gypsum
▪ Wood
▪ H-PVC
▪ Sand-lime brick
▪ Clinker brick
▪ Masonry
▪ Plaster 12
▪ Brick
Foams, sealants
▪ The good hold on absorbent sub- ▪ Fractures in masonry and other solid ▪ Chemical base: 1-component disper-
strates guarantees a secure sealing building materials in internal areas sion acrylic
and thus allows for a reliable and ▪ Connection joints with low movement ▪ Elasto-plastic
economic application. ▪ Joints in window sill connections ▪ Low-odour
▪ The sealant can be painted and ▪ Connection joints inside buildings ▪ Skin formation time: approx. 20
plastered and allows for a good hold between windows, doors, stairs, ceil- minutes
of standard paints/plasters on the ings and walls ▪ Processing temperature: +5 °C to
sealant, thus guaranteeing a non-criti- +40 °C
cal post-treatment. ▪ Temperature resistance: -20 °C to
▪ The water-based acrylate sealant has a +75 °C
neutral odour and is therefore ideal for ▪ Non-corrosive
use in confined spaces. ▪ Compatible with paint
▪ Can be painted and plastered
page 544
TECHNICAL DATA
DA W (DE/EN) 053110 white 310 12
DA GR (DE/EN) 053111 grey 310 12
DA BR (DE/EN) 053112 brown 310 12
DA W (EN/FR/AR) 058512 white 280 24
537
Premium structured acrylic DSA
The structured acrylic sealant for plastered walls
Joints in the roof area Closing external masonry cracks

▪ Anodised layer 1: F-EXT-INT
▪ Gypsum
▪ Wood
▪ H-PVC
▪ Sand-lime brick
▪ Clinker brick
▪ Masonry
▪ Polystyrene
12 ▪ Aerated concrete
▪ Plaster
▪ Brick
Foams, sealants

▪ The pitted structure is ideal for coarse ▪ Filler paste to repair coarse surfaces ▪ Chemical base: 1-component disper-
surfaces, and ensures a perfect on internal and external walls sion acrylic
appearance, e.g. on rough plaster. ▪ Connection joints with low movement ▪ Elasto-plastic
▪ The sealant can be painted and ▪ Joints in dry and internal construction ▪ Low-odour
plastered and allows for an outstand- ▪ Joints between walls and ceilings ▪ Skin formation time: approx. 5 minutes
ing hold of standard paints/plasters ▪ Joints on window and shutter connec- ▪ Processing temperature: +5 °C to
on the sealant, thus guaranteeing a tions +40 °C
non-critical post-treatment. ▪ Temperature resistance: -20 °C to
▪ The good resistance to UV, weather +75 °C (rain-resistant once cured)
and ageing allows for use both indoors ▪ Non-corrosive
and outdoors. This guarantees versa- ▪ Very good resistance to weather,
tile and long-lasting jointing. ageing and UV
▪ Paintable
page 544
TECHNICAL DATA
DSA W (DE/EN) 512185 white 310 12
538
Repair mortar DEC
The ready-to-use, extrudable joint mortar for the long-lasting

closing of masonry joints
Masonry joints Wall breakthrough
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete ▪ Clinker brick
▪ Pumice ▪ Masonry
▪ Fibre cement ▪ Aerated concrete
▪ Gypsum ▪ Plaster
▪ Wooden materials ▪ Cement
▪ Sand-lime brick ▪ Brick
▪ Ceramics

▪ The ready-to-use, sprayable joint
mortar means that there is no need to
▪
▪
Repairing masonry joints
Closing masonry cracks
▪
▪
Chemical base: 1C polymer dispersion
Plastic
12
add water or carry out time-consum- ▪ Fixing roof tiles ▪ Consistency: Firm
ing pre-mixing work. It enables clean, ▪ Bonding tiling and bricks ▪ Practically odour-free
Foams, sealants
purposeful work. This means that you ▪ Repairing chipped edges ▪ Skin formation time: Approx. 10
avoid dirtying surrounding areas and ▪ Closing drill holes in facing masonry minutes.
wasting material. during repair work ▪ Processing temperature: +5 °C to +40
▪ Good adhesion even on slightly damp ▪ General repair work (e.g. drill holes °C (not below +5 °C)
substrates practically allows for all- with cracked edges) ▪ Temperature resistance up to -30 °C
weather work and prevents forced ▪ For a better reusability, to close (fully cured)
interruptions. opened cartridges with adhesive tape ▪ Weather-proof after approx. 24 hours.
▪ The structure of the high-quality water- ▪ Very good resistance to UV, weather
based polymer has been perfectly and ageing
designed with the visual appearance ▪ Paintable
of the mortar in mind. This ensures a ▪ Frost-protected in the cartridge
discreet joint and perfect appearance. ▪ Free of silicone, MDI and solvents-
Selection table for substrates - refer to
page 544
TECHNICAL DATA
Colour Contents Contents per plastic bag Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [ml] [pcs] [pcs]

DEC CG (DE/EN) 534474 cement grey 310 — 12
V-Nozzle Express Cement 524315 — — 5 1
539
Premium all-weather sealant DDK
The permanently elastic joint sealant with a strong hold on all

substrates
Chimney flashings Sealing gutters
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete ▪ Copper
▪ Bitumen sheeting ▪ Masonry
▪ Roofing felt ▪ Metal
▪ Stainless steel ▪ Brick
▪ Wood ▪ Zinc
▪ Clinker brick

12
▪ Thanks to the high elasticity of 25%, ▪ Sealing of roofing membranes ▪ Chemical base: 1-component syn-
DDK is ideally suited to high-stress ▪ Grouting roof penetrations such as thetic rubber
Foams, sealants
joints. This guarantees long-lasting chimneys or light domes, as well as ▪ Permanently elastic
jointing. edge connections ▪ Highly transparent formulation
▪ DDK holds without a base coat, ▪ Sealing of metal and plastic gutters ▪ Skin formation time: 15 - 20 minutes
including on moist and bituminous ▪ Sealings around antennas and ventila- ▪ Processing temperature: +5 °C to
substrates, and is therefore suitable for tion ducts +40 °C
all applications in the roofing area. For ▪ Sealing of chimney flashings ▪ Temperature resistance: -25 °C to
a high degree of economy. ▪ Sealant for metal structures +100 °C
▪ The immediate rain resistance allows ▪ Permitted overall deformation: 25%
for external application in all weather ▪ Allows for emergency roof repairs
conditions, thus avoiding interruption ▪ Non-corrosive
of work. ▪ Very good resistance to weather,
▪ DDK is non-corrosive, and thus can be ageing and UV
used on aluminium, copper and zinc- ▪ Compatible with paint
plated surfaces. This offers maximum ▪ Paintable
flexibility. ▪ Frost-protected in the cartridge
page 544
TECHNICAL DATA
DDK TR (DE/EN) 049103 transparent 310 12
540
Roof sealing compound DD
The special sealant to fill joints between bitumen sheeting
Sealings around skylights Sealings around roofs with bitumen sheeting
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Concrete ▪ Plastics
▪ Bitumen sheeting ▪ Masonry
▪ Roofing felt ▪ Metal
▪ Stainless steel ▪ Brick
▪ Wood ▪ Zinc
▪ Clinker brick ▪ Polystyrene
▪ Copper
12
▪ The special bitumen-based formula- ▪ Sealing roofing membranes and ▪ Chemical base: 1-component bitumen
Foams, sealants
tion seals roofing membranes and roofing felt ▪ Odorless, because it is solvent-free
roofing felt securely. This guarantees ▪ Bonding bitumen shingle ▪ Plastic
long-lasting functionality. ▪ Grouting roof penetrations such as ▪ Skin formation time > 15 hours
▪ DD also holds to moist substrates chimneys or light domes, as well as ▪ Processing temperature: +5 °C to
without a base layer. This makes edge connections +40 °C
application largely independent of ▪ Sealing of metal and plastic gutters ▪ Temperature resistance: -20 °C to
the weather and thus helps to avoid ▪ Sealings around antennas and ventila- +80 °C
interruption of work. tion ducts ▪ Max. movement absorption 10%
▪ DD is non-corrosive, and thus can be ▪ Non-corrosive
used on aluminium, copper, zinc- ▪ Selection table for substrates - refer to
plated surfaces and polystyrene. This page 544
offers maximum flexibility.
TECHNICAL DATA
DD SW (DE/EN) 053127 black 310 12
541
Accessories for sealants
KP M1 KP M2 KP M3
ADVANTAGES ADVANTAGES ADVANTAGES

▪ The handy, robust solid metal con- ▪ The 18:1 transmission ratio makes ▪ The 18:1 transmission ratio makes
struction for standard cartridges up to extrusion rapid and energy-efficient extrusion rapid and energy-efficient
310 ml bears up against requirements even in the case of highly viscous even in the case of highly viscous
on the construction site and, as such, materials, thus guaranteeing stress- materials, thus guaranteeing stressfree
is also suitable for professional use. free work. work.
▪ The continuous in-feed allows for a ▪ The robust design with the special, ▪ The robust design with the hardened
precise dosage, making it easy to use. hardened drive block meets the tough twice drive blocks and the hardened
▪ The slim shape of the device allows for requirements of a construction site push rod meets the tough require-
an exact application, even in difficult and thus offers a long lifespan. ments of a construction site and thus
12 to reach spots, thus offering a high ▪ Due to the accessible cartridge, it is offers a long lifespan.
level of flexibility possible to align the extrusion nozzle ▪ The electro-welded cartridge shell is
perfectly in place and guarantee freely rotatable.
Foams, sealants
application-orientated work. ▪ Due to the accessible cartridge, it is

possible to align the extrusion nozzle
perfectly in place and guarantee
application-orientated work.
▪ The equipment with a ladder hook
facilitates the retraction of the push
rod and offers a convenient possibility
of depositing during work interrupti-
ons.
TECHNICAL DATA
Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
KP M1 053115 1
KP M2 053117 1
KP M3 541441 1
542
Accessories for sealants
KP M600
ADVANTAGES
▪ The 18:1 transmission ratio makes
extrusion rapid and energy-efficient
even in the case of highly viscous
materials, thus guaranteeing stressfree
work.
▪ The robust design with the hardened
push rod with anti-slip effect with-
stands the tough requirements of a
construction site and thus offers a
long lifespan.
▪ The equipment with a ladder hook
facilitates the retraction of the push 12
rod and offers a convenient possibility
of depositing during work interrupti-
Foams, sealants
ons.
▪ Automatic tension remove (with on /
off function) prevents run after.
▪ 2 different pusher plates (plastic for
tubular bags & metal for cartridges)
enable flexible use.
TECHNICAL DATA
Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]
KP M600 540941 1
543
Sealant selection matrix
SEALANT SELECTION MATRIX
Non ferrous heavy metal (copper, brass)

Acrylic glass (Macrolon, perspex etc.)
Gypsum / gypsum plasterboard

Acrylic tubs (sanitary acrylic)
+ suitable
Natural stone / marble

T requires test
Brick / clinker brick

ABS / Polystyrene
Zinc / galvanizing
- not suitable
Sandblasted iron
Concrete block
Stainless steel
Chem. basis
Stoneware
Aluminium
Hard PVC
Polyester
Ceramics
Concrete
Bitumen
Aircrete
Resopal
Enamel
Plaster
Wood
Glass
Tiles
DSSA Premium sanitary silicone Silicone acetate + - + + - - - - + - + + - + + + + - + - - + + - -
DSSI Sanitary silicone Silicone acetate - - + + - - - - + - + + - + + + + - + - - + + - -
DMS Multi-silicone Silicone acetate + - T + - - - - + - + + - + - + + - + - - + + - -
DHS Premium high temperature silicon Silicone acetate + - - + T - - T + - + + T + - + + - + T T + + T T
DBSA Premium construction silicone Silicone alkoxy + + T + + - - + + + + + + + + + + - + + + + + + +
DBSI Roof and wall silicone Silicone oxime + - + + + - - + + + + + + + + + + - + + + + + + +
DNS Premium silicone for natural stone Silicone oxime + - + + + + - + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
DFS Premium B1 silicone Silicone oxime + + + + + - - + + + + + + + + + + - + + + + + + +
DKM Construction sealant Premium Hybride T +1) + + + - - + + + + + + + + + + - + + + + + + +
DMA Premium painting acrylic Dispersion acrylic - - - + + - - + + - + + + - + + + - + + + + + + +
DA Acrylic Sealant Dispersion acrylic - - - + + - - - + - - + T - - + T - + + + + + + T
DSA Premium structured acrylic Dispersion acrylic - - - + + - - - + - - + + - T + T - + + + + + + +
DDK Premium all-weather sealant Synthetic rubber + - - + + - + + + + - + - - + + + - + + + + + + +
DD Roof sealing compound Bitumen - - - + + - + + + + - + - - - + + - + - T - + + +
1)
perspex not
12 Note: Avoid direct contact between the silicone and bituminous or plasticiser materials (e.g. EPDM, butyl, neoprene). The written and spoken information contained in this technical datasheet and our practical
support is provided to the best of our knowledge and does not represent binding information or guarantees as described in § 443 of the German Civil Code. We recommend that you test the suitability of our pro-
ducts for the intended application prior to use. Due to the diverse range of applications of the individual product and the unpredictable conditions on site, we also recommend testing the adhesion prior to use.
Foams, sealants
SEALANT COLOUR BOARD

DSSA Premium sanitary silicone
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No.
53100 53101 53103 58530 512208 53102 512209 512210 53105 512211 53120
transparent white bahama beige silver grey joint grey grey sanitary grey manhattan dark grey anthracite black
DHS Premium high temperature silicone
Art.-No.
53125
reddish brown
DBSA Construction silicone
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No.
53090 53091 540085 53095 540084 540086 53092 540087 53093 512213 53094
anthracite white grey
transparent white cream white beige grey aluminium concrete grey aluminium brown slate grey black
RAL 9003 RAL 9001 RAL 1015 RAL 7016 RAL 9006 RAL 7042 RAL 9007 RAL 8014 RAL 7015 RAL 9005
DFS Premium B1 silicone DA Acrylic sealant
Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No. Art.-No.

53131 53110 58512 53111 53112
grey white white grey brown
544
08 07 01 03 12
03 11 04
11 03
03 10
11 03 11 04
09 03
11
10
01
01 09 12
08 05
04 03
02 05 03 04
03
Foams, sealants
04 03 02 04
03
07 07
08 04
02 01
Example of use for sealants

01 DSSA Premium sanitary silicone 07 DMA Premium painting acrylic
02 DHS Premium high temperature silicone 08 DA Acrylic sealant
03 DBSA Premium construction silicone 09 DSA Premium structured acrylic
04 DBSI Roof and wall silicone 10 DFA Premium acrylic sealant facade
05 DNS Premium silicone for natural stone 11 DDK Premium all-weather sealant
06 DFS Premium B1 silicone 12 DD Roof sealing compound
545
Zinc spray FTC-ZS
Fast-drying surface and corrosion protection with outstanding

long-term effect for metals.
Column bases Stand mounting
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ All iron and steel surfaces
▪ Blank laminations
12
▪ In the salt spray test in line with DIN ▪ For all metals that need corrosion ▪ Dark-grey colour (similar to RAL 7042)
Foams, sealants
50021, coated metal parts displayed protection ▪ Metal proportion of over 92% in dry
no corrosion, even after 500 hours. ▪ Rust protection base layer for surfaces film
▪ The high proportion of zinc in the dry threatened by water and weather ▪ Shake can well for approx. 3 minutes
film provides secure protection to all ▪ For the coating of drilling and cutting ▪ Apply at a distance of 20–30 cm in a
metal surfaces that are permanently points as well as welded joints cross coat
exposed to the elements. ▪ Conductive interlayer for spot welding ▪ Surface dust-dry after just approx.
▪ Thanks to the adhesive layer of corro- ▪ Repairing damaged zinc coatings 8 minutes
sion protection and the fact that it can ▪ Fully hardened within 24 hours
be painted over, it is also ideal as a ▪ Smooth, non-porous film
high-quality base layer. ▪ Abrasion-resistant
▪ The high resistance to cracking and ▪ Excellent corrosion protection with
flaking of a metal base material was long-term effect
confirmed by the mandrel flex test in ▪ Heat-resistant up to approx. 500 °C
line with DIN EN ISO 1519 ▪ Electroconductive and suitable for spot
(without damage). welding
▪ Ideal processing temperature
of 16 °C to 25 °C
TECHNICAL DATA
Contents Sales unit
FTC-ZS (EN/FR/ES/PT) 509242 400 12
546
Zinc spray bright grade FTC-ZB
Bright color as newly galvanised metals in combination with

heat-resistant corrosion protection due to flake technology.
Metal stairs Roof construction: metal structures
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Hot-dip galvanised surfaces following
drilling, ironwork or welding
▪ Non-ferrous heavy metal
▪ Blank laminations
12
▪ In the salt spray test in line with DIN ▪ For all metals that need corrosion ▪ Zinc coating in fresh hot-dipped col-
Foams, sealants
EN ISO 9227, coated metal parts protection oring with high gloss level (RAL 9006)
displayed no corrosion, even after 300 ▪ For HVAC systems ▪ Flaky metal pigments
hours. ▪ For post-galvanising and repairing ▪ Metal content in dry film > 60%
▪ The innovative metal flakes form a damaged areas of galvanised parts ▪ Shake can well for approx. 2 minutes
highly resistant protective layer, even ▪ Metal constructions ▪ Apply at a distance of 25 - 30 cm in a
against extreme weather influences. ▪ Guard rails cross coat
This guarantees long-lasting protec- ▪ For the coating of drilling and cutting ▪ Surface dust-dry after just approx.
tion. points as well as welded joints 8 minutes
▪ The color “bright grade” has been ▪ Conductive interlayer for spot welding ▪ Surface is dust-dry after approx. 15
perfectly adapted to that of hot-dip minutes and fast to handle after
galvanisation. This acts as an optical approx. 60 minutes
color compensator. ▪ Fully hardened within 24 hours
▪ Thanks to the excellent holding ▪ Long-term heat resistance up to
properties on blank metal, it guaran- approx. +300 °C
tees a lasting connection to the base ▪ Ideal processing temperature of
material. +16 °C to +25 °C
▪ High abrasion resistance
TECHNICAL DATA
Contents Sales unit
FTC-ZB (EN/FR/ES/PT) 534786 400 12
FTC-ZB (EN/AR/FR/PT) 537223 400 12
547
Zinc-alu spray FTC-ZA
Ideal for repairing damaged zinc coatings using colour-

matching corrosion protection.
Ventilation systems Ladders
BUILDING MATERIALS
▪ Hot-dip galvanised surfaces following
drilling, ironwork or welding
▪ Non-ferrous heavy metal

12 ▪ Zinc-alu spray represents a subtle
repair to damaged hot-dip galvanised
▪ For post-galvanising and repairing
damaged areas of galvanised parts,
▪ Silver-grey colour (similar to RAL
9006) with high gloss level
areas thanks to its colour matching drilling and cutting points and welded ▪ Shake can well for approx. 2 minutes
with the hot-dip galvanisation. joints ▪ Apply at a distance of 25–30 cm in a
Foams, sealants
▪ Thanks to the excellent holding pro- ▪ Repairing damaged zinc coatings cross coat
perties on blank metal, it guarantees ▪ Climate control and ventilation tech- ▪ Surface dust-dry after just approx. 8
a lasting connection to the base nology minutes
material. ▪ Guard rails ▪ Touch-dry after 20–25 minutes
▪ The fast-drying Zinc-alu spray gua- ▪ Metal constructions ▪ Fully hardened within 24 hours
rantees good, weatherproof corrosion ▪ Sheet metal coverings ▪ Smooth, non-porous film
protection and, as such, is suitable for ▪ High abrasion resistance
use both indoors and out. ▪ Long-term heat resistance up to
approx. 200 °C (briefly up to 300 °C)
▪ Ideal processing temperature of 16 °C
to 25 °C
TECHNICAL DATA
Contents Sales unit
FTC-ZA (EN/FR/ES/PT) 509241 400 12
548
12
549
Foams, sealants
13 Adhesives
Page
Assembly adhesive MK 552
Power adhesive express KK 553
All-round adhesive gluing and sealing KD 554
All-round adhesive gluing and sealing KD

555
transparent
Flexible power adhesive premium HTM 556
13
Adhesives
551
Assembly adhesive MK
The building adhesive for interior areas with high initial

adhesion
Skirting Timber constructions

▪ Concrete ▪ Conform to LEED® IEQ-credits 4.1
▪ Pumice (Indoor Environmental Quality) adhesi-
▪ Fibre cement ves and sealants
▪ Gypsum
▪ Wood
▪ H-PVC
▪ Sand-lime brick
▪ Clinker brick
▪ Masonry
▪ Metal
▪ Polystyrene hard foam
13 ▪ Plaster
▪ Brick
Adhesives
ADVANTAGES APPLICATIONS FUNCTION / ASSEMBLY

▪ The extremely high initial adhesion of ▪ Skirting ▪ Chemical base: One-component
140 kg/m² makes it possible to attach ▪ Timber sub-structures acrylate dispersion
lots of components without the need ▪ Décorative, acoustic and insulation ▪ Creme white in colour
for additional fixings, and thus reduces panels ▪ Processing temperature +5 °C to
the amount of time required. ▪ Cable ducts +35 °C
▪ The components can be adjusted for ▪ Window sills ▪ Setting time approx. 15 minutes
a few minutes after they have been ▪ Tiles ▪ High initial adhesion of 140 kg/m²
attached. This makes installation ▪ Door signs ▪ Fully functional after 24 to 48 hours
easier. ▪ High ultimate strength (up to 22 kg/
▪ The acrylate adhesive has a neutral cm² for wood to wood)
odour and is therefore ideal for use in ▪ Temperature resistance -20 °C to +70
confined spaces. °C
▪ The special recipe makes it compatible ▪ Non-drip (suitable for use on ceilings)
with foamed polystyrene, e.g. Styro- ▪ Addresses uneven surfaces
foam®. MK is, therefore, suitable for a ▪ At least one of the components to be
broad range of applications. bonded must be absorbent.
▪ Reclosable nozzle
▪ Free from solvents, silicone and MDI
▪ Extrude with silicone application gun
TECHNICAL DATA
Contents Contents Type of packaging Colour Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [ml] [g] [pcs]

MK WHITE 310ML (DE/EN) 053128 310 400 Cartridge white 12
552
Power adhesive express KK
The buliding adhesive for extremely fast and water-resistant

bond with a high final strength
Capstones Bonding in interior construction

▪ ABS ▪ According to the requirements of DIN
▪ Concrete EN 204-D4 to weathering resistant
▪ Pumice bondings of wood and derived wood
▪ Anodised layer products
▪ Fibre cement ▪ According to the requirements of DIN
▪ Gypsum EN 14257 (Watt 91) to temperature-
▪ Gypsum plasterboard resistant bondings of wood and
▪ Wooden materials derived wood products
▪ H-PVC ▪ Conform to LEED® IEQ-credits 4.1
▪ Sand-lime brick (Indoor Environmental Quality) adhesi-
▪ Ceramics ves and sealants
▪ Clinker brick ▪ EMICODE® EC 1 Plus - very low
▪ Masonry emission
▪ Metal 13
▪ Natural stone
▪ Polystyrene hard foam
Adhesives
▪ Plaster
▪ Brick

▪ The polyurethane adhesive is resistant ▪ Gluing timber sub-structures ▪ Chemical base: One-component PUR
to moisture and thus can be used in ▪ Stair construction and stair renovati- adhesive
exterior areas. ons ▪ Beige in colour
▪ The extremely quick hardening shor- ▪ Laminate cladding ▪ Processing temperature 0 °C to +35 °C
tens the pressing and joining times. ▪ Skirting boards ▪ Setting time approx. 3 minutes
Thus subsequent work can be comple- ▪ Décorative, acoustic and insulation ▪ Fully functional after approx. 10 minu-
ted more quickly. panels tes (for invisible joints)
▪ The optimised recipe achieves a high ▪ Professional modelling ▪ High final strength of > 10 N/mm² (>
adhesion, including in the case of high ▪ Door signs 100 kg/cm²)
temperatures, for high security. ▪ Cable ducts ▪ Temperature resistance -40 °C to
▪ The special recipe makes it compatible ▪ General repair and installation mortar +110 °C
with foamed polystyrene, e.g. Styro- ▪ Non-drip (suitable for use on ceilings)
foam®. Thus, KK is suitable for a broad ▪ Lightly foaming / bridges gaps
range of applications. ▪ Assembly parts have to be fixed until
functional strength has been reached
▪ Reclosable nozzle
▪ Free from solvents and silicone
▪ Extrude with silicone application gun
TECHNICAL DATA

KK BEIGE 310ML (DE/EN) 059014 310 460 Cartridge beige 12
553
All-round adhesive gluing and sealing KD
The flexible adhesive and sealant for interior and exterior use
with high initial tack even on wet surfaces
Sheet metal coverings Bonding an sealing of mirrors

▪ ABS ▪ Tested according to EN 15651 - Part
▪ Concrete 1: F EXT-INT (class 20 HM)
▪ Pumice ▪ Tested according to EN 15651 - Part
▪ Gypsum plasterboard 3: S (class XS1)
▪ Glass ▪ Tested according to EN 15651 - Part
▪ Wooden materials 4: PW-INT
▪ H-PVC ▪ Conform to LEED® IEQ-credits 4.1
▪ Ceramics (Indoor Environmental Quality) adhesi-
▪ Copper ves and sealants
▪ Masonry, Clinker brick
▪ Metals
▪ Natural stone
▪ Polycarbonate and PMMA
13 ▪ Polystyrene hard foam
▪ Plaster
Adhesives
▪ Brick

▪ The extremely high initial adhesion of Stress-compensating bonding and ▪ Chemical base: One-component
110 kg/m² makes it possible to attach sealing of: hybrid polymer
lots of components without the need ▪ Standard mirrors ▪ Processing temperature +5 °C to +35
for additional fixing, and thus reduces ▪ Vibrating constructions °C
the amount of time required. ▪ Metal profiles ▪ Setting time approx. 5 minutes
▪ The MS polymer® allows for an elastic ▪ Joints and seams in ventilated con- ▪ High initial adhesion of 110 kg/m²
adhesion for vibration-dampening and structions ▪ Curing: approx. 3 mm per day
stress-compensating connections for ▪ Insulation material, ledges, panels and ▪ High elasticity of 20 %
demanding applications. cladding ▪ Shore A 50 ± 5
▪ KD is almost odour-free and therefore ▪ Kitchens and built-in furniture ▪ Temperature resistance: -40 °C to +90
particularly suitable for closed rooms. ▪ Stair treads and window sills °C
▪ Non-corrosive, thus can be used on ▪ Floor joints, connection joints in car ▪ Also bonds on a moist base material
copper and zinc plated surfaces for body, vehicle construction, metal ▪ Prevents mould build-up, even without
maximum flexibility in application. construction and ship building additional ingredients
▪ Suitable for bonding non-absorbent
components (see TDS)
▪ Can be painted (see TDS)
▪ Free from solvents and silicone
▪ Waterproof and Sea water resistant
▪ Very good resistance to weather, age
and UV
TECHNICAL DATA

KD WHITE 290ML 059389 290 420 Cartridge white 12
KD GREY 290ML (DE/EN) 503318 290 420 Cartridge grey 12
KD BLACK 290ML (DE/EN) 503319 290 420 Cartridge black 12
554
All-round adhesive gluing and sealing KD transparent
The transparent hybrid polymer for discreet adhesive and

sealant joints for interior and exterior use.
Bonding and sealing aluminium profiles For invisible glued and sealed joints

▪ ABS ▪ Tested according to EN 15651 - Part
▪ Concrete 1: F INT
▪ Stainless steel ▪ Conform to LEED® IEQ-credits 4.1
▪ Anodised layer (Indoor Environmental Quality) adhesi-
▪ Tiles ves and sealants
▪ H-PVC
▪ Ceramics
▪ Copper, brass
▪ Metals
▪ Polystyrene hard foam 13
▪ Steel
▪ Brick
Adhesives
▪ Zinc

▪ The transparent formula is perfect for Stress-compensating bonding and ▪ Chemical Base: One-component
discreet adhesion and sealing and sealing of: hybrid polymer
guarantees the optimum appearance. ▪ Glass and other transparent materials, ▪ Very easy to apply
▪ The high initial adhesion of 70 kg/ preferably in interior areas ▪ Prevents the formation of mould, even
m² allows many components to be ▪ Insulation material, ledges, panels and without additional active substances
attached without additional fixing. cladding ▪ Skin formation time: approx. 10
▪ Thanks to the high elasticity of 20%, ▪ Kitchens and built-in furniture minutes
KD transparent is also ideally suited ▪ Constructions in timber, bodywork, ▪ High initial adhesion of 50 kg/m²
for high-stress expansion joints and metal, container and shipbuilding ▪ Cures after approx. 3 mm/24h
guarantees permanent sealing at all industries ▪ Processing temperature: +5 °C to
times. +35 °C
▪ Non-corrosive, thus can be used on ▪ High elasticity of 20%
copper and zinc plated surfaces for ▪ Shore A 38 ± 5
maximum flexibility in application. ▪ Also bonds on a moist base material
▪ KD clear is almost odour-free and ▪ Temperature resistance: -40 °C to
therefore particularly suitable for +90 °C
closed rooms. ▪ Compatible with paint; paintable
▪ Natural stone may discolour
▪ Free from solvents, isocyanat- and
silicon
TECHNICAL DATA

KD CRYSTAL CLEAR 290ML (DE/EN) 503317 290 300 Cartridge crystal clear 12
555
Flexible power adhesive premium HTM
Flexible high-performance adhesive with really high initial

adhesion to many absorbent and non-absorbent substrates
Bonding of wall cladding Bonding of mirrors
BUILDING MATERIALS TEST CERTIFICATE

▪ ABS ▪ LEED® IEQ Credit 4.1 Adhesives and
▪ Concrete Sealants
▪ Stainless steel
▪ Anodised layer
▪ Tiles
▪ H-PVC
▪ Ceramics
▪ Copper, brass
▪ Metals
13 ▪ Polystyrene hard foam
▪ Steel
▪ Brick
Adhesives
▪ Zinc

▪ The extremely high initial adhesion of Stress compensating bonding of: ▪ Chemical base: One-component
>> 290 kg/m² makes it possible to ▪ Standard mirrors hybrid polymer
attach lots of components without the ▪ Vibrating constructions ▪ Colour: White
need for additional fixings, and thus ▪ Metal profiles ▪ Processing temperature +5 °C to
reduces the amount of time required. ▪ Seams in ventilation construction +40 °C
▪ The high final tensile strength of 2.2 ▪ Insulation material, ledges, panels and ▪ Processing time of around 15 minutes
N/mm² guarantees really safe glued cladding ▪ Hardening time of 2-3 mm/24 h
connections. ▪ Kitchens and built-in furniture ▪ Extremely high initial adhesion >> 290
▪ The MS Polymer® enables elastic ▪ Stair treads and window sills kg/m²
bonding for vibration-dampening and ▪ Different types of stone ▪ Shore A 50 ± 5
stress-compensating connections in ▪ Also of non-absorbent materials (see ▪ Temperature resistance: -40 °C to
challenging applications. technical data sheet) +90 °C
▪ HTM is practically odourless and is ▪ A wide variety of materials in con- ▪ Adhesive, even on a damp base
therefore ideal for use in confined tainer, body, metal, ship and vehicle ▪ Suitable for bonding non-absorbent
spaces. construction components (see TDS)
▪ It is non-corrosive and can therefore be ▪ Can be painted (see TDS)
used on aluminium, copper and zinc- ▪ Free from solvents, MDI and silicone
plated surfaces, making it particularly ▪ Very good resistance to weather,
flexible. ageing and UV
TECHNICAL DATA

HTM WH 290 (DE/EN) 541712 290 450 Cartridge white 12
V-Nozzle Express Cement 524315 — — — — 1
556
13
557
Adhesives
14 Drills and bits
Page
Hammer drill bit Quattric II 560
Hammer drill bit SDS Plus II Pointer 563
Hammer drill bit SDS Max II / SDS

567
Max IV
Stone drill bit D-S 570
Chisel 571
Profi-bit FPB 572
Diamond-bit FDB 574
Maxx-bit FMB 575
Bit holder FBH 576
14
Bit-Set 577
Drills and bits

Accessories for impact driver 578
559
Hammer drill bit Quattric II
The expert for the best performance in reinforced concrete
▪ Carbide head (up to ø 10 mm) for To create approval-compliant drill
long service life. holes in:
▪ Power shoulders for improved breakup ▪ Reinforced concrete
performance in concrete. ▪ Concrete
▪ Massive main cutting edges for quick ▪ Solid brick
drilling progress. ▪ Sand-lime brick
▪ Reinforcement chamfers prevent jam- Also suitable for:
ming in the reinforcement. ▪ Natural stone
▪ Centring tip for simple positioning.
▪ Wear mark for simple recognition of CHARACTERISTICS
wear limit in accordance with PGM.
▪ Two-piece spiral for quick drilling pro-
gress and increased service life.
SDS Plus
14
Drills and Bits
560
TECHNICAL DATA
Detail: Detail: Detail:

Hammer drill Quattric II Top of drill Quattric II Top of drill Quattric II Top of drill Quattric II
Ø 5 - 10 mm Ø 11 - 16 mm 17 - 32 mm
Drill hole Working length Total length Type of packaging Contents Sales unit
diameter
d0
Quattric II 5/50/115 549973 5 50 115 Plastic clip 1 1
Quattric II 5,5/50/115 549971 5,5 50 115 Plastic clip 1 1
Quattric II 8/300/365 549995 8 300 365 Plastic clip 1 1 14
Drills and bits

561
TECHNICAL DATA
Detail: Detail: Detail:

Hammer drill Quattric II Top of drill Quattric II Top of drill Quattric II Top of drill Quattric II
Ø 5 - 10 mm Ø 11 - 16 mm 17 - 32 mm
diameter
d0
Quattric II 18/200/250 549956 18 200 250 Plastic tube 1 1
Quattric II 6/50/115 XP5 549984 6 50 115 Plastic box 5 1
14 Quattric II 6/150/215 XP5 549982 6 150 215 Plastic box 5 1
Quattric II 6,5/100/165 XP5 544217 6,5 100 165 Plastic box 5 1
Drills and Bits

562
Hammer drill bit SDS Plus II Pointer
The two-flute cutter is setting new standards when it comes to

drilling speed
▪ The optimised drill geometry allows To create approval-compliant drill
for rapid drilling progress, reduced holes in:
wear and tear, and less effort. ▪ Concrete
▪ The centring tip allows for easy and ▪ Solid brick
precise drilling and prevents slipping ▪ Sand-lime brick
on smooth surfaces. Also suitable for:
▪ The “Power Breakers” on the drill bit ▪ Natural stone
head have a “destructive eff ect”. They
create micro-cracks in the material and CHARACTERISTICS
achieve a noticeably improved drilling
speed.
▪ The larger reinforcement chamfers
(+35%) guarantee that the drill acts SDS Plus
in the best possible way when it hits
concrete reinforcements. This consi-
derably reduces the risk of problems
caused by drill jamming.
▪ The new Vario KVS helix off ers further 14
benefi ts: The narrow crown width
behind the drill bit head reduces
Drills and bits

friction and ensures a more powerful
transfer of energy during impact dril-
ling. The improved helix allows for an
ideal transportation of the drill residue.
The spiral shape increases stability
and, with it, the break resistance.
563
TECHNICAL DATA
Hammer drill bit SDS Plus II Pointer Detail: top of drill

diameter
d0 l
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [mm] [pcs] [pcs]
SDS Plus II 4/50/110 531753 4 50 110 Plastic clip 1 1
SDS Plus II 5,5/100/160 531761 5,5 100 160 Plastic clip 1 1
14 SDS Plus II 7/150/210 531777 7 150 210 Plastic clip 1 1
Drills and Bits

564
TECHNICAL DATA

diameter
d0 l
SDS Plus II 16/550/600 531831 16 550 600 Plastic clip 1 1 14
Drills and bits

SDS Plus II 6/50/110 QP 531860 6 50 110 Plastic box 10 1
565
TECHNICAL DATA

diameter
d0 l
14
Drills and Bits
566
Hammer drill bit SDS Max II / SDS Max IV
The hammer drill bits with SDS Max drill chuck
▪ The SDS Max drill chuck ensures opti- To create approval-compliant drill
mum transfer of force and allows for holes in:
quick drilling progress for large volume ▪ Reinforced concrete (SDS Max IV)
drill holes. ▪ Concrete
▪ The drill bit head with four cutting ▪ Solid brick
edges prevents jamming in the con- ▪ Sand-lime brick
crete reinforcement. Also suitable for:
▪ The quadruple flute reliably transports ▪ Natural stone
the drilling dust from the drill hole,
thus reducing wear. CHARACTERISTICS
▪ The core-reinforced flute ensures
maximum transfer of energy, and gua-
rantees a low-vibration drilling.
▪ The PGM®-compliant cutting element SDS Max
guarantees perfect-fit drill holes to
fulfil the highest safety requirements.
14
Drills and bits
567
TECHNICAL DATA
Detail: Detail:
Hammerdrill SDS Max II and IV Top of drill SDS Max II Top of drill SDS Max IV
Ø 12 - 15 mm from Ø 16 mm
diameter
d0 l
SDS Max II 12/200/340 504188 12 200 340 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max II 14/1000/1120 098279 1) 14 1000 1120 Plastic tube 1 1
SDS Max IV 15/400/540 524562 15 400 540 Plastic tube 1 1
14 SDS Max IV 20/1200/1320 504223 20 1200 1320 Plastic tube 1 1
Drills and Bits

SDS Max IV 25/2000/2120 098287 1) 25 2000 2120 Plastic tube 1 1
568
TECHNICAL DATA
Detail: Detail:
Hammerdrill SDS Max II and IV Top of drill SDS Max II Top of drill SDS Max IV
Ø 12 - 15 mm from Ø 16 mm
diameter
d0 l
14
Drills and bits
569
Stone drill bit D-S
Universal masonry drill bit for impact and rotary drilling in

masonry and natural stone
▪ 130° carbide cutting edge for long ▪ For regular drilling especially in stone
service life, very heat resistant. and masonry
▪ Robust version in accordance with
DIN 8039, roll forged. CHARACTERISTICS
▪ Optimum drill dust removal through
special spiral geometry.
▪ Suitable for rotary and impact drilling.
TECHNICAL DATA
Stone drill bit D-S

14
diameter
d0 l
Drills and Bits

D-S HM 3,0 x 30/60 542976 3 30 60 Pouch 1 1
D-S HM 4,0 x 38/75 542977 4 38 75 Pouch 1 1
D-S HM 5,0 x 44/85 542978 5 44 85 Bag 1 1
D-S HM 6,0 x 54/100 542979 6 54 100 Bag 1 1
D-S HM 6,0 x 135/200 551390 6 135 200 Bag 1 1
D-S HM 7,0 x 54/100 542980 7 54 100 Bag 1 1
D-S HM 8,0 x 67/120 542981 8 67 120 Bag 1 1
D-S HM 8,0 x 135/200 542991 8 135 200 Bag 1 1
D-S HM 10,0 x 67/120 542982 10 67 120 Bag 1 1
D-S HM 10,0 x 135/200 542992 10 135 200 Bag 1 1
D-S HM 12,0 x 85/150 542983 12 85 150 Bag 1 1
D-S HM 12,0 x 135/200 542993 12 135 200 Bag 1 1
D-S HM 13,0 x 85/150 542984 13 85 150 Bag 1 1
D-S HM 14,0 x 85/150 542985 14 85 150 Bag 1 1
D-S HM 15,0 x 85/150 542986 15 85 150 Bag 1 1
D-S HM 16,0 x 85/150 542987 16 85 150 Bag 1 1
D-S HM 18,0 x 100/160 542988 18 100 160 Bag 1 1
D-S HM 20,0 x 100/160 542989 20 100 160 Bag 1 1
D-S Set 4-10mm 5pcs P 543025 4-5-6-8-10 — — Plastic cassette 5 1
D-S Set 3-10mm 8pcs P 543027 3-10 — — Plastic cassette 8 1
570
Chisel
High-performance chisel with SDS Plus and SDS Max drill

chuck
▪ The SDS Plus and SDS Max drill chuck Suitable for creating holes, slots and
for the chisel allow for use with pro- installation paths in:
fessional hammer drilling machines, ▪ Concrete
and ensure a proven and safe transfer ▪ Masonry
of force. ▪ Natural stone
▪ The use of a high quality, specially
hardened steel with surface protection
increases the life span of the tools.
▪ The high oscillation endurance allows
for high work comfort and contributes
to the achievement of clean results.
TECHNICAL DATA
Sharp chisel Flat chisel Spade chisel

14
Gouge chisel Channel chisel Tile chisel
Drills and bits

Wing bit Tooth chisel
Type Length Width Contents Sales unit
l B
Item Art.-No. [mm] [mm] [pcs] [pcs]
SDS Plus Pointed 250 504277 Pointed 250 12 1 1
SDS Max Pointed 280 504281 Pointed 280 16 1 1
SDS Plus Flat 20/250 504278 Flat 250 20 1 1
SDS Max Flat 25/280 504284 Flat 280 25 1 1
SDS Max Flat 25/400 504286 Flat 400 25 1 1
SDS Max Flat 25/600 504287 Flat 600 25 1 1
SDS Plus Scaling 40/250 504279 Scaling 250 40 1 1
SDS Max Scaling 50/400 504288 Scaling 400 50 1 1
SDS Plus Hollow 22/250 504280 Hollow 250 22 1 1
SDS Max Hollow 26/300 504293 Hollow 300 26 1 1
SDS Max Canal 32/300 504294 Canal 300 32 1 1
SDS Plus I M-Tile scaling 40/250 531437 Tile scaling 250 40 1 1
SDS Max Tile Scaling 50/400 504295 Tile scaling 400 50 1 1
SDS Max with Glides 35/380 504296 with glides 380 35 1 1
SDS Max Slotting 32/300 504301 Slotting 300 32 1 1
571
Profi-bit FPB
The all-rounding bit within convincing quality
▪ The bits manufactured from special Number of internal drives in various
steel with high hardness degree are profile sizes, such as:
suitable for both hand driven and ▪ PH, PZ cross-slot
machine guided applications. ▪ TX star recess
▪ The perfect fitting inside screws ▪ Suitable for ¼“ drives
ensures working with low-wear of
the product and consequently long
lifetime and clean working results.
▪ The profile guarantees an ideal
connection for an optimal power and
torque transmission that prevents
damages of the surface or the screw-
heads.
▪ Also available as clearly arranged
bit-set with 11 or 31pcs including
bit-holder.
TECHNICAL DATA
Profi-bit FPB T W Profi-bit FPB PZ W FPB PH 2 DRYWALL W 1

Drive Length Contents Sales unit
l
14 Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs]
FPB T 10 PROFI Bit W 2 533078 TX10 25 2 Bit 10
Drills and Bits

FPB T 30 90 mm PROFI Bit W 1 542369 TX30 90 1 Bit 1
FPB PH 1 PROFI Bit W 2 533086 PH1 25 2 Bit 10
FPB PH 2 PROFI Bit W 2 533087 PH 2 25 2 Bit 10
FPB PH 2 50MM PROFI Bit W 1 533105 PH 2 50 1 Bit 10
FPB PH 2 DRYWALL W 1 533090 PH 2 25 1 Bit 10
FPB PZ 1 PROFI Bit W 2 533092 PZ1 25 2 Bit 10
FPB PZ 2 50MM PROFI Bit W 1 533109 PZ2 50 1 Bit 10
FPB PZ 4 PROFI Bit W 1 533099 PZ 4 32 1 Bit 10
572
Profi-bit FPB
TECHNICAL DATA
Profi-bit FPB T W Profi-bit FPB PZ W FPB PH 2 DRYWALL W 1

l
FPB PH 2 PROFI Bit W 10 533119 PH 2 25 10 Bit 10
14
Drills and bits
573
Diamond-bit FDB
The non-slip bit
▪ The coating with diamond-saphire- Number of internal drives in various
particles ensures the best possible profile sizes, such as:
power-transfer and prevents the bit tip ▪ PH, PZ cross-slot
from slipping out of the screw head. ▪ TX star recess
▪ The diamond-coated bit with a high ▪ Suitable for ¼“ drives
hardness grade guarantees the
greatest service life and corrosion
resistance.
▪ The torsion zones created by the
tapered bit cross-section offers relief in
the case of extreme loads. For a more
effortless installation and maximum
operating efficiency.
▪ The high dimensional accuracy allows
for an ideal fit. For clean results and a
long life span.
TECHNICAL DATA
Diamond-bit FDB T W
l
14 FDB T 10 DIAMANT Bit W 2

FDB T 15 DIAMANT Bit W 2
533124
533125
TX10
TX15
25
25
2 Bit
2 Bit
10
10
FDB T 20 DIAMANT Bit W 2 533126 TX20 25 2 Bit 10
Drills and Bits

FDB PH 1 DIAMANT Bit W 2 533130 PH1 25 2 Bit 10
FDB PH 2 DIAMANT Bit W 2 533131 PH 2 25 2 Bit 10
FDB PZ 1 DIAMANT Bit W 2 533133 PZ1 25 2 Bit 10
FDB PH 2 DIAMANT Bit W 10 533143 PH 2 25 10 Bit 10
574
Maxx-bit FMB
The ultimate torsion-bit
▪ The ultimate solution for extreme Number of internal drives in various
installation torques. Ideal for usage in profile sizes, such as:
high-performance power-and impact- ▪ TX star recess
tools. ▪ Suitable for ¼“ drives
▪ Optimal geometry of the profile
guarantees unique performance and
durability for sophisticated applica-
tions and users.
▪ The elastic torsion zone releases at
extreme loads to ensure a gentle
working and maximum operating
efficiency.
long life span.
▪ Also available as clearly arranged bit-
set with 8pcs including bit-holder.
TECHNICAL DATA
Maxx-bit FMB T
l
Item
FMB T10 Maxx Bit W 5
Art.-No.
533154 TX10
[mm]
29 5 Bit
[pcs]
10
14
FMB T15 Maxx Bit W 5 533155 TX15 29 5 Bit 10
Drills and bits

575
Bit holder FBH
The bit holder for rapid bit exchange
▪ The bit holder family for ¼“ bits with ▪ The bit holders for use in cylinder drill
magnetic insert hold the bit securely chucks
in the drill chuck and offers a smooth
installation procedure.
▪ Robust and slim bit holder for an easy
bit exchange.
▪ Ideal for direct machine connection
or enlargement of the bits to reach
difficult areas.
▪ With the FBH Quick Bit Slim the Bit
automatically locked when plugged in
and provides a secure hold. By pulling
back the sleeve the bit can be easily
taken out.
▪ Using the FBH Quick Bit Magnet the
screw through a ring magnet kept
safe. The sleeve jumps when lowering
the screw automatically back.
TECHNICAL DATA
14
Bit holder FBH W 1 Bit holder FBH Quick Bit Magnet W 1 Bit holder FBH Quick Bit Slim W 1
Drills and Bits
l
Item Art.-No. [mm] [pcs] [pcs]
FBH Bit Holder W 1 533148 1/4'' 50 1 1
FBH Quick Bit Magnet W 1 533149 1/4'' 50 1 1
FBH Quick Bit Slim W 1 533150 1/4'' 50 1 1
576
Bit-Set
Useful bit sets for a multitude of applications
▪ Safe and clearly arranged keeping of ▪ The ideal bit sets for quick and effici-
the content assuring a reliable usage ent working.
day by day. ▪ For a high variation of applications
▪ The robust and durable construction
fulfilling even hardest requirements.
▪ The bit sets combining compact
dimensions with easy handling and
containing the most common bits as
well as the bit holder.
▪ FMB Bit Set Maxx ensures efficient
working by one-hand-opening mecha-
nism.
TECHNICAL DATA
Bit Set FPB Profi W 31 with belt clip Bit Set FPB Profi W 11 Bit Set FMB Maxx W 8 with belt clip
Contents Sales unit
Item Art.-No. [pcs]

2x PZ1, 4x PZ2, 2x PZ 3, 2x PH1, 4x PH2, 2x PH 3, 1x TX8, 2x TX10, 1x TX15, 2x TX20, 2x TX25,
FPB Bit Set Profi W 31 533152
1x TX27, 1x TX30, 1x TX40, each 1x Slot 4,5; 5,5; 6,0, 1x Universal bit holder
1 14
FPB Bit Set Profi W 11 533153 each 1x PZ1, PZ3, 2x PZ2, each 1x TX10, TX15, TX20, TX25, TX30, TX40, 1x Universal bit holder 1
FMB Bit Set Maxx W 8 533160 each 1x TX10, TX15, TX20, TX25, TX30, TX40, 1x Universal bit holder 1
Drills and bits
577
Accessories for impact driver
Ideal for use in high-performance power- and impact-tools
▪ Optimal geometry of the profile ▪ The ultimate solution for extreme
guarantees unique performance and installation torques
durability for complex applications and
users.
long life span.
TECHNICAL DATA
Nut SW Nut TX Profi-bit FPB T50 5/16"

Connection / drive Total length Sales unit
l
Nut SW10 538577 1/2“ / SW10 78 1
Nut SW13 538578 1/2“ / SW13 38 1
Nut SW15 538579 1/2“ / SW15 38 1
14 Nut SW17 538580 1/2“ / SW17 38 1
Nut SW21 538581 1/2“ / SW21 38 1
Nut TX40 538575 1) 1/2“ / 1/4" 35 1
Nut TX50 538576 2) 1/2“ / 5/16" 35 1
Drills and Bits
FPB Profi-Bit T50 5/16" 538574 5/16“ / TX50 35 1

1) Suitable for FMB T40 Maxx Bit
2) Suitable for FPB Profi-Bit T50 5/16"
578
14
579
Drills and bits
Basic Knowledge of Fastening Technology
Building Material – Concrete

The substrate’s quality is crucial when selecting the correct fixing:
A differentiation is made between concrete, masonry
and panel building materials. Concrete is made from a mixture
of cement, aggregates and water.
Concrete’s main properties are:
▪ High level of compressive strength,

but only low tensile strength
(≈ 10 % of the compressive strength).
▪ Inserting individual rebars and
or mats will increase tensile strength
(steel + concrete = reinforced concrete).
▪ Structure easily reproducible as it is
regulated by standards, therefore it is
an ideal anchor base.
Concrete is mainly split into two categories:
Standard concrete and lightweight concrete. While The load bearing capacity of heavy duty fixings
16 standard concrete contains gravel; lightweight concrete depends on the concrete’s compressive and
contains additives such as pumice, expanded clay or tensile strength. This is indicated by the numbers in
polystyrene® usually with a lower compressive strength the abbreviations: e. g. the most commonly used
or bulk density. This leads to unfavourable conditions concrete compressive strength is C20/25 with a
Basic Knowledge
for anchor fixings. cube compressive strength of 25 N/mm².
EXPERT TIP
▪ Standard concrete qualities: ▪ Normal concrete without accelerating additives reaches its nominal strength
C12/15 to C50/60, even higher grades are also available for special applications. after 28 days. Only then can the fixing be installed in compliance with the
The majority of anchors approved for concrete may only be used from concrete approval /assessment.
quality from C20/25 up to a max. of C50/60. In the past, designations from ▪ Fresh concrete: still workable up to approx. one hour after pouring.
DIN 1045 were used in Germany: B25 (≃ C20/25) to B55 (≃ C45/55). ▪ Green concrete: starts to harden after four hours, no longer workable.
▪ C20/25 means: ▪ New concrete: is hardened after 28 days, however minimum
C = concrete compressive strength not yet reached.
20 = compressive strength fck or fck, cyl of a concrete test cylinder ▪ Hard concrete: more than 28 days old, nominal strength reached.
(Ø 150 mm, height 300 mm) in N/mm2
25 = compressive strength fck, cube of a concrete test
cube (edge length 150 mm) in N/mm2
580
Compressive strength classes in different countries
Country Specimen Dimensions 1) Concrete strength class Unit Standard

[cm]
China Cube 15x15x15 C15, C20, C25, C30, C35, C40, C45, C50, C55, C60 N/mm² GB50010-2010
Denmark Cube 15x15x15 C12/15, C16/20, C20/25, C25/30, C30/37, C40/50, C45/55, C50/60 N/mm² DS/EN 206
Germany Cube 15x15x15 C12/15, C16/20, C20/25, C25/30, C30/37, C40/50, C45/55, C50/60 N/mm² EN 206
France Cylinder 16x32 B20, B25, B30, B35, B40, B45, B50 N/mm² BAEL 91
BS EN 12390-
Great Britain Cube 15x15x15 C20, C25, C30, C37, C40, C45, C55, C60 N/mm²
3:2009
C 8/10, C12/15, C16/20, C20/25, C25/30, C28/35, C30/37, C32/40, C35/45, C40/50, C45/55,
Italy Cube 15x15c15 N/mm² UNI EN 206
C50/60
Japan Cylinder 10x20 ≥ 15 N/mm² JIS A 1108
Korea Cylinder 10x20, 15x30 18, 21, 24, 27, 30 N/mm² KS F 2405
The Netherlands Cylinder 15x30 C 8/10, C12/15, C16/20, C20/25, C25/30, C30/37, C35/45, C40/50, C45/55, C50/60 N/mm² NEN-EN 206-1
Austria Cube 15x15x15 C 8/10, C12/15, C16/20, C20/25, C25/30, C30/37, C35/45, C40/50, C45/55, C50/60 N/mm² ÖNORM B 4710-1
Sweden Cube 15x15x15 C12/15, C16/20, C20/25, C25/30, C30/37, C40/50, C45/55, C50/60 N/mm² SS-EN206
Switzerland Cube 15x15x15 C12/15, C16/20, C20/25, C25/30, C30/37, C40/50, C45/55, C50/60 N/mm² SIA 262
Unreinforced concrete:
HM-20, HM-25, HM-30, HM-35, HM-40, HM-45, HM-50
Reinforced concrete:
Spain Cylinder 15x30 N/mm² EHE-08
HA-25, HA-30, HA-35, HA-40, HA-45, HA-50
Pre-stressed concrete:
HP-25, HP-30, HP-35, HP-40, HP-45, HP-50
USA Cylinder 15x30 2000, 2500, 3000, 3500, 4000, 5000, 6000, 7000, 8000 Psi ACI 318
1) Conversion: fCylinder = 0.85 x fCube, 20x20x20; fCube, 15x15x15 = 1.05 x fCube, 20x20x20
16
Basic Knowledge
EXPERT TIP NOTE
▪ Anchors used in new concrete must be suitable for this purpose, or may only
bear loads after reaching the minimum compressive strength.
▪ Concrete always shows cracks (shrinkage during hardening, loading).
▪ In cracked concrete, anchors which are tested in cracked concrete must be
used. These anchors must be able to expand when concrete starts to crack
e. g, expansion anchors (e. g. FAZ II), form locking anchors or undercut anchors
(e. g. FZA), or bonded anchors (e. g. FIS SB).
▪ Cutting through reinforcement steel while making drill holes is not permitted.
In special cases, non load-bearing steels can be cut after consultation with the
responsible engineer.
▪ The load bearing capacity of the concrete along the entire drill hole must be
guaranteed (no honeycombing in the concrete, no voids and pockets).
▪ Pre-stressed concrete: A certain drilling distance must be maintained from the
tensioning strands as stated in the approval/assessment (e. g. FHY, FBS 6 or EA II).
581
Building Material – Masonry

Compared to concrete, there is a larger variety
of masonry building materials.
Masonry can be classified Solid brick made of Solid sand-lime brick

according to: lightweight concrete
▪ brick type used (e. g. natural stone, Aerated 2 1 Solid brick

lime stone or aerated concrete). concrete
▪ wall type (e. g. single or double layer).
▪ brick strength class and gross density.
3
4
Porous sand- Lightweight

lime brick concrete
hollow brick
Vertically perforated
brick
Generally, masonry is classified into four groups:
1 Solid bricks with a dense structure are a highly compres- 2 Solid bricks with porous structure usually have a very large
sion resistant building material, without cavities or low hole number of pores and low compressive strength. Therefore, special
surface percentage (up to a max. 15 % e. g. as grip holes). fixings should be used, e. g. fixings with a longer expansion zone
16 This type is very well suited for anchor fixings. or bonded anchors.
3 Perforated bricks with a compact structure (perforated 4 Perforated bricks with porous structure have many cavities
and hollow bricks) are mostly manufactured from the same and pores and thus generally a low compressive strength. In this
Basic Knowledge
compressive strength materials as solid blocks but with cavities. case, special care is required when selecting the fixing. Suitable
If higher loads are introduced into these building materials, fixings include those with a long expansion zone or form locking
special fixings should be used (e. g. bonded anchors, FIS V), injection anchors.
which bridge or fill the cavities.
EXPERT TIP
▪ Before fixing in masonry, determine which brick type (designation, size, ▪ Avoid anchoring into masonry joints as much as possible due to joint
compressive strength) and mortar type (mortar category) has been used. inhomogeneity. If anchoring into a joint cannot be avoided (e. g. plaster on
▪ For safety anchoring in unknown or old masonry, pull out tests must be carried masonry) loads should be reduced.
out on-site to determine the anchor load bearing capacity. ▪ For systems approved by building authorities, anchoring in joints
▪ For fixings close to the edge, it is important to know if the wall is a load bearing (vertical or horizontal joints) is regulated in the approval notices.
wall as this prevents the risk of brick pull out. ▪ For anchoring high loads in performated bricks, the anchorage depth
▪ Even solid brick can have holes (e. g. MZ, KS). The holes are mostly larger should be increased.
grip-holes in the centre of the brick (up to max. 15 % cavity proportion per brick). ▪ Expansion fixings (e. g. FAZ II or FBN II) are not suitable for use in masonry
▪ Always drill without hammer function in perforated and hollow bricks. due to its high expansion forces which may lead to cracks in the brick.
Here, special, sharply ground drills with hard metal tips are suitable. Frame fixings are suitable due to its longer exapnsion part.
▪ Plaster or other non load-bearing layers may not be added to the load-bearing ▪ Bonded anchors achieve the highest possible loads in masonry.
base and are not to be used in calculating the anchorage depth.
582
Building Material – Drywall Panels
Panel building materials are thin-walled materials that often have
limited strength – e. g. plasterboard like “Rigips”, “Knauf”,
“LaGyp”, “Norgips”; Gypsum fibreboard like “Fermacell”, “Rigicell”
or chip board, hard fibre boards, plywood and others.
Plasterboard
Chipboard
Hardboard
Laminated wood
panels
OSB boards
Gypsum fibrereinforced
plasterboard
The main characteristics of panel building materials are: Special fixing elements must be used:
▪ Often thin-walled materials, mainly with limited strength. Cavity fixings are fixings made of plastic or metal, which
▪ Easy-to-process materials for non load-bearing walls and anchor by form locking into the material, e. g. by knotting 16
also used as cladding material (e. g. walls, roofs or ceilings). or a snap on mechanism (e. g. toggles).
▪ A wide range of different building materials.
Basic Knowledge
EXPERT TIP NOTE
▪ Only approved anchors should be used for lightweight materials, prestressed

hollow core slabs and panel materials.
▪ Contact your fischer consultant on site before anchoring heavy or safety-
relevant loads in the above-mentioned substrates.
583
Drilling
The building material determines the drilling method.
Five methods are possible:
Rotary drilling
Rotary drilling without impact, uses a sharply ground carbide
drill bit. When this method is used, the drill hole does not
become too large and the perforated brick’s webs do not break.
Impact drilling (mechanical)

Impact drill with rotation and a high number of light strokes,
is suitable for dense structured building materials.
Hammer drilling (pneumatic)

Hammer drill uses rotation and a low number of light strokes
with high impact energy, also suitable for dense structured
solid building materials.
Diamond or core drilling process

Mainly used for larger drill hole diameters or for heavily
reinforced components and/or if noise or vibration must
16 be reduced.
Basic Knowledge
Hollow drilling
Special drill with a hollow core, which is connected to a vacuum
cleaner. Cleans the drilled hole during the drilling operation.
No further brushing or blowing is required. Can be used in
concrete and masonry with dense structure.
EXPERT TIP
▪ The drilling method for approved anchors is specified in the approval / ▪ In case of incorrect drilled holes (hitting reinforcements or wrong location),
assessment. the location for the new drill hole is regulated in the applicable fixing approval /
▪ Drill bits with excessively worn cutting edges should not be used assessment). Usually, the distance for the new drill hole must be twice the
(see approval /assessment). depth of the incorrect drill hole. The wrong drill hole must be filled with injection
▪ For certain fixings, special drills are required (e. g. a stop drill) as per mortar (e. g. FIS V).
approval /assessment. ▪ Diamond core drilling is only permitted if stated in the approval/assessment
▪ Drill holes must be carefully cleaned (blown out and brushed). or according to manufacturer’s guidelines (e. g. RSB, FIS EM, FAZ II, FBS II...).
See the respective approval /assessment or manufacturer’s specifications. ▪ The load bearing capacity is reduced by water filled holes or wet substrates
▪ The drill hole depth is always exacly specified and relates to a given especially for chemical or plastic fixings.
anchoring base thickness. For general applications without an approval / ▪ Cutting through a reinforcement is not permitted.
assessment the following applies: the drill hole depth + 30 mm should ▪ The drill hole must be drilled perpendicular to the anchor base (an inclinement
not exceed the anchoring base thickness. of up to 5° is permiited). Exceptional cases are regulated in the anchor approval /
assessment and or according to manufacturer's guidelines.
584
Installation
In general, the following aspects must be taken into
consideration during installation:
The edge distance and centre distance, as well as the compo-

nent thickness and width, must be carefully observed to ensure
that the fixing can take the required load. Otherwise, it may
s
lead to spalling of the construction material or cracks. For fixings

without approval, e. g. nylon fixings, a minimum edge distance
s c of c = 1 x hef (hef = anchorage depth) and a minimum spacing
of s =1 x hef must be adhered to for concrete. When using
non approved metal anchors, a minimum edge distance of
c = 1.5 x hef and a minimum spacing of s = 3 x hef must be
adhered to. When using hammerset anchors, spacing and edge
distance can increase due to higher expansion forces.
The drill hole depth must be larger than the anchorage depth
(exception chemical anchor systems), to ensure that the screw
has enough room at the end of the fixing element to penetrate
at least one time the screw’s diameter.
Drill hole cleaning after drilling, e. g. by blowing out, brushing

or suction, is generally necessary. The load bearing capacity
will be reduced, if the hole is not cleaned. (Exceptions:
approved anchor systems where no hole cleaning is required, 16
e. g. FHB II + PF - High speed capsule).
Basic Knowledge
EXPERT TIP NOTE
▪ Strictly adhere to specifications for component geometry, edge and spacing

distances. If this is not taken into account, the component will be damaged or
the anchor capacity will be reduced.
▪ Drill hole cleaning is essential. The specifications in the approvals and the
manufacturer’s specifications must be observed.
585
Installation types
There are three different types of installation.
Push-through installation
In particular for simplifying installation for series installations or
for attachments with two or more fixing points:
▪ If the attachment’s hole diameter is larger than the drill bit

diameter, then the attachment can be used as a template.
Anchor bolt FAZ II Frame fixing SXRL Please note: The drill bit tip is generally larger than the nominal
diameter of the drill.
▪ In addition to facilitating a simple installation, an exact fit is also
achieved.
▪ The fixing is inserted into the drill hole through the attachment
and then tightened (e. g. FAZ II, FBN II, FH II).
Pre-positioned installation
The anchor is installed before fastening the attachment. If drilling
is not done precisely, then the holes in the attachment will not
match up. This could mean that the anchors cannot be installed
or could cause damage to the anchors. The installation sequence:
Zykon anchor FZA Aircrete anchor GB ▪ Transfer the hole pattern of the fixture to the anchor base.
▪ Drill and clean the holes, install the attachment and then fix
the attachment (e. g plastic fixings: S, SX, UX; metal fixings:
FZA, EA II).
16
Stand-off installation
This allows attachments to be compression and tension resistant
at a certain distance from the anchor base. For this purpose,
Basic Knowledge
external threaded metal anchors (e. g. FAZ II, FBN II) or internal
threaded anchors (e. g. EA II) with screws or threaded rods are
clamped against the anchor base surface while using a bearing
Threaded rod FIS A washer and nut. When using chemical systems with threaded
rods (e. g. FIS SB, FIS V, FIS EM, and FIS A), the installation can be
done without using a bearing washer and nut.
EXPERT TIP
▪ Clearance holes in the attachment are specified for the respective anchor ▪ Post-installed anchors must be tightened with a specific torque. A calibrated torque
size in the approvals/assessments and manufacturer’s guidelines. wrench must be used to ensure the correct pre-stressing force and the correct
▪ For stand - off installations with shear loads on the anchor, additional installation of the anchor. For chemical anchors, the prescribed hardening
bending moment occurs and this must be considered. time must be adhered to before tightening torque or service load can be applied.
▪ The attachment must lie fully flush on the surface base or it must have either ▪ Anchors must be mounted as a standard unit as delivered. The exchange or
a compression resistant levelling layer of max. 3 mm or half the anchor’s diameter, removal of parts is not permitted.
otherwise the anchor must be checked for bending.
▪ The attachment shall be in contact with the anchor over its entire thickness,
otherwise the anchor must be checked for bending.
▪ Usable length is the maximum fixing height tfix which takes into account the
attachment’s thickness plus additional non-bearing layers (e. g. plaster, air,
insulation etc.).
586
Loads
When selecting an anchor, it is necessary to know the load
on the total construction and the resulting action forces.
Action forces can differ based on: Load directions
Dimension ▪ Direction ▪ Type of load ▪ Point of application
There are various types of loads:
Approvals generally give characteristic resistance. In the manufac- Tensile load Compression load Shear load
turer’s guidelines, “permissible loads” are specified for products
with approvals. For anchors without an approval, “recommended
loads” are given by the manufacturer.
▪ Determine the size, direction and point of application of the

load. These parameters determine which anchor should be
used. Oblique load Oblique load at distance e Shear load and bending
▪ Characteristic resistance (NRK or VRK ) describes the 5 % (tension and shear load) (Bend + tension + shear moment
load)
fractile of resistance. (Value with a 95 % probability of being
exceeded, with a confidence level of 90 %).
▪ Permissible loads are working loads that already include an Types of loads
appropriate safety factor. These only apply if the approval
conditions are complied with (Nzul or Vzul).
▪ Recommended loads or maximum working loads include
an adequate safety factor. These only apply if the manufactur-
er’s specifications are complied with (Frec – valid for all load
directions, Nrec - for compressive or tensile load or Vrec for shear 16
load). statically dormant dynamically rising dynamically changing
▪ The calculation is carried out by dividing the respective failure
load or characteristic loads by a safety factor.
Basic Knowledge
▪ Recommended safety factors compared to the average
failure load:
Steel and bonded anchors ≥4
Plastic anchors ≥7
Hammerfix anchors N ≥4
shock seismic activity
▪ Recommended safety factors compared to the
characteristic failure loads:
Steel and bonded anchors ≥3
Plastic anchors ≥5 ▪ The specified minimum spacing and edge distance,
For deviations to the regulation, see load tables. For certain marked with smin and cmin, indicates the distance at which no
products, the safety factors may deviate. In general, the global failure of the building material will occur when installing the
safety factor is calculated using the scatter of the faillure load, anchor (cracks). These distances are mandatory and must be
the failure probability and the reliability index of a product. complied with. The characteristic spacing and edge distances
▪ The specified loads apply to individual anchors that are may be shorter but not less than the minimum values but at the
installed away from the edge, i. e. there is no influence from same time the load bearing capacity must be reduced. When
edges or other anchors. combined loads occur, loads are determined separately for
▪ The characteristic spacing and edge distances, marked tensile and shear load and the overall utilization is determined
with ccr,N and ccr,V, give the distances at which an anchor by means of an interaction equation. As a rule, the sum of the
achieves its max. characteristic load. ratio values from tensile and shear loads is less than 1.2.
587
Working Principles
There are different load transfer mechanisms which induce
forces acting on the anchor in a building material.
For frictional locking, the expanding part of the

anchor is pressed against the drill hole wall.
Sleeve anchor (e. g. FH II) Plastic anchor (e. g. SX)
For form locking, the anchor geometry adapts to

the subtrate’s form or drill hole shape (e. g. conical
drill hole).
Undercut anchor (e. g. FZA) Injection anchor (e. g. FISV with

cone drill PBB)
For adhesive bonding, the load will be transferred

by a combination of adhesion and micro-keying
(e. g. using resin / injection mortar).
16
Resin anchor Subsequent reinforcement
(e. g. Superbond RSB) connector with concrete
reinforcing bars
Basic Knowledge
EXPERT TIP NOTE
▪ For many fixings, a combination of working principles occurs (e. g. in soft

base material a combination of friction and form locking takes place).
588
Failure modes
If there is excessive stress, incorrect installation or a substrate with
inadequate load bearing capacity, the following types of failure can occur.
Steel failure tension Steel failure shear Pull out Combined failure
Steel failure: Pull out failure: Combined failure:

▪ Insufficient steel stength for the applied load ▪ Friction failure and or ▪ Pull out
adhesion failure due ▪ Concrete failure near
to high load or incorrect the surface
installation
16
Concrete cone failure Pry-out failure Concrete splitting failure Concrete edge failure
Anchor base failure: Anchor base splitting:
Basic Knowledge
▪ Tensile load “N” or shear load “V” too high ▪ Insufficient component dimensions
▪ Inadequate strength of anchor base ▪ Deviation from the spacing and edge distances
▪ Insufficient embedment depth ▪ Excessive expansion pressure
EXPERT TIP NOTE
▪ In most anchor approvals/assessments, the anchoring of predominately static

loads is regulated. However, there are also approvals which regulate non-static
loads (fatigue loads, e. g. FHB dyn).
▪ Seismic loads for post-installed anchors are regulated in Europe according to
ETAG 001 Appendix E. The assessment is to be carried out in accordance with
EOTA TR045 until the Eurocode 1992-4 is introduced. The seismic performance
of an anchor system is categorised by performance categories C1 and C2. The
classification of the seismic performance categories C1 and C2 for seismicity level
and the evaluation category is the responsibility of the respective Member State
(in Germany, an approval in accordance with ETAG 001 is sufficient. Classification
in accordance with C1 and C2 is not necessary). The performance category and
the characteristic values are found in the respective ETA (e. g. FAZ II, FH II, FIS SB,
FIS EM...).
▪ The main causes for anchor failure are overloading, incorrect installation
or an insufficient load bearing anchoring base.
589
Cracks in concrete components

Cracks can occur anywhere in concrete at any time:
Factors involved in this are loads such as dead loads, traffic or wind
loads, concrete shrinkage and creeping or external influences
such as seismic activity or ground motion result in stresses and
deformations thus leading to cracks.
Example:
If a bridge designed as a single-span element is loaded, the
bridge will buckle. Due to this buckling, cracks could occur in
the element’s tensile area.
Concrete is not able to support tensile loads, therefore, reinforce-

ments are placed in the element to take the tensile load area
numerous cracks are formed that are barely visible to the naked
eye. This is called the cracked tensile zone.
Suitable anchor systems for cracked concrete

16
When fixing in concrete, cracks are always expected in For safety reasons, designers and craftsmen should always
the anchoring area which will have an impact on the load use anchor bolts which are suitable for cracked concrete.
bearing capacity of the anchor system. However, it is very Fixings with an approval/assessment according to ETAG 001 for
Basic Knowledge
complicated, if not impossible, to prove whether the concrete cracked concrete have proven their suitability in cracks, therefore
is cracked or not cracked. they can be used without any restrictions in tensile and compres-
sion zones of a concrete member.
Undercut anchor FZA Bolt anchor FAZ II Threaded rod FHB II Frame fixing SXS
Due to safety reasons, always use crack-suitable anchor systems such as FAZ II,
FH II, FHB II, FIS SB, FIS EM or FIS V.
590
Fire protection – Fundamentals
General requirements of building structures
for fire protection.
Structural installations European standardisation
Structural installations are to be ordered, erected, changed In accordance with the European Norm DIN EN 13501-1,
and brought into commission in such a way that: the classification of fire behaviour of building materials /
products is similar to that of DIN 4102. The classifications are,
▪ the emergence of a fire is prevented from breaking out. however, much more precise.
▪ the spread of fire and smoke (spread of fire) is prevented.
▪ in the event of a fire, the rescue of people and animals In addition to, the main classification criteria concerning flamma-
is possible. bility, flame spread and heat released, e. g. smoke development
▪ effective fire-fighting operations are possible. and dropping behaviour is tested.
Fire resistance of components has been tested in Germany in

German regulation accordance with the European Norm DIN EN 1363 or DIN EN
1365 since 2000. The fire resistance duration is then labelled
In Germany, the procedure for construction and operational fire with the letter R for “Resistance”.
protection are specified by the fire protection standard DIN 4102,
the Model Building Ordinance (MBO), Regional Construction The standard temperature-time curve (ETK) of DIN 4102 and
Ordinances (LBO) and various trade-specific regulations from ISO 834 is based on a simulation of real fire conditions and forms
professional associations. the evaluation basis that is used worldwide to determine the
fire resistance duration. In addition, there are other temperature
The following applies as per Section 1 and 2 of DIN 4102: curves for special fire exposures, e. g. the hydrocarbon curve for
destructive fires caused by flammable liquids or the RAB /ZTV
Building materials such as concrete, wood, stone, metal tunnel curve (Germany) or the Rijkswaterstaat tunnel curve (the
etc., are classified according to their behaviour into flammable Netherlands), which describe tunnel fires. 16
or non-flammable building material classes.
However, components composed of different flammable and
Basic Knowledge
non- flammable materials are not classified into fire classes in
building construction but they are evaluated as a complete system
according to their fire resistance duration. The fire resistance
duration R is indicated in minutes and classified according to two
categories:
▪ Components with a fire resistance duration of R30 and

R60 are fire-inhibiting.
▪ Fire-resistant, are all components with a fire resistance
fire room temperature [°C]
duration of R90, R120 and R180.
Tested systems such as cable, ventilation or duct systems are

not only tested for fire resistance, but also for functional capa-
bility in the event of fire (e. g. supply lines to sprinkler systems).
The fire resistance duration of these systems is e. g. E30 to
E120 for electrical cable systems or L30 to L120 for specified
ventilation ducts. The anchors that are used to fasten these
systems must have at least the same fire resistance duration.
Duration of the fire [min.]
Temperature curves: –– (ETC), –– Hydrocarbon curve,

–– RABT/ZTV tunnel curve –– Rijkswaterstaat tunnel curve
591
Fire protection in fastening technology

The fastening technology has a vital importance in fire protection.
To ensure the functional capability and stability
of railings, pipe systems, fire safety doors or ceiling elements.
Assessing fixings for fire is carried out in accordance with

the technical regulation EOTA TR020 or in accordance
with fire protection reports.
The labelling and classification of anchors and fixings is

classified in:
1 Fire behaviour (e. g. non-flammable)

2 Fire resistance duration (e. g. R90)
For this purpose, the legal regulations set down in the final
draft of the Delegated Act "Fire Behaviour" must be observed.
EOTA TR020 only states anchor performance ratings that have Before the fire test
an ETA for cracked concrete! Meanwhile, a new evaluation
document issued by the German Institute for Construction
Engineering (DIBt) is used to determine the characteristic load
values and the corresponding fire resistance duration.
A partial safety factor of M = 1.0 on the load side is used in

the event of fire.
16 The fire values only refer to anchor bolts that are directly
exposed to flames.
Alternatively, anchors can be protected from direct exposure to

Basic Knowledge
fire by using fire protection panels or fire protecting coatings.
For fixing cladding systems, it is assumed that the load bearing

capacity of specified plastic screw anchors in concrete with During the fire test
an external diameter of 10 mm and a metal screw diameter
of 7 mm and an anchoring depth of hef = 50 mm with a polyam-
ide PA6 plastic sleeve has a sufficient fire resistance of at
least 90 minutes (R90), if the permissible load (no permanent
centric tensile load) is ≤ 0.8 kN.
After the fire test
592
Corrosion – Fundamentals Corrosion protection
Corrosion is a chemical reaction which There are different ways to protect fastenings
degrades metal. from corrosion. The most important are:
The less noble the metal (“electrochemical potential”), the more Galvinised zinc coating (or also electrolytic zinc coating)
severe the material damage is, resulting in metal loss or corrosion followed by passivation is the most common corrosion protection
flakes. For this reason, different appearance patterns have been used in metal finishing. A zinc coating thickness of 3 – 10 μm
determined. The most common types of corrosion in fixings offers excellent corrosion protection for damp rooms and outdoor
and anchors are: use.
Surface corrosion: In this case, the metal corrodes relatively Hot-dip galvanising is the application of a metal zinc coating by
uniformly over the entire surface or over a part of the surface. dipping it in molten zinc (at approx. 450 °C). Zinc layer thickness’s
An example of this is the invisible rusting of a screw in the of 45 – 80 μm offer an excellent corrosion protection for moist
transition area from anchor plate to hole due to condensation. rooms and outdoor use.
The result: A connection that appears completely intact from the
outside, but suddenly fails. Stainless steel fixings of corrosion resistance class III e. g.
A4, material no. 1.4401, 1.4404 and 1.4571 as well as two
Contact corrosion: If metals with a different nobility are in con- phased duplex steel (austenitic and ferritic structure / magnetic)
tact with each other in a conductive medium, the less noble metal are suitable for anchoring in damp rooms, in open air, in industrial
always corrodes (the anode). Whereas stainless is not affected. atmospheres or near the sea (but not directly in sea water).
A decisive factor is the surface ratios of the two types of metal:
The greater the surface area of the most noble metal in compari- Stainless steel anchors made from high corrosion-resist-
son with the less noble, the greater the corrosion. For example, ant steel of the corrosion resistance class V e. g. material
if larger stainless steel sheets are screwed with galvanised screws, no. 1.4529 are used in especially aggressive environments
the screws will be agressively attacked within a very short time. e. g. in atmospheres containing chlorine (swimming pools), in
Whereas using stainless screws in galvinised sheets poses no road tunnels or with direct sea water contact. Due to their high
problems. molybdenum content they are risistant is such aggressive enviro- 16
ments. That means that steel type 1.4529 – containing chrome,
Stress corrosion cracking: Permanent internal or external molybdenum and nicklel – has an alloy content of 58 %. The rest
tensile stresses lead to metal strain or corrosion. In this process, consists of iron and carbon. Due to this very high alloy content,
Basic Knowledge
a crack develops due to mechanical stresses, which grows under the production for this steel type is very expensive, but on the
increasing loads and thus creates a path for progressive corro- other hand the conection is safe and maintenance – free in terms
sion. For example, this occurs with stainless steel of corrosion of corrosion.
resistance Class III e. g. A4, in an atmosphere containing chlorine
(swimming pools). Generally, stress corrosion cracking is not
visible with fixings and usually leads to sudden failure of the
anchoring.
In 1985, the suspended concrete ceiling Example of trans-crystalline stress corro-

of an indoor swimming pool collapsed sion cracking on stainless steel 1.4401
in Uster, Switzerland. The stainless steel with high chloride concentration
ceiling attachments exhibited no external
defects, but were completely destroyed
internally in some cases due to stress
corrosion cracking.
593
Dynamics
For predominantly non-static loads.
The general building approvals issued by the German Insti-

tute of Construction Engineering (DiBt) and the European
Technical Approvals / Assessments (ETA) are mainly valid for
predominately static loads. However, there are certain applications
e. g. swinging cranes, crane rails, jib cranes, elevator guide rails,
machines, industrial robots and blast fans in tunnels including
antenna and masts which are subjeted to dynamic effects.
Elevator guide rails Industrial robots
In general, the anchoring of components with more than > 1000
load cycles must be carried out using fastening elements that
have been checked and approved for this purpose. Until recently,
the design for post-installed anchors for such dynamically loaded
applications was nearly impossible. Time consuming and costly
expert reports and or approvals for individual applications were
required.
The bonded anchors: fischer Highbond anchor FHB dyn

and fischer UMV multicone dyn and FDA have a German DiBt Blast fans Antenna and masts
approval for dynamic loads. In the approval, only fatigue loads
are considered as dynamic loads and not loads from shock or
seismic activity. statical strength
(statical capacity)
The approvals apply to the anchoring of dynamic loads with
16 unlimited numbers of load cycles, for tension and for shear loads.
fatigue strength
Oscillating amplitude
(capacity in case of fatigue)

In addition, the FHB dyn is manufactured in anchor size M12 and
M16 from highly corrosion-resistant steel (e. g. corrosion resistant
Basic Knowledge
Class V - 1.4529).
durable oscillation strength
(durable capacity in case of fatigue)
Dynamic load tests have shown - compared to normal stainless
steel grades of corrosion resistant class III (e. g. 1.4401 also N = 2 ‰ 106
known as 316) – that this material is not only highly suitable for
indoor and outdoor humid environments, as well as other agres- 1 10 100 1.000 10.000 100.000 1.000.000 10.000.000 100.000.000
Number of cycles N
sive conditions, it is also highly suitable for dynamic loadings.
Wöhler curve
Action Run of the oscillation Possible cause
Unbalances,
harmonic sinusoidal tumbling machines
period T
optional, Regularly abutting parts

periodic periodical (e.g. punching machines),
period TD rail- and road traffic
optional,
transient Earthquakes
nonperiodical
optional,
impulsive with very short Impact, explosion
time of influence
594
Legal basis
The European Union (EU) determines the legal foundation
for the assessment, CE labelling and bringing building products
into the European Economic Area (EEA).
The aim is to reduce trade barriers by harmonising the The CE mark is the only means to certify whether the manufac-
requirements of building products. turer has conformed to the applicable harmonised requirements
of construction products. The CE label allows the construction
REGULATION (EU) No 305/2011 (Construction Products Regu- product to be freely traded without trade barriers in the European
lations) OF THE EUROPEAN PARLIAMENT AND COUNCIL Economic Area.
fully came into force on 1st July 2013. The Construction Products
Regulation is law in all EU countries. However, the Construction Each Member State determines the essential characteristics for
Product Directive 89/106 / EEC is not law in all EU countries. use of the construction product and its performance in its territory.
The unrestricted use of a construction product in a Member State
Construction products are products, or parts which are perma- depends on whether performance values exist in the DoP for the
nently incorporated into buildings. Their performance influences essential characteristics determined by the Member State. If one
the structure’s basic requirements (e. g. mechanical strength). characteristic is declared with “NPD“ (No Performance Determi-
Therefore, construction products and materials for safetly relevant ned), this can lead to a ban on use in a Member State. Therefore,
applications are affected. each member State must establish Product Contact Points, which
will provide information on these regulations. In Germany, this is
Important building requirements include: the Federal Institute for Material Research and Testing (BAM: see
1 Mechanical strength and stability www.pcp.bam.de).
2 Fire protection
3 Hygiene, health and environmental protection
4 Safety and accessibility during use
5 Sound protection
6 Energy saving and heat protection
7 Sustainable use of natural resources
16
When a construction product is covered by a harmonised
standard (hEN), or a European Technical Assessment or Appro-
val (ETA) has been issued for this product, the manufacturer is
Basic Knowledge
obligated to draw up a Declaration of Performance (DoP) for this
product and affix the CE marking on the product. The application
for an ETA for a construction product by the manufacturer is
voluntary. National approvals may only be issued if a construction
product is not marked with a CE label.
Existing European Technical Approvals (ETA) are valid until the

end of the validity date and will be amended with the Declaration
of Performance (DoP) by the manufacturer from the due date.
The reference number of the DoP is part of the CE marking and
must be determined by the manufacturer. The Declarations of
Performance (DoP) are available on the fischer website under
“Approvals/Assessments”: http://www.fischer.de/sdb.
595
Assessment procedure
Fasteners which are not covered by a harmonised standard (hEN)
can apply for an ETA (European Technical Assessment)
on the basis of a European Assessment Document (EAD).
Existing assessment documents, such as ETAGs (European Tech- Section 6 of the ETAG 001 (in the future, EAD 33-0747) regula-
nical Approval Guidelines) for metal and plastic fixings are still tes the assessment of metal fixings in cracked and non-cracked
valid and transferred into EADs in accordance with the EU Const- concrete for multiple use for non-structural systems. Non-load
ruction Products Regulation (CRP). The ETAGs and the new EADs bearing systems include components which do not contribute to
can be downloaded from the EOTA website: http://www.eota.eu the stability of the construction, they only transmit their dead
or wind load. These are, for instance, simple suspended ceilings
The assessment document for mechanical fasteners (ETAG 001- and false ceilings, pipelines and façade claddings.
1, -2, -3, -4 or in the future, EAD 33-0232) and the assessment
document for bonded anchors (ETAG 001-5 or in the future, When using fixings for multiple use, it is assumed that if exces-
EAD 33-0499) divides possible approvals of metal fixings into sive slippage or failure of a fixing point occurs, that the load will
12 options. be transferred to neighbouring fixing point. A fixing point can be
defined as a single anchor or a group of anchors.
Options 1-6 are for use in cracked and non-cracked concrete,
options 7-12 are only for use in non-cracked concrete. Anchors This is known as a redundant system, where stability is not
of Option 1 offer the largest range of flexibility for assessment, affected by an individual anchor failure.
since performance values for concrete of the strength classes
C20/25 to C50/60, as well as the minimum spacing and edge
distances are available (see table below).
Possible assessment options according to EAD

16
Different Separate
Cmin < Ccr Design
One value for values for One value values
Cracked Non-cracked Ccr / Scr method
Options all concrete C20/25 for load for tensile /
Basic Knowledge
concrete concrete Smin < Scr as per

strengths to direction and shear
EN 1992-4
C50/60 capacity
1  
  A
2  
 
3  
  B
4  
 
5  
  C
6  
7  
  A
8  
 
9  
  B
10  
 
11  
  C
12  
596
Design of fastenings
Two different anchor designs are differentiated.
Method with global safety factors

Other important design provisions are:
Permissible loads are determined from the average failure
load or from the 5 % fractile load and compared with the EOTA TR020
action load. Anchor design in concrete under fire exposure, or CEN/TS
1992-4, Part 1, Appendix D
The safety factor depends on the anchoring system, the type of
installation and external influences such as temperature and EOTA TR045
or humidity. Global safety factors are generally  = 3 for steel and Anchor design in concrete for seismic actions
bonded anchors and  = 5 for plastic anchors.
The applicable assessment design methods are generally indi-
Methods with partial safety factors cated in the respective ETA. It is important that design methods
are not commingled.
According to this method, it is shown that the value of the
design actions Sd does not exceed the value of the design The design for metal anchor (under static and seismic loads
resistance Rd (Sd ≤ Rd). as well as under fire exposure) is summarised in EN1992-4, i. e. in
Section 4 of the Eurocode 2, but then must be ratified by each
The action on fixings are determined according to the same rules Member State and, if applicable, adapted for national annexes.
and used the same partial safety factors employed in reinforcred As soon as EN1992-4 is published, all other design methods
concrete design (see Eurocode 1990; national appendix must be (ETAG 001 Annex C, TR045, TR020, TR029 and CEN/TS
observed). 1992-4) are no longer valid.
The design resistance is determined by using the characteristic fischer has developed a simple yet powerful design software for 16
resistance and the partial safety factor of the material (M ), which daily use: the fischer - C-FIX. The software enables designers and
takes into account the scatter of the material. The values can be users to carry out anchor designs according to different design
taken directly form the ETA. Safety is national law. The design methods. Complex anchor arrangements can be calculated
Basic Knowledge
method as well as the related partial safety factors are determined quickly and easily. The feature “multple design” makes it possible
by the Member State. to select the best technical and cost saving solution.
Only the product-specific coefficient for installation is specified

in the ETA, which is used to calculate the partial factor M. The
design standard EN 1992-4, which is expected to be ratified
in 2018, contains the national determined partial safety factors
(observe the respective national appendex).
The design method as set down according to ETAG 001, Annex

C - design method for metal anchors and the design method
according to TR029 - bonded anchor design in concrete, as
well as CEN/TS 1992-4, Section 4 (mechanical anchors) and
Section 5 (chemical anchors) are the current methods for anchor
design based on a European Technical Approval or Assessment
(ETA). Moreover, the ETAG 001 Annex C distinguishes between
three different design methods (A, B and C), method A being
the most important and the most economical method since
anchors are considered separately for all load directions and
failure modes. Methods B and C play a minor role and are hardly
used.
597
Approvals, markings and their importance

The most important symbols
are presented below.
European Technical Approval / Assessment

Issued by a European approval authority (e. g. DIBt) on the basis of
the guidelines for European technical approvals (ETAG). ETA (Eng-
lish): European Technical Approval/Assessment. CE: The CE marks
the conformity of the product to all applicable legal provisions in
which their installation is intended. This means that the CE mark
only certifies that the requirements determined in the relevant har-
monisation legal provisions of the union have been complied with.
Products with the CE mark can be freely traded in the European
Economic Market.
ICC International Code Council

See ICC-ES
ICC Evaluation Service Inc. (ICC ES) issues reports, e. g. for subse-
Evaluation Report quent anchoring on the basis of the International Building Code®
at www.icc-es.org
and the related standards in the United States of America
ESR-1990
FM Certificate
Recognised for use in local water- based fire extinguisher systems
(Factory Mutual Research Corporation for Property Conservation,
American insurance company).
16
General building authority approval
German approval, issued by the DIBt, Berlin with the accompanying
Basic Knowledge
certificate of conformity for construction products with the

general building authority approval. Confirmed by a material testing
institute.
Fire-tested fixing
The anchor was subjected to a fire test. It is an "investigation report
to test the anchor under fire exposure (fire behaviour) (with R-Class).
Fire tests are not required when using the simplified verification
method according to TR020 - then the values can be transferred
directly to the ETA.
This product is made from high corrosion resistant steel of

corrosion resistance class V, e. g. 1.4529.
Stainless
steel
1.4529
598
Dynamically loadable anchors
The anchor is suitable and approved for anchoring of “not predomi-
nantly static” (i.e. dynamic) loads.static” (i.e. dynamic) loads.
static” (i.e. dynamic) loads.
General construction-related test certificate

P-NDS04-137
The fixing is suitable for anchoring under seismic influence.

Please note: The ICC-ESRs also allow seismic stress (see Category
C1 and C2 in accordance with the ETAG 001 Annex E).
Mark for labels that confirm compliance with the VDS-CEA

guidelines for sprinkler systems, planning and installation.
Fixings labelled as such may be used for fixing pipes for
extinguishing systems.
Tested for flammability in accordance with VDE.
16
Fixings for tensile zones
The fixing is suitable and approved for anchoring in cracked con-
Basic Knowledge
crete (tensile zone) and in uncracked concrete (compression zone).
Fixing made of high-quality, ageing-resistant nylon (polyamide).
Component test with window frame screws in accordance

with ift guideline M0-01/1; Testing structural connections on
windows.
The term “approvals” used in the catalogue consists of documents given, if the performance of the significant characteristics required
that are available and can be used as evidence of the usability of in each Member State has been clarified/ confirmed by the manu-
building products for which the documents were issued. These are facturer. Information on the significant necessary characteristics in
(fire) reports, general construction-related approvals issued by the a country can be found at the national Product Information Contact
German Institute for Construction Technology Berlin (e. g. Z-21...) (Link: http://ec.europa.eu/Docs- Room/documents/4170/attach-
or European Technical Approvals or Assessments (ETA). In general, ments/1/translations/en/renditions/native).
the usability of construction products in an EU Member State is
599
fischer 360°- Service
Our service to you

„ We are a reliable partner, one that will
stand at your side and address your
individual requirements with advice and
action.“
By implementing the fischer process system (fPS) we

offer you the quickest and most efficient service.
Global presence with the fischer

international sales team
▪ One-on-one assistance from multi lingual staff.

▪ Immediate information and individual solutions regar-
ding the widest range of fixings and
fasteners worldwide.
▪ 46 own subsidiaries and distribution to more
16 than 100 countries worldwide.
▪ Visit organization A - Z and training programs.
Please contact: export@fischer.de

Service
Qualified technical consulting

from the fischer technical team
▪ Support for engineers, consultants and craftsmen.
▪ More than 130 engineers worldwide give legally
compliant technical advice and product recommen-
dations.
▪ Services include test installations, pull-out tests,
▪ individual designs and comparative calculations.
▪ Special solutions in the scope of fixing technology.
Please contact: anwendungstechnik@fischer.de
600
Competence and innovation
through own research,
development and production
▪ Market research of trends and customer requirements.

▪ Own research and development teams for
chemical, steel and plastic fastenings.
▪ In-house tool making, special machine construction 16
and production facilities for total process control.
▪ fischer Process System (fPS) ensures innovative
and high quality products.
Service
Wide range of fastening and
supplementary products for
professional and DIY customers
▪ Comprehensive assortment of chemical, steel

and plastic fastenings.
▪ Supplementary ranges of installation systems,
construction chemicals, wood screws, drill bits,
facade systems etc.
▪ Broadest coverage of applications.
▪ Standard products, project-based solutions and Discover our product range:
customer-specific developments. www.fischer.com/products
601
fischer 360°- Service
Professional training sessions in

the fischer academy
▪ Wide range of seminars for craftsmen, engineers and
specialist dealers.
▪ Fixing technology at its best based on over 30 years
of training experience.
▪ Theoretical kowledge and practical exercises in
16 line with the demands of the approval.
▪ Full service programme in modern training rooms,
including accomodation.
Service
You can find more details on:

www.fischer.de/Seminare
R- C-
REBA
FIX FIX
FIXPERIENCE design and construction RAIL-
FIX
software for demanding applications AR-
MORT
LL- FIX
INSTA
▪ Design software for planners and structural FIX
engineers.
E E-
▪ Modular program including engineering software and C FACAD
WOO
D- RIEN
FIXPE
FIX
application modules. FIX
▪ Based on international design standards (ETAG 001,
EC1, EC2, EC3, EC5), including national
application documents.
▪ Free choice of all common power and
measurement units.
▪ Graphical representation in 3D, 2D, move,
360° rotate, pan, tilt, zoom. Download your free software from:
www.fischer.com/fixpierience
602
Infoportfolio
Main Catalogue Installation Systems
All facts about the fischer installation systems and

their applications.
▪ Presentation of products and systems with detailed

technical data and illustrations.
▪ Anchors suitable to fix installation system components.
▪ Application support.
▪ Basic knowledge of installation systems.
▪ Available design software.
Order now: info@fischer.com
Main Catalogue Screws
All facts about the fischer screw range and

their applications.
▪ Presentation of products with detailed technical

data and illustrations.
▪ Load tables for construction screws.
▪ Basic knowledge about connections with screws 16
▪ Available design software.
Service
International FireStop Handbook
All facts about the fischer FireStop systems and

their applications.
▪ Presentation of products and systems with detailed

technical data and accordance to relevant
international standards.
▪ Anchors suitable to fix sprinkler systems.
▪ Basic knowledge about active and passive fire
prevention as well as air and acoustic sealing systems.
603
fischer subsidiaries
Germany France Philippines United Kingdom

fischer Deutschland Vertriebs GmbH fischer S. A. S. fischer PH Asia, Inc. fischer fixings UK Ltd.
Klaus-Fischer-Straße 1 12, rue Livio, P. O. Box 10182 No 100 Congressional Avenue, Project 8 Whitely Road
72178 Waldachtal 67022 Strasbourg-Cedex 1 1106 Quezon City Oxon OX10 9AT Wallingford
Tel.: +49 7443 12 6000 Tel.: +33 388 39 18 67 Tel.: +63 2426 / 0888 217 Tel.: +44 1491 82 79 00
Fax.: +49 7443 12 4500 Fax.: +33 388 39 80 44 Fax.: +63 28803256 Fax.: +44 1491 82 79 53
E-Mail: info@fischer.de E-Mail: info@fischer.fr E-Mail: joselito.ladlad@fischerph.com E-Mail: info@fischer.co.uk
http://www.fischer.de http://www.fischer.fr http://www.fischer.ph http://www.fischer.co.uk
Argentina Greece Poland United States

fischer Argentina s.a. fischer Hellas Emporiki EPE fischerpolska Sp.z o.o fischer fixings LLC
Armenia 3044 Nat. Road Athens-Lamia (17th) & Roupel 6 ul. Albatrosow 2 1084 Doris Rd
1605 Munro Ra-PCIA Buenos Aires Kifissia Athens 30-716 Kraków 48326 Auburn Hills, MI
Tel.: +54 1147 62 27 78 Tel.: +30 210 2838167 Tel.: +48 12 2 90 08 80 Tel.: +1 248 795 3600
Fax.: +54 1147 56 13 11 Fax.: +30 210 2838169 Fax.: +48 12 2 90 08 88 Fax.: +1 84 56 25 26 66
E-Mail: asistenciatecnica@fischer.com.ar E-Mail: info@fischer.gr E-Mail: info@fischerpolska.pl E-Mail: sales@fischerus.net
http://www.fischer.com.ar http://www.fischer.gr http://www.fischerpolska.pl http://fischerfixings.com
Austria Hungary Portugal

fischer Austria GmbH fischer Hungária Bt. fischerwerke Portugal, Lda.
Wiener Straße 95 Szerémi út 7/b Av. Casal da Serra Nº 7, R/C
2514 Traiskirchen 1117 Budapest 2625-085 Póvoa de Santa Iria
Tel.: +43 2252 53730 0 Tel.: +36 1 347 97 55 Tel.: +351 21 953 74 50
Fax.: +43 2252 53730 70 Fax.: +36 1 347 97 66 Fax.: +351 21 959 13 90
E-Mail: office@fischer.at E-Mail: info@fischerhungary.hu E-Mail: fischerportugal.info@fischer.es
http://www.fischer.at http://www.fischerhungary.hu http://www.fischer.pt
Belgium India Russian Federation

fischer Cobemabel snc fischer BUILDING MATERIAL INDIA PVT LTD. OOO fischer Befestigungssysteme Rus
Schaliënhoevedreef 20 D PRESTIGE GARNET UNIT NO- 401, 4TH FLOOR 36, ULSOOR Leningradskoe shosse, 47, Bldg. 2, 2nd floor, apt. VI
2800 Mechelen ROAD 125195 Moscow
Tel.: +32 152 8 47 00 560042 Bangalore KARNATAKA Tel.: +7 495 223 03 34
Fax.: +32 152 8 47 10 Tel.: +91 08041511991 92 93 Fax.: +7 495 223 03 34
E-Mail: info@fischer.be Fax.: +91 08041511989 E-Mail: info@fischerfixings.ru
http://www.fischer.be E-Mail: info@fischer.in http://www.fischerfixings.ru
http://www.fischer.in
Brazil Italy Singapore

fischer brasil Industria e Comercio Ltda. fischer italia S.R.L fischer systems Asia Pte. Ltd.
Estrada do Dende, 300 Ilha do Governador Corso Stati Uniti, 25, Casella Postale 391 150 Kampong Ampat #04-03 KA Centre
21920-001 Rio de Janeiro-RJ 35127 Padova Z.I. Sud 368324 Singapore
Tel.: +55 21 2467 1130 Tel.: +39 049 8 06 31 11 Tel.: +65 62 85 22 07
Fax.: +55 21 2467 0144 Fax.: +39 049 8 06 34 01 Fax.: +65 62 85 83 10
E-Mail: fischer@fischerbrasil.com.br E-Mail: sercli@fischeritalia.it E-Mail: sales@fischer.sg
http://www.fischerbrasil.com.br http://www.fischeritalia.it http://www.fischer.sg
China Japan Slovakia

fischer (Taicang) fixings Co. Ltd. fischer Japan K.K. fischer S.K. s.r.o.
Shanghai Rep. Office Rm 1503-1504, No. 63 Chifeng Road Seishin Kudan Building 3rd Floor 3-4-15 Kudan Minami Nová Rožňavská 134 A
200092 Shanghai Chiyoda-ku 831 04 Bratislava
Tel.: +86-021-65975388 102-0074 Tokyo Tel.: +421 2 4920 6046
Fax.: +86-021-65979622 Tel.: +81 3 3263 4491 Fax.: +421 2 4920 6044
16 E-Mail: ficnsh@fischer.com.cn
http://www.fischer.com.cn
Fax.: +81 3 6272 9935
E-Mail: info@fischerjapan.co.jp
E-Mail: info@fischerwerke.sk
http://www.fischer-sk.sk
http://www.fischerjapan.co.jp
China Korea, Republic of Spain

fischer Korea Co., Ltd
Service
fischer (Taicang) fixings Co. Ltd. fischer Ibérica S.A.U.

Building 1, No.105 North Dongcang Rd. B-903, #131, Kasan Digital-1Ro, Geumcheon-Gu Klaus Fischer 1
215400 Taicang Jiangsu 153-803 Seoul 43300 Mont-Roig del Camp Tarragona
Tel.: +86 512 53 58 89 38 Tel.: +82 1544 8955 Tel.: +34 977 83 87 11
Fax.: +86 512 53 58 89 48 Fax.: +82 1544 8903 Fax.: +34 977 83 87 70
E-Mail: ficn@fischer.com.cn E-Mail: info@fischerkorea.com E-Mail: servicio.cliente@fischer.es
http://www.fischer.com.cn http://www.fischerkorea.com http://www.fischer.es
Czech Republic Mexico Sweden

fischer international s.r.o. fischer Sistemas de Fijación, S.A. de C.V. fischer Sverige AB
Prùmyslová 1833 Blvd. Manuel Avila Camacho 3130-400B Tenngatan 4
25001 Brandýs nad Labem 54020 Col. Valle Dorado, Tlalnepantla 602 23 Norrköping
Tel.: +42 03 26 90 46 01 Tel.: +52 55 55 72 08 83 Tel.: +46 11 31 44 52
Fax.: +42 03 26 90 46 00 Fax.: +52 55 55 72 15 90 Fax.: +46 11 33 1950
E-Mail: info@fischer-cz.cz E-Mail: info@fischermex.com.mx E-Mail: gg@fischersverige.se
http://www.fischer-cz.cz http://www.fischermex.com.mx http://www.fischersverige.se
Denmark Netherlands Turkey

fischer a/s fischer Benelux B.V. fischer Metal Sanayi Ve Ticaret Ltd Sti
Sandvadsvej 17 A Amsterdamsestraatweg 45 B/C Cevizli Mahallesi, Mustafa Kemal Paşa Cad. Seyit Gazi Sok.
4600 Køge 1411 AX Naarden No 66, Hukukçular Towers A Blok
Tel.: +45 46 32 02 20 Tel.: +31 35 6 95 66 66 34865 Kartal İstanbul
Fax.: +45 46 32 50 52 Fax.: +31 35 6 95 66 99 Tel.: +90 216 326 0066
E-Mail: fidk@fischerdanmark.dk E-Mail: info@fischer.nl Fax.: +90 216 326 0018
http://www.fischerdanmark.dk http://www.fischer.nl E-Mail: info@fischer.com.tr
http://www.fischer.com.tr
Finland Norway United Arab Emirates

fischer Finland Oy fischer Norge AS fischer FZE
Suomalaistentie 7 B Oluf Onsumsvei 9 R/A 07, BA - 04, Jebel Ali Free Zone
02270 Espoo 0680 Oslo Dubai
Tel.: +358 20 7414660 Tel.: +47 23 24 27 10 Tel.: +97 14 8 83 74 77
Fax.: +358 20 7414669 Fax.: +47 23 24 27 13 Fax.: +97 14 8 83 74 76
E-Mail: orders@fischerfinland.fi E-Mail: ordre@fischernorge.no E-Mail: enquiry@fischer.ae
http://www.fischerfinland.fi http://www.fischernorge.no/ http://www.fischer.ae
604
fischer importers
Albania Barbados Colombia Egypt

fischer Austria GmbH Maxwell Trading Inc Ingenier.Y Representaciones Sa Modern Machines & Materials Co.
Wiener Straße 95 Salters Warehouse Complex Calle 41 Norte Nro.1N-03 23 El Madina El Monawara Street
2514 Traiskirchen Salters, St George 760003 Cali Gouvernement Al-Qahira
Tel.: +43 2252 53730 0 Tel.: +246 4293731 Tel.: +572 3194020 4482521 Tel.: +20 2 3 03 02 51
Fax.: +43 2252 53730 70 Fax.: +246 4293731 E-Mail: enayatazab@gmail.com
E-Mail: office@fischer.at E-Mail: maxwelltrading@caribsurf.com
http://www.fischer.at
Algeria Belarus Costa Rica Estonia

Siestal Sarl MetallArtStory Distribuidora Arsa S.A. fischerpolska Sp.z o.o
Zone Industrielle industrial area „zaozerye-1“ Guadalupe , de Clinica Jerusalem 400 Este y 75 Sur ul. Albatrosow 2
0600 Bejaia 223141 d.Saoser´je, Logoyskij r-n, Minskaja obl. 2110-2100 San Jose 30-716 Kraków
Tel.: +34 21 26 58 Tel.: +375 172684557 Tel.: +506 2854224 Tel.: +370 601 61509
Fax.: +34 20 15 69 E-Mail: metallartstroy@mail.ru Fax.: +48 12 2 90 08 88
E-Mail: marketing-mac@siestal-dz.com E-Mail: marek.smoleniec@fischerpolska.pl
http://www.fischerfixings.ee
Angola Bolivia Ethiopia

BRICOMAT NAUVOO IMPORTADORES Industria Ceramica Costarricense S.A. FOREVER Private Limited Company
Calçada do Município, Nº10 - R/C, 1º e 2º Pisos Calle Isaac Tamayo Nº 840, Complejo Virgen del Rosario, 1.5 Km Oeste de Aviacion Civil, La Uruca P.O.Box 4806 Addis Ababa
LUANDA Bloque B, Local 04, zona Rosario San Jose Tel.: +251 11 1560600
Tel.: +244 928 157 572 10392 La Paz Tel.: +506 25195433 Fax.: +251 11 1560189
E-Mail: geral@bricomat.com Tel.: +59122453782 Fax.: +506 22914501 E-Mail: foreverplc@ethionet.et
http://www.bricomat.com E-Mail: Marietta.melendez@incesastd.com
http://www.americanstandardca.com
C. Woermann Angola, Lda. WAKO IMPORTAC.Y REPRESENTAC. TORCASA (TORNILLOS CENTROAMERICANOS fischer Middle East & Africa - Ethiopia & Tanzania
Km 4.5 Estrada de Cacuaco Av. Pedro Rivera #3550 Tercer Anillo Interno S.A.)
Bairro Petrangol, LUANDA 531 SANTA CRUZ DE LA SIERRA Av #10 entre calles #14 & #16 E-Mail: enquiry@fischer.ae
Tel.: +244 227 270 185 Tel.: + 1578282012 13955-1000 San Jose
E-Mail: c.poetsch@woermann-angola.com Tel.: +50625393939
http://www.c-woermann.de/pt/angola
Bosnia and Herzegovina Côte d‘Ivoire French Polynesia

Ovarmat Angola fischer Austria GmbH fischer S. A. S. fischer S. A. S.
Rua A, Quarteirão I, N.º 11, Bairro 1º de Maio Wiener Straße 95 12, rue Livio, P. O. Box 10182 12, rue Livio, P. O. Box 10182
Viana / LUANDA 2514 Traiskirchen 67022 Strasbourg-Cedex 1 67022 Strasbourg-Cedex 1
Tel.: +244 921 180 132 Tel.: +43 2252 53730 0 Tel.: +33 388 39 18 67 Tel.: +33 388 39 18 67
Fax.: +244 926 405 833 Fax.: +43 2252 53730 70 Fax.: +33 388 39 80 44 Fax.: +33 388 39 80 44
E-Mail: ovarmatangola@gmail.com E-Mail: office@fischer.at E-Mail: info@fischer.fr E-Mail: info@fischer.fr
http://www.fischer.at http://www.fischer.fr http://www.fischer.fr
Armenia Bulgaria Croatia Gabon

Kasco Ltd. fischer Austria GmbH fischer Austria GmbH fischer S. A. S.
Yervand Kochar str. 3-1 a Wiener Straße 95 Wiener Straße 95 12, rue Livio, P. O. Box 10182
0070 Yervand 2514 Traiskirchen 2514 Traiskirchen 67022 Strasbourg-Cedex 1
Tel.: +374 10 57 55 00 Tel.: +43 2252 53730 0 Tel.: +385 16 235 935 Tel.: +33 388 39 18 67
Fax.: +43 2252 53730 70 Fax.: +385 16 235 881 Fax.: +33 388 39 80 44
E-Mail: office@fischer.at
E-Mail: office@fischer.at
E-Mail: info@fischer.fr
http://www.fischer.fr 16
Australia Cameroon Curacao Ghana
Service
Anchormark Pty.Ltd fischer S. A. S. Caribbean Fasteners Group C. WOERMANN (GHANA) LIMITED
61 Waterview Close Unit 1 12, rue Livio, P. O. Box 10182 Emancipatieboulevard 29 C362/1 Nsawam Road / Avenor Junction
VIC 3175 Dandenong South, Victoria 67022 Strasbourg-Cedex 1 PO BOX6052 Willemstad P. O. Box GP 1779 ACCRA
Tel.: +61 (0) 3 97992096 Tel.: +33 388 39 18 67 Tel.: +599 97376288 Tel.: +233-(0)30-222 51 41
Fax.: +61 (0) 3 97992696 Fax.: +33 388 39 80 44 E-Mail: purchase@cfh-group.com Fax.: +233-(0)30-223 00 16
E-Mail: marcus@anchormark.com.au E-Mail: info@fischer.fr E-Mail: info@woermann-ghana.com
http://www.anchormark.com.au http://www.fischer.fr http://www.c-woermann.com/en/ghana
Azerbaijan Canada Cyprus Guadeloupe

Santral Elektrik MMC Canadian Fasteners Hegedus Ltd. Unicol chemicals Ltd fischer S. A. S.
Boyuk Shor highway 11/2062 1180 Quest. De Louvain West 10.P.Demetrakopoulos street, P.O. Box 25606 12, rue Livio, P. O. Box 10182
1029 Baku H4N 1G5 Quebec, Montréal 1090 Nicosia 67022 Strasbourg-Cedex 1
Tel.: +994 125144048 Tel.: +1 514 3 81 34 31 Tel.: +357 22663316 Tel.: +33 388 39 18 67
Fax.: +994 125144046 Fax.: +1 514 3 81 36 88 E-Mail: info@unicolltd.com Fax.: +33 388 39 80 44
E-Mail: elchin@santral.az E-Mail: bracine@ancragescanadiens.com E-Mail: info@fischer.fr
http://www.ancragescanadiens.com http://www.fischer.fr
Bahrain Czech Republic Guatemala

M.H. Al Mahroos BSC (c) Wm. P. Somerville Ltd. fischer Austria GmbH Compañía Comercial e Industrial Electro Diesel de
Building No. 208, Shaikh Salman Highway, P.O. Box 65 3964 Kitchener Street Wiener Straße 95 Guatemala, S. A (EDISA)
Salihiya, Block 356, Manama BC V5C 3M2 Burnaby 2514 Traiskirchen 8A calle 6-62-Zona 4
Tel.: +973 17 40 80 90 Tel.: +1 604 298 36 22 Tel.: +43 2252 53730 0 01004 Guatemala
Fax.: +973 17 40 43 23 Fax.: +1 604 298 59 26 Fax.: +43 2252 53730 70 Tel.: +50 2254940000
E-Mail: almahroos@almahroos.com E-Mail: wmp1996@telus.net E-Mail: office@fischer.at
http://www.almahroos.com http://www.fischer.at
Bangladesh Chile Ecuador

Abedin Equipment Limited American Screw de Chile Ltda. Pino Aristata Sociedad Anonima Fijaciones S.A.
B 52 Kemal Ataturk Avenue Cno. A Melipilla 10338-C.1844 Luis Urdaneta Nr. 1909 y Tulcan 8A Calle 6-62 - Zona 4
1213 Banani, Dhaka 8320000 Santiago AP.09-04-500 Guayaquil Guatemala City
Tel.: +880 298 808 60 Tel.: +56 2440 7000 Tel.: +593 42288000
Fax.: +880 29862340
E-Mail: qk@accl.group-qa.com
http://www.abedinequipment.com
605
fischer importers
Guyana Israel Lithuania Monaco

fischer S. A. S. Ledico Ltd. fischerpolska Sp.z o.o fischer S. A. S.
12, rue Livio, P. O. Box 10182 31 Lazarov St. ul. Albatrosow 2 12, rue Livio, P. O. Box 10182
67022 Strasbourg-Cedex 1 75654 Rishon LeZiyon 30-716 Kraków 67022 Strasbourg-Cedex 1
Tel.: +33 388 39 18 67 Tel.: +972 3 9630054 Tel.: +370 601 61509 Tel.: +33 388 39 18 67
Fax.: +33 388 39 80 44 Fax.: +972 3963 00 55 Fax.: +48 12 2 90 08 88 Fax.: +33 388 39 80 44
E-Mail: info@fischer.fr E-Mail: saritl@ledico.com E-Mail: marek.smoleniec@fischerpolska.pl E-Mail: info@fischer.fr
http://www.fischer.fr http://www.ledico.com http://www.fischerfixings.lt http://www.fischer.fr
Honduras Jordan Luxembourg Montenegro

Importadora Ferretera S.A Izzat Marji Group Hilger Interfer S.A. fischer Austria GmbH
17 Calle Circunvalacion 5 Y6 No. 10, Amer Bin Malek st. - Um Sumaq, P. O. Box: 1945 36-37, z.a.e. Triangle Vert Wiener Straße 95
San Pedro Sula 11821 Amman 5691 Ellange 2514 Traiskirchen
Tel.: +504 25541848 Tel.: +962 655 202 84 Tel.: +352 48 48 15 1 Tel.: +43 2252 53730 0
Fax.: +504 255453096 E-Mail: mohd.taha@marji.jo Fax.: +352 48 48 15 350 Fax.: +43 2252 53730 70
http://imferra.com http://www.marji.jo E-Mail: info@hilger.lu E-Mail: office@fischer.at
http://www.hilger.lu http://www.fischer.at
Kazakhstan Macedonia Morocco

Larach & Cia, S. de R.L. de C.V fischerpolska Sp.z o.o fischer Austria GmbH Outipro
1347 Calle de la Salud, Colonia Miramontes ul. Albatrosow 2 Wiener Straße 95 53, Rue du Lieutenant Mohamed Mahroud
Tegucigalpa M.D.C 30-716 Kraków 2514 Traiskirchen Casablanca
E-Mail: precursora1@amnethn.com Tel.: +48 605 106 657 Tel.: +43 2252 53730 0 Tel.: +2122 2 24 77 21
Fax.: +48 12 2 90 08 88 Fax.: +43 2252 53730 70 Fax.: +2122 2 40 82 34
E-Mail: marek.smoleniec@fischerpolska.pl E-Mail: office@fischer.at E-Mail: ajana.zineb@outipro.ma
http://www.fischerpolska.pl http://www.fischer.at
Hong Kong Kenya Madagascar Mozambique

Infix (HK) Ltd. THORN ELECTRICALS LIMITED fischer S. A. S. Nova Vida Lda
12 Ka Yip Street; Unit 15, 12/Fl. Paramount Building 00100 GPO Nairobi 12, rue Livio, P. O. Box 10182 Rua Paulino Santos Gil 94
Chai Wan Tel.: +254708504111 67022 Strasbourg-Cedex 1 Maputo
Tel.: +852 2898 26 68 Fax.: +254733734444 Tel.: +33 388 39 18 67 Tel.: +258 21 327370
Fax.: +852 2898 23 38 E-Mail: info@thornpower.co.ke Fax.: +33 388 39 80 44 Fax.: +258 21 327371
E-Mail: barry@infix.com.hk http://www.thornpower.co.ke E-Mail: info@fischer.fr E-Mail: info@novavida.co.mz
http://www.fischer.fr
Iceland Malaysia Myanmar

Byko Ltd THORN POWER Defix Concrete Products Sdn Bhd Huu Hong Machinery JSC
Skemmuvegi 2A GPO No 8, Jalan PJS 5/26, Taman Desaria, PJS 5, Petaling Jaya 157-159 Xuan Hong Street, Ward 12
200 KOPAVOGUR 00100 Nairobi 46000 Kuala Lumpur Ho Chi Minh City
Tel.: +354 515 40 00 Tel.: +254708504111 Tel.: +60 16 893 3796 Tel.: +84 8 8117454
E-Mail: andres@byko.is Fax.: +254733734444 E-Mail: info@defixcp.com.my Fax.: +84 8 8116338
https://www.byko.is/ E-Mail: chirag.amin@thornpower.co.ke https://defixcp.com.my E-Mail: fischer@huuhong.com.vn
India Maldives
Abzarsara Co. fischer Middle East & Africa - Kenya M/S Sonee Hardware, Sonee Building TIGER SUPPLY CO., LTD
138, Sanai St. Tel.: +254 734 523 442 / + 254 723 525 243“ Sonee Building, 181 Boduthakurufaanu Magu 19/21 Station Roadk Bauk Htaw
15866 - 45915 Teheran E-Mail: Kenya@fischer.ae 20181 Male‘ YANKIN TOWNSHIP, YANGON
Tel.: +98 21 888 13 120 Tel.: +960 333 6699 Tel.: 01-400411
E-Mail: alireza.ramzgooyan@abzarsara.com Fax.: +960 332 0304 Fax.: 01-430559
16 http://www.abzarsara.com E-Mail: ahmed.alam@sonee.com.mv
http://www.sonee.com.mv
E-Mail: tigeryangon@gmail.com
Indonesia Kosovo Malta Namibia

Service
PT BERSAMA Bangun Persada fischer Austria GmbH Tessera C E Paulus t/a Werner Behnsen Enterprises
Perkantoran Mega Sunter Blok D10-11 Wiener Straße 95 Dockyard Street PO Box 6302 Ausspannplatz 8 Kalie Roodt Street Northern
14350 Jakarta Utara 2514 Traiskirchen PLA 2115 Paola Industrial
Tel.: +62 21 65837575 Tel.: +43 2252 53730 0 Tel.: +356 99426724 Windhoek
Fax.: +62 21 65835363 Fax.: +43 2252 53730 70 Fax.: +356 27490100 Tel.: +264 61234234
E-Mail: hendrik@mrsafetygroup.com E-Mail: office@fischer.at Fax.: +264 61225353
http://www.mrsafetygroup.com http://www.fischer.at E-Mail: wtb@iafrica.com.na
Iraq Kuwait Martinique Nepal

Albasool Co. M/S Safina Al Najjat Co. fischer S. A. S. Water Light Center / Watt&Volt House
Alrasheed Street, New Armin Building No. 81, Shop No. 37 Shuwaikh - Khalifa Jassim Street P.O. Box 20329 12, rue Livio, P. O. Box 10182 Kha 2/65, Dillibazar, P.O. Box No: 2108
Baghdad 13064 Safat 67022 Strasbourg-Cedex 1 Kathmandu
Tel.: +964 79 0192 0322 Tel.: +965 2481 8786 Tel.: +33 388 39 18 67 Tel.: +977 1 441 1330
E-Mail: ahmednory73@yahoo.com Fax.: +965 2481 8385 Fax.: +33 388 39 80 44 E-Mail: watt@ntc.net.np
E-Mail: bhagat@safinanajjat.com E-Mail: info@fischer.fr http://www.facebook.com/wattandvolthouse
Ireland Latvia Mauritius New Caledonia

Chadwicks Ltd., SaMontec fischerpolska Sp.z o.o DEMA-SUPPLIES LTD fischer S. A. S.
Naas Road, Ashfield ul. Albatrosow 2 2A Deschartes Street 12, rue Livio, P. O. Box 10182
Dublin 22 30-716 Kraków Port Louis 67022 Strasbourg-Cedex 1
Tel.: +353 1419 7500 Tel.: +370 601 61509 Tel.: +230 2126405 Tel.: +33 388 39 18 67
Fax.: +353 1 4602811 Fax.: +48 12 2 90 08 88 Fax.: +230 2107457 Fax.: +33 388 39 80 44
E-Mail: gerry.fitzsimons@gmroi.ie E-Mail: marek.smoleniec@fischerpolska.pl E-Mail: dema@intnet.mu E-Mail: info@fischer.fr
http://www.chadwicks.ie http://www.fischerfixings.lv http://www.fischer.fr
Liberia Mayotte New Zealand

Masonry Fixings Services Ltd. Beever Company Inc. fischer S. A. S. Anchormark Pty.Ltd
Cherry Orchard Industrial Estate U.N. Drive, Vai Town 12, rue Livio, P. O. Box 10182 61 Waterview Close Unit 1
Dublin 10 Monrovia 67022 Strasbourg-Cedex 1 VIC 3175 Dandenong South, Victoria
Tel.: +353 1 642 6700 Tel.: +231 - 886511112 Tel.: +33 388 39 18 67 Tel.: +61 (0) 3 97992096
Fax.: +353 1 626 3493 E-Mail: info@beever.com Fax.: +33 388 39 80 44 Fax.: +61 (0) 3 97992696
E-Mail: bryan@masonryfixings.ie http://www.beever.com/ E-Mail: info@fischer.fr E-Mail: marcus@anchormark.com.au
http://www.masonryfixings.ie/ http://www.fischer.fr http://www.anchormark.com.au
606
fischer importers
Nigeria Senegal Taiwan United States

C.Woermann (Nigeria) Ltd. fischer S. A. S. Perfect Link Co. Ltd. HQ Army Air Force
6, Badejo Kalesanwo Street 12, rue Livio, P. O. Box 10182 Siyuan Road P. O. BOX 660261
Matori Industrial Estate Lagos 67022 Strasbourg-Cedex 1 231 Taipei, Sindian City 75266-0261 Dallas, Tx
Tel.: +234 (0) 17 73 64 98 Tel.: +33 388 39 18 67 Tel.: +886 2 22 19 4698 Tel.: +1 217 726 5938
E-Mail: info@woermann-nigeria.com Fax.: +33 388 39 80 44 Fax.: +886 2 22 19 9939 Fax.: +1 217 726 5953
http://www.c-woermann.com/en/nigeria E-Mail: info@fischer.fr E-Mail: harvey@perfectlink.com.tw E-Mail: marc@weedouthate.org
Oman Uruguay
Technical Supplies International Co LLC Groel Cheng Yi Fixing Co. Ltd. Juan Goldfarb S.A.
Al Athaibah, Sultanate of Oman, Post Box 1827 AMITIE III VILLA N°4436 NO4, LN152, Zhongping RD Rio Negro 1617
130 Wadi al Kabir 22788 Dakar-Ponty Taipei City 111000 Montevideo
Tel.: +968 2450 39 15 Tel.: (221)33 825 39 48 Tel.: +886 2 8992 2592
Fax.: +968 2450 39 20 Fax.: (221)33 825 39 47 Fax.: +886 2 8992 3797
E-Mail: venugopal@tecsintl.com E-Mail: groel@groel.sn E-Mail: chengyi0800@gmail.com
http://www.tecsintl.com http://www.groel.sn www.chengyi.com.tw
Pakistan Sierra Leone

H.S.AHMEDALLY Eugene Ilono Enterprises Fu Hau Landfor S.A.
Plot 14/A/1, Block-6, PECHS 56 Lower Bombay Street Da-An Rd. No. 7 Ituzaingo Sur Rincon 531 ES302
Shara-e-Faisal, Adjacent KFC Nursury Karachi FREETOWN Taipei City, R.O.C. 20000 Zona Franca Florida
Tel.: +92 21 34548345 47 Tel.: +232 33445630 Tel.: +886 2 2773 5110 Tel.: +598 9161164
Fax.: +92 21 34548348 E-Mail: eugeneilono@gmail.com Fax.: +886 2 25418008
E-Mail: sghazanfar@hsahmedally.com E-Mail: swapnal@ms61.hinet.net
http://www.ifischer.com.tw
Paraguay Slovenia Thailand

PETERSEN INDUSTRIA & HOGAR S.A fischer Austria GmbH fischer Innovative Solutions Co.,Ltd. Pampin y Cia
Santo Tomas #1653 C/ Avda. Artigas Wiener Straße 95 38,40 Chaleom Prakiat Ratchankan-Thi 9 Road Soi 33 Valparaiso 1199
1645 Asuncion 2514 Traiskirchen Nongbon, Pravet 11800 Montevideo
Tel.: + 59521206131 Tel.: +43 2252 53730 0 10250 Nongbon, Pravet, Bangkok Tel.: +5982 924 0608
Fax.: +43 2252 53730 70 Tel.: +66 27473752
E-Mail: office@fischer.at Fax.: +66 2 7473754
http://www.fischer.at E-Mail: vinai@ssm.in.th
Reunion South Africa Togo

fischer S. A. S. Upat S.A. (Pty.) Ltd. fischer S. A. S. Record Tools S.A.
12, rue Livio, P. O. Box 10182 1st Floor Lekrom House, Cnr. Miller & 3rd Streets 12, rue Livio, P. O. Box 10182 Paysandu 951
67022 Strasbourg-Cedex 1 2094 New Doornfontein Johannesburg 67022 Strasbourg-Cedex 1 111000 Montevideo
Tel.: +33 388 39 18 67 Tel.: +27 11 6 24 67 15 Tel.: +33 388 39 18 67 Tel.: +5982 902 7492
Fax.: +33 388 39 80 44 Fax.: +27 11 6 24 67 60 Fax.: +33 388 39 80 44
E-Mail: info@fischer.fr E-Mail: ideas@upat.co.za E-Mail: info@fischer.fr
http://www.fischer.fr http://www.upat.co.za http://www.fischer.fr
Romania Sri Lanka Tunisia Venezuela

SC Profix Srl Diesel & Motor Engineering PLC TEG Tunisienne Èquipement General IMPEX DE VENEZUELA C.A.
Calea Baciului Nr. 179 65 Jetawana Road P.O Box 339 AV. Hèdi Chaker, 43 Av. Este 1, Galpon 02 Parcela N° 61, Zona Industrial LA
Cluj-Napoca Colombo - 14 1002 Tunis MORITA I
Tel.: +40 264 455 166 Tel.: +94 112 449 797 E-Mail: fathia@tegnegoce.com 2115 TURMERO-ARAGUA
Fax.: +40 264 403 060 Fax.: +94 2449080 Tel.: + 584402432695019
E-Mail: Office@profix.com.ro
http://www.profix.com.ro
E-Mail: kumar.rodrigo@dimolanka.com
http://www.dimolanka.com 16
Russian Federation Swaziland Turkey Vietnam
Service
Inform Ltd Tech-Tool 2000 (Pty) Ltd. fischer Metal Sanayi Ve Ticaret Ltd Sti UNIC JOIN STOCK COMPANY
Suvorova 125-A Plot 628, 5th Avenue Cevizli Mahallesi, Mustafa Kemal Paşa Cad. Seyit Gazi Sok. 5-7 Hoang Viet str,Ward 4, Tian Binh Dist,HCMC , Vietnam
236028 Kaliningrad Matsapha No 66, Hukukçular Towers A Blok Ho Chi Minh City
Tel.: +7 65 11 00 Tel.: +268 25186621 34865 Kartal İstanbul Tel.: +84 3811 9195/96
Fax.: +7 65 11 00 Fax.: +268 25186411 Tel.: +90 216 326 0066 Fax.: +84 3811 9197
E-Mail: inform@inform.koenig.ru E-Mail: sales@techtool.co.sz Fax.: +90 216 326 0018 E-Mail: sales@unic.com.vn
http://www.inform-expert.ru E-Mail: info@fischer.com.tr
Rwanda Switzerland Turkmenistan

Maltexx Ltd. SFS unimarket AG Befestigungstechnik fischer Metal Sanayi Ve Ticaret Ltd Sti Viet Technology & Development Jsc
KG 15th av. Rosenbergaustrasse 4 Cevizli Mahallesi, Mustafa Kemal Paşa Cad. Seyit Gazi Sok. Suite 608, Savina Building, 1 Dinh Le, Hoan Kiem, Hanoi.
Plot 808 Kacyiru- Kigali CH- 9435 Heerbrugg No 66, Hukukçular Towers A Blok Hanoi
Tel.: +250 788 411 422 Tel.: +41 71 727 52 00 34865 Kartal İstanbul Tel.: +84 4 3933 4549
E-Mail: info@maltexx.com Fax.: +41 71 727 52 19 Tel.: +90 216 326 0066 Fax.: +84 4 3933 4547
E-Mail: befestigungstechnik@sfsunimarket.ch Fax.: +90 216 326 0018 E-Mail: linh.vu@viet-tech.vn
www.sfs.ch E-Mail: info@fischer.com.tr http://www.viet-tech.vn
Saint Pierre and Miquelon Uganda

fischer S. A. S. SFS unimarket AG Technique de fixation Maltexx Ltd.
12, rue Livio, P. O. Box 10182 Z.I. Champ Cheval 1 Plot 84-88, 7th street, Industrial area
67022 Strasbourg-Cedex 1 CH-1530 Payerne P.O. BOX 35789 Kampala
Tel.: +33 388 39 18 67 Tel.: +41 71 8862 865 Tel.: +256 775 965 389
Fax.: +33 388 39 80 44 Fax.: +41 71 8862 860 E-Mail: info@maltexx.com
E-Mail: info@fischer.fr E-Mail: techniquedefixation@sfs.ch
http://www.fischer.fr www.sfs.ch
Saudi Arabia Syrian Arab Republic Ukraine

Juffali Technical Equipment Company (JTECO) Dallal Est. fischerpolska Sp.z o.o
Kilo 6, Medinah Road P.O. Box 8303 Barron Street ul. Albatrosow 2
21431 Jeddah Aleppo - Machroutieh 30-716 Kraków
Tel.: +966 2 66 72 222 Tel.: +963 21 2116083 Tel.: +48 605 106 657
Fax.: +966 2 66 76 308 E-Mail: rita.dallal@hotmail.com Fax.: +48 12 2 90 08 88
E-Mail: roland@eajb.com.sa E-Mail: marek.smoleniec@fischerpolska.pl
http://www.eajb.com http://www.fischerpolska.pl
607

Fixation

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Fixation

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Fixation

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Catalogue

fischerwerke GmbH & Co. KG Phone: +49 7443 12 - 0

fischer fixings UK Ltd. Phone: +44 1491 827900

fischer Systems Asia Pte. Ltd. Phone: +65 62 85 22 07

www.fischer.de 4 006209 882207

ﬁscherwerke GmbH & Co. KG

We hope you enjoy discovering and using our products.

A brand and its

Besides the innovative products, this predominantly concerns

Be it new production procedures or materials, such as renewable

Safety that connects – Decisive quality

We don’t make any compromises when it comes to the safety

Our active environment management policy means that we are

We are a member of the German Sustainable Building Council

Our service to you

We are a reliable partner, one that will stand at your

▪ Our products range from chemical systems to steel

01 fischer DUO-Line assortment 02fischer RM II 03fischer frame fixing SXRL

Selection guide of products and applications 8 1

Universal plug UX GREEN 26 Resin anchor RM II with RG M 123

Expansion plug SX GREEN 28 Resin anchor RM II with RG MI 129

Plasterboard fixing GK GREEN 30

Hammerfix N GREEN 32 Injection mortar FIS V 113

Aircrete anchor GB GREEN 34 Injection mortar FIS VL 119

Insulation fixing FID GREEN 36 Injection mortar FIS GREEN 133

Injection mortar FIS GREEN 38 Injection mortar FIS P Plus 136

Injection mortar FIS P 138

3 Chemical ﬁxings Accessories concrete: FIS A 142

Highbond-System FHB II 51 Accessories for solid brick masonry 164

Accessories for perforated brick

Superbond-System FSB 67 Accessories for push-through installation 182

Superbond resin anchor RSB 68

Accessories for aerated concrete 186

Epoxy mortar FIS EM with FIS A 92

Epoxy mortar FIS EB 109 Dynamic-Anchor FDA 197

Rebar connections 202 High performance anchor FH II 239

ZYKON undercut anchor FZA 248

ZYKON hammerset anchor FZEA II 256

Concrete screw ULTRACUT FBS II 8-14 260

Can System FCS 224 Concrete screw FBS 6 270

Hammerset anchor EA II 273

Fill & Fix injection fixing 226

Nail anchor FNA II RB 282

Ceiling nail FDN 285

Bolt anchor FBN II 287

Heavy-duty anchor TA M 291

Heavy-duty anchor TA M-T 295

Sleeve anchor FSA 297

Fixing set for Diamond Drills FDBB 300

Wall screw MR 302

Hollow-ceiling anchor FHY 304

Aircrete anchor FPX-I 307

Frame fixing SXRL 315 DUOPOWER 373

Frame fixing SXR 320 Universal plug UX 376

Frame fixing SXS 326 Universal plug UX GREEN 381

Frame fixing FUR 330 Expansion plug SX 383

Anti-corrosion spray FTC-CP 334 Expansion plug SX GREEN 386

Hammerfix N 335 Expansion plug S 388

Hammerfix N GREEN 339 Threaded rod plug RODFORCE FGD 391

Nail sleeve FNH 341 Metal expansion anchor FMD 393